Effect of single- and double-row rotator cuff repair at the tendon-to-bone interface: preliminary results using an in vivo sheep model.

PubMed

Baums, M H; Schminke, B; Posmyk, A; Miosge, N; Klinger, H-M; Lakemeier, S

2015-01-01

The clinical superiority of the double-row technique is still a subject of controversial debate in rotator cuff repair. We hypothesised that the expression of different collagen types will differ between double-row and single-row rotator cuff repair indicating a faster healing response by the double-row technique. Twenty-four mature female sheep were randomly assembled to two different groups in which a surgically created acute infraspinatus tendon tear was fixed using either a modified single- or double-row repair technique. Shoulder joints from female sheep cadavers of identical age, bone maturity, and weight served as untreated control cluster. Expression of type I, II, and III collagen was observed in the tendon-to-bone junction along with recovering changes in the fibrocartilage zone after immunohistological tissue staining at 1, 2, 3, 6, 12, and 26 weeks postoperatively. Expression of type III collagen remained positive until 6 weeks after surgery in the double-row group, whereas it was detectable for 12 weeks in the single-row group. In both groups, type I collagen expression increased after 12 weeks. Type II collagen expression was increased after 12 weeks in the double-row versus single-row group. Clusters of chondrocytes were only visible between week 6 and 12 in the double-row group. The study demonstrates differences regarding the expression of type I and type III collagen in the tendon-to-bone junction following double-row rotator cuff repair compared to single-row repair. The healing response in this acute repair model is faster in the double-row group during the investigated healing period.

ANTERIOR CRUCIATE LIGAMENT RECONSTRUCTION USING THE DOUBLE-BUNDLE TECHNIQUE – EVALUATION IN THE BIOMECHANICS LABORATORY

PubMed Central

D'Elia, Caio Oliveira; Bitar, Alexandre Carneiro; Castropil, Wagner; Garofo, Antônio Guilherme Padovani; Cantuária, Anita Lopes; Orselli, Maria Isabel Veras; Luques, Isabela Ugo; Duarte, Marcos

2015-01-01

Objective: The objective of this study was to describe the methodology of knee rotation analysis using biomechanics laboratory instruments and to present the preliminary results from a comparative study on patients who underwent anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstruction using the double-bundle technique. Methods: The protocol currently used in our laboratory was described. Three-dimensional kinematic analysis was performed and knee rotation amplitude was measured on eight normal patients (control group) and 12 patients who were operated using the double-bundle technique, by means of three tasks in the biomechanics laboratory. Results: No significant differences between operated and non-operated sides were shown in relation to the mean amplitudes of gait, gait with change in direction or gait with change in direction when going down stairs (p > 0.13). Conclusion: The preliminary results did not show any difference in the double-bundle ACL reconstruction technique in relation to the contralateral side and the control group. PMID:27027003

Comparison of Single-Stick and Double-Stick Techniques for Percutaneous Nephrostomy

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Funaki, Brian, E-mail: bfunaki@midway.uchicago.edu; Vatakencherry, Geogi

2004-01-15

We compared single- and double-stick techniques of percutaneous nephrostomy insertion by retrospectively reviewing 140 percutaneous nephrostomy procedures in 101 patients. All procedures were performed by residents or fellows with direct attending supervision. Either the single-stick or double-stick technique was used based solely on personal attending preference. There were no significant differences in groups in terms of age, sex, or degree of hydronephrosis. In the single-stick technique, the kidney was punctured with sonographic guidance and the tract was serially dilated to accept an 8.5 Fr. nephrostomy catheter. In the double-stick technique, the kidney was punctured with sonographic guidance and a mixturemore » of air and contrast were injected into the collecting system. The affected side was then elevated and a posterior calyx was punctured using fluoroscopic guidance. Both groups were compared in terms of complications and early tube dysfunction using the chi-squared test. All procedures were successful without immediate complications. Bleeding requiring transfusion occurred in 4.7% (4/86) procedures in the single stick group and 3.7% (2/54) in the double stick group (p-value not significant). None of these patients required further interventions for bleeding. Tube dysfunction leading to premature tube exchange occurred in 3.5% (3/86) of catheters in the single stick group and 3.7% (2/54) of catheters in the double- stick group (p-value not significant). We found no significant difference between the single and double- stick methods of percutaneous nephrostomy in terms of success rates, complications, or tube function. We believe that the single-stick method should be adopted as the insertion technique of choice.« less

Incidence of retear with double-row versus single-row rotator cuff repair.

PubMed

Shen, Chong; Tang, Zhi-Hong; Hu, Jun-Zu; Zou, Guo-Yao; Xiao, Rong-Chi

2014-11-01

Rotator cuff tears have a high recurrence rate, even after arthroscopic rotator cuff repair. Although some biomechanical evidence suggests the superiority of the double-row vs the single-row technique, clinical findings regarding these methods have been controversial. The purpose of this study was to determine whether the double-row repair method results in a lower incidence of recurrent tearing compared with the single-row method. Electronic databases were systematically searched to identify reports of randomized, controlled trials (RCTs) comparing single-row with double-row rotator cuff repair. The primary outcome assessed was retear of the repaired cuff. Secondary outcome measures were the American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons (ASES) shoulder score, the Constant shoulder score, and the University of California, Los Angeles (UCLA) score. Heterogeneity between the included studies was assessed. Six studies involving 428 patients were included in the review. Compared with single-row repair, double-row repair demonstrated a lower retear incidence (risk ratio [RR]=1.71 [95% confidence interval (CI), 1.18-2.49]; P=.005; I(2)=0%) and a reduced incidence of partial-thickness retears (RR=2.16 [95% CI, 1.26-3.71]; P=.005; I(2)=26%). Functional ASES, Constant, and UCLA scores showed no difference between single- and double-row cuff repairs. Use of the double-row technique decreased the incidence of retears, especially partial-thickness retears, compared with the single-row technique. The functional outcome was not significantly different between the 2 techniques. To improve the structural outcome of the repaired rotator cuff, surgeons should use the double-row technique. However, further long-term RCTs on this topic are needed. Copyright 2014, SLACK Incorporated.

Outcomes of single-row and double-row arthroscopic rotator cuff repair: a systematic review.

PubMed

Saridakis, Paul; Jones, Grant

2010-03-01

Arthroscopic rotator cuff repair is a common procedure that is gaining wide acceptance among orthopaedic surgeons because it is less invasive than open repair techniques. However, there is little consensus on whether to employ single-row or double-row fixation. The purpose of the present study was to systematically review the English-language literature to see if there is a difference between single-row and double-row fixation techniques in terms of clinical outcomes and radiographic healing. PubMed, the Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials, and EMBASE were reviewed with the terms "arthroscopic rotator cuff," "single row repair," and "double row repair." The inclusion criteria were a level of evidence of III (or better), an in vivo human clinical study on arthroscopic rotator cuff repair, and direct comparison of single-row and double-row fixation. Excluded were technique reports, review articles, biomechanical studies, and studies with no direct comparison of arthroscopic rotator cuff repair techniques. On the basis of these criteria, ten articles were found, and a review of the full-text articles identified six articles for final review. Data regarding demographic characteristics, rotator cuff pathology, surgical techniques, biases, sample sizes, postoperative rehabilitation regimens, American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons scores, University of California at Los Angeles scores, Constant scores, and the prevalence of recurrent defects noted on radiographic studies were extracted. Confidence intervals were then calculated for the American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons, University of California at Los Angeles, and Constant scores. Quality appraisal was performed by the two authors to identify biases. There was no significant difference between the single-row and double-row groups within each study in terms of postoperative clinical outcomes. However, one study divided each of the groups into patients with small-to-medium tears (< 3 cm in length) and those with large-to-massive tears (> or = 3 cm in length), and the authors noted that patients with large to massive tears who had double-row fixation performed better in terms of the American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons scores and Constant scores in comparison with those who had single-row fixation. Two studies demonstrated a significant difference in terms of structural healing of the rotator cuff tendons after surgery, with the double-row method having superior results. There was an overlap in the confidence intervals between the single-row and double-row groups for all of the studies and the American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons, Constant, and University of California at Los Angeles scoring systems utilized in the studies, indicating that there was no difference in these scores between single-row and double-row fixation. Potential biases included selection, performance, detection, and attrition biases; each study had at least one bias. Two studies had potentially inadequate power to detect differences between the two techniques. There appears to be a benefit of structural healing when an arthroscopic rotator cuff repair is performed with double-row fixation as opposed to single-row fixation. However, there is little evidence to support any functional differences between the two techniques, except, possibly, for patients with large or massive rotator cuff tears (> or = 3 cm). A risk-reward analysis of a patient's age, functional demands, and other quality-of-life issues should be considered before deciding which surgical method to employ. Double-row fixation may result in improved structural healing at the site of rotator cuff repair in some patients, depending on the size of the tear.

Effect of shoulder abduction angle on biomechanical properties of the repaired rotator cuff tendons with 3 types of double-row technique.

PubMed

Mihata, Teruhisa; Fukuhara, Tetsutaro; Jun, Bong Jae; Watanabe, Chisato; Kinoshita, Mitsuo

2011-03-01

After rotator cuff repair, the shoulder is immobilized in various abduction positions. However, there is no consensus on the proper abduction angle. To assess the effect of shoulder abduction angle on the biomechanical properties of the repaired rotator cuff tendons among 3 types of double-row techniques. Controlled laboratory study. Thirty-two fresh-frozen porcine shoulders were used. A simulated rotator cuff tear was repaired by 1 of 3 double-row techniques: conventional double-row repair, transosseous-equivalent repair, and a combination of conventional double-row and bridging sutures (compression double-row repair). Each specimen underwent cyclic testing followed by tensile testing to failure at a simulated shoulder abduction angle of 0° or 40° on a material testing machine. Gap formation and failure loads were measured. Gap formation in conventional double-row repair at 0° (1.2 ± 0.5 mm) was significantly greater than that at 40° (0.5 ± 0.3mm, P = .01). The yield and ultimate failure loads for conventional double-row repair at 40° were significantly larger than those at 0° (P < .01), whereas those for transosseous-equivalent repair (P < .01) and compression double-row repair (P < .0001) at 0° were significantly larger than those at 40°. The failure load for compression double-row repair was the greatest among the 3 double-row techniques at both 0° and 40° of abduction. Bridging sutures have a greater effect on the biomechanical properties of the repaired rotator cuff tendon at a low abduction angle, and the conventional double-row technique has a greater effect at a high abduction angle. Proper abduction position after rotator cuff repair differs between conventional double-row repair and transosseous-equivalent repair. The authors recommend the use of the combined technique of conventional double-row and bridging sutures to obtain better biomechanical properties at both low and high abduction angles.

Bridging suture makes consistent and secure fixation in double-row rotator cuff repair.

PubMed

Fukuhara, Tetsutaro; Mihata, Teruhisa; Jun, Bong Jae; Neo, Masashi

2017-09-01

Inconsistent tension distribution may decrease the biomechanical properties of the rotator cuff tendon after double-row repair, resulting in repair failure. The purpose of this study was to compare the tension distribution along the repaired rotator cuff tendon among three double-row repair techniques. In each of 42 fresh-frozen porcine shoulders, a simulated infraspinatus tendon tear was repaired by using 1 of 3 double-row techniques: (1) conventional double-row repair (no bridging suture); (2) transosseous-equivalent repair (bridging suture alone); and (3) compression double-row repair (which combined conventional double-row and bridging sutures). Each specimen underwent cyclic testing at a simulated shoulder abduction angle of 0° or 40° on a material-testing machine. Gap formation and tendon strain were measured during the 1st and 30th cycles. To evaluate tension distribution after cuff repair, difference in gap and tendon strain between the superior and inferior fixations was compared among three double-row techniques. At an abduction angle of 0°, gap formation after either transosseous-equivalent or compression double-row repair was significantly less than that after conventional double-row repair (p < 0.01). During the 30th cycle, both transosseous-equivalent repair (p = 0.02) and compression double-row repair (p = 0.01) at 0° abduction had significantly less difference in gap formation between the superior and inferior fixations than did conventional double-row repair. After the 30th cycle, the difference in longitudinal strain between the superior and inferior fixations at 0° abduction was significantly less with compression double-row repair (2.7% ± 2.4%) than with conventional double-row repair (8.6% ± 5.5%, p = 0.03). Bridging sutures facilitate consistent and secure fixation in double-row rotator cuff repairs, suggesting that bridging sutures may be beneficial for distributing tension equally among all sutures during double-row repair of rotator cuff tears. Copyright © 2017 The Japanese Orthopaedic Association. Published by Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Does strand configuration and number of purchase points affect the biomechanical behavior of a tendon repair? A biomechanical evaluation using different kessler methods of flexor tendon repair.

PubMed

Dogramaci, Yunus; Kalaci, Aydiner; Sevinç, Teoman Toni; Esen, Erdinc; Komurcu, Mahmut; Yanat, Ahmet Nedim

2008-09-01

This study compares the mechanical properties of modified Kessler and double-modified Kessler flexor tendon repair techniques and evaluates simple modifications on both methods. Forty fresh sheep flexor tendons were divided equally into four groups. A transverse sharp cut was done in the middle of each tendon and then repaired with modified Kessler technique, modified Kessler with additional purchase point in the midpoint of each longitudinal strand, double-modified Kessler technique, or a combination of outer Kessler and inner cruciate configuration based on double-modified Kessler technique. The tendons were tested in a tensile testing machine to assess the mechanical performance of the repairs. Outcome measures included gap formation and ultimate forces. The gap strengths of the double-modified Kessler technique (30.85 N, SD 1.90) and double-modified Kessler technique with inner cruciate configuration (33.60 N, SD 4.64) were statistically significantly greater than that of the two-strand modified Kessler (22.56 N, SD 3.44) and modified Kessler with additional purchase configuration (21.75 N, SD 4.03; Tukey honestly significant difference test, P < 0.000). There were statistically significant differences in failure strengths of the all groups (analysis of variance, P < 0.000). With an identical number of strands, the gap formation and ultimate forces of the repairs were not changed by additional locking purchase point in modified Kessler repair or changing the inner strand configuration in double-modified Kessler repair. The results of this study show that the number of strands across the repair site together with the number of locking loops clearly affects the strength of the repair; meanwhile, the longitudinal strand orientation and number of purchase points in a single loop did not affect its strength.

How securely is the testicular artery occluded in the spermatic cord by using a ligature?

PubMed

Rijkenhuizen, A B M; Sommerauer, S; Fasching, M; Velde, K; Peham, C

2013-09-01

There are no studies on the ideal ligature technique for the spermatic cord. To compare the maximal resistance pressure in the testicular artery and the maximal tensile forces to produce failure of 2 different ligature techniques used for ligation of the equine spermatic cord. The capabilities of 2 types of ligatures, single knot loop and double knot loop, were assessed using a pressure-resistance test in testicular arteries and with an in vitro mechanical evaluation of the tensile strength by single cycle-to-failure testing. In the pressure-resistance test, the mean ± s.d. peak force at failure of the single knot loop was 354.4 ± 91.7 mmHg and for the double knot loop 303.2 ± 62.0 mmHg. There was no significant difference between the maximal load to failure of the single knot loop and double knot loop technique. The pressure needed for rupture was significantly higher (P = 0.001) than for leakage. The maximal tensile force at failure of the single knot loop was significantly higher than the double knot loop (P = 0.028). There was no significant difference in load elongation properties to failure between the single knot loop and double knot loop. Although no significant differences were obtained in the pressure-resistance test, the single knot loop sustained significantly greater load to failure than the double knot loop in single cycle-to-failure testing. Based on these findings, it would appear that the performance of the single knot loop should be superior to the double knot loop. Both ligature techniques are able to withstand the normal physiological intravascular pressure. The single knot loop has the greater breaking strength of the 2 ligatures tested and is less time consuming to perform and may therefore have advantages during equine castration. © 2012 EVJ Ltd.

ACL double-bundle reconstruction with one tibial tunnel provides equal stability compared to two tibial tunnels.

PubMed

Drews, Björn Holger; Seitz, Andreas Martin; Huth, Jochen; Bauer, Gerhard; Ignatius, Anita; Dürselen, Lutz

2017-05-01

The purpose of this study was to investigate whether an anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) double-bundle reconstruction with one tibial tunnel displays the same in vitro stability as a conventional double-bundle reconstruction with two tibial tunnels when using the same tensioning protocol. In 11 fresh-frozen cadaveric knees, ACL double-bundle reconstruction with one and two tibial tunnels was performed. The two grafts were tightened using 80 N in different flexion angles (anteromedial-bundle at 60° and posterolateral-bundle at 15°). Anterior tibial translation (134 N) and translation with combined rotatory and valgus loads (10 Nm valgus stress and 4 Nm internal tibial torque) were determined at 0°, 30°, 60° and 90° flexion. Measurements were taken in intact ACL, resected ACL, three-tunnel reconstruction and four-tunnel reconstruction. Additionally, the tension on the grafts was determined. Student's t test was performed for statistical analysis of the related samples. Significance was set at p < 0.017 according to Bonferroni correction. The two reconstructive techniques displayed no significant differences in comparison with the intact ACL in anterior tibial translation at 0°, 60° and 90° of flexion. The same results were obtained for the anterior tibial translation with a combined rotatory load at 60° and 90°. When directly comparing both reconstructive techniques, there were no significant differences for the anterior tibial translation and combined rotatory load at all flexion angles. The measured tension on grafts displayed similar load sharing between both bundles. Except at full extension, both grafts displayed a significantly different tension increase under anterior tibial translation for both techniques (p = 0.0086). Tightening both bundles in ACL double-bundle reconstruction with one or two tibial tunnels in different flexion angles achieved comparable restoration of stability, although there was different load sharing on the bundles. With regard to individualized ACL reconstruction, the double-bundle technique with one tibial tunnel offers a possibility to address small tibial insertion sites without compromising the advantages of a double-bundle procedure.

Double-row vs single-row rotator cuff repair: a review of the biomechanical evidence.

PubMed

Wall, Lindley B; Keener, Jay D; Brophy, Robert H

2009-01-01

A review of the current literature will show a difference between the biomechanical properties of double-row and single-row rotator cuff repairs. Rotator cuff tears commonly necessitate surgical repair; however, the optimal technique for repair continues to be investigated. Recently, double-row repairs have been considered an alternative to single-row repair, allowing a greater coverage area for healing and a possibly stronger repair. We reviewed the literature of all biomechanical studies comparing double-row vs single-row repair techniques. Inclusion criteria included studies using cadaveric, animal, or human models that directly compared double-row vs single-row repair techniques, written in the English language, and published in peer reviewed journals. Identified articles were reviewed to provide a comprehensive conclusion of the biomechanical strength and integrity of the repair techniques. Fifteen studies were identified and reviewed. Nine studies showed a statistically significant advantage to a double-row repair with regards to biomechanical strength, failure, and gap formation. Three studies produced results that did not show any statistical advantage. Five studies that directly compared footprint reconstruction all demonstrated that the double-row repair was superior to a single-row repair in restoring anatomy. The current literature reveals that the biomechanical properties of a double-row rotator cuff repair are superior to a single-row repair. Basic Science Study, SRH = Single vs. Double Row RCR.

Single versus double blade technique for skin incision and deep dissection in surgery for closed fracture: a prospective randomised control study.

PubMed

Trikha, V; Saini, P; Mathur, P; Agarwal, A; Kumar, S V; Choudhary, B

2016-04-01

To compare blade cultures in surgery for closed fracture using a single or double blade technique to determine whether the current practice of double blade technique is justified. 155 men and 29 women aged 20 to 60 (mean, 35) years who underwent surgery for closed fracture with healthy skin at the incision site were included. Patients were block randomised to the single (n=92) or double (n=92) blade technique. Blades were sent for bacteriological analysis. Outcome measures were early surgical site infection (SSI) within 30 days and cultures from the blades. The 2 groups were comparable in baseline characteristics. In the single blade group, 6 surgical blades and 2 control blades showed positive cultures; 4 patients developed SSI, but only one had a positive culture from the surgical blade (with different organism isolated from the wound culture). In the double blade group, 6 skin blades, 7 deep blades, and 0 control blade showed positive culture; only 2 patients had the same bacteria grown from both skin and deep blade. Five patients developed SSI, but only one patient had a positive culture from the deep blade (with different organism isolated from the wound culture). The difference in incidence of culture-positive blade or SSI between the 2 groups was not significant. The relative risk of SSI in the single blade group was 0.8. Positive blade culture was not associated with SSI in the single or double blade group. The practice of changing blade following skin incision has no effect on reducing early SSI in surgery for closed fracture in healthy patients with healthy skin.

ANATOMICAL RECONSTRUCTION OF ANTERIOR CRUCIATE LIGAMENT OF THE KNEE: DOUBLE BAND OR SINGLE BAND?

PubMed

Zanella, Luiz Antonio Zanotelli; Junior, Adair Bervig; Badotti, Augusto Alves; Michelin, Alexandre Froes; Algarve, Rodrigo Ilha; de Quadros Martins, Cesar Antonio

2012-01-01

To evaluate the double-band and single-band techniques for anatomical reconstruction of the anterior cruciate ligament of the knee and demonstrate that the double-band technique not only provides greater anterior stability but also causes less pain and a better subjective patient response. We selected 42 patients who underwent anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction, by means of either the single-band anatomical reconstruction technique, using flexor tendon grafts with two tunnels, or the double-band anatomical reconstruction technique, using four tunnels and grafts from the semitendinosus and gracilis tendons. All fixations were performed using interference screws. There was no variation in the sample. Before the operation, the objective and subjective IKDC scores, Lysholm score and length of time with the injury were evaluated. All these variables were reassessed six months later, and the KT-1000 correlation with the contralateral knee was also evaluated. There was no significant difference between the two groups in subjective evaluations, but the single-band group showed better results in relation to range of motion and objective evaluations including KT-1000 (with statistical significance). Our study demonstrated that there was no difference between the two groups in subjective evaluations, but better results were found using the single-band anatomical technique, in relation to objective evaluations.

ANATOMICAL RECONSTRUCTION OF ANTERIOR CRUCIATE LIGAMENT OF THE KNEE: DOUBLE BAND OR SINGLE BAND?

PubMed Central

Zanella, Luiz Antonio Zanotelli; Junior, Adair Bervig; Badotti, Augusto Alves; Michelin, Alexandre Froes; Algarve, Rodrigo Ilha; de Quadros Martins, Cesar Antonio

2015-01-01

Objective: To evaluate the double-band and single-band techniques for anatomical reconstruction of the anterior cruciate ligament of the knee and demonstrate that the double-band technique not only provides greater anterior stability but also causes less pain and a better subjective patient response. Methods: We selected 42 patients who underwent anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction, by means of either the single-band anatomical reconstruction technique, using flexor tendon grafts with two tunnels, or the double-band anatomical reconstruction technique, using four tunnels and grafts from the semitendinosus and gracilis tendons. All fixations were performed using interference screws. There was no variation in the sample. Before the operation, the objective and subjective IKDC scores, Lysholm score and length of time with the injury were evaluated. All these variables were reassessed six months later, and the KT-1000 correlation with the contralateral knee was also evaluated. Results: There was no significant difference between the two groups in subjective evaluations, but the single-band group showed better results in relation to range of motion and objective evaluations including KT-1000 (with statistical significance). Conclusion: Our study demonstrated that there was no difference between the two groups in subjective evaluations, but better results were found using the single-band anatomical technique, in relation to objective evaluations. PMID:27042621

A Comparative Evaluation of the Linear Dimensional Accuracy of Four Impression Techniques using Polyether Impression Material.

PubMed

Manoj, Smita Sara; Cherian, K P; Chitre, Vidya; Aras, Meena

2013-12-01

There is much discussion in the dental literature regarding the superiority of one impression technique over the other using addition silicone impression material. However, there is inadequate information available on the accuracy of different impression techniques using polyether. The purpose of this study was to assess the linear dimensional accuracy of four impression techniques using polyether on a laboratory model that simulates clinical practice. The impression material used was Impregum Soft™, 3 M ESPE and the four impression techniques used were (1) Monophase impression technique using medium body impression material. (2) One step double mix impression technique using heavy body and light body impression materials simultaneously. (3) Two step double mix impression technique using a cellophane spacer (heavy body material used as a preliminary impression to create a wash space with a cellophane spacer, followed by the use of light body material). (4) Matrix impression using a matrix of polyether occlusal registration material. The matrix is loaded with heavy body material followed by a pick-up impression in medium body material. For each technique, thirty impressions were made of a stainless steel master model that contained three complete crown abutment preparations, which were used as the positive control. Accuracy was assessed by measuring eight dimensions (mesiodistal, faciolingual and inter-abutment) on stone dies poured from impressions of the master model. A two-tailed t test was carried out to test the significance in difference of the distances between the master model and the stone models. One way analysis of variance (ANOVA) was used for multiple group comparison followed by the Bonferroni's test for pair wise comparison. The accuracy was tested at α = 0.05. In general, polyether impression material produced stone dies that were smaller except for the dies produced from the one step double mix impression technique. The ANOVA revealed a highly significant difference for each dimension measured (except for the inter-abutment distance between the first and the second die) between any two groups of stone models obtained from the four impression techniques. Pair wise comparison for each measurement did not reveal any significant difference (except for the faciolingual distance of the third die) between the casts produced using the two step double mix impression technique and the matrix impression system. The two step double mix impression technique produced stone dies that showed the least dimensional variation. During fabrication of a cast restoration, laboratory procedures should not only compensate for the cement thickness, but also for the increase or decrease in die dimensions.

Comparison of 2 surgical techniques for reconstructing posterolateral corner of the knee: a cadaveric study evaluated by navigation system.

PubMed

Ho, Eric Po-Yan; Lam, Mak-Ham; Chung, Mandy Man-Ling; Fong, Daniel Tik-Pui; Law, Billy Kan-Yip; Yung, Patrick Shu-Hang; Chan, Wood-Yee; Chan, Kai-Ming

2011-01-01

This study aimed to evaluate the immediate effect on knee kinematics by 2 different techniques of posterolateral corner (PLC) reconstruction. Five intact formalin-preserved cadaveric knees were used in this study. A navigation system was used to measure knee kinematics (posterior translation, varus angulation, and external rotation) after application of a constant force and torque to the tibia. Four different conditions of the knee were evaluated during the biomechanical test: intact knee and PLC-sectioned knee and PLC-reconstructed knee by the double-femoral tunnel technique and single-femoral tunnel technique. Sectioning of the PLC structures resulted in significant increases in external rotation at 30° of flexion from 11.2° (SD, 2.6) to 24.6° (SD, 6.2), posterior translation at 30° of flexion from 3.4 mm (SD, 1.5) to 7.4 mm (SD, 3.8), and varus angulation at 0° of flexion from 2.3° (SD, 2.1) to 7.9° (SD, 5.1). Both reconstruction techniques significantly restored the varus stability. The external rotation and posterior translation at 30° of flexion after reconstruction with the double-femoral tunnel technique were 10.2° (SD, 1.3) and 3.4° (SD, 2.7), respectively, which were significantly better than those of the single-femoral tunnel technique. Both techniques of reconstruction showed improved stability compared with PLC-sectioned knees. The double-femoral tunnel technique in PLC reconstruction showed better rotational stability and resistance to posterior translation than the single-femoral tunnel technique without compromising varus stability. PLC reconstruction by a double-femoral tunnel technique achieves better rotational control and resistance to posterior translation. Copyright © 2011 Arthroscopy Association of North America. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Clinical outcomes and repair integrity after arthroscopic full-thickness rotator cuff repair: suture-bridge versus double-row modified Mason-Allen technique.

PubMed

Lee, Kwang Won; Yang, Dae Suk; Lee, Gyu Sang; Ma, Chang Hyun; Choy, Won Sik

2018-05-23

This retrospective study compared the clinical and radiologic outcomes of patients who underwent arthroscopic rotator cuff repairs by the suture-bridge and double-row modified Mason-Allen techniques. From January 2012 to May 2013, 76 consecutive cases of full-thickness rotator cuff tear, 1 to 4 cm in the sagittal plane, for which arthroscopic rotator cuff repair was performed, were included. The suture-bridge technique was used in 37 consecutive shoulders; and the double-row modified Mason-Allen technique, in 39 consecutive shoulders. Clinical outcomes at a minimum of 2 years (mean, 35.7 months) were evaluated postoperatively using the visual analog scale; University of California, Los Angeles Shoulder Scale; American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons Subjective Shoulder Scale; and Constant score. Postoperative cuff integrity was evaluated at a mean of 17.7 months by magnetic resonance imaging. At the final follow-up, the clinical outcomes improved in both groups (all P < .001) but with no significant differences between the 2 groups (all P > .05). The retear rate was 18.9% in the shoulders subjected to suture-bridge repair and 12.8% in the double-row modified Mason-Allen group; the difference was not significant (P = .361). Despite the presence of fewer suture anchors, the patients who underwent double-row modified Mason-Allen repair had comparable shoulder functional outcomes and a comparable retear rate with those who underwent suture-bridge repair. Therefore, the double-row modified Mason-Allen repair technique can be considered an effective treatment for patients with medium- to large-sized full-thickness rotator cuff tears. Copyright © 2018 Journal of Shoulder and Elbow Surgery Board of Trustees. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

X-ray topographic studies and measurement of lattice parameter differences within synthetic diamonds grown by the reconstitution technique

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Wierzchowski, W.; Moore, M.; Makepeace, A. P. W.; Yacoot, A.

1991-10-01

A 4 x 4 x 1.5 cu mm cuboctahedral diamond and two 0.7 mm thick slabs cut from a truncated octahedral diamond grown by the reconstitution technique were studied in different double-crystal arrangements with both conventional and synchrotron X-ray sources. The back-reflection double crystal topographs of large polished 001-plane-oriented faces intersecting different growth sectors, together with cathodoluminescence patterns, allowed identification of these sectors. A double-crystal arrangement, employing the -3 2 5 quartz reflection matching the symmetrical 004 diamond reflection in CuK(alpha 1) radiation, was used for measurement of lattice parameter differences with an accuracy of one and a half parts per million. The simultaneous investigation by means of Lang projection and section topography provided complementary information about the crystallographic defects and internal structures of growth sectors. Observation of the cuboctahedral diamond with a filter of peak transmittance at 430 nm revealed a 'Maltese cross' growth feature in the central (001) growth sector, which also affected the birefringence pattern. However, this feature only very slightly affected the double-crystal topographs.

Single-row versus double-row arthroscopic rotator cuff repair in small- to medium-sized tears.

PubMed

Aydin, Nuri; Kocaoglu, Baris; Guven, Osman

2010-07-01

Double-row rotator cuff repair leads to superior cuff integrity and clinical results compared with single-row repair. The study enrolled 68 patients with a full-thickness rotator cuff tear who were divided into 2 groups of 34 patients according to repair technique. The patients were followed-up for at least 2 years. The results were evaluated by Constant score. Despite the biomechanical studies and cadaver studies that proved the superiority of double-row fixation over single-row fixation, our clinical results show no difference in functional outcome between the two methods. It is evident that double-row repair is more technically demanding, expensive, and time-consuming than single-row repair, without providing a significant improvement in clinical results. Comparison between groups did not show significant differences. At the final follow-up, the Constant score was 82.2 in the single-row group and 78.8 in the double-row group. Functional outcome was improved in both groups after surgery, but the difference between the 2 groups was not significant. At long-term follow-up, arthroscopic rotator cuff repair with the double-row technique showed no significant difference in clinical outcome compared with single-row repair in small to medium tears. 2010 Journal of Shoulder and Elbow Surgery Board of Trustees. Published by Mosby, Inc. All rights reserved.

Comparison of repair techniques in small and medium-sized rotator cuff tears in cadaveric sheep shoulders.

PubMed

Onay, Ulaş; Akpınar, Sercan; Akgün, Rahmi Can; Balçık, Cenk; Tuncay, Ismail Cengiz

2013-01-01

The aim of this study was to compare new knotless single-row and double-row suture anchor techniques with traditional transosseous suture techniques for different sized rotator cuff tears in an animal model. The study included 56 cadaveric sheep shoulders. Supraspinatus cuff tears of 1 cm repaired with new knotless single-row suture anchor technique and supraspinatus and infraspinatus rotator cuff tears of 3 cm repaired with double-row suture anchor technique were compared to traditional transosseous suture techniques and control groups. The repaired tendons were loaded with 5 mm/min static velocity with 2.5 kgN load cell in Instron 8874 machine until the repair failure. The 1 cm transosseous group was statistically superior to 1 cm control group (p=0.021, p<0.05) and the 3 cm SpeedBridge group was statistically superior to the 1 cm SpeedFix group (p=0.012, p<0.05). The differences between the other groups were not statistically significant. No significant difference was found between the new knotless suture anchor techniques and traditional transosseous suture techniques.

Functional and structural outcomes of single-row versus double-row versus combined double-row and suture-bridge repair for rotator cuff tears.

PubMed

Mihata, Teruhisa; Watanabe, Chisato; Fukunishi, Kunimoto; Ohue, Mutsumi; Tsujimura, Tomoyuki; Fujiwara, Kenta; Kinoshita, Mitsuo

2011-10-01

Although previous biomechanical research has demonstrated the superiority of the suture-bridge rotator cuff repair over double-row repair from a mechanical point of view, no articles have described the structural and functional outcomes of this type of procedure. The structural and functional outcomes after arthroscopic rotator cuff repair may be different between the single-row, double-row, and combined double-row and suture-bridge (compression double-row) techniques. Cohort study; Level of evidence, 3. There were 206 shoulders in 201 patients with full-thickness rotator cuff tears that underwent arthroscopic rotator cuff repair. Eleven patients were lost to follow-up. Sixty-five shoulders were repaired using the single-row, 23 shoulders using the double-row, and 107 shoulders using the compression double-row techniques. Clinical outcomes were evaluated at an average of 38.5 months (range, 24-74 months) after rotator cuff repair. Postoperative cuff integrity was determined using Sugaya's classification of magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). The retear rates after arthroscopic rotator cuff repair were 10.8%, 26.1%, and 4.7%, respectively, for the single-row, double-row, and compression double-row techniques. In the subcategory of large and massive rotator cuff tears, the retear rate in the compression double-row group (3 of 40 shoulders, 7.5%) was significantly less than those in the single-row group (5 of 8 shoulders, 62.5%, P < .001) and the double-row group (5 of 12 shoulders, 41.7%, P < .01). Postoperative clinical outcomes in patients with a retear were significantly lower than those in patients without a retear for all 3 techniques. The additional suture bridges decreased the retear rate for large and massive tears. The combination of the double-row and suture-bridge techniques, which had the lowest rate of postoperative retear, is an effective option for arthroscopic repair of the rotator cuff tendons because the postoperative functional outcome in patients with a retear is inferior to that without retear.

Single, double or multiple-injection techniques for non-ultrasound guided axillary brachial plexus block in adults undergoing surgery of the lower arm.

PubMed

Chin, Ki Jinn; Alakkad, Husni; Cubillos, Javier E

2013-08-08

Regional anaesthesia comprising axillary block of the brachial plexus is a common anaesthetic technique for distal upper limb surgery. This is an update of a review first published in 2006 and updated in 2011. To compare the relative effects (benefits and harms) of three injection techniques (single, double and multiple) of axillary block of the brachial plexus for distal upper extremity surgery. We considered these effects primarily in terms of anaesthetic effectiveness; the complication rate (neurological and vascular); and pain and discomfort caused by performance of the block. We searched the Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials (CENTRAL) (The Cochrane Library), MEDLINE, EMBASE and reference lists of trials. We contacted trial authors. The date of the last search was March 2013 (updated from March 2011). We included randomized controlled trials that compared double with single-injection techniques, multiple with single-injection techniques, or multiple with double-injection techniques for axillary block in adults undergoing surgery of the distal upper limb. We excluded trials using ultrasound-guided techniques. Independent study selection, risk of bias assessment and data extraction were performed by at least two investigators. We undertook meta-analysis. The 21 included trials involved a total of 2148 participants who received regional anaesthesia for hand, wrist, forearm or elbow surgery. Risk of bias assessment indicated that trial design and conduct were generally adequate; the most common areas of weakness were in blinding and allocation concealment.Eight trials comparing double versus single injections showed a statistically significant decrease in primary anaesthesia failure (risk ratio (RR 0.51), 95% confidence interval (CI) 0.30 to 0.85). Subgroup analysis by method of nerve location showed that the effect size was greater when neurostimulation was used rather than the transarterial technique.Eight trials comparing multiple with single injections showed a statistically significant decrease in primary anaesthesia failure (RR 0.25, 95% CI 0.14 to 0.44) and of incomplete motor block (RR 0.61, 95% CI 0.39 to 0.96) in the multiple injection group.Eleven trials comparing multiple with double injections showed a statistically significant decrease in primary anaesthesia failure (RR 0.28, 95% CI 0.20 to 0.40) and of incomplete motor block (RR 0.55, 95% CI 0.36 to 0.85) in the multiple injection group.Tourniquet pain was significantly reduced with multiple injections compared with double injections (RR 0.53, 95% CI 0.33 to 0.84). Otherwise there were no statistically significant differences between groups in any of the three comparisons on secondary analgesia failure, complications and patient discomfort. The time for block performance was significantly shorter for single and double injections compared with multiple injections. This review provides evidence that multiple-injection techniques using nerve stimulation for axillary plexus block produce more effective anaesthesia than either double or single-injection techniques. However, there was insufficient evidence for a significant difference in other outcomes, including safety.

Open Tibial Inlay PCL Reconstruction: Surgical Technique and Clinical Outcomes.

PubMed

Vellios, Evan E; Jones, Kristofer J; McAllister, David R

2018-06-01

To review the current literature on clinical outcomes following open tibial inlay posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) reconstruction and provide the reader with a detailed description of the author's preferred surgical technique. Despite earlier biomechanical studies which demonstrated superiority of the PCL inlay technique when compared to transtibial techniques, recent longitudinal cohort studies have shown no significant differences in clinical or functional outcomes at 10-year follow-up. Furthermore, no significant clinical differences have been shown between graft types used and/or single- versus double-bundle reconstruction methods. The optimal treatment for the PCL-deficient knee remains unclear. Open tibial inlay PCL reconstruction is safe, reproducible, and avoids the "killer turn" that may potentially lead to graft weakening and failure seen in transtibial reconstruction methods. No significant differences in subjective outcomes or clinical laxity have been shown between single-bundle versus double-bundle reconstruction methods.

Biomechanical comparison of 4 double-row suture-bridging rotator cuff repair techniques using different medial-row configurations.

PubMed

Pauly, Stephan; Kieser, Bettina; Schill, Alexander; Gerhardt, Christian; Scheibel, Markus

2010-10-01

Biomechanical comparison of different suture-bridge configurations of the medial row with respect to initial construct stability (time 0, porcine model). In 40 porcine fresh-frozen shoulders, the infraspinatus tendons were dissected from their insertions. All specimens were operated on by use of the suture-bridge technique, only differing in terms of the medial-row suture-grasping configuration, and randomized into 4 groups: (1) single-mattress (SM) technique, (2) double-mattress (DM) technique, (3) cross-stitch (CS) technique, and (4) double-pulley (DP) technique. Identical suture anchors were used for all specimens (medial: Bio-Corkscrew FT 5.5 [Arthrex, Naples, FL]; lateral: Bio-PushLock 3.5 [Arthrex]). All repairs were cyclically loaded from 10 to 60 N until 10 to 200 N (20-N stepwise increase after 50 cycles each) with a material testing machine. Forces at 3 and 5 mm of gap formation, mode of failure, and maximum load to failure were recorded. The DM technique had the highest ultimate tensile strength (368.6 ± 99.5 N) compared with the DP (248.4 ± 122.7 N), SM (204.3 ± 90 N), and CS (184.9 ± 63.8 N) techniques (P = .004). The DM technique provided maximal force resistance until 3 and 5 mm of gap formation (90.0 ± 18.1 N and 128.0 ± 32.3 N, respectively) compared with the CS (72 ± 8.9 N and 108 ± 20.2 N, respectively), SM (66.0 ± 8.9 N and 90.0 ± 26.9 N, respectively), and DP (62.2 ± 6.2 N and 71 ± 13.2 N, respectively) techniques (P < .05 for each 3 and 5 mm of gap formation). The main failure mode was suture cutting through the tendon. Comparing the 4 different suture-bridge techniques, we found that modified application of suture-bridge repair with double medial mattress stitches significantly enhanced biomechanical construct stability at time 0 in this porcine ex vivo model. This technique increases initial stability and resistance to suture cutting through the rotator cuff tendon after arthroscopic suture-bridge repair. Copyright © 2010 Arthroscopy Association of North America. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

[Clinical research of arthroscopic separate double-layer suture bridge technique for delaminated rotator cuff tear].

PubMed

Ren, Jiangtao; Xu, Cong; Liu, Xianglin; Wang, Jiansong; Li, Zhihuai; Lü, Yongming

2017-10-01

To explore the effectiveness of the arthroscopic separate double-layer suture bridge technique in treatment of the delaminated rotator cuff tear. Between May 2013 and May 2015, 54 patients with the delaminated rotator cuff tears were recruited in the study. They were randomly allocated into 2 groups to receive repair either using arthroscopic separate double-layer suture bridge technique (trial group, n =28) or using arthroscopic whole-layer suture bridge technique (control group, n =26). There was no significant difference in gender, age, injured side, tear type, and preoperative visual analogue scale (VAS) score, Constants score, American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons (ASES) score, University of California Los Angeles (UCLA) score, and the range of motion of shoulder joint between 2 groups ( P >0.05). Postoperative functional scores, range of motion, and recurrence rate of tear in 2 groups were observed and compared. The operation time was significant longer in trial group than in control group ( t =8.383, P =0.000). All incisions healed at stage Ⅰ without postoperative complication. All the patients were followed up 12 months. At 12 months postoperatively, the UCLA score, ASES score, VAS score, Constant score, and the range of motion were significantly improved when compared with the preoperative values in 2 groups ( P <0.05). However there was no significant difference in above indexes between 2 groups ( P >0.05). Four cases (14.3%) of rotator cuff tear recurred in trial group while 5 cases (19.2%) in control group, showing no significant difference ( χ 2 =0.237, P =0.626). Compared with the arthroscopic whole-layer suture bridge technique, arthroscopic separate double-layer suture bridge technique presents no significant difference in the shoulder function score, the range of motion, and recurrence of rotator cuff tear, while having a longer operation time.

Video multiple watermarking technique based on image interlacing using DWT.

PubMed

Ibrahim, Mohamed M; Abdel Kader, Neamat S; Zorkany, M

2014-01-01

Digital watermarking is one of the important techniques to secure digital media files in the domains of data authentication and copyright protection. In the nonblind watermarking systems, the need of the original host file in the watermark recovery operation makes an overhead over the system resources, doubles memory capacity, and doubles communications bandwidth. In this paper, a robust video multiple watermarking technique is proposed to solve this problem. This technique is based on image interlacing. In this technique, three-level discrete wavelet transform (DWT) is used as a watermark embedding/extracting domain, Arnold transform is used as a watermark encryption/decryption method, and different types of media (gray image, color image, and video) are used as watermarks. The robustness of this technique is tested by applying different types of attacks such as: geometric, noising, format-compression, and image-processing attacks. The simulation results show the effectiveness and good performance of the proposed technique in saving system resources, memory capacity, and communications bandwidth.

Biomechanical comparison of the double-push technique and the conventional skate skiing technique in cross-country sprint skiing.

PubMed

Stöggl, Thomas; Müller, Erich; Lindinger, Stefan

2008-09-01

The aims of the study were to: (1) adapt the "double-push" technique from inline skating to cross-country skiing; (2) compare this new skiing technique with the conventional skate skiing cross-country technique; and (3) test the hypothesis that the double-push technique improves skiing speed in a short sprint. 13 elite skiers performed maximum-speed sprints over 100 m using the double-push skate skiing technique and using the conventional "V2" skate skiing technique. Pole and plantar forces, knee angle, cycle characteristics, and electromyography of nine lower body muscles were analysed. We found that the double-push technique could be successfully transferred to cross-country skiing, and that this new technique is faster than the conventional skate skiing technique. The double-push technique was 2.9 +/- 2.2% faster (P < 0.001), which corresponds to a time advantage of 0.41 +/- 0.31 s over 100 m. The double-push technique had a longer cycle length and a lower cycle rate, and it was characterized by higher muscle activity, higher knee extension amplitudes and velocities, and higher peak foot forces, especially in the first phase of the push-off. Also, the foot was more loaded laterally in the double-push technique than in the conventional skate skiing technique.

Evaluation of footprint contact area and pressure using a triple-row modification of the suture-bridge technique for rotator cuff repair.

PubMed

Ostrander, Roger V; McKinney, Bart I

2012-10-01

Studies suggest that arthroscopic repair techniques may have high recurrence rates for larger rotator cuff tears. A more anatomic repair may improve the success rate when performing arthroscopic rotator cuff repair. We hypothesized that a triple-row modification of the suture-bridge technique for rotator cuff repair would result in significantly more footprint contact area and pressure between the rotator cuff and the humeral tuberosity. Eighteen ovine infraspinatus tendons were repaired using 1 of 3 simulated arthroscopic techniques: a double-row repair, the suture-bridge technique, and a triple-row repair. The triple-row repair technique is a modification of the suture-bridge technique that uses an additional reducing anchor between the medial and lateral rows. Six samples were tested per group. Pressure-indicating film was used to measure the footprint contact area and pressure after each repair. The triple-row repair resulted in significantly more rotator cuff footprint contact area and contact pressure compared with the double-row technique and the standard suture-bridge technique. No statistical difference in contact area or contact pressure was found between the double-row technique and the suture-bridge technique. The triple-row technique for rotator cuff repair results in significantly more footprint contact area and contact pressure compared with the double-row and standard suture-bridge techniques. This more anatomic repair may improve the healing rate when performing arthroscopic rotator cuff repair. Copyright © 2012 Journal of Shoulder and Elbow Surgery Board of Trustees. Published by Mosby, Inc. All rights reserved.

Biomechanical comparison of four double-row speed-bridging rotator cuff repair techniques with or without medial or lateral row enhancement.

PubMed

Pauly, Stephan; Fiebig, David; Kieser, Bettina; Albrecht, Bjoern; Schill, Alexander; Scheibel, Markus

2011-12-01

Biomechanical comparison of four different Speed-Bridge configurations with or without medial or lateral row reinforcement. Reinforcement of the knotless Speed-Bridge double-row repair technique with additional medial mattress- or lateral single-stitches was hypothesized to improve biomechanical repair stability at time zero. Controlled laboratory study: In 36 porcine fresh-frozen shoulders, the infraspinatus tendons were dissected and shoulders were randomized to four groups: (1) Speed-Bridge technique with single tendon perforation per anchor (STP); (2) Speed-Bridge technique with double tendon perforation per anchor (DTP); (3) Speed-Bridge technique with medial mattress-stitch reinforcement (MMS); (4) Speed-Bridge technique with lateral single-stitch reinforcement (LSS). All repairs were cyclically loaded from 10-60 N up to 10-200 N (20 N stepwise increase) using a material testing device. Forces at 3 and 5 mm gap formation, mode of failure and maximum load to failure were recorded. The MMS-technique with double tendon perforation showed significantly higher ultimate tensile strength (338.9 ± 90.0 N) than DTP (228.3 ± 99.9 N), LSS (188.9 ± 62.5 N) and STP-technique (122.2 ± 33.8 N). Furthermore, the MMS-technique provided increased maximal force resistance until 3 and 5 mm gap formation (3 mm: 77.8 ± 18.6 N; 5 mm: 113.3 ± 36.1 N) compared with LSS, DTP and STP (P < 0.05 for each 3 and 5 mm gap formation). Failure mode was medial row defect by tendon sawing first, then laterally. No anchor pullout occurred. Double tendon perforation per anchor and additional medial mattress stitches significantly enhance biomechanical construct stability at time zero in this ex vivo model when compared with the all-knotless Speed-Bridge rotator cuff repair.

Double-push skating versus V2 and V1 skating on uphill terrain in cross-country skiing.

PubMed

Stöggl, Thomas; Kampel, Wolfgang; Müller, Erich; Lindinger, Stefan

2010-01-01

The aims of the study were a) to compare the double-push skating technique with the V2 and the V1 skating techniques on an uphill terrain by a kinematic and kinetic analysis, b) to provide kinetic and kinematic data of the V1 technique at maximal skiing speeds, and c) to test the hypotheses that the double-push skating technique is faster compared with the V2 and the V1 skating techniques. Six elite skiers performed maximum speed sprints over a 60-m uphill section (7 degrees -10 degrees) using the double-push, the V2, and the V1 techniques. Pole and plantar forces and cycle characteristics were analyzed. The double-push skating technique was approximately 4.3% faster (P < 0.05) compared with the V2 skating technique and equally fast compared with the V1 skating technique. The double-push and the V2 techniques demonstrated longer cycle lengths, lower cycle rates (both P < 0.05), and equal poling frequencies and pole forces compared with the V1 technique. Cycle length, peak foot force, and knee extension ranges of motion and velocities were higher in the double-push technique compared with the V2 technique (all P values <0.05). Center of pressure was located more laterally in the double-push technique compared with the other two techniques (P < 0.05). All measured skiing speeds were drastically higher compared with former studies. The higher skiing speeds of the V1 and the double-push techniques compared with the V2 technique stress the mechanical advantage of those techniques on uphill terrain. Because of larger cycle lengths, lower cycle rate, longer recovery times, and equal poling frequency, the double-push technique might be seen as more economic on steep uphills compared with the V1 technique. From a tactical point of view compared with the V1 technique, the double-push technique needs less space due to less lateral displacement, and no technique transitions are necessary when entering and leaving an uphill section.

Assessment of the Resistance of Several Suture Techniques in Human Cadaver Achilles Tendons.

PubMed

Manent, Andrea; Lopez, Laia; Vilanova, Joan; Mota, Tiago; Alvarez, Jordi; Santamaría, Alejandro; Oliva, Xavier Martí

Many treatments are available for acute Achilles tendon ruptures, conservative and surgical, with none superior to another. For surgical treatment, one can use various techniques. Recent studies have shown that double stitches are superior to simple sutures. Therefore, in the present study, we sought to determine the suture technique that is the most resistant to rupture. We performed an experimental anatomic study with 27 fresh-frozen human cadaveric Achilles tendons obtained through the body donation program of the University of Barcelona, testing the maximum strength. We simulated a rupture by performing resection in the middle portion of the tendon, 4 cm proximal to the calcaneus insertion. We then evaluated the double Kessler, double Bunnell, Krackow, and percutaneous Ma and Griffith technique. We used absorbable suture (polydioxanone no. 1) with all the techniques. Traction was performed using a machine that pulls the tendon at 10 to 100 N in 1000 repetitive cycles. Statistical analysis was performed using the χ 2 test and analysis of variance, with the 95% confidence intervals (p < .05). All repairs failed at the site of the suture knots, with none pulling out through the substance of the tendon. We found no significant differences among the different open suture techniques (p > .05). The Krackow suture presented with superior resistance, with a rupture rate 16.70% but with a mean elongation of 7.11 mm. The double Bunnell suture had the same rupture rate as the Krakow suture (16.70%) but with an inferior mean elongation of 4.53 mm. The Krackow and Bunnell suture were superior in endurance, strength of failure, and primary stability compared with the other suture types. However, the former presented with greater tendon elongation, although the difference was not statistically significant. Therefore, according to our findings and the published data, we recommend double Bunnell sutures for the surgical treatment of acute Achilles tendon rupture. Copyright © 2017 American College of Foot and Ankle Surgeons. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Fabrication and characterization of tunnel barriers in a multi-walled carbon nanotube formed by argon atom beam irradiation

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Tomizawa, H.; Department of Applied Physics, Tokyo University of Science, 6-3-1 Niijuku, Katsushika-ku, Tokyo 125-8585; Yamaguchi, T., E-mail: tyamag@riken.jp

We have evaluated tunnel barriers formed in multi-walled carbon nanotubes (MWNTs) by an Ar atom beam irradiation method and applied the technique to fabricate coupled double quantum dots. The two-terminal resistance of the individual MWNTs was increased owing to local damage caused by the Ar beam irradiation. The temperature dependence of the current through a single barrier suggested two different contributions to its Arrhenius plot, i.e., formed by direct tunneling through the barrier and by thermal activation over the barrier. The height of the formed barriers was estimated. The fabrication technique was used to produce coupled double quantum dots withmore » serially formed triple barriers on a MWNT. The current measured at 1.5 K as a function of two side-gate voltages resulted in a honeycomb-like charge stability diagram, which confirmed the formation of the double dots. The characteristic parameters of the double quantum dots were calculated, and the feasibility of the technique is discussed.« less

Single-row versus double-row repair of the distal Achilles tendon: a biomechanical comparison.

PubMed

Pilson, Holly; Brown, Philip; Stitzel, Joel; Scott, Aaron

2012-01-01

Surgery for recalcitrant insertional Achilles tendinopathy often consists of partial or total release of the insertion site, debridement of the diseased portion of the tendon, calcaneal ostectomy, and reattachment of the Achilles to the calcaneus. Although single-row and double-row techniques exist for repair of the detached Achilles tendon, biomechanical data are lacking to support one technique over the other. Based on data extrapolated from the study of rotator cuff repairs, we hypothesized that a double-row construct would provide superior fixation strength over a single-row repair. Eighteen human cadaveric Achilles tendons (9 matched pairs) with attached calcanei were repaired with single-row or double-row techniques. Specimens were mounted in a servohydraulic materials testing machine, subjected to a preconditioning cycle, and loaded to failure. Failure was defined as suture breakage or pullout, midsubstance tendon rupture, or anchor pullout. Among the failures were 12 suture failures, 5 proximal-row anchor failures, and 1 distal-row anchor failure. No midsubstance tendon ruptures or testing apparatus failures were observed. There were no statistically significant differences in the peak load to failure between the single-row and double-row repairs (p = .46). Similarly, no significant differences were observed with regards to mean energy expenditure to failure (p = .069). The present study demonstrated no biomechanical advantages of the double-row repair over a single-row repair. Despite the lack of a clear biomechanical advantage, there may exist clinical advantages of a double-row repair, such as reduction in knot prominence and restoration of the Achilles footprint. Copyright © 2012 American College of Foot and Ankle Surgeons. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Comparison of estimation techniques for a forest inventory in which double sampling for stratification is used

Treesearch

Michael S. Williams

2001-01-01

A number of different estimators can be used when forest inventory plots cover two or more distinctly different condition classes. In this article the properties of two approximate Horvitz- Thompson (HT) estimators, a ratio of means (RM), and a mean of ratios (MR) estimator are explored in the framework of double sampling for stratification. Relevant theoretical...

Laser Energy Monitor for Double-Pulsed 2-Micrometer IPDA Lidar Application

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Refaat, Tamer F.; Petros, Mulugeta; Remus, Ruben; Yu, Jirong; Singh, Upendra N.

2014-01-01

Integrated path differential absorption (IPDA) lidar is a remote sensing technique for monitoring different atmospheric species. The technique relies on wavelength differentiation between strong and weak absorbing features normalized to the transmitted energy. 2-micron double-pulsed IPDA lidar is best suited for atmospheric carbon dioxide measurements. In such case, the transmitter produces two successive laser pulses separated by short interval (200 microseconds), with low repetition rate (10Hz). Conventional laser energy monitors, based on thermal detectors, are suitable for low repetition rate single pulse lasers. Due to the short pulse interval in double-pulsed lasers, thermal energy monitors underestimate the total transmitted energy. This leads to measurement biases and errors in double-pulsed IPDA technique. The design and calibration of a 2-micron double-pulse laser energy monitor is presented. The design is based on a high-speed, extended range InGaAs pin quantum detectors suitable for separating the two pulse events. Pulse integration is applied for converting the detected pulse power into energy. Results are compared to a photo-electro-magnetic (PEM) detector for impulse response verification. Calibration included comparing the three detection technologies in single-pulsed mode, then comparing the pin and PEM detectors in double-pulsed mode. Energy monitor linearity will be addressed.

Steady state conductance in a double quantum dot array: the nonequilibrium equation-of-motion Green function approach.

PubMed

Levy, Tal J; Rabani, Eran

2013-04-28

We study steady state transport through a double quantum dot array using the equation-of-motion approach to the nonequilibrium Green functions formalism. This popular technique relies on uncontrolled approximations to obtain a closure for a hierarchy of equations; however, its accuracy is questioned. We focus on 4 different closures, 2 of which were previously proposed in the context of the single quantum dot system (Anderson impurity model) and were extended to the double quantum dot array, and develop 2 new closures. Results for the differential conductance are compared to those attained by a master equation approach known to be accurate for weak system-leads couplings and high temperatures. While all 4 closures provide an accurate description of the Coulomb blockade and other transport properties in the single quantum dot case, they differ in the case of the double quantum dot array, where only one of the developed closures provides satisfactory results. This is rationalized by comparing the poles of the Green functions to the exact many-particle energy differences for the isolate system. Our analysis provides means to extend the equation-of-motion technique to more elaborate models of large bridge systems with strong electronic interactions.

Sulcus reproduction with elastomeric impression materials: a new in vitro testing method.

PubMed

Finger, Werner J; Kurokawa, Rie; Takahashi, Hidekazu; Komatsu, Masashi

2008-12-01

Aim of this study was to investigate the depth reproduction of differently wide sulci with elastomeric impression materials by single- and double-mix techniques using a tooth and sulcus model, simulating clinical conditions. Impressions with one vinyl polysiloxane (VPS; FLE), two polyethers (PE; IMP and P2), and one hybrid VPS/PE elastomer (FUS) were taken from a truncated steel cone with a circumferential 2 mm deep sulcus, 50, 100 or 200 microm wide. The "root surface" was in steel and the "periodontal tissue" in reversible hydrocolloid. Single-mix impressions were taken with light-body (L) or monophase (M) pastes, double-mix impressions with L as syringe and M or heavy-body (H) as tray materials (n=8). Sulcus reproduction was determined by 3D laser topography of impressions at eight locations, 45 degrees apart. Statistical data analysis by ANOVA and multiple comparison tests (p<0.05). For 200 microm wide sulci, significant differences were found between impression materials only: FLE=IMP>FUS=P2. At 50 and 100 microm width, significant differences were found between materials (IMP>FUS=FLE>P2) and techniques (L+H=L+M>M>L). The sulcus model is considered useful for screening evaluation of elastomeric impression materials ability to reproduce narrow sulci. All tested materials and techniques reproduced 200 microm wide sulci to almost nominal depth. Irrespective of the impression technique used, IMP showed the best penetration ability in 50 and 100 microm sulci. Double-mix techniques are more suitable to reproduce narrow sulci than single-mix techniques.

Experimental evidence of mobility enhancement in short-channel ultra-thin body double-gate MOSFETs by magnetoresistance technique

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Chaisantikulwat, W.; Mouis, M.; Ghibaudo, G.; Cristoloveanu, S.; Widiez, J.; Vinet, M.; Deleonibus, S.

2007-11-01

Double-gate transistor with ultra-thin body (UTB) has proved to offer advantages over bulk device for high-speed, low-power applications. There is thus a strong need to obtain an accurate understanding of carrier transport and mobility in such device. In this work, we report for the first time an experimental evidence of mobility enhancement in UTB double-gate (DG) MOSFETs using magnetoresistance mobility extraction technique. Mobility in planar DG transistor operating in single- and double-gate mode is compared. The influence of different scattering mechanisms in the channel is also investigated by obtaining mobility values at low temperatures. The results show a clear mobility improvement in double-gate mode compared to single-gate mode mobility at the same inversion charge density. This is explained by the role of volume inversion in ultra-thin body transistor operating in DG mode. Volume inversion is found to be especially beneficial in terms of mobility gain at low-inversion densities.

Double-Row Capsulolabral Repair Increases Load to Failure and Decreases Excessive Motion.

PubMed

McDonald, Lucas S; Thompson, Matthew; Altchek, David W; McGarry, Michelle H; Lee, Thay Q; Rocchi, Vanna J; Dines, Joshua S

2016-11-01

Using a cadaver shoulder instability model and load-testing device, we compared biomechanical characteristics of double-row and single-row capsulolabral repairs. We hypothesized a greater reduction in glenohumeral motion and translation and a higher load to failure in a mattress double-row capsulolabral repair than in a single-row repair. In 6 matched pairs of cadaveric shoulders, a capsulolabral injury was created. One shoulder was repaired with a single-row technique, and the other with a double-row mattress technique. Rotational range of motion, anterior-inferior translation, and humeral head kinematics were measured. Load-to-failure testing measured stiffness, yield load, deformation at yield load, energy absorbed at yield load, load to failure, deformation at ultimate load, and energy absorbed at ultimate load. Double-row repair significantly decreased external rotation and total range of motion compared with single-row repair. Both repairs decreased anterior-inferior translation compared with the capsulolabral-injured condition, however, no differences existed between repair types. Yield load in the single-row group was 171.3 ± 110.1 N, and in the double-row group it was 216.1 ± 83.1 N (P = .02). Ultimate load to failure in the single-row group was 224.5 ± 121.0 N, and in the double-row group it was 373.9 ± 172.0 N (P = .05). Energy absorbed at ultimate load in the single-row group was 1,745.4 ± 1,462.9 N-mm, and in the double-row group it was 4,649.8 ± 1,930.8 N-mm (P = .02). In cases of capsulolabral disruption, double-row repair techniques may result in decreased shoulder rotational range of motion and improved load-to-failure characteristics. In cases of capsulolabral disruption, repair techniques with double-row mattress repair may provide more secure fixation. Double-row capsulolabral repair decreases shoulder motion and increases load to failure, yield load, and energy absorbed at yield load more than single-row repair. Published by Elsevier Inc.

Force Measurements of Single and Double Barrier DBD Plasma Actuators in Quiescent Air

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Hoskinson, Alan R.; Hershkowitz, Noah; Ashpis, David E.

2008-01-01

We have performed measurements of the force induced by both single (one electrode insulated) and double (both electrodes insulated) dielectric barrier discharge plasma actuators in quiescent air. We have shown that, for single barrier actuators, as the electrode diameter decreased below those values previously studied the induced Force increases exponentially rather than linearly. This behavior has been experimentally verified using two different measurement techniques: stagnation probe measurements of the induced flow velocity and direct measurement of the force using an electronic balance. In addition, we have shown the the induced force is independent of the material used for the exposed electrode. The same techniques have shown that the induced force of a double barrier actuator increases with decreasing narrow electrode diameter.

Chromosome doubling method

DOEpatents

Kato, Akio

2006-11-14

The invention provides methods for chromosome doubling in plants. The technique overcomes the low yields of doubled progeny associated with the use of prior techniques for doubling chromosomes in plants such as grasses. The technique can be used in large scale applications and has been demonstrated to be highly effective in maize. Following treatment in accordance with the invention, plants remain amenable to self fertilization, thereby allowing the efficient isolation of doubled progeny plants.

A retrospective comparative study of arthroscopic fixation in acute Rockwood type IV acromioclavicular joint dislocation: single versus double paired Endobutton technique.

PubMed

Xu, Jian; Liu, Haifeng; Lu, Wei; Li, Dingfu; Zhu, Weimin; Ouyang, Kan; Wu, Bing; Peng, Liangquan; Wang, Daping

2018-05-24

Rockwood type IV acromioclavicular joint (ACJ) dislocation is a trauma usually needs surgical treatment. Paired EndoButton technique (PET) is used in treating such condition. However, the effect of using different types of PET (single versus double PET) for fixation remains controversial. This study aims to evaluate and compare the efficacy of single and double PET and to provide a suitable option for the surgeons. We retrospectively reviewed the charts of patients with acute Rockwood type IV ACJ dislocation who had undergone arthroscopic fixation using single or double PET fixation between March 2009 and March 2015. Seventy-eight consecutive patients identified from chart review were picked and were divided into the single and double PET group with 39 cases in each group. The indexes of visual analog scale score (VAS) for pain, the radiographs of the affected shoulder at different time points of the follow-up, the time of return to activities and sports, the constant functional score, and the Karlsson acromioclavicular joint (ACJ) score, were assessed in a minimum of 2 years postoperation. The average coracoclavicular (CC) and acromioclavicular (AC) distances of the affected joints in the double PET group were significantly smaller than those of the single PET group 2 years postoperation (P < 0.05). The average AC and CC distances in the healthy shoulder joints were significantly smaller than those of the affected joints in the single PET group (P < 0.05); however, these values were not significantly different from those of the affected joints in the double PET group (P > 0.05). The mean VAS pain score was not significantly different, while significant difference was found for the number and times of cases return to activities and sports, constant functional score, and Karlsson ACJ score (P < 0.05) between the two groups. Therefore, the double PET group has better outcome than the single PET group. Complications including redislocation, button slippage, erosion, or AC joint instability occurred in the single PET group, while the complication in the double PET group was rare. Compared with the single PET, the double PET group achieved better outcome with less complications in arthroscopically treating acute Rockwood type IV ACJ dislocation.

Risk of Revision Was Not Reduced by a Double-bundle ACL Reconstruction Technique: Results From the Scandinavian Registers.

PubMed

Aga, Cathrine; Kartus, Jüri-Tomas; Lind, Martin; Lygre, Stein Håkon Låstad; Granan, Lars-Petter; Engebretsen, Lars

2017-10-01

Double-bundle anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstruction has demonstrated improved biomechanical properties and moderately better objective outcomes compared with single-bundle reconstructions. This could make an impact on the rerupture rate and reduce the risk of revisions in patients undergoing double-bundle ACL reconstruction compared with patients reconstructed with a traditional single-bundle technique. The National Knee Ligament Registers in Scandinavia provide information that can be used to evaluate the revision outcome after ACL reconstructions. The purposes of the study were (1) to compare the risk of revision between double-bundle and single-bundle reconstructions, reconstructed with autologous hamstring tendon grafts; (2) to compare the risk of revision between double-bundle hamstring tendon and single-bundle bone-patellar tendon-bone autografts; and (3) to compare the hazard ratios for the same two research questions after Cox regression analysis was performed. Data collection of primary ACL reconstructions from the National Knee Ligament Registers in Denmark, Norway, and Sweden from July 1, 2005, to December 31, 2014, was retrospectively analyzed. A total of 60,775 patients were included in the study; 994 patients were reconstructed with double-bundle hamstring tendon grafts, 51,991 with single-bundle hamstring tendon grafts, and 7790 with single-bundle bone-patellar tendon-bone grafts. The double-bundle ACL-reconstructed patients were compared with the two other groups. The risk of revision for each research question was detected by the risk ratio, hazard ratio, and the corresponding 95% confidence intervals. Kaplan-Meier analysis was used to estimate survival at 1, 2, and 5 years for the three different groups. Furthermore, a Cox proportional hazard regression model was applied and the hazard ratios were adjusted for country, age, sex, meniscal or chondral injury, and utilized fixation devices on the femoral and tibial sides. There were no differences in the crude risk of revision between the patients undergoing the double-bundle technique and the two other groups. A total of 3.7% patients were revised in the double-bundle group (37 of 994 patients) versus 3.8% in the single-bundle hamstring tendon group (1952 of 51,991; risk ratio, 1.01; 95% confidence interval (CI), 0.73-1.39; p = 0.96), and 2.8% of the patients were revised in the bone-patellar tendon-bone group (219 of the 7790 bone-patellar tendon-bone patients; risk ratio, 0.76; 95% CI, 0.54-1.06; p = 0.11). Cox regression analysis with adjustment for country, age, sex, menisci or cartilage injury, and utilized fixation device on the femoral and tibial sides, did not reveal any further difference in the risk of revision between the single-bundle hamstring tendon and double-bundle hamstring tendon groups (hazard ratio, 1.18; 95% CI, 0.85-1.62; p = 0.33), but the adjusted hazard ratio showed a lower risk of revision in the single-bundle bone-patellar tendon-bone group compared with the double-bundle group (hazard ratio, 0.62; 95% CI, 0.43-0.90; p = 0.01). Comparisons of the graft revision rates reported separately for each country revealed that double-bundle hamstring tendon reconstructions in Sweden had a lower hazard ratio compared with the single-bundle hamstring tendon reconstructions (hazard ratio, 1.00 versus 1.89; 95% CI, 1.09-3.29; p = 0.02). Survival at 5 years after index surgery was 96.0% for the double-bundle group, 95.4% for the single-bundle hamstring tendon group, and 97.0% for the single-bundle bone-patellar tendon-bone group. Based on the data from all three national registers, the risk of revision was not influenced by the reconstruction technique in terms of using single- or double-bundle hamstring tendons, although national differences in survival existed. Using bone-patellar tendon-bone grafts lowered the risk of revision compared with double-bundle hamstring tendon grafts. These findings should be considered when deciding what reconstruction technique to use in ACL-deficient knees. Future studies identifying the reasons for graft rerupture in single- and double-bundle reconstructions would be of interest to understand the findings of the present study. Level III, therapeutic study.

Accuracy of Gypsum Casts after Different Impression Techniques and Double Pouring

PubMed Central

Silva, Stephania Caroline Rodolfo; Messias, Aion Mangino; Abi-Rached, Filipe de Oliveira; de Souza, Raphael Freitas; Reis, José Maurício dos Santos Nunes

2016-01-01

This study evaluated the accuracy of gypsum casts after different impression techniques and double pouring. Ten patients were selected and for each one it was obtained 5 partial putty/wash impressions with vinyl polysiloxane (VPS) material from teeth #13 to #16 with partial metal stock trays. The following techniques were performed: (1) one-step; two-step relief with: (2) PVC film; (3) slow-speed tungsten carbide bur and scalpel blade, (4) small movements of the tray and (5) without relief—negative control. The impressions were disinfected with 0.5% sodium hypochlorite for 10 minutes and stored during 110 and 230 minutes for the first and second pouring, respectively, with type IV gypsum. Three intra-oral lateral photographs of each patient were taken using a tripod and a customized radiographic positioner. The images were imported into ImageJ software and the total area of the buccal surface from teeth #13 to #16 was measured. A 4.0% coefficient of variance was criterion for using these measurements as Baseline values. The casts were photographed and analyzed using the same standardization for the clinical images. The area (mm2) obtained from the difference between the measurements of each gypsum cast and the Baseline value of the respective patient were calculated and analyzed by repeated-measures two way-ANOVA and Mauchly’s Sphericity test (α = 0.05). No significant effect was observed for Impression technique (P = 0.23), Second pouring (P = 0.99) and their interaction (P = 0.25). The impression techniques and double pouring did not influence the accuracy of the gypsum casts. PMID:27736967

Accuracy of Gypsum Casts after Different Impression Techniques and Double Pouring.

PubMed

Silva, Stephania Caroline Rodolfo; Messias, Aion Mangino; Abi-Rached, Filipe de Oliveira; de Souza, Raphael Freitas; Reis, José Maurício Dos Santos Nunes

2016-01-01

This study evaluated the accuracy of gypsum casts after different impression techniques and double pouring. Ten patients were selected and for each one it was obtained 5 partial putty/wash impressions with vinyl polysiloxane (VPS) material from teeth #13 to #16 with partial metal stock trays. The following techniques were performed: (1) one-step; two-step relief with: (2) PVC film; (3) slow-speed tungsten carbide bur and scalpel blade, (4) small movements of the tray and (5) without relief-negative control. The impressions were disinfected with 0.5% sodium hypochlorite for 10 minutes and stored during 110 and 230 minutes for the first and second pouring, respectively, with type IV gypsum. Three intra-oral lateral photographs of each patient were taken using a tripod and a customized radiographic positioner. The images were imported into ImageJ software and the total area of the buccal surface from teeth #13 to #16 was measured. A 4.0% coefficient of variance was criterion for using these measurements as Baseline values. The casts were photographed and analyzed using the same standardization for the clinical images. The area (mm2) obtained from the difference between the measurements of each gypsum cast and the Baseline value of the respective patient were calculated and analyzed by repeated-measures two way-ANOVA and Mauchly's Sphericity test (α = 0.05). No significant effect was observed for Impression technique (P = 0.23), Second pouring (P = 0.99) and their interaction (P = 0.25). The impression techniques and double pouring did not influence the accuracy of the gypsum casts.

Classical Observations of Visual Binary and Multiple Stars

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Mason, Brian D.

2007-08-01

The database of visual double star data has experienced tremendous changes, doubling in size during the last 25 years and growing at an ever increasing rate. Interferometric techniques have allowed the database to extend to much closer separation (and shorter periods), while longer timebases and higher-precision wide-field surveys have increased our knowledge of common proper motion pairs at the widest separations. These changes in the database are highlighted, describing the evolution of methods of observation (both historically and the past few years) and the effectiveness of these various methods in different regimes of separation/ period space. The various niches for wide- and narrow-field work as applied to double and multiple stars are examined and the different types of information which each can provide are also highlighted. After more than 20 years of successful work, speckle interferometry and conventional CCD astrometry have replaced filar micrometry and photography as the preferred classical techniques. Indeed, most work in filar micrometry is now being done by amateurs, although much of that community is also switching to CCDs and other electronic techniques. Despite the significant growth of the double star database, much still remains to be done, such as finding lost pairs, filling in missing parameters so that observing programs may be more efficient at observing stars appropriate to their capabilities, and providing at least approximate kinematic descriptions. Work on pairs described as neglected at the time of the last major WDS data release (2001) is given as a specific example of recent improvements, and finally the continued need to publish data using classical double star parameters is discussed.

Verification and characterization of chromosome duplication in haploid maize.

PubMed

de Oliveira Couto, E G; Resende Von Pinho, E V; Von Pinho, R G; Veiga, A D; de Carvalho, M R; de Oliveira Bustamante, F; Nascimento, M S

2015-06-26

Doubled haploid technology has been used by various private companies. However, information regarding chromosome duplication methodologies, particularly those concerning techniques used to identify duplication in cells, is limited. Thus, we analyzed and characterized artificially doubled haploids using microsatellites molecular markers, pollen viability, and flow cytometry techniques. Evaluated material was obtained using two different chromosome duplication protocols in maize seeds considered haploids, resulting from the cross between the haploid inducer line KEMS and 4 hybrids (GNS 3225, GNS 3032, GNS 3264, and DKB 393). Fourteen days after duplication, plant samples were collected and assessed by flow cytometry. Further, the plants were transplanted to a field, and samples were collected for DNA analyses using microsatellite markers. The tassels were collected during anthesis for pollen viability analyses. Haploid, diploid, and mixoploid individuals were detected using flow cytometry, demonstrating that this technique was efficient for identifying doubled haploids. The microsatellites markers were also efficient for confirming the ploidies preselected by flow cytometry and for identifying homozygous individuals. Pollen viability showed a significant difference between the evaluated ploidies when the Alexander and propionic-carmin stains were used. The viability rates between the plodies analyzed show potential for fertilization.

A biomechanical comparison of 2 techniques of footprint reconstruction for rotator cuff repair: the SwiveLock-FiberChain construct versus standard double-row repair.

PubMed

Burkhart, Stephen S; Adams, Christopher R; Burkhart, Sarah S; Schoolfield, John D

2009-03-01

The purpose of this study was to compare the biomechanical fixation parameters of a standard double-row rotator cuff repair with those of a knotless footprint reconstruction using the double-row SwiveLock-FiberChain technique (Arthrex, Naples, FL). Seven matched pairs of human cadaveric shoulders were used for testing (mean age, 48 +/- 10.3 years). A shoulder from each matched pair was randomly selected to receive a standard 4-anchor double-row repair of the supraspinatus tendon, and the contralateral shoulder received a 4-anchor double-row SwiveLock-FiberChain repair. The tendon was cycled from 10 N to 100 N at 1 Hz for 500 cycles, followed by a single-cycle pull to failure at 33 mm/s. Yield load, ultimate load, cyclic displacement, and mode of failure were recorded. Yield load and ultimate load were higher for the SwiveLock-FiberChain repair compared with the standard double-row repair for 6 of the 7 treatment pairs; however, 1 cadaver had a contrary outcome, so the overall mean differences in yield load and ultimate load were not significantly different from 0 by Student t test (P > .15). Furthermore, smaller differences between yield load and ultimate load for the SwiveLock-FiberChain repair in 5 of the 7 treatment pairs showed a self-reinforcing mechanism. Double-row footprint reconstruction with the knotless SwiveLock-FiberChain system in this study had yield loads, ultimate loads, and cyclic displacements that were statistically equivalent to those of standard double-row rotation cuff reconstructions. The SwiveLock-FiberChain system's combination of strength, self-reinforcement, and decreased operating time may offer advantages to the surgeon, particularly when dealing with older patients in whom poor tissue quality and total operative time are important considerations.

Study on dynamic deformation synchronized measurement technology of double-layer liquid surfaces

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Tang, Huiying; Dong, Huimin; Liu, Zhanwei

2017-11-01

Accurate measurement of the dynamic deformation of double-layer liquid surfaces plays an important role in many fields, such as fluid mechanics, biomechanics, petrochemical industry and aerospace engineering. It is difficult to measure dynamic deformation of double-layer liquid surfaces synchronously for traditional methods. In this paper, a novel and effective method for full-field static and dynamic deformation measurement of double-layer liquid surfaces has been developed, that is wavefront distortion of double-wavelength transmission light with geometric phase analysis (GPA) method. Double wavelength lattice patterns used here are produced by two techniques, one is by double wavelength laser, and the other is by liquid crystal display (LCD). The techniques combine the characteristics such as high transparency, low reflectivity and fluidity of liquid. Two color lattice patterns produced by laser and LCD were adjusted at a certain angle through the tested double-layer liquid surfaces simultaneously. On the basis of the refractive indexes difference of two transmitted lights, the double-layer liquid surfaces were decoupled with GPA method. Combined with the derived relationship between phase variation of transmission-lattice patterns and out-of plane heights of two surfaces, as well as considering the height curves of the liquid level, the double-layer liquid surfaces can be reconstructed successfully. Compared with the traditional measurement method, the developed method not only has the common advantages of the optical measurement methods, such as high-precision, full-field and non-contact, but also simple, low cost and easy to set up.

Priming mortality salience: supraliminal, subliminal and "double-death" priming techniques.

PubMed

Mahoney, Melissa B; Saunders, Benjamin A; Cain, Nicole M

2014-01-01

The study examined whether successively presented subliminal and supraliminal morality salience primes ("double death" prime) would have a stronger influence on death thought accessibility than subliminal or supraliminal primes alone. A between-subjects 2 (subliminal prime/control) × 2 (supraliminal prime/control) design was used. The supraliminal prime prompted participants to answer questions about death. For the subliminal prime, the word death was presented outside of awareness. Both priming techniques differed significantly from a control in ability to elicit mortality salience. There was an interactive influence of both primes. Implications for unconscious neutral networks relating to death are discussed.

Validation of double Langmuir probe in-orbit performance onboard a nano-satellite

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Tejumola, Taiwo Raphael; Zarate Segura, Guillermo Wenceslao; Kim, Sangkyun; Khan, Arifur; Cho, Mengu

2018-03-01

Many plasma measurement systems have been proposed and used onboard different satellites to characterize space plasma. Most of these systems employed the technique of Langmuir probes either using the single or double probes methods. Recent growth of lean satellites has positioned it on advantage to be used for space science missions using Langmuir probes because of its simplicity and convenience. However, single Langmuir probes are not appropriate to be used on lean satellites because of their limited conducting area which leads to spacecraft charging and drift of the instrument's electrical ground during measurement. Double Langmuir probes technique can overcome this limitation, as a measurement reference in relation to the spacecraft is not required. A double Langmuir probe measurement system was designed and developed at Kyushu Institute of Technology for HORYU-IV satellite, which is a 10 kg, 30 cm cubic class lean satellite launched into Low Earth Orbit on 17th February 2016. This paper presents the on-orbit performance and validation of the double Langmuir probe measurement using actual on-orbit measured data and computer simulations.

Arthroscopic single-row modified mason-allen repair versus double-row suture bridge reconstruction for supraspinatus tendon tears: a matched-pair analysis.

PubMed

Gerhardt, Christian; Hug, Konstantin; Pauly, Stephan; Marnitz, Tim; Scheibel, Markus

2012-12-01

Arthroscopic double-row fixation of supraspinatus tendon tears compared with single-row techniques is still a matter of debate. Arthroscopic double-row rotator cuff repair using the suture bridge technique provides better clinical results and lower retear rates than does single-row repair using a modified Mason-Allen stitch technique. Cohort study; Level of evidence 3. Forty patients underwent either an arthroscopic single-row modified Mason-Allen stitch (SR) (n = 20; mean age ± SD, 61.5 ± 7.4 y) or a modified suture bridge double-row repair (DR) (n = 20; age, 61.2 ± 7.5 y). The anteroposterior extension was classified as Bateman I in 10% and Bateman II in 90% of patients in the SR group and as Bateman II in 80% and Bateman III in 20% of patients in the DR group. Patients were matched for sex and age. The subjective shoulder value (SSV), Constant-Murley score (CS), and Western Ontario Rotator Cuff Index (WORC) were used for clinical follow-up. Furthermore, MRI scans were conducted for analysis of tendon integrity, muscle atrophy, and fatty infiltration via semiquantitative signal intensity analysis. In addition, re-defect patterns were evaluated. The mean follow-up time in the SR group was 16.8 ± 4.6 months. The mean SSV was 91.0% ± 8.8%, mean CS was 82.2 ± 8.1 (contralateral side, 88.8 ± 5.3), and mean WORC score was 96.5% ± 3.2%. The mean follow-up time in the DR group was 23.4 ± 2.9 months, with patients achieving scores of 92.9% ± 9.6% for the SSV, 77.0 ± 8.6 for the CS (contralateral side, 76.7 ± 17.1), and 90.7% ± 12.6% for the WORC (P > .05). No significant differences were detected in the clinical outcome between groups. Tendon integrity was as follows. Type 1, none in either group; type 2, 4 SR and 5 DR; type 3, 9 SR and 10 DR; type 4, 3 SR and 3 DR; and type 5, 3 SR and 2 DR. The failure rate was 31.6% (n = 6) in the SR group and 25% (n = 5) in the DR group (P > .05). No significant differences were obtained for muscular atrophy or fatty degeneration (SR group, 0.94 ± 0.16; DR group, 1.15 ± 0.5) (P > .05). Re-defects revealed lateral cuff failure in 83.3% of SR patients in contrast to patients treated with DR techniques. The re-defect pattern was medial cuff failure in 80% of the patients. The clinical results after modified Mason-Allen single-row versus double-mattress suture bridge technique did not demonstrate significant differences in a matched patient cohort. Concerning the failure mode, single- and double-row techniques seem to demonstrate different re-defect patterns.

Cross-sections and maps showing double-difference relocated earthquakes from 1984-2000 along the Hayward and Calaveras faults, California

USGS Publications Warehouse

Simpson, Robert W.; Graymer, Russell W.; Jachens, Robert C.; Ponce, David A.; Wentworth, Carl M.

2004-01-01

We present cross-section and map views of earthquakes that occurred from 1984 to 2000 in the vicinity of the Hayward and Calaveras faults in the San Francisco Bay region, California. These earthquakes came from a catalog of events relocated using the double-difference technique, which provides superior relative locations of nearby events. As a result, structures such as fault surfaces and alignments of events along these surfaces are more sharply defined than in previous catalogs.

Changes of jugular venous blood temperature associated with measurements of cerebral blood flow using the transcerebral double-indicator dilution technique.

PubMed

Mielck, F; Bräuer, A; Radke, O; Hanekop, G; Loesch, S; Friedrich, M; Hilgers, R; Sonntag, H

2004-04-01

The transcerebral double-indicator dilution technique is a recently developed method to measure global cerebral blood flow at bedside. It is based on bolus injection of ice-cold indocyanine green dye and simultaneous recording of resulting thermo- and dye-dilution curves in the aorta and the jugular bulb. However, with this method 40 mL of ice-cold solution is administered as a bolus. Therefore, this prospective clinical study was performed to elucidate the effects of repeated administration of indicator on absolute blood temperature and on cerebral blood flow and metabolism. The investigation was performed in nine male patients scheduled for elective coronary artery bypass grafting. Absolute blood temperature was measured in the jugular bulb and in the aorta before and after repeated measurements using the transcerebral double-indicator dilution technique. During the investigated time course, the blood temperature in the jugular bulb, compared to the aorta, was significantly higher with a mean difference of 0.21 degrees C. The administration of an ice-cold bolus reduced the mean blood temperature by 0.06 degrees C in the jugular bulb as well as in the aorta. After the transcerebral double-indicator dilution measurements a temperature recovery to baseline conditions was not observed during the investigated time period. Cerebral blood flow and cerebral metabolism did not change during the investigated time period. Repeated measurements with the transcerebral double-indicator dilution technique do not affect absolute jugular bulb blood temperatures negatively. Global cerebral blood flow and metabolism measurements remain unaltered. However, accuracy and resolution of this technique is not high enough to detect the effect of minor changes of physiological variables.

Generating multi-double-scroll attractors via nonautonomous approach.

PubMed

Hong, Qinghui; Xie, Qingguo; Shen, Yi; Wang, Xiaoping

2016-08-01

It is a common phenomenon that multi-scroll attractors are realized by introducing the various nonlinear functions with multiple breakpoints in double scroll chaotic systems. Differently, we present a nonautonomous approach for generating multi-double-scroll attractors (MDSA) without changing the original nonlinear functions. By using the multi-level-logic pulse excitation technique in double scroll chaotic systems, MDSA can be generated. A Chua's circuit, a Jerk circuit, and a modified Lorenz system are given as designed example and the Matlab simulation results are presented. Furthermore, the corresponding realization circuits are designed. The Pspice results are in agreement with numerical simulation results, which verify the availability and feasibility of this method.

Longitudinal chromatic aberration of the human eye in the visible and near infrared from wavefront sensing, double-pass and psychophysics

PubMed Central

Vinas, Maria; Dorronsoro, Carlos; Cortes, Daniel; Pascual, Daniel; Marcos, Susana

2015-01-01

Longitudinal Chromatic Aberration (LCA) influences the optical quality of the eye. However, the reported LCA varies across studies, likely associated to differences in the measurement techniques. We present LCA measured in subjects using wavefront sensing, double-pass retinal images, and psychophysical methods with a custom-developed polychromatic Adaptive Optics system in a wide spectral range (450-950 nm), with control of subjects’ natural aberrations. LCA measured psychophysically was significantly higher than that from reflectometric techniques (1.51 D vs 1.00 D in the 488-700 nm range). Ours results indicate that the presence of natural aberrations is not the cause for the discrepancies across techniques. PMID:25798317

Overlapping double etch technique for evaluation of metallic alloys to stress corrosion cracking

DOEpatents

Steeves, Arthur F.; Stewart, James C.

1981-01-01

A double overlapping etch zone technique for evaluation of the resistance of metallic alloys to stress corrosion cracking. The technique involves evaluating the metallic alloy along the line of demarcation between an overlapping double etch zone and single etch zone formed on the metallic alloy surface.

The physiological and biomechanical differences between double poling and G3 skating in world class cross-country skiers.

PubMed

Sandbakk, Øyvind; Leirdal, Stig; Ettema, Gertjan

2015-03-01

The current study compared differences in cycle characteristics, energy expenditure and peak speed between double poling (DP) and G3 skating. Eight world class male sprint skiers performed a 5-min submaximal test at 16 km h(-1) and an incremental test to exhaustion at a 5% incline during treadmill roller skiing with two different techniques: DP where all propulsion comes from poling, and G3 skating where leg skating is added to each double poling movement. Video analyses determined cycle characteristics; respiratory parameters and blood lactate concentration determined the physiological responses. G3 skating resulted in 16% longer cycle lengths at 16% lower cycle rates, whereas oxygen uptake was independent of technique during submaximal roller skiing. The corresponding advantages for G3 skating during maximal roller skiing were reflected in 14% higher speed, 30% longer cycle length at 16% lower cycle rate and 11% higher peak oxygen uptake (all p < 0.05). Compared to DP approximately 14% higher speed was achieved when leg push-offs were added in G3 skating. This was done by major increases in cycle lengths at slightly lower cycle rates and a higher aerobic energy delivery. However, the oxygen uptake for a given submaximal speed was not affected by technique although higher cycle rate was used in DP.

Simulations of the flow past a cylinder using an unsteady double wake model

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Ramos-García, N.; Sarlak, H.; Andersen, S. J.

2016-06-08

In the present work, the in-house UnSteady Double Wake Model (USDWM) is used to simulate flows past a cylinder at subcritical, supercritical, and transcritical Reynolds numbers. The flow model is a two-dimensional panel method which uses the unsteady double wake technique to model flow separation and its dynamics. In the present work the separation location is obtained from experimental data and fixed in time. The highly unsteady flow field behind the cylinder is analyzed in detail, comparing the vortex shedding charactericts under the different flow conditions.

Double-Resonance Facilitated Decomposion of Emission Spectra

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kato, Ryota; Ishikawa, Haruki

2016-06-01

Emission spectra provide us with rich information about the excited-state processes such as proton-transfer, charge-transfer and so on. In the cases that more than one excited states are involved, emission spectra from different excited states sometimes overlap and a decomposition of the overlapped spectra is desired. One of the methods to perform a decomposition is a time-resolved fluorescence technique. It uses a difference in time evolutions of components involved. However, in the gas-phase, a concentration of the sample is frequently too small to carry out this method. On the other hand, double-resonance technique is a very powerful tool to discriminate or identify a common species in the spectra in the gas-phase. Thus, in the present study, we applied the double-resonance technique to resolve the overlapped emission spectra. When transient IR absorption spectra of the excited state are available, we can label the population of the certain species by the IR excitation with a proper selection of the IR wavenumbers. Thus, we can obtain the emission spectra of labeled species by subtracting the emission spectra with IR labeling from that without IR. In the present study, we chose the charge-transfer emission spectra of cyanophenyldisilane (CPDS) as a test system. One of us reported that two charge-transfer (CT) states are involved in the intramolecular charge-transfer (ICT) process of CPDS-water cluster and recorded the transient IR spectra. As expected, we have succeeded in resolving the CT emission spectra of CPDS-water cluster by the double resonance facilitated decomposion technique. In the present paper, we will report the details of the experimental scheme and the results of the decomposition of the emission spectra. H. Ishikawa, et al., Chem. Phys. Phys. Chem., 9, 117 (2007).

Evaluation of the influence of double and triple Gaussian proton kernel models on accuracy of dose calculations for spot scanning technique.

PubMed

Hirayama, Shusuke; Takayanagi, Taisuke; Fujii, Yusuke; Fujimoto, Rintaro; Fujitaka, Shinichiro; Umezawa, Masumi; Nagamine, Yoshihiko; Hosaka, Masahiro; Yasui, Keisuke; Omachi, Chihiro; Toshito, Toshiyuki

2016-03-01

The main purpose in this study was to present the results of beam modeling and how the authors systematically investigated the influence of double and triple Gaussian proton kernel models on the accuracy of dose calculations for spot scanning technique. The accuracy of calculations was important for treatment planning software (TPS) because the energy, spot position, and absolute dose had to be determined by TPS for the spot scanning technique. The dose distribution was calculated by convolving in-air fluence with the dose kernel. The dose kernel was the in-water 3D dose distribution of an infinitesimal pencil beam and consisted of an integral depth dose (IDD) and a lateral distribution. Accurate modeling of the low-dose region was important for spot scanning technique because the dose distribution was formed by cumulating hundreds or thousands of delivered beams. The authors employed a double Gaussian function as the in-air fluence model of an individual beam. Double and triple Gaussian kernel models were also prepared for comparison. The parameters of the kernel lateral model were derived by fitting a simulated in-water lateral dose profile induced by an infinitesimal proton beam, whose emittance was zero, at various depths using Monte Carlo (MC) simulation. The fitted parameters were interpolated as a function of depth in water and stored as a separate look-up table. These stored parameters for each energy and depth in water were acquired from the look-up table when incorporating them into the TPS. The modeling process for the in-air fluence and IDD was based on the method proposed in the literature. These were derived using MC simulation and measured data. The authors compared the measured and calculated absolute doses at the center of the spread-out Bragg peak (SOBP) under various volumetric irradiation conditions to systematically investigate the influence of the two types of kernel models on the dose calculations. The authors investigated the difference between double and triple Gaussian kernel models. The authors found that the difference between the two studied kernel models appeared at mid-depths and the accuracy of predicting the double Gaussian model deteriorated at the low-dose bump that appeared at mid-depths. When the authors employed the double Gaussian kernel model, the accuracy of calculations for the absolute dose at the center of the SOBP varied with irradiation conditions and the maximum difference was 3.4%. In contrast, the results obtained from calculations with the triple Gaussian kernel model indicated good agreement with the measurements within ±1.1%, regardless of the irradiation conditions. The difference between the results obtained with the two types of studied kernel models was distinct in the high energy region. The accuracy of calculations with the double Gaussian kernel model varied with the field size and SOBP width because the accuracy of prediction with the double Gaussian model was insufficient at the low-dose bump. The evaluation was only qualitative under limited volumetric irradiation conditions. Further accumulation of measured data would be needed to quantitatively comprehend what influence the double and triple Gaussian kernel models had on the accuracy of dose calculations.

Single-row modified mason-allen versus double-row arthroscopic rotator cuff repair: a biomechanical and surface area comparison.

PubMed

Nelson, Cory O; Sileo, Michael J; Grossman, Mark G; Serra-Hsu, Frederick

2008-08-01

The purpose of this study was to compare the time-zero biomechanical strength and the surface area of repair between a single-row modified Mason-Allen rotator cuff repair and a double-row arthroscopic repair. Six matched pairs of sheep infraspinatus tendons were repaired by both techniques. Pressure-sensitive film was used to measure the surface area of repair for each configuration. Specimens were biomechanically tested with cyclic loading from 20 N to 30 N for 20 cycles and were loaded to failure at a rate of 1 mm/s. Failure was defined at 5 mm of gap formation. Double-row suture anchor fixation restored a mean surface area of 258.23 +/- 69.7 mm(2) versus 148.08 +/- 75.5 mm(2) for single-row fixation, a 74% increase (P = .025). Both repairs had statistically similar time-zero biomechanics. There was no statistical difference in peak-to-peak displacement or elongation during cyclic loading. Single-row fixation showed a higher mean load to failure (110.26 +/- 26.4 N) than double-row fixation (108.93 +/- 21.8 N). This was not statistically significant (P = .932). All specimens failed at the suture-tendon interface. Double-row suture anchor fixation restores a greater percentage of the anatomic footprint when compared with a single-row Mason-Allen technique. The time-zero biomechanical strength was not significantly different between the 2 study groups. This study suggests that the 2 factors are independent of each other. Surface area and biomechanical strength of fixation are 2 independent factors in the outcome of rotator cuff repair. Maximizing both factors may increase the likelihood of complete tendon-bone healing and ultimately improve clinical outcomes. For smaller tears, a single-row modified Mason-Allen suture technique may provide sufficient strength, but for large amenable tears, a double row can provide both strength and increased surface area for healing.

Overlapping double etch technique for evaluation of metallic alloys to stress corrosion cracking

DOEpatents

Not Available

1980-05-28

A double overlapping etch zone technique for evaluation of the resistance of metallic alloys to stress corrosion cracking is described. The technique involves evaluating the metallic alloy along the line of demarcation between an overlapping double etch zone and single etch zone formed on the metallic alloy surface.

Comparison of three methods of sampling for endometrial cytology in the mare. Preliminary study.

PubMed

Defontis, M; Vaillancourt, D; Grand, F X

2011-01-01

This prospective study aims to compare three different sampling techniques for the collection of endometrial cytological specimens in the mare: the guarded culture swab, the uterine cytobrush and the low volume uterine flush. The study population consisted of six healthy Standardbred mares in dioestrus. In each mare an acute endometritis was induced by performing a low- volume uterine flush 6days after ovulation using a sterile isotonic solution (lactated Ringer's solution or ViGro™ Complete Flush Solution). Two days after initiating inflammation, samples were collected from each mare using the three compared techniques: the double guarded cotton swab, the uterine cytobrush and the low volume uterine flush. The cytological evaluation of the samples was based on following criteria: the quality and cellularity of the samples and the number of neutrophils recovered. The uterine cytobrush yielded slides of significantly (p=0.02) better quality than the low volume uterine flush. There was no significant difference between the cytobrush and the double guarded swab technique for the quality. There was no difference between techniques in the number of endometrial cells (p=0.55) and neutrophils recovered (p=0.28). Endometrial cytology is a practical method for the diagnosis of acute endometrial inflammation in the mare. Since no difference in the number of neutrophils was found between the three techniques, the choice of the sampling method should be based on other factors such as practicability, costs and disadvantages of each technique.

J-tube technique for double-j stent insertion during laparoscopic upper urinary tract surgical procedures.

PubMed

Kim, Hyung Suk; Lee, Byung Ki; Jung, Jin-Woo; Lee, Jung Keun; Byun, Seok-Soo; Lee, Sang Eun; Jeong, Chang Wook

2014-11-01

Double-J stent insertion has been generally performed during laparoscopic upper urinary tract (UUT) surgical procedures to prevent transient urinary tract obstruction and postoperative flank pain from ureteral edema and blood clots. Several restrictive conditions that make this procedure difficult and time consuming, however, include the coiled distal ends of the flexible Double-J stent and the limited bending angle of the laparoscopic instruments. To overcome these limitations, we devised a Double-J stent insertion method using the new J-tube technique. Between July 2011 and May 2013, Double-J stents were inserted using the J-tube technique in 33 patients who underwent a laparoscopic UUT surgical procedure by a single surgeon. The mean stent placement time was 4.8±2.7 minutes, and there were no intraoperative complications. In conclusion, the J-tube technique is a safe and time-saving method for Double-J stent insertion during laparoscopic surgical procedures.

Generating multi-double-scroll attractors via nonautonomous approach

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Hong, Qinghui; Xie, Qingguo, E-mail: qgxie@mail.hust.edu.cn; Shen, Yi

It is a common phenomenon that multi-scroll attractors are realized by introducing the various nonlinear functions with multiple breakpoints in double scroll chaotic systems. Differently, we present a nonautonomous approach for generating multi-double-scroll attractors (MDSA) without changing the original nonlinear functions. By using the multi-level-logic pulse excitation technique in double scroll chaotic systems, MDSA can be generated. A Chua's circuit, a Jerk circuit, and a modified Lorenz system are given as designed example and the Matlab simulation results are presented. Furthermore, the corresponding realization circuits are designed. The Pspice results are in agreement with numerical simulation results, which verify themore » availability and feasibility of this method.« less

The finite layer method for modelling the sound transmission through double walls

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Díaz-Cereceda, Cristina; Poblet-Puig, Jordi; Rodríguez-Ferran, Antonio

2012-10-01

The finite layer method (FLM) is presented as a discretisation technique for the computation of noise transmission through double walls. It combines a finite element method (FEM) discretisation in the direction perpendicular to the wall with trigonometric functions in the two in-plane directions. It is used for solving the Helmholtz equation at the cavity inside the double wall, while the wall leaves are modelled with the thin plate equation and solved with modal analysis. Other approaches to this problem are described here (and adapted where needed) in order to compare them with the FLM. They range from impedance models of the double wall behaviour to different numerical methods for solving the Helmholtz equation in the cavity. For the examples simulated in this work (impact noise and airborne sound transmission), the former are less accurate than the latter at low frequencies. The main advantage of FLM over the other discretisation techniques is the possibility of extending it to multilayered structures without changing the interpolation functions and with an affordable computational cost. This potential is illustrated with a calculation of the noise transmission through a multilayered structure: a double wall partially filled with absorbing material.

[The global impression technic in fixed dentures].

PubMed

Lamy, M; Mainjot, A

2001-01-01

The global impression technique allows to obtain in a single stage the impression of the abutment as well as their neighboring teeth. This technique often requires the placement of one or two retraction cords in the sulcus. The impression technique herein described is the double mix method. This method is based on the use of two elastomers with different viscosities, but from the same group thus allowing a simultaneous polymerization.

The efficacy and resource utilization of remifentanil and fentanyl in fast-track coronary artery bypass graft surgery: a prospective randomized, double-blinded controlled, multi-center trial.

PubMed

Cheng, D C; Newman, M F; Duke, P; Wong, D T; Finegan, B; Howie, M; Fitch, J; Bowdle, T A; Hogue, C; Hillel, Z; Pierce, E; Bukenya, D

2001-05-01

We compared (a) the perioperative complications; (b) times to eligibility for, and actual time of the following: extubation, less intense monitoring, intensive care unit (ICU), and hospital discharge; and (c) resource utilization of nursing ratio for patients receiving either a typical fentanyl/isoflurane/propofol regimen or a remifentanil/isoflurane/propofol regimen for fast-track cardiac anesthesia in 304 adults by using a prospective randomized, double-blinded, double-dummy trial. There were no differences in demographic data, or perioperative mortality and morbidity between the two study groups. The mini-mental status examination at postoperative Days 1 to 3 were similar between the two groups. The eligible and actual times for extubation, less intense monitoring, ICU discharge, and hospital discharge were not significantly different. Further analyses revealed no differences in times for extubation and resource utilization after stratification by preoperative risk scores, age, and country. The nurse/patient ratio was similar between the remifentanil/isoflurane/propofol and fentanyl/isoflu-rane/propofol groups during the initial ICU phase and less intense monitoring phase. Increasing preoperative risk scores and older age (>70 yr) were associated with longer times until extubation (eligible), ICU discharge (eligible and actual), and hospital discharge (eligible and actual). Times until extubation (eligible and actual) and less intense monitoring (eligible) were significantly shorter in Canadian patients than United States' patients. However, there was no difference in hospital length of stay in Canadian and United States' patients. We conclude that both anesthesia techniques permit early and similar times until tracheal extubation, less intense monitoring, ICU and hospital discharge, and reduced resource utilization after coronary artery bypass graft surgery. An ultra-short opioid technique was compared with a standard fast-track small-dose opioid technique in coronary artery bypass graft patients in a prospective randomized, double-blinded controlled study. The postoperative recovery and resource utilization, including stratification of preoperative risk score, age, and country, were analyzed.

Non-cycloplegic spherical equivalent refraction in adults: comparison of the double-pass system, retinoscopy, subjective refraction and a table-mounted autorefractor.

PubMed

Vilaseca, Meritxell; Arjona, Montserrat; Pujol, Jaume; Peris, Elvira; Martínez, Vanessa

2013-01-01

To evaluate the accuracy of spherical equivalent (SE) estimates of a double-pass system and to compare it with retinoscopy, subjective refraction and a table-mounted autorefractor. Non-cycloplegic refraction was performed on 125 eyes of 65 healthy adults (age 23.5±3.0 years) from October 2010 to January 2011 using retinoscopy, subjective refraction, autorefraction (Auto kerato-refractometer TOPCON KR-8100, Japan) and a double-pass system (Optical Quality Analysis System, OQAS, Visiometrics S.L., Spain). Nine consecutive measurements with the double-pass system were performed on a subgroup of 22 eyes to assess repeatability. To evaluate the trueness of the OQAS instrument, the SE laboratory bias between the double-pass system and the other techniques was calculated. The SE mean coefficient of repeatability obtained was 0.22D. Significant correlations could be established between the OQAS and the SE obtained with retinoscopy (r=0.956, P<0.001), subjective refraction (r=0.955, P<0.001) and autorefraction (r=0.957, P<0.001). The differences in SE between the double-pass system and the other techniques were significant (P<0.001), but lacked clinical relevance except for retinoscopy; Retinoscopy gave more hyperopic values than the double-pass system -0.51±0.50D as well as the subjective refraction -0.23±0.50D; More myopic values were achieved by means of autorefraction 0.24±0.49D. The double-pass system provides accurate and reliable estimates of the SE that can be used for clinical studies. This technique can determine the correct focus position to assess the ocular optical quality. However, it has a relatively small measuring range in comparison with autorefractors (-8.00 to +5.00D), and requires prior information on the refractive state of the patient.

Non-cycloplegic spherical equivalent refraction in adults: comparison of the double-pass system, retinoscopy, subjective refraction and a table-mounted autorefractor

PubMed Central

Vilaseca, Meritxell; Arjona, Montserrat; Pujol, Jaume; Peris, Elvira; Martínez, Vanessa

2013-01-01

AIM To evaluate the accuracy of spherical equivalent (SE) estimates of a double-pass system and to compare it with retinoscopy, subjective refraction and a table-mounted autorefractor. METHODS Non-cycloplegic refraction was performed on 125 eyes of 65 healthy adults (age 23.5±3.0 years) from October 2010 to January 2011 using retinoscopy, subjective refraction, autorefraction (Auto kerato-refractometer TOPCON KR-8100, Japan) and a double-pass system (Optical Quality Analysis System, OQAS, Visiometrics S.L., Spain). Nine consecutive measurements with the double-pass system were performed on a subgroup of 22 eyes to assess repeatability. To evaluate the trueness of the OQAS instrument, the SE laboratory bias between the double-pass system and the other techniques was calculated. RESULTS The SE mean coefficient of repeatability obtained was 0.22D. Significant correlations could be established between the OQAS and the SE obtained with retinoscopy (r=0.956, P<0.001), subjective refraction (r=0.955, P<0.001) and autorefraction (r=0.957, P<0.001). The differences in SE between the double-pass system and the other techniques were significant (P<0.001), but lacked clinical relevance except for retinoscopy; Retinoscopy gave more hyperopic values than the double-pass system -0.51±0.50D as well as the subjective refraction -0.23±0.50D; More myopic values were achieved by means of autorefraction 0.24±0.49D. CONCLUSION The double-pass system provides accurate and reliable estimates of the SE that can be used for clinical studies. This technique can determine the correct focus position to assess the ocular optical quality. However, it has a relatively small measuring range in comparison with autorefractors (-8.00 to +5.00D), and requires prior information on the refractive state of the patient. PMID:24195036

A Prospective Randomized Clinical Trial of Single vs. Double Layer Closure of Hysterotomy at the Time of Cesarean Delivery: The Effect on Uterine Scar Thickness.

PubMed

Bamberg, Christian; Dudenhausen, Joachim W; Bujak, Verena; Rodekamp, Elke; Brauer, Martin; Hinkson, Larry; Kalache, Karim; Henrich, Wolfgang

2018-06-01

 We undertook a randomized clinical trial to examine the outcome of a single vs. a double layer uterine closure using ultrasound to assess uterine scar thickness.  Participating women were allocated to one of three uterotomy suture techniques: continuous single layer unlocked suturing, continuous locked single layer suturing, or double layer suturing. Transvaginal ultrasound of uterine scar thickness was performed 6 weeks and 6 - 24 months after Cesarean delivery. Sonographers were blinded to the closure technique.  An "intent-to-treat" and "as treated" ANOVA analysis included 435 patients (n = 149 single layer unlocked suturing, n = 157 single layer locked suturing, and n = 129 double layer suturing). 6 weeks postpartum, the median scar thickness did not differ among the three groups: 10.0 (8.5 - 12.3 mm) single layer unlocked vs. 10.1 (8.2 - 12.7 mm) single layer locked vs. 10.8 (8.1 - 12.8 mm) double layer; (p = 0.84). At the time of the second follow-up, the uterine scar was not significantly (p = 0.06) thicker if the uterus had been closed with a double layer closure 7.3 (5.7 - 9.1 mm), compared to single layer unlocked 6.4 (5.0 - 8.8 mm) or locked suturing techniques 6.8 (5.2 - 8.7 mm). Women who underwent primary or elective Cesarean delivery showed a significantly (p = 0.03, p = 0.02, "as treated") increased median scar thickness after double layer closure vs. single layer unlocked suture.  A double layer closure of the hysterotomy is associated with a thicker myometrium scar only in primary or elective Cesarean delivery patients. © Georg Thieme Verlag KG Stuttgart · New York.

A Comparative Evaluation of the Effect of Double Casting Technique Using Functionally Generated Path and Conventional Single Casting with Respect to Functional Articulation, Patient Satisfaction and Chair Side Time, in Single Unit Molar Teeth: An In Vivo Study.

PubMed

Memon, Sarfaraz

2014-12-01

A stable centric occlusal position that shows no evidence of occlusal disease should not be altered. Confirmative restorative dentistry deals with making restorations that are in harmony with existing jaw relations. Conventional techniques for construction have been unsuccessful in producing a prosthesis that can be inserted without minor intraoral occlusal adjustment. This study was conducted to evaluate the benefits of the double casting technique with FGP over the conventional casting technique. Ten patients with root canal treated maxillary molar were selected for the fabrication of metal crown. Two techniques, one involving the conventional fabrication and other using functionally generated path with double casting were used to fabricate the prosthesis. A comparison based on various parameters which was done between the two techniques. The change in the height of castings for the double casting group was less compared to the conventional group and was highly statistically significant (P < 0.001). The time taken for occlusal correction was significantly lower in double casting group than the conventional group (P < 0.001). The patient satisfaction (before occlusal correction) indicated better satisfaction for double casting group compared to conventional (P < 0.01). The functionally generated path with double casting technique resulted in castings which had better dimensional accuracy, less occlusal correction and better patient satisfaction compared to the conventional castings.

Longitudinal transvaginal ultrasound evaluation of cesarean scar niche incidence and depth in the first two years after single- or double-layer uterotomy closure: a randomized controlled trial.

PubMed

Bamberg, Christian; Hinkson, Larry; Dudenhausen, Joachim W; Bujak, Verena; Kalache, Karim D; Henrich, Wolfgang

2017-12-01

Cesarean deliveries are the most common abdominal surgery procedure globally, and the optimal way to suture the hysterotomy remains a matter of debate. The aim of this study was to assess the incidence of cesarean scar niches and the depth after single- or double-layer uterine closure. We performed a randomized controlled trial in which women were allocated to three uterotomy suture techniques: continuous single-layer unlocked, continuous locked single-layer, or double-layer sutures. Transvaginal ultrasound was performed six weeks and 6-24 months after cesarean delivery [Clinicaltrials.gov (NCT02338388)]. The study included 435 women. Six weeks after delivery, the incidence of niche was not significantly different between the groups (p = 0.52): 40% for single-layer unlocked, 32% for single-layer locked and 43% for double-layer sutures. The mean ± SD niche depths were 3.0 ± 1.4 mm for single-layer unlocked, 3.6 ± 1.7 mm for single-layer locked and 3.3 ± 1.3 mm for double-layer sutures (p = 1.0). There were no significant differences (p = 0.58) in niche incidence between the three groups at the second ultrasound follow up: 30% for single-layer unlocked, 23% for single-layer locked and 29% for double-layer sutures. The mean ± SD niche depth was 3.1 ± 1.5 mm after single-layer unlocked, 2.8 ± 1.5 mm after single-layer locked and 2.5 ± 1.2 mm after double-layer sutures (p = 0.61). There was a trend (p = 0.06) for the residual myometrium thickness to be thicker after double-layer repair at the long-term follow up. The incidence of cesarean scar niche formation and the niche depth was independent of the hysterotomy closure technique. © 2017 Nordic Federation of Societies of Obstetrics and Gynecology.

Paraesthesia during the needle-through-needle and the double segment technique for combined spinal epidural anaesthesia.

PubMed

Ahn, H J; Choi, D H; Kim, C S

2006-07-01

Paraesthesia during regional anaesthesia is an unpleasant sensation for patients and, more importantly, in some cases it is related to neurological injury. Relatively few studies have been conducted on the frequency of paraesthesia during combined spinal epidural anaesthesia. We compared two combined spinal epidural anaesthesia techniques: the needle-through-needle technique and the double segment technique in this respect. We randomly allocated 116 parturients undergoing elective Caesarean section to receive anaesthesia using one of these techniques. Both techniques were performed using a 27G pencil point needle, an 18G Tuohy needle, and a 20G multiport epidural catheter from the same manufacturer. The overall frequency of paraesthesia was higher in the needle-through-needle technique group (56.9% vs. 31.6%, p = 0.011). The frequency of paraesthesia at spinal needle insertion was 20.7% in the needle-through-needle technique group and 8.8% in the double segment technique group; whereas the frequency of paraesthesia at epidural catheter insertion was 46.6% in the needle-through-needle technique group and 24.6% in the double segment technique group.

Meta-analysis of Clinical and Radiographic Outcomes After Arthroscopic Single-Row Versus Double-Row Rotator Cuff Repair

PubMed Central

Perser, Karen; Godfrey, David; Bisson, Leslie

2011-01-01

Context: Double-row rotator cuff repair methods have improved biomechanical performance when compared with single-row repairs. Objective: To review clinical outcomes of single-row versus double-row rotator cuff repair with the hypothesis that double-row rotator cuff repair will result in better clinical and radiographic outcomes. Data Sources: Published literature from January 1980 to April 2010. Key terms included rotator cuff, prospective studies, outcomes, and suture techniques. Study Selection: The literature was systematically searched, and 5 level I and II studies were found comparing clinical outcomes of single-row and double-row rotator cuff repair. Coleman methodology scores were calculated for each article. Data Extraction: Meta-analysis was performed, with treatment effect between single row and double row for clinical outcomes and with odds ratios for radiographic results. The sample size necessary to detect a given difference in clinical outcome between the 2 methods was calculated. Results: Three level I studies had Coleman scores of 80, 74, and 81, and two level II studies had scores of 78 and 73. There were 156 patients with single-row repairs and 147 patients with double-row repairs, both with an average follow-up of 23 months (range, 12-40 months). Double-row repairs resulted in a greater treatment effect for each validated outcome measure in 4 studies, but the differences were not clinically or statistically significant (range, 0.4-2.2 points; 95% confidence interval, –0.19, 4.68 points). Double-row repairs had better radiographic results, but the differences were also not statistically significant (P = 0.13). Two studies had adequate power to detect a 10-point difference between repair methods using the Constant score, and 1 study had power to detect a 5-point difference using the UCLA (University of California, Los Angeles) score. Conclusions: Double-row rotator cuff repair does not show a statistically significant improvement in clinical outcome or radiographic healing with short-term follow-up. PMID:23016017

Meta-analysis of Clinical and Radiographic Outcomes After Arthroscopic Single-Row Versus Double-Row Rotator Cuff Repair.

PubMed

Perser, Karen; Godfrey, David; Bisson, Leslie

2011-05-01

Double-row rotator cuff repair methods have improved biomechanical performance when compared with single-row repairs. To review clinical outcomes of single-row versus double-row rotator cuff repair with the hypothesis that double-row rotator cuff repair will result in better clinical and radiographic outcomes. Published literature from January 1980 to April 2010. Key terms included rotator cuff, prospective studies, outcomes, and suture techniques. The literature was systematically searched, and 5 level I and II studies were found comparing clinical outcomes of single-row and double-row rotator cuff repair. Coleman methodology scores were calculated for each article. Meta-analysis was performed, with treatment effect between single row and double row for clinical outcomes and with odds ratios for radiographic results. The sample size necessary to detect a given difference in clinical outcome between the 2 methods was calculated. Three level I studies had Coleman scores of 80, 74, and 81, and two level II studies had scores of 78 and 73. There were 156 patients with single-row repairs and 147 patients with double-row repairs, both with an average follow-up of 23 months (range, 12-40 months). Double-row repairs resulted in a greater treatment effect for each validated outcome measure in 4 studies, but the differences were not clinically or statistically significant (range, 0.4-2.2 points; 95% confidence interval, -0.19, 4.68 points). Double-row repairs had better radiographic results, but the differences were also not statistically significant (P = 0.13). Two studies had adequate power to detect a 10-point difference between repair methods using the Constant score, and 1 study had power to detect a 5-point difference using the UCLA (University of California, Los Angeles) score. Double-row rotator cuff repair does not show a statistically significant improvement in clinical outcome or radiographic healing with short-term follow-up.

[Experimental model for the examination of inner pressure tolerance of telescopic anastomosis and other frequently performed anastomosis types of the esophagus].

PubMed

Szúcs, G; Tóth, I; Bráth, E; Gyáni, K; Miko, I

2001-08-01

We have good results with telescopic anastomosis technique in partial oesophagectomies and gastrectomies. As we could not find data about the healing process of telescopic anastomoses so we started experimenting. Inside pressure tolerance was examined immediately after performing anastomoses by measuring the bursting pressure using the organs of pigs slaughtered in the meat industry. Both oesophago-gastrostomies and oesophago-jejunostomies were performed with telescopic, single layer interrupted, single layer continuous, double layer interrupted and double layer continuous-interrupted technique, 9 of each anastomosis. A series of oesophago-jejunostomies were performed with EEA stapler. 99 anastomoses of 11 types were investigated. We found, that the inner pressure tolerance of telescopic oesophago-gastrostomy is better than any other single layer type variant. On the other hand the double layer type variants have much better pressure tolerance than the telescopic and other two type single layer anastomoses. The difference is statistically significant. In oesophago-jejunostomies the pressure tolerance of telescopic anastomosis is better than of the single layer interrupted type but the difference between the telescopic and single layer continuous type anastomoses is not significant. The pressure tolerance of double layer anastomosis is higher than the telescopic one but the difference is significant only in the continuous-interrupted type. The inner pressure tolerance of telescopic and EEA stapler anastomoses are equal. The investigation of additional features in anastomosis healing is in progress.

Remote double resonance coupling of radar energy to ionospheric irregularities

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Kennel, C. F.

1971-01-01

Experimental results indicate that low frequency modulation of a high power radar beam, tuned to one of the critical frequencies of the ionosphere, may produce field-aligned density irregularities when the modulation frequency matches an ionospheric eigenfrequency. By choosing the radar carrier frequency and polarization, a number of interaction layers were selected. The variety of possible excitations shows that the double resonance technique may be adaptable to a number of different objectives.

Diffraction-based overlay metrology for double patterning technologies

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Dasari, Prasad; Korlahalli, Rahul; Li, Jie; Smith, Nigel; Kritsun, Oleg; Volkman, Cathy

2009-03-01

The extension of optical lithography to 32nm and beyond is made possible by Double Patterning Techniques (DPT) at critical levels of the process flow. The ease of DPT implementation is hindered by increased significance of critical dimension uniformity and overlay errors. Diffraction-based overlay (DBO) has shown to be an effective metrology solution for accurate determination of the overlay errors associated with double patterning [1, 2] processes. In this paper we will report its use in litho-freeze-litho-etch (LFLE) and spacer double patterning technology (SDPT), which are pitch splitting solutions that reduce the significance of overlay errors. Since the control of overlay between various mask/level combinations is critical for fabrication, precise and accurate assessment of errors by advanced metrology techniques such as spectroscopic diffraction based overlay (DBO) and traditional image-based overlay (IBO) using advanced target designs will be reported. A comparison between DBO, IBO and CD-SEM measurements will be reported. . A discussion of TMU requirements for 32nm technology and TMU performance data of LFLE and SDPT targets by different overlay approaches will be presented.

Literature Review: Double-Barrelled Wet Colostomy (One Stoma) versus Ileal Conduit with Colostomy (Two Stomas).

PubMed

Gan, Jason; Hamid, Rizwan

2017-01-01

The aim of this literature review was to analyse the advantages and disadvantages of a traditional ileal conduit (IC) with separate colostomy technique compared to the outcomes of a double-barrelled wet colostomy (DBWC) technique. The former technique results in the formation of two stomas, and the latter results in the formation of one stoma. PubMed was searched electronically for articles on DBWC. Fifteen articles were retrieved and of them 13 were included in the literature review (350 patients). Of the articles, 3 directly compared DBWC to IC with colostomy. Review of 13 DBWC articles demonstrated perioperative mortality ranging between 0 and 11.1% and postoperative complications ranging from 0 to 100%. Three of the studies directly compared DBWC to IC with colostomy; median operating times and length of stay were shorter in DBWC patients (p < 0.001); 30-day morbidity was reported to either be lower in the DBWC group (p < 0.043) or to have no statistically significant difference. Rates of mortality, pyelonephritis, electrolyte disturbances and urinary anastomotic problems did not differ between the 2 groups. The DBWC technique inherently has a benefit over the IC with colostomy technique, as it requires only one stoma. This literature review supports the use of the technically less challenging DBWC technique as a viable alternative to the traditional IC with colostomy technique. © 2016 S. Karger AG, Basel.

An approximate theoretical treatment of ion transfer processes at asymmetric microscopic and nanoscopic liquid-liquid interfaces: Single and double potential pulse techniques

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Molina, A.; Laborda, E.; Compton, R. G.

2014-03-01

Simple theory for the electrochemical study of reversible ion transfer processes at micro- and nano-liquid|liquid interfaces supported on a capillary is presented. Closed-form expressions are obtained for the response in normal pulse and differential double pulse voltammetries, which describe adequately the particular behaviour of these systems due to the ‘asymmetric’ ion diffusion inside and outside the capillary. The use of different potential pulse techniques for the determination of the formal potential and diffusion coefficients of the ion is examined. For this, very simple analytical expressions are presented for the half-wave potential in NPV and the peak potential in DDPV.

Initial load-to-failure and failure analysis in single- and double-row repair techniques for rotator cuff repair.

PubMed

Baums, M H; Buchhorn, G H; Gilbert, F; Spahn, G; Schultz, W; Klinger, H-M

2010-09-01

This experimental study aimed to compare the load-to-failure rate and stiffness of single- versus double-row suture techniques for repairing rotator cuff lesions using two different suture materials. Additionally, the mode of failure of each repair was evaluated. In 32 sheep shoulders, a standardized tear of the infraspinatus tendon was created. Then, n = 8 specimen were randomized to four repair methods: (1) Double-row Anchor Ethibond coupled with polyester sutures, USP No. 2; (2) Double-Row Anchor HiFi with polyblend polyethylene sutures, USP No. 2; (3) Single-Row Anchor Ethibond coupled with braided polyester sutures, USP No. 2; and (4) Single-Row Anchor HiFi with braided polyblend polyethylene sutures, USP No. 2. Arthroscopic Mason-Allen stitches were placed (single-row) and combined with medial horizontal mattress stitches (double-row). All specimens were loaded to failure at a constant displacement rate on a material testing machine. Group 4 showed lowest load-to-failure result with 155.7 +/- 31.1 N compared to group 1 (293.4 +/- 16.1 N) and group 2 (397.7 +/- 7.4 N) (P < 0.001). Stiffness was highest in group 2 (162 +/- 7.3 N/mm) and lowest in group 4 (84.4 +/- 19.9 mm) (P < 0.001). In group 4, the main cause of failure was due to the suture cutting through the tendon (n = 6), a failure case observed in only n = 1 specimen in group 2 (P < 0.001). A double-row technique combined with arthroscopic Mason-Allen/horizontal mattress stitches provides high initial failure strength and may minimize the risk of the polyethylene sutures cutting through the tendon in rotator cuff repair when a single load force is used.

Measurement of isotope abundance variations in nature by gravimetric spiking isotope dilution analysis (GS-IDA).

PubMed

Chew, Gina; Walczyk, Thomas

2013-04-02

Subtle variations in the isotopic composition of elements carry unique information about physical and chemical processes in nature and are now exploited widely in diverse areas of research. Reliable measurement of natural isotope abundance variations is among the biggest challenges in inorganic mass spectrometry as they are highly sensitive to methodological bias. For decades, double spiking of the sample with a mix of two stable isotopes has been considered the reference technique for measuring such variations both by multicollector-inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (MC-ICPMS) and multicollector-thermal ionization mass spectrometry (MC-TIMS). However, this technique can only be applied to elements having at least four stable isotopes. Here we present a novel approach that requires measurement of three isotope signals only and which is more robust than the conventional double spiking technique. This became possible by gravimetric mixing of the sample with an isotopic spike in different proportions and by applying principles of isotope dilution for data analysis (GS-IDA). The potential and principle use of the technique is demonstrated for Mg in human urine using MC-TIMS for isotopic analysis. Mg is an element inaccessible to double spiking methods as it consists of three stable isotopes only and shows great potential for metabolically induced isotope effects waiting to be explored.

Arthroscopic Double-Row Transosseous Equivalent Rotator Cuff Repair with a Knotless Self-Reinforcing Technique.

PubMed

Mook, William R; Greenspoon, Joshua A; Millett, Peter J

2016-01-01

Rotator cuff tears are a significant cause of shoulder morbidity. Surgical techniques for repair have evolved to optimize the biologic and mechanical variables critical to tendon healing. Double-row repairs have demonstrated superior biomechanical advantages to a single-row. The preferred technique for rotator cuff repair of the senior author was reviewed and described in a step by step fashion. The final construct is a knotless double row transosseous equivalent construct. The described technique includes the advantages of a double-row construct while also offering self reinforcement, decreased risk of suture cut through, decreased risk of medial row overtensioning and tissue strangulation, improved vascularity, the efficiency of a knotless system, and no increased risk for subacromial impingement from the burden of suture knots. Arthroscopic knotless double row rotator cuff repair is a safe and effective method to repair rotator cuff tears.

Arthroscopic Double-Row Transosseous Equivalent Rotator Cuff Repair with a Knotless Self-Reinforcing Technique

PubMed Central

Mook, William R.; Greenspoon, Joshua A.; Millett, Peter J.

2016-01-01

Background: Rotator cuff tears are a significant cause of shoulder morbidity. Surgical techniques for repair have evolved to optimize the biologic and mechanical variables critical to tendon healing. Double-row repairs have demonstrated superior biomechanical advantages to a single-row. Methods: The preferred technique for rotator cuff repair of the senior author was reviewed and described in a step by step fashion. The final construct is a knotless double row transosseous equivalent construct. Results: The described technique includes the advantages of a double-row construct while also offering self reinforcement, decreased risk of suture cut through, decreased risk of medial row overtensioning and tissue strangulation, improved vascularity, the efficiency of a knotless system, and no increased risk for subacromial impingement from the burden of suture knots. Conclusion: Arthroscopic knotless double row rotator cuff repair is a safe and effective method to repair rotator cuff tears. PMID:27733881

A double sealing technique for increasing the precision of headspace-gas chromatographic analysis.

PubMed

Xie, Wei-Qi; Yu, Kong-Xian; Gong, Yi-Xian

2018-01-19

This paper investigates a new double sealing technique for increasing the precision of the headspace gas chromatographic method. The air leakage problem caused by the high pressure in the headspace vial during the headspace sampling process has a great impact to the measurement precision in the conventional headspace analysis (i.e., single sealing technique). The results (using ethanol solution as the model sample) show that the present technique is effective to minimize such a problem. The double sealing technique has an excellent measurement precision (RSD < 0.15%) and accuracy (recovery = 99.1%-100.6%) for the ethanol quantification. The detection precision of the present method was 10-20 times higher than that in earlier HS-GC work that use conventional single sealing technique. The present double sealing technique may open up a new avenue, and also serve as a general strategy for improving the performance (i.e., accuracy and precision) of headspace analysis of various volatile compounds. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

[Investigation of RNA viral genome amplification by multiple displacement amplification technique].

PubMed

Pang, Zheng; Li, Jian-Dong; Li, Chuan; Liang, Mi-Fang; Li, De-Xin

2013-06-01

In order to facilitate the detection of newly emerging or rare viral infectious diseases, a negative-strand RNA virus-severe fever with thrombocytopenia syndrome bunyavirus, and a positive-strand RNA virus-dengue virus, were used to investigate RNA viral genome unspecific amplification by multiple displacement amplification technique from clinical samples. Series of 10-fold diluted purified viral RNA were utilized as analog samples with different pathogen loads, after a series of reactions were sequentially processed, single-strand cDNA, double-strand cDNA, double-strand cDNA treated with ligation without or with supplemental RNA were generated, then a Phi29 DNA polymerase depended isothermal amplification was employed, and finally the target gene copies were detected by real time PCR assays to evaluate the amplification efficiencies of various methods. The results showed that multiple displacement amplification effects of single-strand or double-strand cDNA templates were limited, while the fold increases of double-strand cDNA templates treated with ligation could be up to 6 X 10(3), even 2 X 10(5) when supplemental RNA existed, and better results were obtained when viral RNA loads were lower. A RNA viral genome amplification system using multiple displacement amplification technique was established in this study and effective amplification of RNA viral genome with low load was achieved, which could provide a tool to synthesize adequate viral genome for multiplex pathogens detection.

A Comparison of Cocrystal Structure Solutions from Powder and Single Crystal Techniques

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

S Lapidus; P Stephens; K Arora

We demonstrate the effectiveness and accuracy of high resolution powder diffraction for determination of cocrystal structures through a double-blind study. Structures of 10 cocrystals of varying complexity were determined independently using single crystal and powder techniques. The two methodologies give identical molecular packing and hydrogen bond topology, and an rms difference in covalent bond lengths of 0.035 {angstrom}. Powder techniques are clearly sufficient to establish a complete characterization of cocrystal geometry.

Purse-string double-layer closure: a novel technique for repairing the uterine incision during cesarean section.

PubMed

Turan, Cem; Büyükbayrak, Esra Esim; Yilmaz, Aylin Onan; Karsidag, Yasemin Karageyim; Pirimoglu, Meltem

2015-04-01

To compare the classical double-layer uterine closure to a double-layer purse-string uterine closure (Turan technique) in cesarean section regarding short- and long-term results. Patients were randomized into either the double-layer purse-string uterine closure arm (study group, 84 patients) or the classical double-layer uterine closure arm (control group, 84 patients). For short-term comparison, a detailed transvaginal ultrasound examination was planned in all patients 6 weeks after the operation and a wedge-shaped defect in the uterine incision scar was accepted as uterine scar defect and recorded. For the long-term comparison, subsequent pregnancies of these patients were followed up for any complication. The number of patients with ultrasonographically visible uterine scar defect was 12 (23.5% of all scar defects) in the study group whereas it was 39 (76.5% of all scar defects) in the control group (P < 0.001, χ(2) = 15.42). Demographic data, operation time, hospitalization time, preoperative and postoperative hemoglobin values were not significantly different between the groups. During the 2-year of the follow-up period, five patients in the study group and six patients in the control group became pregnant again. No complication during their pregnancies and second cesarean operation were encountered. With the Turan technique, the uterine incision length becomes shorter, and the frequency of uterine scar defect is lower regarding short-term results. More data is needed for long-term results. ClinicalTrials.gov NCT01287611. © 2014 The Authors. Journal of Obstetrics and Gynaecology Research © 2014 Japan Society of Obstetrics and Gynecology.

Single-row versus double-row rotator cuff repair: techniques and outcomes.

PubMed

Dines, Joshua S; Bedi, Asheesh; ElAttrache, Neal S; Dines, David M

2010-02-01

Double-row rotator cuff repair techniques incorporate a medial and lateral row of suture anchors in the repair configuration. Biomechanical studies of double-row repair have shown increased load to failure, improved contact areas and pressures, and decreased gap formation at the healing enthesis, findings that have provided impetus for clinical studies comparing single-row with double-row repair. Clinical studies, however, have not yet demonstrated a substantial improvement over single-row repair with regard to either the degree of structural healing or functional outcomes. Although double-row repair may provide an improved mechanical environment for the healing enthesis, several confounding variables have complicated attempts to establish a definitive relationship with improved rates of healing. Appropriately powered rigorous level I studies that directly compare single-row with double-row techniques in matched tear patterns are necessary to further address these questions. These studies are needed to justify the potentially increased implant costs and surgical times associated with double-row rotator cuff repair.

A mechanical comparison of linear and double-looped hung supplemental heavy chain resistance to the back squat: a case study.

PubMed

Neelly, Kurt R; Terry, Joseph G; Morris, Martin J

2010-01-01

A relatively new and scarcely researched technique to increase strength is the use of supplemental heavy chain resistance (SHCR) in conjunction with plate weights to provide variable resistance to free weight exercises. The purpose of this case study was to determine the actual resistance being provided by a double-looped versus a linear hung SHCR to the back squat exercise. The linear technique simply hangs the chain directly from the bar, whereas the double-looped technique uses a smaller chain to adjust the height of the looped chain. In both techniques, as the squat descends, chain weight is unloaded onto the floor, and as the squat ascends, chain weight is progressively loaded back as resistance. One experienced and trained male weight lifter (age = 33 yr; height = 1.83 m; weight = 111.4 kg) served as the subject. Plate weight was set at 84.1 kg, approximately 50% of the subject's 1 repetition maximum. The SHCR was affixed to load cells, sampling at a frequency of 500 Hz, which were affixed to the Olympic bar. Data were collected as the subject completed the back squat under the following conditions: double-looped 1 chain (9.6 kg), double-looped 2 chains (19.2 kg), linear 1 chain, and linear 2 chains. The double-looped SHCR resulted in a 78-89% unloading of the chain weight at the bottom of the squat, whereas the linear hanging SHCR resulted in only a 36-42% unloading. The double-looped technique provided nearly 2 times the variable resistance at the top of the squat compared with the linear hanging technique, showing that attention must be given to the technique used to hang SHCR.

Interferometric Methods of Measuring Refractive Indices and Double-Refraction of Fibres.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Hamza, A. A.; El-Kader, H. I. Abd

1986-01-01

Presents two methods used to measure the refractive indices and double-refraction of fibers. Experiments are described, with one involving the use of Pluta microscope in the double-beam interference technique, the other employing the multiple-beam technique. Immersion liquids are discussed that can be used in the experiments. (TW)

Obtaining identical results with double precision global accuracy on different numbers of processors in parallel particle Monte Carlo simulations

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Cleveland, Mathew A., E-mail: cleveland7@llnl.gov; Brunner, Thomas A.; Gentile, Nicholas A.

2013-10-15

We describe and compare different approaches for achieving numerical reproducibility in photon Monte Carlo simulations. Reproducibility is desirable for code verification, testing, and debugging. Parallelism creates a unique problem for achieving reproducibility in Monte Carlo simulations because it changes the order in which values are summed. This is a numerical problem because double precision arithmetic is not associative. Parallel Monte Carlo, both domain replicated and decomposed simulations, will run their particles in a different order during different runs of the same simulation because the non-reproducibility of communication between processors. In addition, runs of the same simulation using different domain decompositionsmore » will also result in particles being simulated in a different order. In [1], a way of eliminating non-associative accumulations using integer tallies was described. This approach successfully achieves reproducibility at the cost of lost accuracy by rounding double precision numbers to fewer significant digits. This integer approach, and other extended and reduced precision reproducibility techniques, are described and compared in this work. Increased precision alone is not enough to ensure reproducibility of photon Monte Carlo simulations. Non-arbitrary precision approaches require a varying degree of rounding to achieve reproducibility. For the problems investigated in this work double precision global accuracy was achievable by using 100 bits of precision or greater on all unordered sums which where subsequently rounded to double precision at the end of every time-step.« less

Interaction of Antitumor Agent Mitoxantrone with Double Helical Synthetic Polyribonucleotides Poly(G)ṡPoly(C) and Poly(I)ṡPoly(C)

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Babayan, Yuri S.; Hakobyan, Sergey N.; Ghazaryan, Rusanna S.; Shahinyan, Mariam A.

The interaction of antitumor drug mitoxantrone (MTX) with double-stranded synthetic RNA homopolymers has been studied by means of spectroscopic (UV-Visible absorption, circular dichroism) techniques. The results show a base specificity in this interaction: the association constant with poly(G)ṡpoly(C) is higher than with poly(I)ṡpoly(C). Values of changes of the system enthalpy and entropy due to complex-formation were determined through the temperature dependence of the binding constant. Calculations show that due to the intercalation interaction of MTX, the values of changes of the system entropy and enthalpy differ from those obtained at ehtidium bromide interaction with synthetic polyribonucleotides, which shows that the intercalation interaction of MTX with double-stranded RNA significantly differs from that of ethidium bromide with RNA.

A Unified Steganalysis Framework

DTIC Science & Technology

2013-04-01

contains more than 1800 images of different scenes. In the experiments, we used four JPEG based steganography techniques: Out- guess [13], F5 [16], model...also compressed these images again since some of the steganography meth- ods are double compressing the images . Stego- images are generated by embedding...randomly chosen messages (in bits) into 1600 grayscale images using each of the four steganography techniques. A random message length was determined

Variability-aware double-patterning layout optimization for analog circuits

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Li, Yongfu; Perez, Valerio; Tripathi, Vikas; Lee, Zhao Chuan; Tseng, I.-Lun; Ong, Jonathan Yoong Seang

2018-03-01

The semiconductor industry has adopted multi-patterning techniques to manage the delay in the extreme ultraviolet lithography technology. During the design process of double-patterning lithography layout masks, two polygons are assigned to different masks if their spacing is less than the minimum printable spacing. With these additional design constraints, it is very difficult to find experienced layout-design engineers who have a good understanding of the circuit to manually optimize the mask layers in order to minimize color-induced circuit variations. In this work, we investigate the impact of double-patterning lithography on analog circuits and provide quantitative analysis for our designers to select the optimal mask to minimize the circuit's mismatch. To overcome the problem and improve the turn-around time, we proposed our smart "anchoring" placement technique to optimize mask decomposition for analog circuits. We have developed a software prototype that is capable of providing anchoring markers in the layout, allowing industry standard tools to perform automated color decomposition process.

Single-row, double-row, and transosseous equivalent techniques for isolated supraspinatus tendon tears with minimal atrophy: A retrospective comparative outcome and radiographic analysis at minimum 2-year followup

PubMed Central

McCormick, Frank; Gupta, Anil; Bruce, Ben; Harris, Josh; Abrams, Geoff; Wilson, Hillary; Hussey, Kristen; Cole, Brian J.

2014-01-01

Purpose: The purpose of this study was to measure and compare the subjective, objective, and radiographic healing outcomes of single-row (SR), double-row (DR), and transosseous equivalent (TOE) suture techniques for arthroscopic rotator cuff repair. Materials and Methods: A retrospective comparative analysis of arthroscopic rotator cuff repairs by one surgeon from 2004 to 2010 at minimum 2-year followup was performed. Cohorts were matched for age, sex, and tear size. Subjective outcome variables included ASES, Constant, SST, UCLA, and SF-12 scores. Objective outcome variables included strength, active range of motion (ROM). Radiographic healing was assessed by magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). Statistical analysis was performed using analysis of variance (ANOVA), Mann — Whitney and Kruskal — Wallis tests with significance, and the Fisher exact probability test <0.05. Results: Sixty-three patients completed the study requirements (20 SR, 21 DR, 22 TOE). There was a clinically and statistically significant improvement in outcomes with all repair techniques (ASES mean improvement P = <0.0001). The mean final ASES scores were: SR 83; (SD 21.4); DR 87 (SD 18.2); TOE 87 (SD 13.2); (P = 0.73). There was a statistically significant improvement in strength for each repair technique (P < 0.001). There was no significant difference between techniques across all secondary outcome assessments: ASES improvement, Constant, SST, UCLA, SF-12, ROM, Strength, and MRI re-tear rates. There was a decrease in re-tear rates from single row (22%) to double-row (18%) to transosseous equivalent (11%); however, this difference was not statistically significant (P = 0.6). Conclusions: Compared to preoperatively, arthroscopic rotator cuff repair, using SR, DR, or TOE techniques, yielded a clinically and statistically significant improvement in subjective and objective outcomes at a minimum 2-year follow-up. Level of Evidence: Therapeutic level 3. PMID:24926159

Double Stokes-Mueller polarimetry in KTP (Potassium Titanyl Phosphate) crystal

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Shaji, Chitra; S B, Sruthil Lal; Sharan, Alok

2017-04-01

Ultra-structural properties of material are being probed by Double Stokes-Mueller polarimetry (DSMP) technique. It makes use of higher dimensions of Stokes vector (9 X 1) and Mueller matrix (4 X9) to characterize the nonlinear optical properties of a material. Second harmonic generation (SHG) at 532nm using 1064nm as fundamental cw beam from Nd: YAG laser in type II phase matched KTP (Potassium Titanyl Phosphate) crystal is studied using DSMP. The experimental measurements for determining double Mueller matrix are carried out in the ``Polarization In Polarization Out'' (PIPO) arrangement. Nine input polarization states are incident on the sample and the linear Stokes vector of the emerging light from the sample is measured. The KTP crystal is oriented such that the SHG signal efficiency at the incident horizontal and vertical polarizations is high as compared to diagonal polarization states. The susceptibility tensor components and the phase difference between them at this orientation are determined from the double Mueller matrix elements. These determined values give information regarding the crystal axis orientations. To our knowledge, this is the first report of the use of DSMP technique to determine the crystal orientations of a biaxial crystal.

Double Coaxial Microcatheter Technique for Glue Embolization of Renal Arteriovenous Malformations

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Uchikawa, Yoko, E-mail: jauchikawa@gmail.com; Mori, Kensaku, E-mail: moriken@md.tsukuba.ac.jp; Shiigai, Masanari, E-mail: m-41gai@yahoo.co.jp

PurposeTo demonstrate the technical benefit of the double coaxial microcatheter technique for embolization of renal arteriovenous malformations (AVMs) with n-butyl cyanoacrylate and iodized oil (glue).Materials and MethodsSix consecutive patients (1 man and 5 women; mean age 61 years; range 44–77 years) with renal AVMs were included. Five patients had hematuria, and one had a risk of heart failure due to a large intrarenal arteriovenous shunt. All patients underwent transarterial embolization using glue and the double coaxial microcatheter technique with outer 2.6F and inner 1.9F microcatheters. After glue injection, the inner microcatheter was retracted, while the outer microcatheter was retained. We assessed themore » complications and clinical outcomes of this technique.ResultsTechnical success was achieved in all patients. In 9 sessions, 34 feeding arteries were embolized with glue using the double coaxial microcatheter technique, 1 was embolized with glue using a single microcatheter, and 2 were embolized with coils. The double coaxial microcatheter technique was useful for selecting small tortuous feeding arteries, preventing glue reflux to the proximal arteries, and approaching multiple feeding arteries without complete retraction of the microcatheters. As a minor complication, glue migrated into the venous system in four patients without any sequelae. In all patients, favorable clinical outcomes, including hematuria cessation in five patients and improvement of the large intrarenal arteriovenous shunt in one patient, were obtained without deterioration of renal function.ConclusionGlue embolization with the double coaxial microcatheter technique was useful for treating renal AVMs with multiple tortuous feeding arteries.« less

Biomechanical evaluation of a single-row versus double-row repair for complete subscapularis tears.

PubMed

Wellmann, Mathias; Wiebringhaus, Philipp; Lodde, Ina; Waizy, Hazibullah; Becher, Christoph; Raschke, Michael J; Petersen, Wolf

2009-12-01

The purpose of the study was to compare a single-row repair and a double-row repair technique for the specific characteristics of a complete subscapularis lesion. Ten pairs of human cadaveric shoulder human shoulder specimens were tested for stiffness and ultimate tensile strength of the intact tendons in a load to failure protocol. After a complete subscapularis tear was provoked, the specimens were assigned to two treatment groups: single-row repair (1) and a double-row repair using a "suture bridge" technique (2). After repair cyclic loading a subsequent load to failure protocol was performed to determine the ultimate tensile load, the stiffness and the elongation behaviour of the reconstructions. The intact subscapularis tendons had a mean stiffness of 115 N/mm and a mean ultimate load of 720 N. The predominant failure mode of the intact tendons was a tear at the humeral insertion site (65%). The double-row technique restored 48% of the ultimate load of the intact tendons (332 N), while the single-row technique revealed a significantly lower ultimate load of 244 N (P = 0.001). In terms of the stiffness, the double-row technique showed a mean stiffness of 81 N/mm which is significantly higher compared to the stiffness of the single-row repairs of 55 N/mm (P = 0.001). The double-row technique has been shown to be stronger and stiffer when compared to a conventional single-row repair. Therefore, this technique is recommended from a biomechanical point of view irrespectively if performed by an open or arthroscopic approach.

Comparative Analysis Between Computed and Conventional Inferior Alveolar Nerve Block Techniques.

PubMed

Araújo, Gabriela Madeira; Barbalho, Jimmy Charles Melo; Dias, Tasiana Guedes de Souza; Santos, Thiago de Santana; Vasconcellos, Ricardo José de Holanda; de Morais, Hécio Henrique Araújo

2015-11-01

The aim of this randomized, double-blind, controlled trial was to compare the computed and conventional inferior alveolar nerve block techniques in symmetrically positioned inferior third molars. Both computed and conventional anesthetic techniques were performed in 29 healthy patients (58 surgeries) aged between 18 and 40 years. The anesthetic of choice was 2% lidocaine with 1: 200,000 epinephrine. The Visual Analogue Scale assessed the pain variable after anesthetic infiltration. Patient satisfaction was evaluated using the Likert Scale. Heart and respiratory rates, mean time to perform technique, and the need for additional anesthesia were also evaluated. Pain variable means were higher for the conventional technique as compared with computed, 3.45 ± 2.73 and 2.86 ± 1.96, respectively, but no statistically significant differences were found (P > 0.05). Patient satisfaction showed no statistically significant differences. The average computed technique runtime and the conventional were 3.85 and 1.61 minutes, respectively, showing statistically significant differences (P <0.001). The computed anesthetic technique showed lower mean pain perception, but did not show statistically significant differences when contrasted to the conventional technique.

The "Parachute" Technique: A Simple and Effective Single-Row Procedure to Achieve an Increased Contact Area Between the Cuff-Tendon and Its Footprint.

PubMed

Natera, Luis; Consigliere, Paolo; Witney-Lagen, Caroline; Brugera, Juan; Sforza, Giuseppe; Atoun, Ehud; Levy, Ofer

2017-10-01

Many techniques of arthroscopic rotator cuff repair have been described. No significant differences in clinical outcomes or rerupture rates have been observed when comparing single-row with double-row methods. Not all single- and double-row repairs are the same. The details of the technique used are crucial. It has been shown that the suture-tendon interface is the weakest point of the reconstruction. Therefore, the biomechanical properties of rotator cuff repairs might be influenced more by the suture configuration than by the number of anchors or by the number of rows involved. Techniques that secure less amount of tendon over a smaller area of the healing zone might be expected to have higher failure rates. The way the sutures of the "parachute technique" are configured represents a quadruple mattress that increases the contact and pressure between the tendon and its footprint and increases the primary load to failure of the repair. We present a simple and effective single-row technique that involves the biomechanical and biological advantages related to the increased contact area and pressure between the cuff and its footprint.

Evaluating diffraction based overlay metrology for double patterning technologies

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Saravanan, Chandra Saru; Liu, Yongdong; Dasari, Prasad; Kritsun, Oleg; Volkman, Catherine; Acheta, Alden; La Fontaine, Bruno

2008-03-01

Demanding sub-45 nm node lithographic methodologies such as double patterning (DPT) pose significant challenges for overlay metrology. In this paper, we investigate scatterometry methods as an alternative approach to meet these stringent new metrology requirements. We used a spectroscopic diffraction-based overlay (DBO) measurement technique in which registration errors are extracted from specially designed diffraction targets for double patterning. The results of overlay measurements are compared to traditional bar-in-bar targets. A comparison between DBO measurements and CD-SEM measurements is done to show the correlation between the two approaches. We discuss the total measurement uncertainty (TMU) requirements for sub-45 nm nodes and compare TMU from the different overlay approaches.

Dissipation kinetics and effect of different decontamination techniques on the residues of emamectin benzoate and spinosad in cowpea pods.

PubMed

Vijayasree, V; Bai, Hebsy; Mathew, Thomas Biju; George, Thomas; Xavier, George; Kumar, N Pratheesh; Visalkumar, S

2014-07-01

Dissipation and decontamination of the semisynthetic macrolide emamectin benzoate and the natural insecticide spinosad on cowpea pods were studied following field application at single and double doses of 11.0 and 22 and 73 and 146 g ai ha(-1), respectively. Residues of these naturalytes were estimated using LC-MS/MS. The initial deposit of 0.073 and 0.153 mg kg(-1) of emamectin benzoate dissipated below quantitation level on the fifth and seventh day at single and double dosage, respectively. For spinosad, the initial deposits of 0.94 and 1.90 mg kg(-1) reached below quantitation level on the 7th day and 15th day at single and double dosage, respectively. The half-life of emamectin benzoate and spinosad was 1.13-1.49 and 1.05-1.39 days with the calculated safe waiting period of 2.99-6.12 and 1.09-3.25 days, respectively, for single and double dosage. Processing of the harvestable pods with different decontamination techniques resulted in 33.82 to 100 % removal 2 h after the application of emamectin benzoate and 100 % removal 3 days after spraying, while the removal was 42.05 to 87.46 % 2 h after the application of spinosad and 38.05 to 68.08 % 3 days after application.

Double side read-out technique for mitigation of radiation damage effects in PbWO 4 crystals

DOE PAGES

Lucchini, Marco Toliman; Auffray, E.; Benaglia, A.; ...

2016-04-18

Test beam results of a calorimetric module based on 3×3×22 cm 3 PbWO 4 crystals, identical to those used in the CMS ECAL Endcaps, read out by a pair of photodetectors coupled to the two opposite sides (front and rear) of each crystal are presented. Nine crystals with different level of induced absorption, from 0 to 20 m -1, have been tested using electrons in the 50–200 GeV energy range. Photomultiplier tubes have been chosen as photodetectors to allow for a precise measurement of highly damaged crystals. The information provided by this double side read-out configuration allows to correct formore » event-by-event fluctuations of the longitudinal development of electromagnetic showers. By strongly mitigating the effect of non-uniform light collection efficiency induced by radiation damage, the double side read-out technique significantly improves the energy resolution with respect to a single side read-out configuration. The non-linearity of the response arising in damaged crystals is also corrected by a double side read-out configuration and the response linearity of irradiated crystals is restored. In high radiation environments at future colliders, as it will be the case for detectors operating during the High Luminosity phase of the Large Hadron Collider, defects can be created inside the scintillator volume leading to a non-uniform response of the calorimetric cell. As a result, the double side read-out technique presented in this study provides a valuable way to improve the performance of calorimeters based on scintillators whose active volumes are characterized by high aspect ratio cells similar to those used in this study.« less

Double side read-out technique for mitigation of radiation damage effects in PbWO 4 crystals

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Lucchini, Marco Toliman; Auffray, E.; Benaglia, A.

Test beam results of a calorimetric module based on 3×3×22 cm 3 PbWO 4 crystals, identical to those used in the CMS ECAL Endcaps, read out by a pair of photodetectors coupled to the two opposite sides (front and rear) of each crystal are presented. Nine crystals with different level of induced absorption, from 0 to 20 m -1, have been tested using electrons in the 50–200 GeV energy range. Photomultiplier tubes have been chosen as photodetectors to allow for a precise measurement of highly damaged crystals. The information provided by this double side read-out configuration allows to correct formore » event-by-event fluctuations of the longitudinal development of electromagnetic showers. By strongly mitigating the effect of non-uniform light collection efficiency induced by radiation damage, the double side read-out technique significantly improves the energy resolution with respect to a single side read-out configuration. The non-linearity of the response arising in damaged crystals is also corrected by a double side read-out configuration and the response linearity of irradiated crystals is restored. In high radiation environments at future colliders, as it will be the case for detectors operating during the High Luminosity phase of the Large Hadron Collider, defects can be created inside the scintillator volume leading to a non-uniform response of the calorimetric cell. As a result, the double side read-out technique presented in this study provides a valuable way to improve the performance of calorimeters based on scintillators whose active volumes are characterized by high aspect ratio cells similar to those used in this study.« less

Single-row versus double-row capsulolabral repair: a comparative evaluation of contact pressure and surface area in the capsulolabral complex-glenoid bone interface.

PubMed

Kim, Doo-Sup; Yoon, Yeo-Seung; Chung, Hoi-Jeong

2011-07-01

Despite the attention that has been paid to restoration of the capsulolabral complex anatomic insertion onto the glenoid, studies comparing the pressurized contact area and mean interface pressure at the anatomic insertion site between a single-row repair and a double-row labral repair have been uncommon. The purpose of our study was to compare the mean interface pressure and pressurized contact area at the anatomic insertion site of the capsulolabral complex between a single-row repair and a double-row repair technique. Controlled laboratory study. Thirty fresh-frozen cadaveric shoulders (mean age, 61 ± 8 years; range, 48-71 years) were used for this study. Two types of repair were performed on each specimen: (1) a single-row repair and (2) a double-row repair. Using pressure-sensitive films, we examined the interface contact area and contact pressure. The mean interface pressure was greater for the double-row repair technique (0.29 ± 0.04 MPa) when compared with the single-row repair technique (0.21 ± 0.03 MPa) (P = .003). The mean pressurized contact area was also significantly greater for the double-row repair technique (211.8 ± 18.6 mm(2), 78.4% footprint) compared with the single-row repair technique (106.4 ± 16.8 mm(2), 39.4% footprint) (P = .001). The double-row repair has significantly greater mean interface pressure and pressurized contact area at the insertion site of the capsulolabral complex than the single-row repair. The double-row repair may be advantageous compared with the single-row repair in restoring the native footprint area of the capsulolabral complex.

Effective removal of equine arteritis virus from stallion semen.

PubMed

Morrell, J M; Geraghty, R M

2006-05-01

A method of removing equine arteritis virus (EAV) from equine semen used for artificial insemination is urgently needed. Recent medical studies suggest that a double semen processing technique of density gradient centrifugation followed by a 'swim-up' can provide virus-free sperm preparations for assisted reproduction. To investigate the use of the double semen processing technique to obtain virus-free sperm preparations from stallion semen containing EAV. Aliquots of an ejaculate from an uninfected stallion were spiked with virus and processed by the double processing technique. The sperm preparations were tested by PCR for the presence of EAV. The procedure was repeated using an ejaculate from a known shedding stallion, testing processed and unprocessed aliquots by PCR and virus isolation. Virus-free sperm preparations were obtained using the double sperm processing technique. The 'swim-up' step is apparently required to ensure complete virus removal. The double semen processing technique is potentially a useful and simple tool for the removal of EAV from the semen of shedding stallions. The inclusion of density gradient centrifugation and 'swim-up' in protocols for the processing of semen for artificial insemination could help prevent the transmission of viral diseases carried in semen, such as EAV.

Optical characterization of pancreatic normal and tumor tissues with double integrating sphere system

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kiris, Tugba; Akbulut, Saadet; Kiris, Aysenur; Gucin, Zuhal; Karatepe, Oguzhan; Bölükbasi Ates, Gamze; Tabakoǧlu, Haşim Özgür

2015-03-01

In order to develop minimally invasive, fast and precise diagnostic and therapeutic methods in medicine by using optical methods, first step is to examine how the light propagates, scatters and transmitted through medium. So as to find out appropriate wavelengths, it is required to correctly determine the optical properties of tissues. The aim of this study is to measure the optical properties of both cancerous and normal ex-vivo pancreatic tissues. Results will be compared to detect how cancerous and normal tissues respond to different wavelengths. Double-integrating-sphere system and computational technique inverse adding doubling method (IAD) were used in the study. Absorption and reduced scattering coefficients of normal and cancerous pancreatic tissues have been measured within the range of 500-650 nm. Statistical significant differences between cancerous and normal tissues have been obtained at 550 nm and 630 nm for absorption coefficients. On the other hand; there were no statistical difference found for scattering coefficients at any wavelength.

Bi-tangential hybrid IMRT for sparing the shoulder in whole breast irradiation.

PubMed

Farace, P; Deidda, M A; Iamundo de Cumis, I; Iamundo de Curtis, I; Deiana, E; Farigu, R; Lay, G; Porru, S

2013-11-01

A bi-tangential technique is proposed to reduce undesired doses to the shoulder produced by standard tangential irradiation. A total of 6 patients affected by shoulder pain and reduced functional capacity after whole-breast irradiation were retrospectively analysed. The standard tangential plan used for treatment was compared with (1) a single bi-tangential plan where, to spare the shoulder, the lateral open tangent was split into two half-beams at isocentre, with the superior portion rotated by 10-20° medially with respect to the standard lateral beam; (2) a double bi-tangential plan, where both the tangential open beams were split. The planning target volume (PTV) coverage and the dose to the portion of muscles and axilla included in the standard tangential beams were compared. PTV95 % of standard plan (91.9 ± 3.8) was not significantly different from single bi-tangential plan (91.8 ± 3.4); a small but significant (p < 0.01) decrease was observed with the double bi-tangential plan (90.1 ± 3.7). A marked dose reduction to the muscle was produced by the single bi-tangential plan around 30-40 Gy. The application of the double bi-tangential technique further reduced the volume receiving around 20 Gy, but did not markedly affect the higher doses. The dose to the axilla was reduced both in the single and the double bi-tangential plans. The single bi-tangential technique would have been able to reduce the dose to shoulder and axilla, without compromising target coverage. This simple technique is valuable for irradiation after axillary lymph node dissection or in patients without dissection due to negative or low-volume sentinel lymph node disease.

Biomechanical Comparison of Arthroscopic Single- and Double-Row Repair Techniques for Acute Bony Bankart Lesions.

PubMed

Spiegl, Ulrich J; Smith, Sean D; Todd, Jocelyn N; Coatney, Garrett A; Wijdicks, Coen A; Millett, Peter J

2014-08-01

Single- and double-row arthroscopic reconstruction techniques for acute bony Bankart lesions have been described in the literature. The double-row fixation technique would provide superior reduction and stability of a simulated bony Bankart lesion at time zero in a cadaveric model compared with the single-row technique. Controlled laboratory study. Testing was performed on 14 matched pairs of glenoids with simulated bony Bankart fractures with a defect width of 25% of the glenoid diameter. Half of the fractures were repaired with a double-row technique, while the contralateral glenoids were repaired with a single-row technique. The quality of fracture reduction was measured with a coordinate measuring machine. To determine the biomechanical stability of the repairs, specimens were preconditioned with 10 sinusoidal cycles between 5 and 25 N at 0.1 Hz and then pulled to failure in the anteromedial direction at a rate of 5 mm/min. Loads at 1 mm and 2 mm of fracture displacement were determined. The double-row technique required significantly higher forces to achieve fracture displacements of 1 mm (mean, 60.6 N; range, 39.0-93.3 N; P = .001) and 2 mm (mean, 94.4 N; range, 43.4-151.2 N; P = .004) than the single-row technique (1 mm: mean, 30.2 N; range, 14.0-54.1 N and 2 mm: mean, 63.7 N; range, 26.6-118.8 N). Significantly reduced fracture displacement was seen after double-row repair for both the unloaded condition (mean, 1.1 mm; range, 0.3-2.4 mm; P = .005) and in response to a 10-N anterior force applied to the defect (mean, 1.6 mm; range, 0.5-2.7 mm; P = .001) compared with single-row repair (unloaded: mean, 2.1 mm; range, 1.3-3.4 mm and loaded: mean, 3.4 mm; range, 1.9-4.7 mm). The double-row fixation technique resulted in improved fracture reduction and superior stability at time zero in this cadaveric model. This information may influence the surgical technique used to treat large osseous Bankart fractures and the postoperative rehabilitation protocols implemented when such repair techniques are used. © 2014 The Author(s).

Double Density Dual Tree Discrete Wavelet Transform implementation for Degraded Image Enhancement

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Vimala, C.; Aruna Priya, P.

2018-04-01

Wavelet transform is a main tool for image processing applications in modern existence. A Double Density Dual Tree Discrete Wavelet Transform is used and investigated for image denoising. Images are considered for the analysis and the performance is compared with discrete wavelet transform and the Double Density DWT. Peak Signal to Noise Ratio values and Root Means Square error are calculated in all the three wavelet techniques for denoised images and the performance has evaluated. The proposed techniques give the better performance when comparing other two wavelet techniques.

Initial load-to-failure and failure analysis in single- and double-row repair techniques for rotator cuff repair

PubMed Central

Buchhorn, G. H.; Gilbert, F.; Spahn, G.; Schultz, W.; Klinger, H.-M.

2010-01-01

Aim This experimental study aimed to compare the load-to-failure rate and stiffness of single- versus double-row suture techniques for repairing rotator cuff lesions using two different suture materials. Additionally, the mode of failure of each repair was evaluated. Method In 32 sheep shoulders, a standardized tear of the infraspinatus tendon was created. Then, n = 8 specimen were randomized to four repair methods: (1) Double-row Anchor Ethibond® coupled with polyester sutures, USP No. 2; (2) Double-Row Anchor HiFi® with polyblend polyethylene sutures, USP No. 2; (3) Single-Row Anchor Ethibond® coupled with braided polyester sutures, USP No. 2; and (4) Single-Row Anchor HiFi® with braided polyblend polyethylene sutures, USP No. 2. Arthroscopic Mason–Allen stitches were placed (single-row) and combined with medial horizontal mattress stitches (double-row). All specimens were loaded to failure at a constant displacement rate on a material testing machine. Results Group 4 showed lowest load-to-failure result with 155.7 ± 31.1 N compared to group 1 (293.4 ± 16.1 N) and group 2 (397.7 ± 7.4 N) (P < 0.001). Stiffness was highest in group 2 (162 ± 7.3 N/mm) and lowest in group 4 (84.4 ± 19.9 mm) (P < 0.001). In group 4, the main cause of failure was due to the suture cutting through the tendon (n = 6), a failure case observed in only n = 1 specimen in group 2 (P < 0.001). Conclusions A double-row technique combined with arthroscopic Mason-Allen/horizontal mattress stitches provides high initial failure strength and may minimize the risk of the polyethylene sutures cutting through the tendon in rotator cuff repair when a single load force is used. PMID:20049605

Three-dimensional evaluation of cyclic displacement in single-row and double-row rotator cuff reconstructions under static external rotation.

PubMed

Lorbach, Olaf; Kieb, Matthias; Raber, Florian; Busch, Lüder C; Kohn, Dieter M; Pape, Dietrich

2013-01-01

The double-row suture bridge repair was recently introduced and has demonstrated superior biomechanical results and higher yield load compared with the traditional double-row technique. It therefore seemed reasonable to compare this second generation of double-row constructs to the modified single-row double mattress reconstruction. The repair technique, initial tear size, and tendon subregion will have a significant effect on 3-dimensional (3D) cyclic displacement under additional static external rotation of a modified single-row compared with a double-row rotator cuff repair. Controlled laboratory study. Rotator cuff tears (small to medium: 25 mm; medium to large: 35 mm) were created in 24 human cadaveric shoulders. Rotator cuff repairs were performed as modified single-row or double-row repairs, and cyclic loading (10-60 N, 10-100 N) was applied under 20° of external rotation. Radiostereometric analysis was used to calculate cyclic displacement in the anteroposterior (x), craniocaudal (y), and mediolateral (z) planes with a focus on the repair constructs and the initial tear size. Moreover, differences in cyclic displacement of the anterior compared with the posterior tendon subregions were calculated. Significantly lower cyclic displacement was seen in small to medium tears for the single-row compared with double-row repair at 60 and 100 N in the x plane (P = .001) and y plane (P = .001). The results were similar in medium to large tears at 100 N in the x plane (P = .004). Comparison of 25-mm versus 35-mm tears did not show any statistically significant differences for the single-row repairs. In the double-row repairs, lower gap formation was found for the 35-mm tears (P ≤ .05). Comparison of the anterior versus posterior tendon subregions revealed a trend toward higher anterior gap formation, although this was statistically not significant. The tested single-row reconstruction achieved superior results in 3D cyclic displacement to the tested double-row repair. Extension of the initial rupture size did not have a negative effect on the biomechanical results of the tested constructs. Single-row repairs with modified suture configurations provide comparable biomechanical strength to double-row repairs. Furthermore, as increased gap formation in the early postoperative period might lead to failure of the construct, a strong anterior fixation and restricted external rotation protocol might be considered in rotator cuff repairs to avoid this problem.

Biomechanical and energetic determinants of technique selection in classical cross-country skiing.

PubMed

Pellegrini, Barbara; Zoppirolli, Chiara; Bortolan, Lorenzo; Holmberg, Hans-Christer; Zamparo, Paola; Schena, Federico

2013-12-01

Classical cross-country skiing can be performed using three main techniques: diagonal stride (DS), double poling (DP), and double poling with kick (DK). Similar to other forms of human and animal gait, it is currently unclear whether technique selection occurs to minimize metabolic cost or to keep some mechanical factors below a given threshold. The aim of this study was to find the determinants of technique selection. Ten male athletes roller skied on a treadmill at different slopes (from 0° to 7° at 10km/h) and speeds (from 6 to 18km/h at 2°). The technique preferred by skiers was gathered for every proposed condition. Biomechanical parameters and metabolic cost were then measured for each condition and technique. Skiers preferred DP for skiing on the flat and they transitioned to DK and then to DS with increasing slope steepness, when increasing speed all skiers preferred DP. Data suggested that selections mainly occur to remain below a threshold of poling force. Second, critically low values of leg thrust time may limit the use of leg-based techniques at high speeds. A small role has been identified for the metabolic cost of locomotion, which determined the selection of DP for flat skiing. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Biomechanical Comparison of Single- Versus Double-Row Capsulolabral Repair for Shoulder Instability: A Review.

PubMed

Yousif, Matthew John; Bicos, James

2017-12-01

The glenohumeral joint is the most commonly dislocated joint in the body. Failure rates of capsulolabral repair have been reported to be approximately 8%. Recent focus has been on restoration of the capsulolabral complex by a double-row capsulolabral repair technique in an effort to decrease redislocation rates after arthroscopic capsulolabral repair. To present a review of the biomechanical literature comparing single- versus double-row capsulolabral repairs and discuss the previous case series of double-row fixation. Narrative review. A simple review of the literature was performed by PubMed search. Only biomechanical studies comparing single- versus double-row capsulolabral repair were included for review. Only those case series and descriptive techniques with clinical results for double-row repair were included in the discussion. Biomechanical comparisons evaluating the native footprint of the labrum demonstrated significantly superior restoration of the footprint through double-row capsulolabral repair compared with single-row repair. Biomechanical comparisons of contact pressure at the repair interface, fracture displacement in bony Bankart lesion, load to failure, and decreased external rotation (suggestive of increased load to failure) were also significantly in favor of double- versus single-row repair. Recent descriptive techniques and case series of double-row fixation have demonstrated good clinical outcomes; however, no comparative clinical studies between single- and double-row repair have assessed functional outcomes. The superiority of double-row capsulolabral repair versus single-row repair remains uncertain because comparative studies assessing clinical outcomes have yet to be performed.

Tendoscopic Double-Row Suture Bridge Peroneal Retinaculum Repair for Recurrent Dislocation of Peroneal Tendons in the Ankle.

PubMed

Nishimura, Akinobu; Nakazora, Shigeto; Ito, Naoya; Fukuda, Aki; Kato, Ko; Sudo, Akihiro

2016-06-01

Traumatic dislocation of peroneal tendons in the ankle is an uncommon lesion that mainly affects young adults. Unfortunately, most cases lead to recurrent dislocation of the peroneal tendons of the ankle (RPTD). Therefore, most cases need operative treatment. One of the most common operative procedures is superior peroneal retinaculum (SPR) repair. Recently, surgery for RPTD has been achieved with less invasive arthroscopic procedures. In this article, tendoscopic surgery for RPTD using a double-row suture bridge technique is introduced. This technique consists of debridement of the lateral aspect of the fibula under an intrasheath pseudo-cavity, suture anchor insertion into the fibular ridge, and reattachment of the SPR to the fibula using a knotless anchor screwed into the lateral aspect of the fibula. This technique mimics the double-row suture bridge technique for rotator cuff tear repair. The double-row suture bridge technique requires more surgical steps than the single-row technique, but it provides a wider bone-SPR contact surface and tighter fixation than the single-row technique. This procedure is an attractive option because it is less invasive and has achieved results similar to open procedures.

A comparison of the double hydrodistention implantation technique (HIT) and the HIT with a polyacrylate/polyalcohol copolymer (PPC) for the endoscopic treatment of primary vesicoureteral reflux.

PubMed

Akin, Melih; Erginel, Basak; Karadag, Cetin Ali; Yildiz, Abdullah; Ozçelik, Gül Sumru; Sever, Nihat; Genc, Nimetullah Mete; Dokucu, Ali Ihsan

2014-11-01

We aimed to compare the success rates of the double hydrodistention implantation technique (HIT) and the HIT with a polyacrylate/polyalcohol copolymer (PPC) for the treatment of primary vesicoureteral reflux (VUR) with a new nonbiodegradable tissue-augmenting substance (Vantris, Promedon, Cordoba, Argentina). Between January 2011 and December 2012, fifty-two children who underwent subureteric injection for primary VUR are included. The children were randomly separated into two groups, the HIT and the double HIT groups, according to the type of injection. Success was defined as no reflux on a follow-up voiding cystourethrogram (VCUG) after 6 months. The patients were evaluated according to sex, age, grade of reflux, number of injections, and injected volume, and the radiological success rates were compared. Fifty-two patients underwent an endoscopic injection for primary grade III-V VUR. The HIT group consisted of 26 patients with 33 ureters, and the double HIT group consisted of 26 patients with 35 ureters. There were no significant differences in terms of the sex, ages, VUR grades, bilaterality between the two groups. The mean injected volumes were ml 1.12 (1.02-1.22) in the HIT group and 1.24 ml (95 % CI 1.10-1.38) in the double HIT group. The reflux was resolved in 21/33 (63.6 %) ureters in the HIT group and in 30/35 (85.7 %) ureters in the double HIT group, (p < 0.05). We had only one complication. This patient in the double HIT group, developed bilateral hydronephrosis and oliguric renal failure requiring open reimplantation at the sixth month. We observed successful results double HIT method with PPC in Grade III-V reflux, but the long-term follow-up of patients is needed for hydronephrosis. As the double HIT treatment leads to a higher success rate, its use is preferable.

A comparative study between different approaches to improve the RCS of a compact double-layer absorber

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

El-Hakim, H. A.; Mahmoud, K. R.

2017-10-01

In this paper, straightforward and efficient techniques have been addressed into double-layer structure to enlarge the operating bandwidth to include the X, Ku and K bands, in addition to increase the electromagnetic wave absorption for wide varieties of incident angles and both polarization types. To increase the band-stop resonating frequency up to 26 GHz, an additional layer of meta-surface, circuit analog radar absorber material (CAR), or a thin radar absorber material (RAM) layer is engineered. The synthesized layers are designed based on optimization process with genetic algorithm (GA) through numerical technique (Ansoft design software HFSS) for both transmission line (T.L) and the free space method to get optimal material properties suitable for the design. For different approaches, the designed structures achieved a reflectivity value less than -16 dB on average in the desired bandwidth from 8 to 26 GHz for TE/TM modes with incidence angle up to 50o.

Combined measurement system for double shield tunnel boring machine guidance based on optical and visual methods.

PubMed

Lin, Jiarui; Gao, Kai; Gao, Yang; Wang, Zheng

2017-10-01

In order to detect the position of the cutting shield at the head of a double shield tunnel boring machine (TBM) during the excavation, this paper develops a combined measurement system which is mainly composed of several optical feature points, a monocular vision sensor, a laser target sensor, and a total station. The different elements of the combined system are mounted on the TBM in suitable sequence, and the position of the cutting shield in the reference total station frame is determined by coordinate transformations. Subsequently, the structure of the feature points and matching technique for them are expounded, the position measurement method based on monocular vision is presented, and the calibration methods for the unknown relationships among different parts of the system are proposed. Finally, a set of experimental platforms to simulate the double shield TBM is established, and accuracy verification experiments are conducted. Experimental results show that the mean deviation of the system is 6.8 mm, which satisfies the requirements of double shield TBM guidance.

Biomechanical Comparison of Single- Versus Double-Row Capsulolabral Repair for Shoulder Instability: A Review

PubMed Central

Yousif, Matthew John; Bicos, James

2017-01-01

Background: The glenohumeral joint is the most commonly dislocated joint in the body. Failure rates of capsulolabral repair have been reported to be approximately 8%. Recent focus has been on restoration of the capsulolabral complex by a double-row capsulolabral repair technique in an effort to decrease redislocation rates after arthroscopic capsulolabral repair. Purpose: To present a review of the biomechanical literature comparing single- versus double-row capsulolabral repairs and discuss the previous case series of double-row fixation. Study Design: Narrative review. Methods: A simple review of the literature was performed by PubMed search. Only biomechanical studies comparing single- versus double-row capsulolabral repair were included for review. Only those case series and descriptive techniques with clinical results for double-row repair were included in the discussion. Results: Biomechanical comparisons evaluating the native footprint of the labrum demonstrated significantly superior restoration of the footprint through double-row capsulolabral repair compared with single-row repair. Biomechanical comparisons of contact pressure at the repair interface, fracture displacement in bony Bankart lesion, load to failure, and decreased external rotation (suggestive of increased load to failure) were also significantly in favor of double- versus single-row repair. Recent descriptive techniques and case series of double-row fixation have demonstrated good clinical outcomes; however, no comparative clinical studies between single- and double-row repair have assessed functional outcomes. Conclusion: The superiority of double-row capsulolabral repair versus single-row repair remains uncertain because comparative studies assessing clinical outcomes have yet to be performed. PMID:29230427

Faster Double-Size Bipartite Multiplication out of Montgomery Multipliers

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Yoshino, Masayuki; Okeya, Katsuyuki; Vuillaume, Camille

This paper proposes novel algorithms for computing double-size modular multiplications with few modulus-dependent precomputations. Low-end devices such as smartcards are usually equipped with hardware Montgomery multipliers. However, due to progresses of mathematical attacks, security institutions such as NIST have steadily demanded longer bit-lengths for public-key cryptography, making the multipliers quickly obsolete. In an attempt to extend the lifespan of such multipliers, double-size techniques compute modular multiplications with twice the bit-length of the multipliers. Techniques are known for extending the bit-length of classical Euclidean multipliers, of Montgomery multipliers and the combination thereof, namely bipartite multipliers. However, unlike classical and bipartite multiplications, Montgomery multiplications involve modulus-dependent precomputations, which amount to a large part of an RSA encryption or signature verification. The proposed double-size technique simulates double-size multiplications based on single-size Montgomery multipliers, and yet precomputations are essentially free: in an 2048-bit RSA encryption or signature verification with public exponent e=216+1, the proposal with a 1024-bit Montgomery multiplier is at least 1.5 times faster than previous double-size Montgomery multiplications.

Arthroscopically assisted stabilization of acute high-grade acromioclavicular joint separations in a coracoclavicular Double-TightRope technique: V-shaped versus parallel drill hole orientation.

PubMed

Kraus, Natascha; Haas, Norbert P; Scheibel, Markus; Gerhardt, Christian

2013-10-01

The arthroscopically assisted Double-TightRope technique has recently been reported to yield good to excellent clinical results in the treatment of acute, high-grade acromioclavicular dislocation. However, the orientation of the transclavicular-transcoracoidal drill holes remains a matter of debate. A V-shaped drill hole orientation leads to better clinical and radiologic results and provides a higher vertical and horizontal stability compared to parallel drill hole placement. This was a cohort study; level of evidence, 2b. Two groups of patients with acute high-grade acromioclavicular joint instability (Rockwood type V) were included in this prospective, non-randomized cohort study. 15 patients (1 female/14 male) with a mean age of 37.7 (18-66) years were treated with a Double-TightRope technique using a V-shaped orientation of the drill holes (group 1). 13 patients (1 female/12 male) with a mean age of 40.9 (21-59) years were treated with a Double-TightRope technique with a parallel drill hole placement (group 2). After 2 years, the final evaluation consisted of a complete physical examination of both shoulders, evaluation of the Subjective Shoulder Value (SSV), Constant Score (CS), Taft Score (TF) and Acromioclavicular Joint Instability Score (ACJI) as well as a radiologic examination including bilateral anteroposterior stress views and bilateral Alexander views. After a mean follow-up of 2 years, all patients were free of shoulder pain at rest and during daily activities. Range of motion did not differ significantly between both groups (p > 0.05). Patients in group 1 reached on average 92.4 points in the CS, 96.2 % in the SSV, 10.5 points in the TF and 75.9 points in the ACJI. Patients in group 2 scored 90.5 points in the CS, 93.9 % in the SSV, 10.5 points in the TF and 84.5 points in the ACJI (p > 0.05). Radiographically, the coracoclavicular distance was found to be 13.9 mm (group 1) and 13.4 mm (group 2) on the affected side and 9.3 mm (group 1) and 9.4 mm (group 2) on the contralateral side. The distance of neither the affected side nor the contralateral side differed significantly between both groups (p > 0.05). In group 1, eight patients (53 %) and in group 2 four patients (31 %) revealed signs of dynamic posterior instability (p > 0.05). Clavicular drill hole enlargement was found to be equally distributed in group 1, whereas group 2 displayed a cone-shaped form. The Double-TightRope technique yields good to excellent clinical results in both V-shaped and parallel drill hole placement. Partial recurrent vertical and horizontal instability represents a problem in both techniques. So far, no significant differences regarding clinical or radiologic results have been found. Long-term results are needed to reveal possible advantages in terms of clinical and radiologic acromioclavicular stability.

Contact area and pressure in suture bridge rotator cuff repair using knotless lateral anchors.

PubMed

Tompkins, Marc; Monchik, Keith O; Plante, Matthew J; Fleming, Braden C; Fadale, Paul D

2011-10-01

To evaluate whether the use of knotless lateral anchors in a suture bridge construct produces better contact area and pressure parameters than a suture bridge construct with standard lateral anchors that require knots or a double-row repair. The hypothesis was that knotless lateral anchors would produce better contact area and pressure parameters than the other two constructs. A total of fifteen matched pairs of cadaveric shoulders were divided into three groups. In Group 1, a suture bridge using knotless anchors for the lateral row was performed on five shoulders. A suture bridge using standard lateral row anchors that require knots was performed on the contralateral shoulders. In Group 2, suture bridge with knotless lateral row anchors was compared with double-row repair. In Group 3, suture bridge using standard lateral row anchors was compared with double-row repair. The contact conditions of the rotator cuff footprint were measured using pressure-sensitive film. There were no statistically significant differences between any of the techniques regarding contact area F(2, 15.7) = 3.09, P = 0.07 or mean contact pressure F(2, 15.1) = 2.35, P = 0.12. A post hoc power analysis suggests differences between techniques are likely less than 91-113 mm(2) for area and 0.071-0.089 N for pressure. The use of knotless anchors in the lateral row of a suture bridge repair did not increase the footprint contact area or contact pressure when compared to a suture bridge repair requiring knots laterally or to a double-row repair.

Impact of adding a second layer to a single unlocked closure of a Cesarean uterine incision: randomized controlled trial.

PubMed

Bennich, G; Rudnicki, M; Wilken-Jensen, C; Lousen, T; Lassen, P D; Wøjdemann, K

2016-04-01

To investigate short- and long-term effects on residual myometrial thickness (RMT) of adding a second layer to a single unlocked closure of a Cesarean uterine incision. This was a randomized double-blind controlled trial. Healthy nulliparous women scheduled for first-time elective Cesarean delivery were operated on using a modified version of the Misgav Ladach surgical technique. The women were examined by transabdominal ultrasound before discharge from the maternity ward and by transvaginal saline contrast sonohysterography at a minimum of 5 months postpartum. Seventy-six nulliparae met the criteria and agreed to participate in the study. Thirty-five women were assigned to the single-layer technique and 38 to the double-layer unlocked closure technique. Groups were comparable regarding gestational age at delivery, duration of surgery and perioperative blood loss. There was no difference in RMT between the two groups, both at time of discharge (mean ± SD, 20.2 ± 8.0 mm vs 21.0 ± 9.7 mm) and after 5 months postpartum (mean, 5.7 ± 2.9 mm vs 5.7 ± 2.2 mm). RMT was approximately half that of the normal myometrium at both examinations. The results of this study suggest that double-layer closure of a Cesarean uterine incision does not increase RMT compared with single-layer closure when an unlocked technique is used. Copyright © 2015 ISUOG. Published by John Wiley & Sons Ltd.

Replica analysis of the class of antibodies produced by single cells

PubMed Central

Ivanyi, J.; Dresser, D. W.

1970-01-01

Improvements have been made in a localized haemolysis in gel replica assay developed previously. The technique is designed to show if an individual antibody producing cell releases antibody of one or more classes. The techniques can also be used to indicate the specificity of antibodies produced by individual cells by using two different antigens in the test system. In experiments where both slides of a slide-pair are untreated or treated identically, and 100% coincidence of plaques is expected, the technique has been shown to detect about 95% coincidence. Pairs of slides treated differently to reveal plaques due to antibodies of different classes show a mean of about 3·5% coincident plaques. This `background' of coincidence which it is thought is not due to `double-producers', is one of the limiting factors of the technique. ImagesFig. 1Fig. 2Fig. 3Fig. 4 PMID:4920598

Dual-angle technique for simultaneous measurement of refractive index and temperature based on a surface plasmon resonance sensor.

PubMed

Luo, Wei; Chen, Sheng; Chen, Lei; Li, Hualong; Miao, Pengcheng; Gao, Huiyi; Hu, Zelin; Li, Miao

2017-05-29

We describe a theoretical model to analyze temperature effects on the Kretschmann surface plasmon resonance (SPR) sensor, and describe a new double-incident angle technique to simultaneously measure changes in refractive index (RI) and temperature. The method uses the observation that output signals obtained from two different incident angles each have a linear dependence on RI and temperature, and are independent. A proof-of-concept experiment using different NaCl concentration solutions as analytes demonstrates the ability of the technique. The optical design is as simple and robust as conventional SPR detection, but provides a way to discriminate between RI-induced and temperature-induced SPR changes. This technique facilitates a way for traditional SPR sensors to detect RI in different temperature environments, and may lead to better design and fabrication of SPR sensors against temperature variation.

Testing of an oral dosing technique for double-crested cormorants, Phalacocorax auritus, laughing gulls, Leucophaeus atricilla, homing pigeons, Columba livia, and western sandpipers, Calidris mauri, with artificially weather MC252 oil.

PubMed

Dean, K M; Cacela, D; Carney, M W; Cunningham, F L; Ellis, C; Gerson, A R; Guglielmo, C G; Hanson-Dorr, K C; Harr, K E; Healy, K A; Horak, K E; Isanhart, J P; Kennedy, L V; Link, J E; Lipton, I; McFadden, A K; Moye, J K; Perez, C R; Pritsos, C A; Pritsos, K L; Muthumalage, T; Shriner, S A; Bursian, S J

2017-12-01

Scoping studies were designed to determine if double-crested cormorants (Phalacocorax auritus), laughing gulls (Leucophaues atricilla), homing pigeons (Columba livia) and western sandpipers (Calidris mauri) that were gavaged with a mixture of artificially weathered MC252 oil and food for either a single day or 4-5 consecutive days showed signs of oil toxicity. Where volume allowed, samples were collected for hematology, plasma protein electrophoresis, clinical chemistry and electrolytes, oxidative stress and organ weigh changes. Double-crested cormorants, laughing gulls and western sandpipers all excreted oil within 30min of dose, while pigeons regurgitated within less than one hour of dosing. There were species differences in the effectiveness of the dosing technique, with double-crested cormorants having the greatest number of responsive endpoints at the completion of the trial. Statistically significant changes in packed cell volume, white cell counts, alkaline phosphatase, alanine aminotransferase, creatine phosphokinase, gamma glutamyl transferase, uric acid, chloride, sodium, potassium, calcium, total glutathione, glutathione disulfide, reduced glutathione, spleen and liver weights were measured in double-crested cormorants. Homing pigeons had statistically significant changes in creatine phosphokinase, total glutathione, glutathione disulfide, reduced glutathione and Trolox equivalents. Laughing gulls exhibited statistically significant decreases in spleen and kidney weight, and no changes were observed in any measurement endpoints tested in western sandpipers. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Tribological Properties of TiO2/SiO2 Double Layer Coatings Deposited on CP-Ti

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Çomakli, O.; Yazici, M.; Yetim, T.; Yetim, A. F.; Çelik, A.

In the present paper, the influences of different double layer on wear and scratch performances of commercially pure Titanium (CP-Ti) were investigated. TiO2/SiO2 and SiO2/TiO2 double layer coatings were deposited on CP-Ti by sol-gel dip coating process and calcined at 750∘C. The phase structure, cross-sectional morphology, composition, wear track morphologies, adhesion properties, hardness and roughness of uncoated and coated samples were characterized with X-ray diffraction, scanning electron microscopy (SEM), nano-indentation technique, scratch tester and 3D profilometer. Also, the tribological performances of all samples were investigated by a pin-on-disc tribo-tester against Al2O3 ball. Results showed that hardness, elastic modulus and adhesion resistance of double layer coated samples were higher than untreated CP-Ti. It was found that these properties of TiO2/SiO2 double layer coatings have higher than SiO2/TiO2 double layer coating. Additionally, the lowest friction coefficient and wear rates were obtained from TiO2/SiO2 double layer coatings. Therefore, it was seen that phase structure, hardness and film adhesion are important factors on the tribological properties of double layer coatings.

Biomechanical characterization of double-bundle femoral press-fit fixation techniques.

PubMed

Ettinger, M; Haasper, C; Hankemeier, S; Hurschler, C; Breitmeier, D; Krettek, C; Jagodzinski, M

2011-03-01

Press-fit fixation of patellar tendon bone anterior cruciate ligament autografts is an interesting technique because no hardware is necessary. To date, no biomechanical data exist describing an implant-free double-bundle press-fit procedure. The purpose of this study was to characterize the biomechanical properties of three double-bundle press-fit fixations. In a controlled laboratory study, the patellar-, quadriceps- and hamstring tendons of 10 human cadavers (age: 49.2 ± 18.5 years) were used. An inside out press-fit fixation with a knot in the semitendinosus and gracilis tendons (SG) combined with an additional bone block, with two quadriceps tendon bone block grafts (QU) was compared with press-fit fixation of two bone patellar tendon bone block (PT) grafts in 30 porcine femora. Constructs were cyclically stretched and then loaded until failure. Maximum load to failure, stiffness and elongation during failure testing and cyclical loading were investigated. The maximum load to failure was 703 ± 136 N for SG fixation, 632 ± 130 N for QU and 656 ± 127 N for PT fixation. Stiffness of the constructs averaged 138 ± 26 N/mm for SG, 159 ± 74 N/mm for QU, and 154 ± 50 N/mm for PT fixation. Elongation during initial cyclical loading was 1.2 ± 1.4 mm for SG, 2.0 ± 1.4 mm for QU, and 1.0 ± 0.6 mm for PT (significantly larger for PT and QU between the first 5 cycles compared with cycles 15-20th, P < 0.01). All investigated double-bundle fixation techniques were equal in terms of maximum load to failure, stiffness, and elongation. Unlike with single-bundle press-fit fixation techniques that have been published, no difference was observed between pure tendon combined with an additional bone block and tendon bone grafts. All techniques exhibited larger elongation during initial cyclical loading. All three press-fit fixation techniques that were investigated exhibit comparable biomechanical properties. Preconditioning of the constructs is critical.

Zymography Methods to Simultaneously Analyze Superoxide Dismutase and Catalase Activities: Novel Application for Yeast Species Identification.

PubMed

Gamero-Sandemetrio, Esther; Gómez-Pastor, Rocío; Matallana, Emilia

2017-01-01

We provide an optimized protocol for a double staining technique to analyze superoxide dismutase enzymatic isoforms Cu-Zn SOD (Sod1) and Mn-SOD (Sod2) and catalase in the same polyacrylamide gel. The use of NaCN, which specifically inhibits yeast Sod1 isoform, allows the analysis of Sod2 isoform while the use of H 2 O 2 allows the analysis of catalase. The identification of a different zymography profiling of SOD and catalase isoforms in different yeast species allowed us to propose this technique as a novel yeast identification and classification strategy.

Geometric pre-patterning based tuning of the period doubling onset strain during thin film wrinkling

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Saha, Sourabh K.

Wrinkling of supported thin films is an easy-to-implement and low-cost fabrication technique for generation of stretch-tunable periodic micro and nano-scale structures. However, the tunability of such structures is often limited by the emergence of an undesirable period doubled mode at high strains. Predictively tuning the onset strain for period doubling via existing techniques requires one to have extensive knowledge about the nonlinear pattern formation behavior. Herein, a geometric pre-patterning based technique is introduced to delay the onset of period doubling that can be implemented to predictively tune the onset strain even with limited system knowledge. The technique comprises pre-patterning themore » film/base bilayer with a sinusoidal pattern that has the same period as the natural wrinkle period of the system. The effectiveness of this technique has been verified via physical and computational experiments on the polydimethylsiloxane/glass bilayer system. It is observed that the period doubling onset strain can be increased from the typical value of 20% for flat films to greater than 30% with a modest pre-pattern aspect ratio (2∙amplitude/period) of 0.15. In addition, finite element simulations reveal that (i) the onset strain can be increased up to a limit by increasing the amplitude of the pre-patterns and (ii) the delaying effect can be captured entirely by the pre-pattern geometry. As a result, one can implement this technique even with limited system knowledge, such as material properties or film thickness, by simply replicating pre-existing wrinkled patterns to generate prepatterned bilayers. Thus, geometric pre-patterning is a practical scheme to suppress period doubling that can increase the operating range of stretch-tunable wrinkle-based devices by at least 50%.« less

Double hashing technique in closed hashing search process

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Rahim, Robbi; Zulkarnain, Iskandar; Jaya, Hendra

2017-09-01

The search process is used in various activities performed both online and offline, many algorithms that can be used to perform the search process one of which is a hash search algorithm, search process with hash search algorithm used in this study using double hashing technique where the data will be formed into the table with same length and then search, the results of this study indicate that the search process with double hashing technique allows faster searching than the usual search techniques, this research allows to search the solution by dividing the value into the main table and overflow table so that the search process is expected faster than the data stacked in the form of one table and collision data could avoided.

A biomechanical comparison of single and double-row fixation in arthroscopic rotator cuff repair.

PubMed

Smith, Christopher D; Alexander, Susan; Hill, Adam M; Huijsmans, Pol E; Bull, Anthony M J; Amis, Andrew A; De Beer, Joe F; Wallace, Andrew L

2006-11-01

The optimal method for arthroscopic rotator cuff repair is not yet known. The hypothesis of the present study was that a double-row repair would demonstrate superior static and cyclic mechanical behavior when compared with a single-row repair. The specific aims were to measure gap formation at the bone-tendon interface under static creep loading and the ultimate strength and mode of failure of both methods of repair under cyclic loading. A standardized tear of the supraspinatus tendon was created in sixteen fresh cadaveric shoulders. Arthroscopic rotator cuff repairs were performed with use of either a double-row technique (eight specimens) or a single-row technique (eight specimens) with nonabsorbable sutures that were double-loaded on a titanium suture anchor. The repairs were loaded statically for one hour, and the gap formation was measured. Cyclic loading to failure was then performed. Gap formation during static loading was significantly greater in the single-row group than in the double-row group (mean and standard deviation, 5.0 +/- 1.2 mm compared with 3.8 +/- 1.4 mm; p < 0.05). Under cyclic loading, the double-row repairs failed at a mean of 320 +/- 96.9 N whereas the single-row repairs failed at a mean of 224 +/- 147.9 N (p = 0.058). Three single-row repairs and three double-row repairs failed as a result of suture cut-through. Four single-row repairs and one double-row repair failed as a result of anchor or suture failure. The remaining five repairs did not fail, and a midsubstance tear of the tendon occurred. Although more technically demanding, the double-row technique demonstrates superior resistance to gap formation under static loading as compared with the single-row technique. A double-row reconstruction of the supraspinatus tendon insertion may provide a more reliable construct than a single-row repair and could be used as an alternative to open reconstruction for the treatment of isolated tears.

New technique of skin embedded wire double-sided laser beam welding

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Han, Bing; Tao, Wang; Chen, Yanbin

2017-06-01

In the aircraft industry, double-sided laser beam welding is an approved method for producing skin-stringer T-joints on aircraft fuselage panels. As for the welding of new generation aluminum-lithium alloys, however, this technique is limited because of high hot cracking susceptibility and strengthening elements' uneven distributions within weld. In the present study, a new technique of skin embedded wire double-sided laser beam welding (LBW) has been developed to fabricate T-joints consisting of 2.0 mm thick 2060-T8/2099-T83 aluminum-lithium alloys using eutectic alloy AA4047 filler wire. Necessary dimension parameters of the novel groove were reasonably designed for achieving crack-free welds. Comparisons were made between the new technique welded T-joint and conventional T-joint mainly on microstructure, hot crack, elements distribution features and mechanical properties within weld. Excellent crack-free microstructure, uniform distribution of silicon and superior tensile properties within weld were found in the new skin embedded wire double-sided LBW T-joints.

Clinical Results of Flexor Tendon Repair in Zone II Using a six Strand Double Loop Technique.

PubMed

Savvidou, Christiana; Tsai, Tsu-Min

2015-06-01

The purpose of this study is to report the clinical results after repair of flexor tendon zone II injuries utilizing a 6-strand double-loop technique and early post-operative active rehabilitation. We retrospectively reviewed 22 patients involving 51 cases with zone II flexor tendon repair using a six strand double loop technique from September 1996 to December 2012. Most common mechanism of injuries was sharp lacerations (86.5 %). Tendon injuries occurred equally in manual and non-manual workers and were work-related in 33 % of the cases. The Strickland score for active range of motion (ROM) postoperatively was excellent and good in the majority of the cases (81 %). The rupture rate was 1.9 %. The six strand double loop technique for Zone II flexor tendon repair leads to good and excellent motion in the majority of patients and low re- rupture rate. It is clinically effective and allows for early postoperative active rehabilitation.

Hand and nickel-titanium root canal instrumentation performed by dental students: a micro-computed tomographic study.

PubMed

Peru, M; Peru, C; Mannocci, F; Sherriff, M; Buchanan, L S; Pitt Ford, T R

2006-02-01

The aim of this study was to evaluate root canals instrumented by dental students using the modified double-flared technique, nickel-titanium (NiTi) rotary System GT files and NiTi rotary ProTaper files by micro-computed tomography (MCT). A total of 36 root canals from 18 mesial roots of mandibular molar teeth were prepared; 12 canals were prepared with the modified double-flared technique, using K-flexofiles and Gates-Glidden burs; 12 canals were prepared using System GT and 12 using ProTaper rotary files. Each root was scanned using MCT preoperatively and postoperatively. At the coronal and mid-root sections, System GT and ProTaper files produced significantly less enlarged canal cross-sectional area, volume and perimeter than the modified double-flared technique (P < 0.05). In the mid-root sections there was significantly less thinning of the root structure towards the furcation with System GT and ProTaper (P < 0.05). The rotary techniques were both three times faster than the modified double-flared technique (P < 0.05). Qualitative evaluation of the preparations showed that both ProTaper and System GT were able to prepare root canals with little or no procedural error compared with the modified double-flared technique. Under the conditions of this study, inexperienced dental students were able to prepare curved root canals with rotary files with greater preservation of tooth structure, low risk of procedural errors and much quicker than with hand instruments.

Double-bundle anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction is superior to single-bundle reconstruction in terms of revision frequency: a study of 22,460 patients from the Swedish National Knee Ligament Register.

PubMed

Svantesson, Eleonor; Sundemo, David; Hamrin Senorski, Eric; Alentorn-Geli, Eduard; Musahl, Volker; Fu, Freddie H; Desai, Neel; Stålman, Anders; Samuelsson, Kristian

2017-12-01

Studies comparing single- and double-bundle anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstructions often include a combined analysis of anatomic and non-anatomic techniques. The purpose of this study was to compare the revision rates between single- and double-bundle ACL reconstructions in the Swedish National Knee Ligament Register with regard to surgical variables as determined by the anatomic ACL reconstruction scoring checklist (AARSC). Patients from the Swedish National Knee Ligament Register who underwent either single- or double-bundle ACL reconstruction with hamstring tendon autograft during the period 2007-2014 were included. The follow-up period started with primary ACL reconstruction, and the outcome measure was set as revision surgery. An online questionnaire based on the items of the AARSC was used to determine the surgical technique implemented in the single-bundle procedures. These were organized into subgroups based on surgical variables, and the revision rates were compared with the double-bundle ACL reconstruction. Hazard ratios (HR) with 95% confidence interval (CI) was calculated and adjusted for confounders by Cox regression. A total of 22,460 patients were included in the study, of which 21,846 were single-bundle and 614 were double-bundle ACL reconstruction. Double-bundle ACL reconstruction had a revision frequency of 2.0% (n = 12) and single-bundle 3.2% (n = 689). Single-bundle reconstruction had an increased risk of revision surgery compared with double-bundle [adjusted HR 1.98 (95% CI 1.12-3.51), p = 0.019]. The subgroup analysis showed a significantly increased risk of revision surgery in patients undergoing single-bundle with anatomic technique using transportal drilling [adjusted HR 2.51 (95% CI 1.39-4.54), p = 0.002] compared with double-bundle ACL reconstruction. Utilizing a more complete anatomic technique according to the AARSC lowered the hazard rate considerably when transportal drilling was performed but still resulted in significantly increased risk of revision surgery compared with double-bundle ACL reconstruction [adjusted HR 1.87 (95% CI 1.04-3.38), p = 0.037]. Double-bundle ACL reconstruction is associated with a lower risk of revision surgery than single-bundle ACL reconstruction. Single-bundle procedures performed using transportal femoral drilling technique had significantly higher risk of revision surgery compared with double-bundle. However, a reference reconstruction with transportal drilling defined as a more complete anatomic reconstruction reduces the risk of revision surgery considerably. III.

Measurement of Sulfur Isotopic Composition (δ34S) by Multiple-Collector Thermal Ionization Mass Spectrometry (MC-TIMS) Using a 33S/36S Double Spike

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Mann, J. L.; Kelly, W. R.

2006-05-01

A new analytical technique for the determination of δ34S will be described. The technique is based on the production of singularly charged arsenic sulfide molecular ions (AsS+) by thermal ionization using silica gel as an emitter and combines multiple-collector thermal ionization mass spectrometry (MC-TIMS) with a 33S/36S double spike to correct instrumental fractionation. Because the double spike is added to the sample before chemical processing, both the isotopic composition and sulfur concentration are measured simultaneously. The accuracy and precision of the double spike technique is comparable to or better than modern gas source mass spectrometry, but requires about a factor of 10 less sample. Δ33S effects can be determined directly in an unspiked sample without any assumptions about the value of k (mass dependent fractionation factor) which is currently required by gas source mass spectrometry. Three international sulfur standards (IAEA-S-1, IAEA-S-2, and IAEA-S-3) were measured to evaluate the precision and accuracy of the new technique and to evaluate the consensus values for these standards. Two different double spike preparations were used. The δ34S values (reported relative to Vienna Canyon Diablo Troilite (VCDT), (δ34S (‰) = 34S/32S)sample/(34S/32S)VCDT - 1) x 1000]), 34S/32SVCDT = 0.0441626) determined were -0.32‰ ± 0.04‰ (1σ, n=4) and -0.31‰ ± 0.13‰ (1σ, n=8) for IAEA-S-1, 22.65‰ ± 0.04‰ (1σ, n=7) and 22.60‰ ± 0.06‰ (1σ, n=5) for IAEA- S-2, and -32.47‰ ± 0.07‰ (1σ, n=8) for IAEA-S-3. The amount of natural sample used for these analyses ranged from 0.40 μmoles to 2.35 μmoles. Each standard showed less than 0.5‰ variability (IAEA-S-1 < 0.4‰, IAEA-S-2 < 0.2‰, and IAEA-S-3 < 0.2‰). Our values for S-1 and S-2 are in excellent agreement with the consensus values and the values reported by other laboratories using both SF6 and SO2. Our value for S-3 differs statistically from the Institute for Reference Materials and Measurement (IRMM) value and is slightly lower than the currently accepted consensus value (-32.3). Because the technique is based on thermal ionization of AsS+, and As is mononuclidic, corrections for interferences or for scale contraction/expansion are not required. The availability of MC-TIMS instruments in laboratories around the world makes this technique immediately available to a much larger scientific community who require highly accurate and precise measurements of sulfur.

[COMPARISON OF EFFECTIVENESS BETWEEN TWO OPERATIVE TECHNIQUES OF CORACOCLAVICULAR LIGAMENT RECONSTRUCTION FOR TREATMENT OF Tossy TYPE III ACROMIOCLAVICULAR JOINT DISLOCATION].

PubMed

Tang, Hongwei; Gao, Sheng; Yin, Yong; Li, Yunfei; Han, Qingtian; Li, Huizhang

2015-11-01

To evaluate and compare the effectiveness of double Endobutton technique and suture anchor combined Endobutton plate in the treatment of Tossy type III acromioclavicular joint dislocation. Between May 2010 and March 2014, a retrospective study was preformed on 56 patients with Tossy type III acromioclavicular joint dislocation. The coracoclavicular ligament was reconstructed with double Endobutton technique in 31 cases (Endobutton group), and with suture anchor combined Endobutton plate in 25 cases (Anchor group). There was no significant difference in age, gender, injury causes, injury side, associated injury, medical comorbidities, and disease duration between 2 groups (P>0.05). The operation time, medical device expenses, postoperative complications, preoperative and postoperative Constant-Murley scores, and postoperative Karlsson grading of the injured shoulder were compared between 2 groups. The average operation time in Endobutton group was significantly greater than that in Anchor group (t = 4.285, P = 0.000); there was no significant difference in the medical device expenses between 2 groups (t = 1.555, P = 0.126). Primary healing of incision was obtained in all patients of 2 groups; no early complications of infection and skin necrosis occurred. All patients were followed up 15.6 months on average (range, 11-35 months). During follow-up, some loss of reduction and ectopic ossification in the coracoclavicular gap were observed in 1 case and 6 cases of Endobutton group, respectively. No recurrence of acromioclavicular joint dislocation, implant fixation loosening and broken, and secondary fractures occurred in the other patients. There was significant difference in the incidence of postoperative complications between 2 groups (P = 0.013). Constant-Murley scores of the injured shoulder significantly increased at 9 months after operation when compared with preoperative values in 2 groups (P < 0.05), but no significant difference was observed between 2 groups (P > 0.05). At last follow-up, there was no significant difference in Karlsson grading between 2 groups (Z = -0.628, P = 0.530). Both double Endobutton technique and suture anchor combined Endobutton plate have good effectiveness in the treatment of Tossy type III acromioclavicular joint dislocation. But the latter is associated with easier operation, less operation time, and less complications.

Comparison of Clinical Results, Second-Look Arthroscopic Findings, and MRI Findings Between the Transportal and Outside-In Techniques for Double-Bundle Anatomic Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction: A Prospective, Randomized Controlled Trial With a Minimum 2-Year Follow-up.

PubMed

Kim, Jae Gyoon; Kang, Seung Hoon; Kim, Jun Ho; Lim, Chae Ouk; Wang, Joon Ho

2018-03-01

Although image analysis has shown that the outside-in (OI) technique is associated with different femoral tunnel geometry than the transportal (TP) technique in anatomic anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstruction, it is not known whether clinical results differ between the 2 techniques. To compare clinical results, second-look arthroscopic findings, and magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) findings between the TP and OI techniques in anatomic double-bundle (DB) ACL reconstruction. Randomized controlled trial; Level of evidence, 2. From November 2010 to March 2013, 128 patients were enrolled in this study and were randomly assigned to either the TP group (64 patients) or the OI group (64 patients), and DB ACL reconstructions were performed. At the minimum 2-year follow-up (34.9 ± 10.9 months), 111 patients (86.7%) were evaluated with multiple clinical scores and stability tests (KT-2000 arthrometer, Lachman test, and pivot-shift test). Ninety-three knees were evaluated for graft continuity, graft tension, and synovialization by use of second-look arthroscopy. Seventy-eight knees were evaluated on MRI for graft continuity, femoral graft tunnel healing, and graft signal/noise quotient (SNQ). The primary outcome was KT-2000 arthrometer results. Results were compared between the TP and OI groups. No significant differences were found between the 2 groups in terms of KT-2000 arthrometer results, which was the primary outcome, and other clinical results, with the exception of the postoperative functional test of International Knee Documentation Committee (IKDC) objective score. The ratio of grade A and B on the postoperative functional test of IKDC objective score was significantly larger for the OI group (51/58) than the TP group (36/53) ( P = .005). The second-look arthroscopic findings were not significantly different between the 2 groups in either bundle ( P > .05). In addition, MRI findings did not differ significantly between the 2 groups ( P > .05). With the exception of the functional test of IKDC objective score, we found that clinical results, second-look arthroscopic findings, and MRI findings did not differ significantly between the OI and TP techniques for anatomic ACL reconstruction, although femoral tunnel geometries differed significantly between the 2 techniques.

Monoclonal gammopathy with double M-bands: An atypical presentation on serum protein electrophoresis simulating biclonal gammopathy.

PubMed

Bora, Kaustubh; Das, Umesh; Barman, Bhupen; Ruram, Alice Abraham

2017-01-01

Monoclonal gammopathies, such as multiple myeloma, typically exhibit high levels of a monoclonal immunoglobulin (M-protein), produced by a clone of abnormally proliferating B-lymphocytes and/or plasma cells. The M-protein can be evaluated by serum protein electrophoresis (SPEP), which yields a single discrete band (M-band), usually in the γ-globulin region. Rarely, two M-bands appear simultaneously at different positions during SPEP - a condition known as biclonal gammopathy, which is a result of clonal expansion of two different neoplastic cell lines. Here, we describe an atypical case of IgA-λ multiple myeloma, where double M-bands (one in β- and the other in γ-globulin region) were found during SPEP simulating biclonal gammopathy, although it was monoclonal in nature. This peculiar presentation of double M-bands in monoclonal gammopathy was attributed to polymeric forms of IgA by systematic workup. Further, we discuss how true and apparent biclonality can be distinguished by inexpensive analytical techniques in resource-constrained settings.

Postoperative endodontic pain of three different instrumentation techniques in asymptomatic necrotic mandibular molars with periapical lesion: a prospective, randomized, double-blind clinical trial.

PubMed

Shokraneh, Ali; Ajami, Majid; Farhadi, Nastaran; Hosseini, Mohsen; Rohani, Bita

2017-01-01

The purpose of this prospective, randomized, double-blind study was to compare postoperative pain of root canal treatment in patients with asymptomatic mandibular molar teeth with necrotic pulp and periapical lesion using three different instrumentation techniques: hand, multi-file rotary (ProTaper Universal), and reciprocating single-file (Wave-One) instrumentation techniques. Ninety-six patients who fulfilled specific inclusion criteria were assigned to three groups according to the root canal instrumentation technique used: Hand (G1), ProTaper Universal (G2), and Wave-One (G3). One-visit root canal treatment was carried out, and the severity of the postoperative pain was assessed by the Heft-Parker visual analogue scale 6, 12, 18, 24, 48, and 72 h after treatment. Data were analyzed by Kruskal-Wallis, χ 2 , Cochrane Q, one-way ANOVA, and Spearman's correlation analyses (α = 0.05). The patients in group 3 reported significantly lower postoperative pain levels at 6, 12, and 18 h compared with the patients in the two other groups (P < .05). In addition, the patients in group 2 reported significantly lower postoperative pain levels at 6 and 12 h compared with the patients in group 1 (P < .05). There were no significant differences in postoperative pain between the three groups at other time intervals (P > .05). The analgesic consumption was significantly higher in group 1 (P < .05), but no difference was seen between the two other groups (P > .05). Postoperative pain was significantly lower in patients undergoing root canal instrumentation with the Wave-One file compared with the ProTaper Universal and hand files.

Evaluation of molecular dynamics simulation methods for ionic liquid electric double layers.

PubMed

Haskins, Justin B; Lawson, John W

2016-05-14

We investigate how systematically increasing the accuracy of various molecular dynamics modeling techniques influences the structure and capacitance of ionic liquid electric double layers (EDLs). The techniques probed concern long-range electrostatic interactions, electrode charging (constant charge versus constant potential conditions), and electrolyte polarizability. Our simulations are performed on a quasi-two-dimensional, or slab-like, model capacitor, which is composed of a polarizable ionic liquid electrolyte, [EMIM][BF4], interfaced between two graphite electrodes. To ensure an accurate representation of EDL differential capacitance, we derive new fluctuation formulas that resolve the differential capacitance as a function of electrode charge or electrode potential. The magnitude of differential capacitance shows sensitivity to different long-range electrostatic summation techniques, while the shape of differential capacitance is affected by charging technique and the polarizability of the electrolyte. For long-range summation techniques, errors in magnitude can be mitigated by employing two-dimensional or corrected three dimensional electrostatic summations, which led to electric fields that conform to those of a classical electrostatic parallel plate capacitor. With respect to charging, the changes in shape are a result of ions in the Stern layer (i.e., ions at the electrode surface) having a higher electrostatic affinity to constant potential electrodes than to constant charge electrodes. For electrolyte polarizability, shape changes originate from induced dipoles that soften the interaction of Stern layer ions with the electrode. The softening is traced to ion correlations vertical to the electrode surface that induce dipoles that oppose double layer formation. In general, our analysis indicates an accuracy dependent differential capacitance profile that transitions from the characteristic camel shape with coarser representations to a more diffuse profile with finer representations.

Biomechanical characteristics and speed adaptation during kick double poling on roller skis in elite cross-country skiers.

PubMed

Göpfert, Caroline; Holmberg, Hans-Christer; Stöggl, Thomas; Müller, Erich; Lindinger, Stefan Josef

2013-06-01

Recent developments in cross-country ski racing should promote the use of kick double poling. This technique, however, has not been the focus in athletes' training and has barely been investigated. The aims of the present study were to develop a function-based phase definition and to analyse speed adaptation mechanisms for kick double poling in elite cross-country skiers. Joint kinematics and pole/plantar forces were recorded in 10 athletes while performing kick double poling at three submaximal roller skiing speeds. A speed increase was associated with increases in cycle length and rate, while absolute poling and leg push-off durations shortened. Despite maintained impulses of force, the peak and average pole/leg forces increased. During double poling and leg push-off, ranges of motion of elbow flexion and extension increased (p < 0.05) and were maintained for hip/knee flexion and extension. Cycle length increase was correlated to increases in average poling force (r = 0.71) and arm swing time (r = 0.88; both p < 0.05). The main speed adaptation was achieved by changes in double poling technique; however, leg push-off showed high variability among elite skiers, thus illustrating important aspects for technique training.

Importance of double-pole CFS-PML for broad-band seismic wave simulation and optimal parameters selection

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Feng, Haike; Zhang, Wei; Zhang, Jie; Chen, Xiaofei

2017-05-01

The perfectly matched layer (PML) is an efficient absorbing technique for numerical wave simulation. The complex frequency-shifted PML (CFS-PML) introduces two additional parameters in the stretching function to make the absorption frequency dependent. This can help to suppress converted evanescent waves from near grazing incident waves, but does not efficiently absorb low-frequency waves below the cut-off frequency. To absorb both the evanescent wave and the low-frequency wave, the double-pole CFS-PML having two poles in the coordinate stretching function was developed in computational electromagnetism. Several studies have investigated the performance of the double-pole CFS-PML for seismic wave simulations in the case of a narrowband seismic wavelet and did not find significant difference comparing to the CFS-PML. Another difficulty to apply the double-pole CFS-PML for real problems is that a practical strategy to set optimal parameter values has not been established. In this work, we study the performance of the double-pole CFS-PML for broad-band seismic wave simulation. We find that when the maximum to minimum frequency ratio is larger than 16, the CFS-PML will either fail to suppress the converted evanescent waves for grazing incident waves, or produce visible low-frequency reflection, depending on the value of α. In contrast, the double-pole CFS-PML can simultaneously suppress the converted evanescent waves and avoid low-frequency reflections with proper parameter values. We analyse the different roles of the double-pole CFS-PML parameters and propose optimal selections of these parameters. Numerical tests show that the double-pole CFS-PML with the optimal parameters can generate satisfactory results for broad-band seismic wave simulations.

A Novel Double Subculture Method and Its Theory for the Enumeration of Injured Cells in Stressed Microbial Population.

PubMed

Tsuchido, Tetsuaki

2017-01-01

　A novel double subculture method, termed DiVSaL (Differential Viabilities between Solid and Liquid media) method, for the enumeration of injured cell population of a microorganism, which occurs after some sublethal to lethal treatment, was proposed. In this method injured cells were enumerated as the differential value between viabilities determined with two different techniques, the conventional plate counting using a solid agar medium and the growth delay analysis using a liquid medium. In the former technique, the viable cell number is obtained as colony forming unit (CFU) formed on an agar medium where sublethally injured cells are as much rescued as possible. In the latter technique, on the other hand," the integrated viability" defined by Takano and Tsuchido (1982) is introduced and is calculated from the growth delay of a stressed population, referred to unstressed one. For the growth delay analysis, in this paper, not only the original theoretical model, where the specific growth rate (and therefore the defined G 10 value) does not change after the exposure to a stress treatment, but also a novel modified theory, where the parameter changes, is proposed. On the theoretical background, this DiVSaL method as a double subculture method can be used to enumerate the injured cells without selection by addition of some inhibitor or by nutritional shortage.

Relative Motion of the WDS 05110+3203 STF 648 System, With a Protocol for Calculating Relative Motion

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Wiley, E. O.

2010-07-01

Relative motion studies of visual double stars can be investigated using least squares regression techniques and readily accessible programs such as Microsoft Excel and a calculator. Optical pairs differ from physical pairs under most geometries in both their simple scatter plots and their regression models. A step-by-step protocol for estimating the rectilinear elements of an optical pair is presented. The characteristics of physical pairs using these techniques are discussed.

Prospects of pharmaceuticals and biopharmaceuticals loaded microparticles prepared by double emulsion technique for controlled delivery

PubMed Central

Giri, Tapan Kumar; Choudhary, Chhatrapal; Ajazuddin; Alexander, Amit; Badwaik, Hemant; Tripathi, Dulal Krishna

2012-01-01

Several methods and techniques are potentially useful for the preparation of microparticles in the field of controlled drug delivery. The type and the size of the microparticles, the entrapment, release characteristics and stability of drug in microparticles in the formulations are dependent on the method used. One of the most common methods of preparing microparticles is the single emulsion technique. Poorly soluble, lipophilic drugs are successfully retained within the microparticles prepared by this method. However, the encapsulation of highly water soluble compounds including protein and peptides presents formidable challenges to the researchers. The successful encapsulation of such compounds requires high drug loading in the microparticles, prevention of protein and peptide degradation by the encapsulation method involved and predictable release, both rate and extent, of the drug compound from the microparticles. The above mentioned problems can be overcome by using the double emulsion technique, alternatively called as multiple emulsion technique. Aiming to achieve this various techniques have been examined to prepare stable formulations utilizing w/o/w, s/o/w, w/o/o, and s/o/o type double emulsion methods. This article reviews the current state of the art in double emulsion based technologies for the preparation of microparticles including the investigation of various classes of substances that are pharmaceutically and biopharmaceutically active. PMID:23960828

Current Status and Future Perspectives of the LUCIFER Experiment

DOE PAGES

Beeman, J. W.; Bellini, F.; Benetti, P.; ...

2013-09-30

In the field of fundamental particle physics, the neutrino has become more and more important in the last few years, since the discovery of its mass. In particular, the ultimate nature of the neutrino (if it is a Dirac or a Majorana particle) plays a crucial role not only in neutrino physics, but also in the overall framework of fundamental particle interactions and in cosmology. The only way to disentangle its ultimate nature is to search for the neutrinoless double beta decay. The idea of LUCIFER is to combine the bolometric technique proposed for the CUORE experiment with the bolometricmore » light detection technique used in cryogenic dark matter experiments. The bolometric technique allows an extremely good energy resolution while its combination with the scintillation detection offers an ultimate tool for background rejection. The goal of LUCIFER is not only to build a background-free small-scale experiment but also to directly prove the potentiality of this technique. Preliminary tests on several detectors containing different interesting DBD emitters have clearly demonstrated the excellent background rejection capabilities that arise from the simultaneous, independent, double readout of heat and scintillation light.« less

Process variation challenges and resolution in the negative-tone develop double patterning for 20nm and below technology node

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Mehta, Sohan S.; Ganta, Lakshmi K.; Chauhan, Vikrant; Wu, Yixu; Singh, Sunil; Ann, Chia; Subramany, Lokesh; Higgins, Craig; Erenturk, Burcin; Srivastava, Ravi; Singh, Paramjit; Koh, Hui Peng; Cho, David

2015-03-01

Immersion based 20nm technology node and below becoming very challenging to chip designers, process and integration due to multiple patterning to integrate one design layer . Negative tone development (NTD) processes have been well accepted by industry experts for enabling technologies 20 nm and below. 193i double patterning is the technology solution for pitch down to 80 nm. This imposes tight control in critical dimension(CD) variation in double patterning where design patterns are decomposed in two different masks such as in litho-etch-litho etch (LELE). CD bimodality has been widely studied in LELE double patterning. A portion of CD tolerance budget is significantly consumed by variations in CD in double patterning. The objective of this work is to study the process variation challenges and resolution in the Negative Tone Develop Process for 20 nm and Below Technology Node. This paper describes the effect of dose slope on CD variation in negative tone develop LELE process. This effect becomes even more challenging with standalone NTD developer process due to q-time driven CD variation. We studied impact of different stacks with combination of binary and attenuated phase shift mask and estimated dose slope contribution individually from stack and mask type. Mask 3D simulation was carried out to understand theoretical aspect. In order to meet the minimum insulator requirement for the worst case on wafer the overlay and critical dimension uniformity (CDU) budget margins have slimmed. Besides the litho process and tool control using enhanced metrology feedback, the variation control has other dependencies too. Color balancing between the two masks in LELE is helpful in countering effects such as iso-dense bias, and pattern shifting. Dummy insertion and the improved decomposition techniques [2] using multiple lower priority constraints can help to a great extent. Innovative color aware routing techniques [3] can also help with achieving more uniform density and color balanced layouts.

Double transosseous pull out suture technique for transection of posterior horn of medial meniscus.

PubMed

Ahn, Jin Hwan; Wang, Joon Ho; Lim, Hong Chul; Bae, Ji Hoon; Park, Joon Soo; Yoo, Jae Chul; Shyam, Ashok Kumar

2009-03-01

Transection injury (complete radial tear, root tear) in the posterior horn of medial meniscus will lead to loss of hoop strain, extrusion of the meniscus and early degenerative changes. The posterior horn of medial meniscus is amenable to repair due to its good blood supply and repair is the procedure of choice for these injuries. In cases of transection of the medial meniscus posterior horn, the meniscus can be repaired by a pull out suture technique using trans-septal portal. The single transosseous pull out suturing technique is a point fixation technique with limited contact area having low and inhomogeneous contact pressure. This article describes a double transosseous pull out suture technique using trans-septal portal for the repair of transection of posterior horn of medial meniscus. Use of double transosseous technique provides more secure fixation, more homogeneous and wider contact pressure area between meniscus and the bone, improving the healing potential of the repair.

Double-pass measurement of human eye aberrations: limitations and practical realization

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Letfullin, Renat R.; Belyakov, Alexey I.; Cherezova, Tatyana Y.; Kudryashov, Alexis V.

2004-11-01

The problem of correct eye aberrations measurement is very important with the rising widespread of a surgical procedure for reducing refractive error in the eye, so called, LASIK (laser-assisted in situ keratomileusis). The double-pass technique commonly used for measuring aberrations of a human eye involves some uncertainties. One of them is loosing the information about odd human eye aberrations. We report about investigations of the applicability limit of the double-pass measurements depending upon the aberrations status introduced by human eye and actual size of the entrance pupil. We evaluate the double-pass effects for various aberrations and different pupil diameters. It is shown that for small pupils the double-pass effects are negligible. The testing and alignment of aberrometer was performed using the schematic eye, developed in our lab. We also introduced a model of human eye based on bimorph flexible mirror. We perform calculations to demonstrate that our schematic eye is capable of reproducing spatial-temporal statistics of aberrations of living eye with normal vision or even myopic or hypermetropic or with high aberrations ones.

An integrated study of earth resources in the state of California using remote sensing techniques

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Colwell, R. N. (Principal Investigator)

1975-01-01

The author has identified the following significant results. A weighted stratified double sample design using hardcopy LANDSAT-1 and ground data was utilized in developmental studies for snow water content estimation. Study results gave a correlation coefficient of 0.80 between LANDSAT sample units estimates of snow water content and ground subsamples. A basin snow water content estimate allowable error was given as 1.00 percent at the 99 percent confidence level with the same budget level utilized in conventional snow surveys. Several evapotranspiration estimation models were selected for efficient application at each level of data to be sampled. An area estimation procedure for impervious surface types of differing impermeability adjacent to stream channels was developed. This technique employs a double sample of 1:125,000 color infrared hightflight transparency data with ground or large scale photography.

Comparisons of Force Measurement Methods for DBD Plasma Actuators in Quiescent Air

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Hoskinson, Alan R.; Hershkowitz, Noah; Ashpis, David E.

2009-01-01

We have performed measurements of the force induced by both single (one electrode insulated) and double (both electrodes insulated) dielectric barrier discharge plasma actuators in quiescent air. We have shown that, for single barrier actuators with cylindrical exposed electrodes, as the electrode diameter decrease the force efficiencies increase much faster than a previously reported linear trend. This behavior has been experimentally verified using two different measurement techniques: stagnation probe measurements of the induced flow velocity and direct measurement of the force using an electronic balance. Actuators with rectangular cross-section exposed electrodes do not show the same rapid increase at small thicknesses. We have also shown that the induced force is independent of the material used for the exposed electrode. The same techniques have shown that the induced force of a double barrier actuator increases with decreasing narrow electrode diameter.

Comparative study of single lateral locked plating versus double plating in type C bicondylar tibial plateau fractures.

PubMed

Neogi, Devdatta Suhas; Trikha, Vivek; Mishra, Kaushal Kant; Bandekar, Shivanand M; Yadav, Chandra Shekhar

2015-01-01

Bicondylar tibial plateau fractures are complex injuries and treatment is challenging. Ideal method is still controversial with risk of unsatisfactory results if not treated properly. Many different techniques of internal and external fixation are used. This study compares the clinical results in single locked plating versus dual plating (DP) using two incision approaches. Our hypothesis was that DP leads to less collapse and change in alignment at final followup compared with single plating. 61 cases of Type C tibial plateau fractures operated between January 2007 and June 2011 were included in this prospective study. All cases were operated either by single lateral locked plate by anterolateral approach or double plating through double incision. All cases were followed for a minimum of 24 months radiologically and clinically. The statistical analysis was performed using software SPSS 10.0 to analyze the data. Twenty nine patients in a single lateral locked plate and 32 patients in a double plating group were followed for minimum 2 years. All fractures healed, however there was a significant incidence of malalignment in the single lateral plating group. Though there was a significant increase in soft tissue issues with the double plating group; however, there was only 3.12% incidence of deep infection. There was no significant difference in Hospital for special surgery score at 2 years followup. Double plating through two incisions resulted in a better limb alignment and joint reduction with an acceptable soft tissue complication rate.

Application of bioassay technique to determine onduty herbicide resistance in soil

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bakar, F. A. A.; Ismail, B. S.; Bajrai, F. S. M.

2016-11-01

A study was conducted to determine the resistance of OnDuty herbicide in paddy soil with different concentrations by using a broadleaf plant, Brassica juncea. The herbicide was used in the Clearfield® Production System that was adopted in Malaysia to overcome problems mainly caused by weedy rice. Evaluation of herbicide half-life was based on bioassay technique with different concentrations, i.e 0% (control), 50% (half dose), 100% (recommended dose) and 200% (double dose). The study was done in three replicates and followed the Complete Randomized Block Design (CRBD). Results showed that there was a correlation between the amount of herbicide doses and degradation period. The highest half-life value was shown by root inhibition in the double dose concentration of 33 days half-life, followed by the recommended dose with 23 days half-life. Meanwhile, the half dose treatment indicated a half-life value of 17 days for root and 11 days for shoot. Therefore, application of herbicides should follow the recommended dose as the degradation period will not be too long, hence providing maximum effectiveness of the herbicide to overcome weed infestation problems.

Endoscopic versus transcranial procurement of allograft tympano-ossicular systems: a prospective double-blind randomized controlled audit.

PubMed

Caremans, Jeroen; Hamans, Evert; Muylle, Ludo; Van de Heyning, Paul; Van Rompaey, Vincent

2016-06-01

Allograft tympano-ossicular systems (ATOS) have proven their use over many decades in tympanoplasty and reconstruction after resection of cholesteatoma. The transcranial bone plug technique has been used in the past 50 years to procure en bloc ATOS (tympanic membrane with malleus, incus and stapes attached). Recently, our group reported the feasibility of the endoscopic procurement technique. The aim of this study was to assess whether clinical outcome is equivalent in ATOS acquired by using the endoscopic procurement technique compared to ATOS acquired by using the transcranial technique. A double-blind randomized controlled audit was performed in a tertiary referral center in patients that underwent allograft tympanoplasty because of chronic otitis media with and without cholesteatoma. Allograft epithelialisation was evaluated at the short-term postoperative visit by microscopic examination. Failures were reported if reperforation was observed. Fifty patients underwent allograft tympanoplasty: 34 received endoscopically procured ATOS and 16 received transcranially procured ATOS. One failed case was observed, in the endoscopic procurement group. We did not observe a statistically significant difference between the two groups in failure rate. This study demonstrates equivalence of the clinical outcome of allograft tympanoplasty using either endoscopic or transcranial procured ATOS and therefore indicates that the endoscopic technique can be considered the new standard procurement technique. Especially because the endoscopic procurement technique has several advantages compared to the former transcranial procurement technique: it avoids risk of prion transmission and it is faster while lacking any noticeable incision.

Simultaneous double-rod rotation technique in posterior instrumentation surgery for correction of adolescent idiopathic scoliosis.

PubMed

Ito, Manabu; Abumi, Kuniyoshi; Kotani, Yoshihisa; Takahata, Masahiko; Sudo, Hideki; Hojo, Yoshihiro; Minami, Akio

2010-03-01

The authors present a new posterior correction technique consisting of simultaneous double-rod rotation using 2 contoured rods and polyaxial pedicle screws with or without Nesplon tapes. The purpose of this study is to introduce the basic principles and surgical procedures of this new posterior surgery for correction of adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. Through gradual rotation of the concave-side rod by 2 rod holders, the convex-side rod simultaneously rotates with the the concave-side rod. This procedure does not involve any force pushing down the spinal column around the apex. Since this procedure consists of upward pushing and lateral translation of the spinal column with simultaneous double-rod rotation maneuvers, it is simple and can obtain thoracic kyphosis as well as favorable scoliosis correction. This technique is applicable not only to a thoracic single curve but also to double major curves in cases of adolescent idiopathic scoliosis.

Anatomic Double-Bundle Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction With a Free Quadriceps Tendon Autograft.

PubMed

Caterev, Sergiu; Nistor, Dan Viorel; Todor, Adrian

2016-10-01

Anatomic double-bundle anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstruction aims to restore the 2 functional bundles of the ACL in an attempt to better reproduce the native biomechanics of the injured knee and promote long-term knee health. However, this concept is not fully accepted and is not performed on a standard basis. In addition, the superiority of this technique over the conventional single-bundle technique has been questioned, especially the long-term clinical results. One of the down sides of the double-bundle reconstruction is the complexity of the procedure, with increased risks, operative time, and costs compared with the single-bundle procedure. Also, the revision procedure, if necessary, is more challenging. We propose a technique that has some advantages over the traditional double-bundle procedure, using a single femoral tunnel, 2 tibial tunnels, and a free quadriceps tendon autograft.

Is Augmented LISS Plating Biomechanically Advantageous Over Conventional LISS Plating In Unstable Osteoporotic Distal Femoral Fractures?

PubMed

Todorov, Dimitar; Zderic, Ivan; Richards, R Geoff; Lenz, Mark; Knobe, Matthias; Enchev, Dian; Baltov, Asen; Gueorguiev, Boyko; Stoffel, Karl

2018-05-10

Treatment of complex osteoporotic distal femur fractures with the Less Invasive Stabilization System (LISS) has been associated with high complication rates. The aim of this study was to investigate the biomechanical competence of two different techniques of augmented versus conventional LISS plating. Unstable distal femoral fracture AO/OTA 33-A3 was created via osteotomies in artificial femora simulating osteoporotic bone. Three study groups, consisting of 10 specimens each, were created for instrumentation with either LISS plate, LISS plate with additional polylactide intramedullary graft, or LISS plate plus medial locking plate (double plating). All specimens were non-destructively tested under axial (20-150N) and torsional (0-4Nm) quasi-static loading. Each construct was tested with two different working length (WL) configurations (long and short) of the LISS plate. Relative movements between the most medial superior and inferior osteotomy aspects were investigated via three-dimensional motion tracking analysis. Double plating revealed significantly smaller longitudinal and shear displacement than the other two techniques (P≤0.001). In addition, LISS plus graft fixation was with significantly less longitudinal displacement in comparison to conventional LISS plating (P < 0.001). Long WL resulted in significantly higher longitudinal and shear displacement compared to short WL for LISS and LISS plus graft (P≤0.032), but not for double plating (P > 0.999). In conclusion, intramedullary grafting resulted in significantly increased fracture stability under axial loading in comparison to conventional LISS plating. Although it was not efficient enough to provide comparable stability to double plating, intramedullary grafting may be considered as a useful biological alternative to the latter in a surgeon's armamentarium. This article is protected by copyright. All rights reserved. This article is protected by copyright. All rights reserved.

Effect of carbon entrapped in Co-Al double oxides on structural restacking and electrochemical performances

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Su, Ling-Hao; Zhang, Xiao-Gang

Co-Al layered double hydroxides (LDH) were synthesized from nitrates and sodium benzoate by direct coprecipitation, and heated at 600 °C for 3 h in argon gas flow to obtain Co-Al double oxides. The effect of carbon, created during the pyrolysis of benzoate and inserted in resulting double oxides, on structural reconstruction was investigated by X-ray diffraction, scanning electron microscope, Raman spectroscopy, and infrared spectroscopy techniques. It is horizontal arrangement rather than vertical dilayer orientation in the interlayer spacing that was adopted by benzoate. An abnormal phenomenon was found that when immersed in aqueous 6 M KOH solution in air, the double oxides restacked to Co-Al layered double hydroxides with more regular crystal than before. The reason is believed that carbon was confined in the matrix of resulting double oxides, which prevented further collapse of the layered structure. Cyclic voltammetries (CV) and constant current charge/discharge measurements reveal that the restacked Co-Al layered double hydroxide has good long-life capacitive performance with a capacitance up to 145 F g -1 even at a large current of 2 A g -1. In addition, two clear slopes in chronoampermetric test demonstrated two different diffusion coefficients, explaining the slope of about 118.4 mV in the plot of formal potential E f versus pOH.

Pulsed dye laser double-pass treatment of patients with resistant capillary malformations.

PubMed

Rajaratnam, Ratna; Laughlin, Sharyn A; Dudley, Denis

2011-07-01

The pulsed dye laser is an effective and established treatment for port-wine stains and has become the generally accepted standard of care. However, in many cases, complete clearance cannot be achieved as a significant proportion of lesions become resistant to treatment. Multiple passes or pulse-stacking techniques have been used to improve the extent and rate of fading, but concerns over increased adverse effects have limited this clinical approach. In this work, a double-pass technique with the pulsed dye laser has been described, which may allow for increased depth of vascular injury, greater efficacy, and an acceptable risk profile. Our aim was to determine the efficacy and the rate of side-effects for a double-pass protocol with a pulsed dye laser (PDL) to treat patients previously treated with PDL and/or other laser modalities. A retrospective chart review was conducted of 26 patients treated with a minimum of three double-pass treatments alone, or in combination, with single pass conventional PDL. Almost half of the patients (n = 12) showed either a moderate or significant improvement in fading compared to pre-treatment photographs with the double-pass technique. In a further 12 patients, there was a mild improvement. In two patients, there was no change. Sixteen patients developed mild side-effects: blisters (n = 5), dry scabs (n = 11) and transient hyperpigmentation (n = 4). This preliminary experience suggests that a double-pass technique at defined intervals between the first and second treatment with PDL can further lighten some port-wine stains, which are resistant to conventional single-pass treatments. This technique may be a useful addition to the laser treatment of PWS and deserves further scrutiny with randomized prospective studies and histological analysis to confirm the increased depth of vascular injury.

[Mechanical properties of polylactic acid/beta-tricalcium phosphate composite scaffold with double channels based on three-dimensional printing technique].

PubMed

Lian, Qin; Zhuang, Pei; Li, Changhai; Jin, Zhongmin; Li, Dichen

2014-03-01

To improve the poor mechanical strength of porous ceramic scaffold, an integrated method based on three-dimensional (3-D) printing technique is developed to incorporate the controlled double-channel porous structure into the polylactic acid/beta-tricalcium phosphate (PLA/beta-TCP) reinforced composite scaffolds (double-channel composite scaffold) to improve their tissue regeneration capability and the mechanical properties. The designed double-channel structure inside the ceramic scaffold consisted of both primary and secondary micropipes, which parallel but un-connected. The set of primary channels was used for cell ingrowth, while the set of secondary channels was used for the PLA perfusion. Integration technology of 3-D printing technique and gel-casting was firstly used to fabricate the double-channel ceramic scaffolds. PLA/beta-TCP composite scaffolds were obtained by the polymer gravity perfusion process to pour PLA solution into the double-channel ceramic scaffolds through the secondary channel set. Microscope, porosity, and mechanical experiments for the standard samples were used to evaluate the composite properties. The ceramic scaffold with only the primary channel (single-channel scaffold) was also prepared as a control. Morphology observation results showed that there was no PLA inside the primary channels of the double-channel composite scaffolds but a dense interface layer between PLA and beta-TCP obviously formed on the inner wall of the secondary channels by the PLA penetration during the perfusion process. Finite element simulation found that the compressive strength of the double-channel composite scaffold was less than that of the single-channel scaffold; however, mechanical tests found that the maximum compressive strength of the double-channel composite scaffold [(21.25 +/- 1.15) MPa] was higher than that of the single-channel scaffold[ (9.76 +/- 0.64) MPa]. The double-channel composite scaffolds fabricated by 3-D printing technique have controlled complex micropipes and can significantly enhance mechanical properties, which is a promising strategy to solve the contradiction of strength and high-porosity of the ceramic scaffolds for the bone tissue engineering application.

Double-bundle ACL reconstruction can improve rotational stability.

PubMed

Yagi, Masayoshi; Kuroda, Ryosuke; Nagamune, Kouki; Yoshiya, Shinichi; Kurosaka, Masahiro

2007-01-01

Double-bundle anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstruction reproduces anteromedial and posterolateral bundles, and thus has theoretical advantages over conventional single-bundle reconstruction in controlling rotational torque in vitro. However, its superiority in clinical practice has not been proven. We analyzed rotational stability with three reconstruction techniques in 60 consecutive patients who were randomly divided into three groups (double-bundle, anteromedial single-bundle, posterolateral single-bundle). In the reconstructive procedure, the hamstring tendon was harvested and used as a free tendon graft. Followup examinations were performed 1 year after surgery. Anteroposterior laxity of the knee was examined with a KT-1000 arthrometer, whereas rotatory instability, as elicited by the pivot shift test, was assessed using a new measurement system incorporating three-dimensional electromagnetic sensors. Routine clinical evaluations, including KT examination, demonstrated no differences among the three groups. However, using the new measurement system, patients with double-bundle ACL reconstruction showed better pivot shift control of complex instability than patients with anteromedial and posterolateral single-bundle reconstruction.

[Mid-Term Clinical Results after Open Rotator Cuff Reconstruction in Double-Row Technique with Titanium Anchor Screws].

PubMed

Geyer, S; Schoch, C; Nelitz, M; Geyer, M

2015-08-01

The double-row rotator cuff repair is discussed controversially. Despite improved biomechanical properties, reduced re-tear rates and higher costs, no significant difference compared to single-row fixation in the clinical results is found. Mid-term results of an open double-row fixation with titanium anchor screws are presented. 237 patients (m = 142, f = 95, median age: 56.3 years) were operated in 2007 with this technique by the senior author (M. G.). Preoperatively, 2 years and 4,5 years postoperatively a subjective shoulder score (SSG) with follow-up rates of 86, 87 and 83 %, was evaluated. 5.1 years postoperatively an objective evaluation of 131 patients using the Constant-Murley scores (CS), the simple shoulder tests (SST), Gerber's shoulder value and the evaluation with school grades followed. The integrity of the cuff was checked with ultrasound. The absolute (re-tears and partial re-tears) and the relative (re-tears, partial re-tears, thinning and thickening of the cuff) re-tear rates were evaluated. In SSG a highly significant improvement from 51 to 83 points was found (p < 0.001). In CS 80 points (min.: 18; max.: 100), and in SST 11 points (min.: 2; max.: 12) were achieved. The shoulder value of Gerber increased significantly from preoperative 28.1 to 84.5 % 5.1 years postoperative (p < 0.001).The absolute re-tear rate, evaluated in ultrasound was 7.6 %, the relative re-tear rate 17.6 %. For primary rotator cuff reconstructions a higher CS with 82 points and a lower relative re-tear rate with 10.5 % were found. The patient's age had no significant influence on the clinical outcome. The rupture size showed a significant impact on the re-tear rate and the scores (p < 0.05). Between the operated and healthy shoulder neither strength nor mobility were found to be significantly different. Men reached a highly significant better strength than women (p < 0.001) which also resulted in a significantly better outcome in the CS (p < 0.01). The costs for open titanium transfixation technique with 330 € per case are markedly less than for arthroscopic suture bridge technique with 600 to 1000 € per case. Open double-row cuff repair with titanium screws is a safe and cost effective technique with a low re-tear rate with comparable clinical results regarding open and arthroscopic procedures. Georg Thieme Verlag KG Stuttgart · New York.

Digoxigenylated wheat germ agglutinin visualized with alkaline phosphatase-labeled anti-digoxigenin antibodies--a new, sensitive technique with the potential for single and double tracing of neuronal connections.

PubMed

Veh, R W

1991-01-02

For double tracing experiments, wheat germ agglutinin (WGA) molecules labeled with two different haptens are desirable. In the present report the suitability of digoxigenylated WGA (DIG-WGA) for retrograde tracing was investigated. For this purpose the new tracer was pressure injected into rat brains and the transported DIG-WGA visualized via its digoxigenyl group with an alkaline phosphatase linked anti DIG antibody in permanently stained sections of high quality. With fixatives containing 2.5% glutaraldehyde only few positive cells were found. However, at milder fixation conditions (4% paraformaldehyde, 0.05% glutaraldehyde 0.2% picric acid, 30 min) retrogradely labeled cells were detected with a sensitivity comparable to tetramethylbenzidine protocols for conventional WGA-HRP (horseradish peroxidase) tracing. Preliminary experiments suggest excellent suitability for double labeling.

Demonstration of Current Profile Shaping using Double Dog-Leg Emittance Exchange Beam Line at Argonne Wakefield Accelerator

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Ha, Gwanghui; Cho, Moo-Hyun; Conde, Manoel

Emittance exchange (EEX) based longitudinal current profile shaping is the one of the promising current profile shaping technique. This method can generate high quality arbitrary current profiles under the ideal conditions. The double dog-leg EEX beam line was recently installed at the Argonne Wakefield Accelerator (AWA) to explore the shaping capability and confirm the quality of this method. To demonstrate the arbitrary current profile generation, several different transverse masks are applied to generate different final current profiles. The phase space slopes and the charge of incoming beam are varied to observe and suppress the aberrations on the ideal profile. Wemore » present current profile shaping results, aberrations on the shaped profile, and its suppression.« less

hypoDD-A Program to Compute Double-Difference Hypocenter Locations

USGS Publications Warehouse

Waldhauser, Felix

2001-01-01

HypoDD is a Fortran computer program package for relocating earthquakes with the double-difference algorithm of Waldhauser and Ellsworth (2000). This document provides a brief introduction into how to run and use the programs ph2dt and hypoDD to compute double-difference (DD) hypocenter locations. It gives a short overview of the DD technique, discusses the data preprocessing using ph2dt, and leads through the earthquake relocation process using hypoDD. The appendices include the reference manuals for the two programs and a short description of auxiliary programs and example data. Some minor subroutines are presently in the c language, and future releases will be in c. Earthquake location algorithms are usually based on some form of Geiger’s method, the linearization of the travel time equation in a first order Taylor series that relates the difference between the observed and predicted travel time to unknown adjustments in the hypocentral coordinates through the partial derivatives of travel time with respect to the unknowns. Earthquakes can be located individually with this algorithm, or jointly when other unknowns link together the solutions to indivdual earthquakes, such as station corrections in the joint hypocenter determination (JHD) method, or the earth model in seismic tomography. The DD technique (described in detail in Waldhauser and Ellsworth, 2000) takes advantage of the fact that if the hypocentral separation between two earthquakes is small compared to the event-station distance and the scale length of velocity heterogeneity, then the ray paths between the source region and a common station are similar along almost the entire ray path (Fréchet, 1985; Got et al., 1994). In this case, the difference in travel times for two events observed at one station can be attributed to the spatial offset between the events with high accuracy. DD equations are built by differencing Geiger’s equation for earthquake location. In this way, the residual between observed and calculated travel-time difference (or double-difference) between two events at a common station are a related to adjustments in the relative position of the hypocenters and origin times through the partial derivatives of the travel times for each event with respect to the unknown. HypoDD calculates travel times in a layered velocity model (where velocity depends only on depth) for the current hypocenters at the station where the phase was recorded. The double-difference residuals for pairs of earthquakes at each station are minimized by weighted least squares using the method of singular value decomposition (SVD) or the conjugate gradients method (LSQR, Paige and Saunders, 1982). Solutions are found by iteratively adjusting the vector difference between nearby hypocentral pairs, with the locations and partial derivatives being updated after each iteration. Details about the algorithm can be found in Waldhauser and Ellsworth (2000). When the earthquake location problem is linearized using the double-difference equations, the common mode errors cancel, principally those related to the receiver-side structure. Thus we avoid the need for station corrections or high-accuracy of predicted travel times for the portion of the raypath that lies outside the focal volume. This approach is especially useful in regions with a dense distribution of seismicity, i.e. where distances between neighboring events are only a few hundred meters. The improvement of double-difference locations over ordinary JHD locations is shown in Figure 1 for about 10,000 earthquakes that occurred during the 1997 seismic crisis in the Long Valley caldera, California. While the JHD locations (left panel) show a diffuse picture of the seismicity, double-difference locations (right panel) bring structural details such as the location of active fault planes into sharp focus.

Application of amorphous carbon based materials as antireflective coatings on crystalline silicon solar cells

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

da Silva, D. S.; Côrtes, A. D. S.; Oliveira, M. H.; Motta, E. F.; Viana, G. A.; Mei, P. R.; Marques, F. C.

2011-08-01

We report on the investigation of the potential application of different forms of amorphous carbon (a-C and a-C:H) as an antireflective coating for crystalline silicon solar cells. Polymeric-like carbon (PLC) and hydrogenated diamond-like carbon films were deposited by plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition. Tetrahedral amorphous carbon (ta-C) was deposited by the filtered cathodic vacuum arc technique. Those three different amorphous carbon structures were individually applied as single antireflective coatings on conventional (polished and texturized) p-n junction crystalline silicon solar cells. Due to their optical properties, good results were also obtained for double-layer antireflective coatings based on PLC or ta-C films combined with different materials. The results are compared with a conventional tin dioxide (SnO2) single-layer antireflective coating and zinc sulfide/magnesium fluoride (ZnS/MgF2) double-layer antireflective coatings. An increase of 23.7% in the short-circuit current density, Jsc, was obtained using PLC as an antireflective coating and 31.7% was achieved using a double-layer of PLC with a layer of magnesium fluoride (MgF2). An additional increase of 10.8% was obtained in texturized silicon, representing a total increase (texturization + double-layer) of about 40% in the short-circuit current density. The potential use of these materials are critically addressed considering their refractive index, optical bandgap, absorption coefficient, hardness, chemical inertness, and mechanical stability.

Summary of Meta-Analyses Dealing with Single-Row versus Double-Row Repair Techniques for Rotator Cuff Tears

PubMed Central

Spiegl, U.J.; Euler, S.A.; Millett, P.J.; Hepp, P.

2016-01-01

Background: Several meta-analyses of randomized clinical trials have been performed to analyze whether double-row (DR) rotator cuff repair (RCR) provides superior clinical outcomes and structural healing compared to single-row (SR) repair. The purpose of this study was to sum up the results of meta-analysis comparing SR and DR repair with respect on clinical outcomes and re-tear rates. Methods: A literature search was undertaken to identify all meta-analyses dealing with randomized controlled trials comparing clinical und structural outcomes after SR versus DR RCR. Results: Eight meta-analyses met the eligibility criteria: two including Level I studies only, five including both Level I and Level II studies, and one including additional Level III studies. Four meta-analyses found no differences between SR and DR RCR for patient outcomes, whereas four favored DR RCR for tears greater than 3 cm. Two meta-analyses found no structural healing differences between SR and DR RCR, whereas six found DR repair to be superior for tears greater than 3 cm tears. Conclusion: No clinical differences are seen between single-row and double-row repair for small and medium rotator cuff tears after a short-term follow-up period with a higher re-tear rate following single-row repairs. There seems to be a trend to superior results with double-row repair in large to massive tear sizes. PMID:27708735

Comparative techniques of medial rectus muscle retraction for endoscopic exposure of the medial intraconal space.

PubMed

Lin, Giant C; Freitag, Suzanne K; Kocharyan, Armine; Yoon, Michael K; Lefebvre, Daniel R; Bleier, Benjamin S

2016-05-01

The medial rectus muscle (MRM) is the medial boundary to the intraconal space of the orbit, and retraction of the MRM is oftentimes necessary for endoscopic removal of intraconal tumors, e.g., orbital hemangioma. We evaluated each of the reported methods of MRM retraction for endoscopic orbital surgery and quantified the degree of intraconal exposure conferred by each method. Eight orbits from four cadaver heads were dissected. In each orbit, medial orbital decompression was performed and the MRM was retracted by using four previously described techniques: (1) external MRM retraction at the globe insertion point by using vessel loop (external group), (2) transseptal MRM retraction by using vessel loop (transseptal group), (3) transchoanal retraction of the MRM by using vessel loop (choanal group), and (4) transseptal four-handed technique by using double ball retraction by a second surgeon (transseptal double ball group). The length, height, and area of exposure of the medial intraconal space were quantified and compared. The average ± standard deviation (SD) anterior-posterior exposures for the external group, transseptal group, and transseptal double ball group were 17.51 ± 3.39 mm, 16.59 ± 4.16 mm, and 18.0 ± 15.25 mm, respectively. The choanal group provided significantly less exposure (12.39 ± 3.44 mm, p = 0.049) than the other groups. The average ± SD vertical exposures for the transseptal group, choanal group, and transseptal double ball group were 12.53 ± 4.38 mm, 13.05 ± 5.86 mm, and 13.57 ± 3.74 mm, respectively. The external group provided significantly less exposure (4.51 ± 1.56 mm, p = 0.0072) than the other groups. The transseptal and transseptal double ball groups provided the greatest total access by surface area (58.88 ± 26.96 mm(2) and 62.94 ± 34.74 mm(2), respectively) compared with the external and choanal groups (34.82 ± 23.37 mm(2) and 43.10 ± 23.68 mm(2), respectively). Although the transseptal trajectory of MRM retraction was optimal, the difference in total area of exposure between the static vessel loop retraction and the dynamic, four-handed technique with double ball instrument retraction was not significant. Of note, the exposure provided by the choanal technique required the surgeon to work both above and below the muscle. Retraction of the MRM toward the choanae provided the least length of exposure, and external retraction exposed the least height and total area. Transseptal MRM retraction was most favorable and provided the largest endoscopic corridor to the medial intraconal space. A four-handed approach for endoscopic intraconal surgery of the orbit may offer advantages in dynamic adjustments in retraction.

Towards assessing corticospinal excitability bilaterally: Validation of a double-coil TMS method.

PubMed

Grandjean, Julien; Derosiere, Gerard; Vassiliadis, Pierre; Quemener, Louise; Wilde, Ysaline de; Duque, Julie

2018-01-01

For several decades, Transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) has been used to monitor corticospinal excitability (CSE) changes in various contexts. Habitually, single-coil TMS is applied over one primary motor cortex (M1), eliciting motor-evoked potentials (MEPs) in a contralateral limb muscle, usually a hand effector. However, in many situations, it would be useful to obtain MEPs in both hands simultaneously, to track CSE bilaterally. Such an approach requires stimulating both M1 concurrently while avoiding interference between the two descending stimuli. We examined MEPs obtained at rest using a double-coil TMS approach where the two M1 are stimulated with a 1ms inter-pulse interval (double-coil 1ms ). MEPs were acquired using double-coil 1ms (MEP double ) or single-coil (MEP single ) TMS, at five different intensities of stimulation (100, 115, 130, 145 or 160% of the resting motor threshold, rMT). Given the 1ms inter-pulse interval in double-coil 1ms trials, MEP double were either evoked by a 1st (MEP double-1 ) or a 2nd (MEP double-2 ) TMS pulse. All MEP TYPE (MEP TYPE =MEP single , MEP double-1 and MEP double-2 ) were equivalent, regardless of the hand within which they were elicited, the intensity of stimulation or the pulse order. This method allows one to observe state-related CSE changes for the two hands simultaneously on a trial-by-trial basis. These results infer the absence of any neural interactions between the two cortico-spinal volleys with double-coil 1ms TMS. Hence, this technique can be reliably used to assess CSE bilaterally, opening new research perspectives for scientists interested in physiological markers of activity in the motor output system. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Utilization of selected laser-ablation-based diagnostic methods for study of elemental distribution in various solid samples

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kaiser, J.; Novotný, K.; Hrdlička, A.; Malina, R.; Novotný, J.; Prochazka, D.; Petrilak, M.; Krajcarová, L.; Vítková, G.; Kučerová, P.

2010-12-01

Here we report on the recent developments and upgrades of our Laser-Induced Breakdown Spectroscopy setups and their different modification for high-resolution mapping. Mapping capabilities of Laser-Induced Breakdown Spectroscopy (LIBS) and Laser Ablation Inductively Coupled Plasma Mass Spectrometry are compared. The applied improvements as an autofocus algorithm, together with the realization of double-pulse LIBS or combination of LIBS by Laser-Induced Fluorescence Spectroscopy (LIFS) with technique are detailed. The signal enhancement obtained by double-pulse approach is demonstrated. The state of the art on development of portable remote LIBS apparatus is also presented.

The Lower Extremity Biomechanics of Single- and Double-Leg Stop-Jump Tasks

PubMed Central

2011-01-01

The anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) injury is a common occurrence in sports requiring stop-jump tasks. Single- and double-leg stop-jump techniques are frequently executed in sports. The higher risk of ACL injury in single-leg drop landing task compared to a double-leg drop landing task has been identified. However the injury bias between single- and double-leg landing techniques has not been investigated for stop-jump tasks. The purpose of this study was to determine the differences between single- and double-leg stop-jump tasks in knee kinetics that were influenced by the lower extremity kinematics during the landing phase. Ground reaction force, lower extremity kinematics, and knee kinetics data during the landing phase were obtained from 10 subjects performing single- and double-leg stop-jump tasks, using motion-capture system and force palates. Greater peak posterior and vertical ground reaction forces, and peak proximal tibia anterior and lateral shear forces (p < 0.05) during landing phase were observed of single-leg stop-jump. Single-leg stop-jump exhibited smaller hip and knee flexion angle, and knee flexion angular velocity at initial foot contact with the ground (p < 0.05). We found smaller peak hip and knee flexion angles (p < 0.05) during the landing phase of single-leg stop-jump. These results indicate that single-leg landing may have higher ACL injury risk than double-leg landing in stop-jump tasks that may be influenced by the lower extremity kinematics during the landing phase. Key points Non-contact ACL injuries are more likely to occur during the single-leg stop-jump task than during the double-leg stop-jump task. Single-leg stop-jump exhibited greater peak proximal tibia anterior and lateral shear forces, and peak posterior and vertical ground reaction forces during the landing phase than the double-leg stop-jump task. Single-leg stop-jump exhibited smaller hip flexion angle, knee flexion angle, and knee flexion angular velocity at initial foot contact with the ground. Single-leg stop-jump exhibited greater peak knee extension and valgus moment during the landing phase than the double-leg stop-jump task. Single-leg stop-jump extended the hip joint at initial foot contact with the ground. PMID:24149308

Oriental upper blepharoplasty.

PubMed

Weng, Chau-Jin

2009-02-01

Aesthetic surgery of the upper eyelids is a very common procedure performed in cosmetic practices around the world. The word blepharoplasty, however, has a different meaning in Asia than it does elsewhere. Orientals have different periorbital anatomic characteristics, their motivations for seeking eyelid treatment are different, and operative techniques have been adapted consequently. There are also many eyelid shapes among Orientals, mostly with regard to the presence and location of the supratarsal fold and/or presence of an epicanthal fold. The surgeon must therefore master a range of surgical procedures to treat these variations adequately. It is critical to know the indications for each blepharoplasty technique as well as their complications to select the right surgery and avoid unfavorable results. Epicanthoplasty performed on the right patient can greatly improve aesthetic results while retaining ethnic characteristics. This article will discuss Oriental eyelid characteristics, preoperative patient assessment, commonly used corrective techniques for the "double-eyelid" creation, and complications and how to avoid them.

Arthroscopic undersurface rotator cuff repair versus conventional arthroscopic double-row rotator cuff repair - Comparable results at 2-year follow-up.

PubMed

Ang, Benjamin Fu Hong; Chen, Jerry Yongqiang; Yeo, William; Lie, Denny Tijauw Tjoen; Chang, Paul Chee Cheng

2018-01-01

The aim of our study is to compare the improvement in clinical outcomes after conventional arthroscopic double-row rotator cuff repair and arthroscopic undersurface rotator cuff repair. A consecutive series of 120 patients who underwent arthroscopic rotator cuff repair was analysed. Sixty-one patients underwent conventional double-row rotator cuff repair and 59 patients underwent undersurface rotator cuff repair. Several clinical outcomes, including numerical pain rating scale (NPRS), constant shoulder score (CSS), Oxford shoulder score (OSS) and University of California Los Angeles shoulder score (UCLASS), were prospectively recorded by a trained healthcare professional preoperatively and at 3, 6, 12 and 24 months after surgery. Comparing both groups, there were no differences in age, gender and preoperative NPRS, CSS, OSS and UCLASS. However, the tear size was 0.7 ± 0.2 (95% confidence interval (CI) 0.3-1.1) cm larger in the conventional group ( p = 0.002). There was no difference in the improvement of NPRS, CSS, OSS and UCLASS at all time points of follow-up, that is, at 3, 6, 12 and 24 months after surgery. The duration of operation was shorter by 35 ± 3 (95% CI 28-42) min in the undersurface group ( p < 0.001). Both arthroscopic undersurface rotator cuff repair and conventional arthroscopic double-row rotator cuff repair showed marked improvements in clinical scores when compared preoperatively, and there was no difference in improvements between both groups. Arthroscopic undersurface rotator cuff repair is a faster technique compared to the conventional arthroscopic double-row rotator cuff repair.

An effective technique to facilitate radiographic stone visualization with an internal stent during shock wave lithotripsy.

PubMed

Sundaram, C P; Saltzman, B

1998-10-01

We describe a simple method to assist stone localization during shock wave lithotripsy in the presence of a Double J stent. A 4F whistle tip ureteral catheter is passed alongside a previously inserted 6F Double J stent. The tip of the ureteral stent is positioned in the lower or mid third of the ureter. Contrast material is injected through the ureteral catheter during lithotripsy to assist stone localization. This technique has been successful in localization of poorly opacified renal stones during lithotripsy. Radiolucent and poorly calcified renal stones can be easily localized during shock wave lithotripsy, despite the presence of a Double J stent. No special catheters or stents are required for this technique.

Inferior or double joint spaces injection versus superior joint space injection for temporomandibular disorders: a systematic review and meta-analysis.

PubMed

Li, Chunjie; Zhang, Yifan; Lv, Jun; Shi, Zongdao

2012-01-01

To compare the effect and safety of inferior or double temporomandibular joint spaces drug injection versus superior temporomandibular joint space injection in the treatment of temporomandibular disorders. MEDLINE (via Ovid, 1948 to March 2011), CENTRAL (Issue 1, 2011), Embase (1984 to March 2011), CBM (1978 to March 2011), and World Health Organization International Clinical Trials Registry Platform were searched electronically; relevant journals as well as references of included studies were hand-searched for randomized controlled trials comparing effect or safety of inferior or double joint spaces drug injection technique with those of superior space injection technique. Risk of bias assessment with the tool recommended by Cochrane Collaboration, reporting quality assessment with CONSORT and data extraction, were carried out independently by 2 reviewers. Meta-analysis was delivered with RevMan 5.0.23. Four trials with 349 participants were included. All the included studies had moderate risk of bias. Meta-analysis showed that inferior or double spaces injection technique could significantly increase 2.88 mm more maximal mouth opening (P = .0001) and alleviate pain intensity in the temporomandibular area on average by 9.01 mm visual analog scale scores (P = .0001) compared with superior space injection technique, but could not markedly change synthesized clinical index (P = .05) in the short term; nevertheless, they showed more beneficial maximal mouth opening (P = .002), pain relief (P < .0001), and synthesized clinical variable (P < .0001) in the long term than superior space injection. No serious adverse events were reported. Inferior or double temporomandibular joint spaces drug injection technique shows better effect than superior space injection technique, and their safety is affirmative. However, more high-quality studies are still needed to test and verify the evidence. Crown Copyright © 2012. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Long-term Evaluation of a Modified Double Staple Technique for Low Anterior Resection.

PubMed

Illuminati, G; Carboni, F; Ceccanei, G; Pacilè, M A; Pizzardi, G; Palumbo, P; Vietri, F

2014-01-01

When performing low anterior resection for rectal cancer with the double staple technique, -closing the rectum with a linear stapler in the abdomen can be challenging, especially when dealing with a narrow pelvis. For such instances we proposed to modify this technique by pulling the rectal stump through the anus, doing an extra-anal resection of the tumor and linear suture of the rectal stump, before performing a standard, stapled colorectal anastomosis. The purpose of this study was to assess the adequacy of this modification of the double staple technique. Retrospective review of 108 patients undergoing a stapled, low colorectal or coloanal anastomosis, after -eversion, extra-anal resection of the tumor and linear closure of the rectal stump for colorectal cancer, from January 1990 to December 2012. Operative mortality was 0.9%. Fourteen patients (13%) presented early, surgery-related complications -consisting of 7 anastomotic leaks, 5 wound infections, 1 ureteral lesion, and 1 peristomal abscess. Late complications related to surgery included 5 incisional hernias (4.6%), 4 anastomotic strictures (3.7%), 4 neurogenic bladders (3.7%) and 2 fecal incontinences (1.8%). The incidence of local disease recurrence was 10%. Surgical and oncological results validate the proposed modification of the double staple technique, when facing difficulties in suturing the rectum from the abdomen. Copyright© Acta Chirurgica Belgica.

Fixation of comminuted midshaft clavicle fractures with bone fragments separated by soft tissue using a novel double ligature technique: A case report.

PubMed

Ju, Wei-Na; Wang, Cheng-Xue; Wang, Tie-Jun; Qi, Bao-Chang

2017-11-01

Clavicle fractures are common, and mostly occur in the midshaft. Methods for operative treatment of midshaft clavicle fractures are evolving, as they improve clinical outcomes compared with traditional conservative management. However, fixation of comminuted midshaft clavicle fractures with bone fragments separated by soft tissue remains a challenge. Here, we present a case of comminuted midshaft clavicle fracture with a bone fragment separated from the main fracture by soft tissue. Left comminuted midshaft clavicle fracture. We treated this patient with a novel double ligature technique using absorbable suturing. In the past 7 years, we have treated >50 patients with this technique. We have achieved good clinical outcomes with no complications. We recommend widespread use of our novel double ligature technique for treating comminuted midshaft clavicle fractures with bone fragments separated by soft tissue.

Fixation of comminuted midshaft clavicle fractures with bone fragments separated by soft tissue using a novel double ligature technique

PubMed Central

Ju, Wei-Na; Wang, Cheng-Xue; Wang, Tie-Jun; Qi, Bao-Chang

2017-01-01

Abstract Rationale: Clavicle fractures are common, and mostly occur in the midshaft. Methods for operative treatment of midshaft clavicle fractures are evolving, as they improve clinical outcomes compared with traditional conservative management. However, fixation of comminuted midshaft clavicle fractures with bone fragments separated by soft tissue remains a challenge. Patient concerns: Here, we present a case of comminuted midshaft clavicle fracture with a bone fragment separated from the main fracture by soft tissue. Diagnosis: Left comminuted midshaft clavicle fracture. Interventions: We treated this patient with a novel double ligature technique using absorbable suturing. Outcomes: In the past 7 years, we have treated >50 patients with this technique. We have achieved good clinical outcomes with no complications. Lessons: We recommend widespread use of our novel double ligature technique for treating comminuted midshaft clavicle fractures with bone fragments separated by soft tissue. PMID:29137088

Jailed double-microcatheter technique following horizontal stenting for coil embolization of intracranial wide-necked bifurcation aneurysms: A technical report of two cases.

PubMed

Kitahara, Takahiro; Hatano, Taketo; Hayase, Makoto; Hattori, Etsuko; Miyakoshi, Akinori; Nakamura, Takehiko

2017-04-01

The horizontal stenting technique facilitates endovascular treatment of wide-necked bifurcation intracranial aneurysms. Previous literature shows, however, that subsequent coil embolization at initial treatment results in incomplete obliteration in many cases. The authors present two consecutive cases of wide-necked large bifurcation aneurysms to describe an additional coil embolization technique following horizontal stenting. The patients were a 53-year-old female with an unruptured internal carotid artery terminus aneurysm and a 57-year-old female with a recurrent basilar artery tip aneurysm. Both patients underwent endovascular treatment with horizontal stenting followed by coil embolization with jailed double-microcatheters. Immediate complete obliteration was achieved with no complications, and no recanalization was observed at the one-year follow-up in both cases. Coil embolization with jailed double-microcatheter technique following horizontal stenting is a safe and effective strategy for wide-necked bifurcation aneurysms.

[Rotator cuff repair: single- vs double-row. Clinical and biomechanical results].

PubMed

Baums, M H; Kostuj, T; Klinger, H-M; Papalia, R

2016-02-01

The goal of rotator cuff repair is a high initial mechanical stability as a requirement for adequate biological recovery of the tendon-to-bone complex. Notwithstanding the significant increase in publications concerning the topic of rotator cuff repair, there are still controversies regarding surgical technique. The aim of this work is to present an overview of the recently published results of biomechanical and clinical studies on rotator cuff repair using single- and double-row techniques. The review is based on a selective literature research of PubMed, Embase, and the Cochrane Database on the subject of the clinical and biomechanical results of single- and double-row repair. In general, neither the biomechanical nor the clinical evidence can recommend the use of a double-row concept for the treatment for every rotator cuff tear. Only tears of more than 3 cm seem to benefit from better results on both imaging and in clinical outcome studies compared with the use of single-row techniques. Despite a significant increase in publications on the surgical treatment of rotator cuff tears in recent years, the clinical results were not significantly improved in the literature so far. Unique information and algorithms, from which the optimal treatment of this entity can be derived, are still inadequate. Because of the cost-effectiveness and the currently vague evidence, the double-row techniques cannot be generally recommended for the repair of all rotator cuff tears.

Ultrasound-Guided Single-Injection Infraclavicular Block Versus Ultrasound-Guided Double-Injection Axillary Block: A Noninferiority Randomized Controlled Trial.

PubMed

Boivin, Ariane; Nadeau, Marie-Josée; Dion, Nicolas; Lévesque, Simon; Nicole, Pierre C; Turgeon, Alexis F

2016-01-01

Single-injection ultrasound-guided infraclavicular block is a simple, reliable, and effective technique. A simplified double-injection ultrasound-guided axillary block technique with a high success rate recently has been described. It has the advantage of being performed in a superficial and compressible location, with a potentially improved safety profile. However, its effectiveness in comparison with single-injection infraclavicular block has not been established. We hypothesized that the double-injection ultrasound-guided axillary block would show rates of complete sensory block at 30 minutes noninferior to the single-injection ultrasound-guided infraclavicular block. After approval by our research ethics committee and written informed consent, adults undergoing distal upper arm surgery were randomized to either group I, ultrasound-guided single-injection infraclavicular block, or group A, ultrasound-guided double-injection axillary block. In group I, 30 mL of 1.5% mepivacaine was injected posterior to the axillary artery. In group A, 25 mL of 1.5% mepivacaine was injected posteromedial to the axillary artery, after which 5 mL was injected around the musculocutaneous nerve. Primary outcome was the rate of complete sensory block at 30 minutes. Secondary outcomes were the onset of sensory and motor blocks, surgical success rates, performance times, and incidence of complications. All outcomes were assessed by a blinded investigator. The noninferiority of the double-injection ultrasound-guided axillary block was considered if the limits of the 90% confidence intervals (CIs) were within a 10% margin of the rate of complete sensory block of the infraclavicular block. At 30 minutes, the rate of complete sensory block was 79% in group A (90% CI, 71%-85%) compared with 91% in group I (90% CI, 85%-95%); the upper limit of CI of group A is thus included in the established noninferiority margin of 10%. The rate of complete sensory block was lower in group A (proportion difference of 12% [95% CI, 2-22]; P = 0.0091), as was surgical success rate (82% [95% CI, 74%-89%] vs 93% [95% CI, 86%-97%]; proportion difference of 11% [95% CI 1-20]; P = 0.0153). Sensory block onset also was slower in group A (log rank test P = 0.0020). Performance times were faster in group I (231 seconds [95% CI, 213-250]) than in group A (358 seconds [95% CI, 332-387]; P < 0.0001). No statistically significant difference was observed for vascular puncture, paresthesia during block performance, or procedure-related pain. No neurologic complication was noted at follow-up. We failed to demonstrate that the rate of complete sensory block of the double-injection axillary block is noninferior to the single-injection infraclavicular block. However, the rate of complete sensory block at 30 minutes is statistically significantly lower with the axillary block. The ultrasound-guided single-injection infraclavicular block thus seems to be the preferred technique over the axillary for upper arm anesthesia.

Comparative study of single lateral locked plating versus double plating in type C bicondylar tibial plateau fractures

PubMed Central

Neogi, Devdatta Suhas; Trikha, Vivek; Mishra, Kaushal Kant; Bandekar, Shivanand M.; Yadav, Chandra Shekhar

2015-01-01

Background: Bicondylar tibial plateau fractures are complex injuries and treatment is challenging. Ideal method is still controversial with risk of unsatisfactory results if not treated properly. Many different techniques of internal and external fixation are used. This study compares the clinical results in single locked plating versus dual plating (DP) using two incision approaches. Our hypothesis was that DP leads to less collapse and change in alignment at final followup compared with single plating. Materials and Methods: 61 cases of Type C tibial plateau fractures operated between January 2007 and June 2011 were included in this prospective study. All cases were operated either by single lateral locked plate by anterolateral approach or double plating through double incision. All cases were followed for a minimum of 24 months radiologically and clinically. The statistical analysis was performed using software SPSS 10.0 to analyze the data. Results: Twenty nine patients in a single lateral locked plate and 32 patients in a double plating group were followed for minimum 2 years. All fractures healed, however there was a significant incidence of malalignment in the single lateral plating group. Though there was a significant increase in soft tissue issues with the double plating group; however, there was only 3.12% incidence of deep infection. There was no significant difference in Hospital for special surgery score at 2 years followup. Conclusion: Double plating through two incisions resulted in a better limb alignment and joint reduction with an acceptable soft tissue complication rate. PMID:26015609

A study of trends and techniques for space base electronics

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Trotter, J. D.; Wade, T. E.; Gassaway, J. D.

1978-01-01

Furnaces and photolithography related equipment were applied to experiments on double layer metal. The double layer metal activity emphasized wet chemistry techniques. By incorporating the following techniques: (1) ultrasonic etching of the vias; (2) premetal clean using a modified buffered hydrogen fluoride; (3) phosphorus doped vapor; and (4) extended sintering, yields of 98 percent were obtained using the standard test pattern. The two dimensional modeling problems have stemmed from, alternately, instability and too much computation time to achieve convergence.

Electron Beam Lithography Double Step Exposure Technique for Fabrication of Mushroom-Like Profile in Bilayer Resist System

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kornelia, Indykiewicz; Bogdan, Paszkiewicz; Tomasz, Szymański; Regina, Paszkiewicz

2015-01-01

The Hi/Lo bilayer resist system exposure in e-beam lithography (EBL) process, intended for mushroom-like profile fabrication, was studied. Different exposure parameters and theirs influence on the resist layers were simulated in CASINO software and the obtained results were compared with the experimental data. The AFM technique was used for the estimation of the e-beam penetration depth in the resist stack. Performed numerical and experimental results allow us to establish the useful ranges of the exposure parameters.

3D polymer gel dosimetry using a 3D (DESS) and a 2D MultiEcho SE (MESE) sequence

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Maris, Thomas G.; Pappas, Evangelos; Karolemeas, Kostantinos; Papadakis, Antonios E.; Zacharopoulou, Fotini; Papanikolaou, Nickolas; Gourtsoyiannis, Nicholas

2006-12-01

The utilization of 3D techniques in Magnetic Resonance Imaging data aquisition and post-processing analysis is a prerequisite especially when modern radiotherapy techniques (conformal RT, IMRT, Stereotactic RT) are to be used. The aim of this work is to compare a 3D Double Echo Steady State (DESS) and a 2D Multiple Echo Spin Echo (MESE) sequence in 3D MRI radiation dosimetry using two different MRI scanners and utilising N-VInylPyrrolidone (VIPAR) based polymer gels.

Optical information authentication using compressed double-random-phase-encoded images and quick-response codes.

PubMed

Wang, Xiaogang; Chen, Wen; Chen, Xudong

2015-03-09

In this paper, we develop a new optical information authentication system based on compressed double-random-phase-encoded images and quick-response (QR) codes, where the parameters of optical lightwave are used as keys for optical decryption and the QR code is a key for verification. An input image attached with QR code is first optically encoded in a simplified double random phase encoding (DRPE) scheme without using interferometric setup. From the single encoded intensity pattern recorded by a CCD camera, a compressed double-random-phase-encoded image, i.e., the sparse phase distribution used for optical decryption, is generated by using an iterative phase retrieval technique with QR code. We compare this technique to the other two methods proposed in literature, i.e., Fresnel domain information authentication based on the classical DRPE with holographic technique and information authentication based on DRPE and phase retrieval algorithm. Simulation results show that QR codes are effective on improving the security and data sparsity of optical information encryption and authentication system.

Minimizing donor-site morbidity following bilateral pedicled TRAM breast reconstruction with the double mesh fold over technique.

PubMed

Bharti, Gaurav; Groves, Leslie; Sanger, Claire; Thompson, James; David, Lisa; Marks, Malcolm

2013-05-01

Transverse rectus abdominus muscle flaps (TRAM) can result in significant abdominal wall donor-site morbidity. We present our experience with bilateral pedicle TRAM breast reconstruction using a double-layered polypropylene mesh fold over technique to repair the rectus fascia. A retrospective study was performed that included patients with bilateral pedicle TRAM breast reconstruction and abdominal reconstruction using a double-layered polypropylene mesh fold over technique. Thirty-five patients met the study criteria with a mean age of 49 years old and mean follow-up of 7.4 years. There were no instances of abdominal hernia and only 2 cases (5.7%) of abdominal bulge. Other abdominal complications included partial umbilical necrosis (14.3%), seroma (11.4%), partial wound dehiscence (8.6%), abdominal weakness (5.7%), abdominal laxity (2.9%), and hematoma (2.9%). The TRAM flap is a reliable option for bilateral autologous breast reconstruction. Using the double mesh repair of the abdominal wall can reduce instances of an abdominal bulge and hernia.

Qualitative Examination of Children's Naming Skills through Test Adaptations.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Fried-Oken, Melanie

1987-01-01

The Double Administration Naming Technique assists clinicians in obtaining qualitative information about a client's visual confrontation naming skills through administration of a standard naming test; readministration of the same test; identification of single and double errors; cuing for double naming errors; and qualitative analysis of naming…

Combustion method for assay of biological materials labeled with carbon-14 or tritium, or double-labeled

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Huebner, L. G.; Kisieleski, W. E.

1969-01-01

Dry catalytic combustion at high temperatures is used for assaying biological materials labeled carbon-14 and tritium, or double-labeled. A modified oxygen-flask technique is combined with standard vacuum-line techniques and includes convenience of direct in-vial collection of final combustion products, giving quantitative recovery of tritium and carbon-14.

A new FPGA-driven P-HIFU system with harmonic cancellation technique

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Wu, Hao; Shen, Guofeng; Su, Zhiqiang; Chen, Yazhu

2017-03-01

This paper introduces a high intensity focused ultrasound system for ablation using switch-mode power amplifiers with harmonic cancellation technique eliminating the 3rdharmonic and all even harmonics. The efficiency of the amplifier is optimized by choosing different parameters of the harmonic cancellation technique. This technique requires double driving signals, and specific signal waveform because of the full-bridge topology. The new FPGA-driven P-HIFU system has 200 channels of phase signals that can form 100 output channels. An FPGA chip is used to generate these signals, and each channel has a phase resolution of 2 ns, less than one degree. The output waveform of the amplifier, voltage waveform across the transducer, shows fewer harmonic components.

Knotless double-row SutureBridge rotator cuff repairs have improved self-reinforcement compared with double-row SutureBridge repairs with tied medial knots: a biomechanical study using an ovine model.

PubMed

Smith, Geoffrey C S; Bouwmeester, Theresia M; Lam, Patrick H

2017-12-01

In double-row SutureBridge (Arthrex, Naples, FL, USA) rotator cuff repairs, increasing tendon load may generate progressively greater compression forces at the repair footprint (self-reinforcement). SutureBridge rotator cuff repairs using tied horizontal mattress sutures medially may limit this effect compared with a knotless construct. Rotator cuff repairs were performed in 9 pairs of ovine shoulders. One group underwent repair with a double-row SutureBridge construct with tied horizontal medial-row mattress sutures. The other group underwent repair in an identical fashion except that medial-row knots were not tied. Footprint contact pressure was measured at 0° and 20° of abduction under loads of 0 to 60 N. Pull-to-failure tests were then performed. In both repair constructs, each 10-N increase in rotator cuff tensile load led to a significant increase in footprint contact pressure (P < .0001). The rate of increase in footprint contact pressure was greater in the knotless construct (P < .00022; ratio, 1.69). The yield point approached the ultimate load to failure more closely in the knotless model than in the knotted construct (P = .00094). There was no difference in stiffness, ultimate failure load, or total energy to failure between the knotless and knotted techniques. In rotator cuff repair with a double-row SutureBridge configuration, self-reinforcement is seen in repairs with and without medial-row knots. Self-reinforcement is greater with the knotless technique. Copyright © 2017 Journal of Shoulder and Elbow Surgery Board of Trustees. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Double-layered cell transfer technology for bone regeneration

PubMed Central

Akazawa, Keiko; Iwasaki, Kengo; Nagata, Mizuki; Yokoyama, Naoki; Ayame, Hirohito; Yamaki, Kazumasa; Tanaka, Yuichi; Honda, Izumi; Morioka, Chikako; Kimura, Tsuyoshi; Komaki, Motohiro; Kishida, Akio; Izumi, Yuichi; Morita, Ikuo

2016-01-01

For cell-based medicine, to mimic in vivo cellular localization, various tissue engineering approaches have been studied to obtain a desirable arrangement of cells on scaffold materials. We have developed a novel method of cell manipulation called “cell transfer technology”, enabling the transfer of cultured cells onto scaffold materials, and controlling cell topology. Here we show that using this technique, two different cell types can be transferred onto a scaffold surface as stable double layers or in patterned arrangements. Various combinations of adherent cells were transferred to a scaffold, amniotic membrane, in overlapping bilayers (double-layered cell transfer), and transferred cells showed stability upon deformations of the material including folding and trimming. Transplantation of mesenchymal stem cells from periodontal ligaments (PDLSC) and osteoblasts, using double-layered cell transfer significantly enhanced bone formation, when compared to single cell type transplantation. Our findings suggest that this double-layer cell transfer is useful to produce a cell transplantation material that can bear two cell layers. Moreover, the transplantation of an amniotic membrane with PDLSCs/osteoblasts by cell transfer technology has therapeutic potential for bone defects. We conclude that cell transfer technology provides a novel and unique cell transplantation method for bone regeneration. PMID:27624174

Double blind randomised controlled trial of two different breathing techniques in the management of asthma

PubMed Central

Slader, C A; Reddel, H K; Spencer, L M; Belousova, E G; Armour, C L; Bosnic‐Anticevich, S Z; Thien, F C K; Jenkins, C R

2006-01-01

Background Previous studies have shown that breathing techniques reduce short acting β2 agonist use and improve quality of life (QoL) in asthma. The primary aim of this double blind study was to compare the effects of breathing exercises focusing on shallow nasal breathing with those of non‐specific upper body exercises on asthma symptoms, QoL, other measures of disease control, and inhaled corticosteroid (ICS) dose. This study also assessed the effect of peak flow monitoring on outcomes in patients using breathing techniques. Methods After a 2 week run in period, 57 subjects were randomised to one of two breathing techniques learned from instructional videos. During the following 30 weeks subjects practised their exercises twice daily and as needed for relief of symptoms. After week 16, two successive ICS downtitration steps were attempted. The primary outcome variables were QoL score and daily symptom score at week 12. Results Overall there were no clinically important differences between the groups in primary or secondary outcomes at weeks 12 or 28. The QoL score remained unchanged (0.7 at baseline v 0.5 at week 28, p = 0.11 both groups combined), as did lung function and airway responsiveness. However, across both groups, reliever use decreased by 86% (p<0.0001) and ICS dose was reduced by 50% (p<0.0001; p>0.10 between groups). Peak flow monitoring did not have a detrimental effect on asthma outcomes. Conclusion Breathing techniques may be useful in the management of patients with mild asthma symptoms who use a reliever frequently, but there is no evidence to favour shallow nasal breathing over non‐specific upper body exercises. PMID:16517572

Double blind randomised controlled trial of two different breathing techniques in the management of asthma.

PubMed

Slader, C A; Reddel, H K; Spencer, L M; Belousova, E G; Armour, C L; Bosnic-Anticevich, S Z; Thien, F C K; Jenkins, C R

2006-08-01

Previous studies have shown that breathing techniques reduce short acting beta(2) agonist use and improve quality of life (QoL) in asthma. The primary aim of this double blind study was to compare the effects of breathing exercises focusing on shallow nasal breathing with those of non-specific upper body exercises on asthma symptoms, QoL, other measures of disease control, and inhaled corticosteroid (ICS) dose. This study also assessed the effect of peak flow monitoring on outcomes in patients using breathing techniques. After a 2 week run in period, 57 subjects were randomised to one of two breathing techniques learned from instructional videos. During the following 30 weeks subjects practised their exercises twice daily and as needed for relief of symptoms. After week 16, two successive ICS downtitration steps were attempted. The primary outcome variables were QoL score and daily symptom score at week 12. Overall there were no clinically important differences between the groups in primary or secondary outcomes at weeks 12 or 28. The QoL score remained unchanged (0.7 at baseline v 0.5 at week 28, p = 0.11 both groups combined), as did lung function and airway responsiveness. However, across both groups, reliever use decreased by 86% (p<0.0001) and ICS dose was reduced by 50% (p<0.0001; p>0.10 between groups). Peak flow monitoring did not have a detrimental effect on asthma outcomes. Breathing techniques may be useful in the management of patients with mild asthma symptoms who use a reliever frequently, but there is no evidence to favour shallow nasal breathing over non-specific upper body exercises.

Design of Miniaturized Double-Negative Material for Specific Absorption Rate Reduction in Human Head

PubMed Central

Faruque, Mohammad Rashed Iqbal; Islam, Mohammad Tariqul

2014-01-01

In this study, a double-negative triangular metamaterial (TMM) structure, which exhibits a resounding electric response at microwave frequency, was developed by etching two concentric triangular rings of conducting materials. A finite-difference time-domain method in conjunction with the lossy-Drude model was used in this study. Simulations were performed using the CST Microwave Studio. The specific absorption rate (SAR) reduction technique is discussed, and the effects of the position of attachment, the distance, and the size of the metamaterials on the SAR reduction are explored. The performance of the double-negative TMMs in cellular phones was also measured in the cheek and the tilted positions using the COMOSAR system. The TMMs achieved a 52.28% reduction for the 10 g SAR. These results provide a guideline to determine the triangular design of metamaterials with the maximum SAR reducing effect for a mobile phone. PMID:25350398

Design of miniaturized double-negative material for specific absorption rate reduction in human head.

PubMed

Faruque, Mohammad Rashed Iqbal; Islam, Mohammad Tariqul

2014-01-01

In this study, a double-negative triangular metamaterial (TMM) structure, which exhibits a resounding electric response at microwave frequency, was developed by etching two concentric triangular rings of conducting materials. A finite-difference time-domain method in conjunction with the lossy-Drude model was used in this study. Simulations were performed using the CST Microwave Studio. The specific absorption rate (SAR) reduction technique is discussed, and the effects of the position of attachment, the distance, and the size of the metamaterials on the SAR reduction are explored. The performance of the double-negative TMMs in cellular phones was also measured in the cheek and the tilted positions using the COMOSAR system. The TMMs achieved a 52.28% reduction for the 10 g SAR. These results provide a guideline to determine the triangular design of metamaterials with the maximum SAR reducing effect for a mobile phone.

A new approach to umbilical hernia repair: the circular suture technique for defects less than 2 cm.

PubMed

Yıldız, Ihsan; Koca, Yavuz Savas

2017-01-01

Umbilical hernia, unlike other abdominal wall hernias, occurs when the umbilical ring opens and expands. Its' symptoms and complications show similarities with other hernias. Although there are various repair techniques, there is not a standard technique yet. This paper investigated the outcomes of double layer circular suture technique as a new approach in the repair of umbilical hernia. A total number of 282 patients comprised of 102 males and 180 females with an age range of 18-89 whose umbilical hernias were repaired between 2002 and 2013, retrospectively studied in two groups group 1 (circular suture technique) and group 2 (open primary suture). The subjects were investigated with regards to age, sex, body mass index (BMI), accompanying disease, anesthesia method, surgical complications, hospital stay, total costs, mortality and recurrence. The study participants were 282 patients with an age average of 49, 09 ± 16, 62 including 182 patients in group 1 (male/female ratio 76/106) and 100 patients in group 2 (26/74). There was a significant difference between the groups in terms of time and recurrence. During the follow-up period, 9 patients in group 1 (4.94%) and 16 patients in group 2 (16%) had a recurrence. This result was statistically significant (p=0.014) CONCLUSION: We believe that the double layer circular suture technique is practical, inexpensive and effective in the repair of umbilical hernia defects, which are smaller than 2 cm diameter. Key words: Hernia, Repair, Umbilical hernia.

Systemic Review of Anatomic Single- Versus Double-Bundle Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction: Does Femoral Tunnel Drilling Technique Matter?

PubMed

Zhang, Yang; Xu, Caiqi; Dong, Shiqui; Shen, Peng; Su, Wei; Zhao, Jinzhong

2016-09-01

To provide an up-to-date assessment of the difference between anatomic double-bundle anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstruction (DB-ACLR) and anatomic single-bundle ACL reconstruction (SB-ACLR). We hypothesized that anatomic SB-ACLR using independent femoral drilling technique would be able to achieve kinematic stability as with anatomic DB-ACLR. A comprehensive Internet search was performed to identify all therapeutic trials of anatomic DB-ACLR versus anatomic SB-ACLR. Only clinical studies of Level I and II evidence were included. The comparative outcomes were instrument-measured anterior laxity, Lachman test, pivot shift, clinical outcomes including objective/subjective International Knee Documentation Committee (IKDC) score, Lysholm score, Tegner activity scale and complication rates of extension/flexion deficits, graft failure, and early osteoarthritis. Subgroup analyses were performed for femoral tunnel drilling techniques including independent drilling and transtibial (TT) drilling. Twenty-two clinical trials of 2,261 anatomically ACL-reconstructed patients were included in the meta-analysis. Via TT drilling technique, anatomic DB-ACLR led to improved instrument-measured anterior laxity with a standard mean difference (SMD) of -0.42 (95% confidence interval [CI] = -0.81 to -0.02), less rotational instability measured by pivot shift (SMD = 2.76, 95% CI = 1.24 to 6.16), and higher objective IKDC score with odds ratio (OR) of 2.28 (95% CI = 1.19 to 4.36). Via independent drilling technique, anatomic DB-ACLR yielded better pivot shift (SMD = 2.04, 95% CI = 1.36 to 3.05). Anatomic DB-ACLR also revealed statistical significance in subjective IKDC score compared with anatomic SB-ACLR (SMD = 0.27, 95% CI = 0.05 to 0.49). Anatomic DB-ACLR showed better anterior and rotational stability and higher objective IKDC score than anatomic SB-ACLR via TT drilling technique. Via independent drilling technique, however, anatomic DB-ACLR only showed superiority of rotational stability. All clinical function outcomes except subjective IKDC score were not significantly different between anatomic DB-ACLR and SB-ACLR. Level II, meta-analysis of Level I and II studies. Copyright © 2016 Arthroscopy Association of North America. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

A biomechanical and histological comparison of the suture bridge and conventional double-row techniques of the repair of full-thickness rotator cuff tears in a rabbit model.

PubMed

Fei, Wenyong; Guo, Weichun

2015-06-16

The suture bridge (SB) technique and conventional double-row (DR) are both effective in repair of full-thickness rotator cuff tears . However, increasing numbers of scholars believe that the SB technique produces better results than conventional DR because of the higher bone-tendon contact area and pressure. However, The clinical outcomes have been mixed and little direct evidence has been supplied in vivo. This study was designed using the SB and DR techniques to determine which is the better technique. Sixty-four New Zealand white rabbits were randomly divided into 2 groups, the SB group and DR group. SB and DR were then used to repair their rotator cuff tears. Rabbits were then sacrificed at the 2(nd), 4(th), or 8(th) week after surgery and a histological comparison was made. The biomechanical comparison was made at the 8(th) week. The load to failure of the SB group was 134.59 ± 17.69 N at the 8(th) postoperative week, and that was significantly higher than in the DR group (103.83 ± 6.62, P = 0.001), but both repair groups remained lower than in the control group (199.25 ± 14.81). Histological evaluation showed that both the SB and DR groups healed at the bone-tendon interface. But there were subtle differences between the two groups in the structure and morphology of collagen fibers and cartilage cells at bone-tendon interface. In general, the collagen fibers of the SB group were more compact than those of the DR group at all times tested. At the 4(th) and 8(th) weeks, the collagen fibers and cartilage cells in the SB group were arranged in a column modality, but those in the DR group were distributed horizontally. The SB technique facilitated healing more effectively than the conventional DR technique. The difference in morphology of collagen fibers and cartilage cells may be related to the difference in bone-tendon contact pressure.

Dual-channel in-line digital holographic double random phase encryption

PubMed Central

Das, Bhargab; Yelleswarapu, Chandra S; Rao, D V G L N

2012-01-01

We present a robust encryption method for the encoding of 2D/3D objects using digital holography and virtual optics. Using our recently developed dual-plane in-line digital holography technique, two in-line digital holograms are recorded at two different planes and are encrypted using two different double random phase encryption configurations, independently. The process of using two mutually exclusive encryption channels makes the system more robust against attacks since both the channels should be decrypted accurately in order to get a recognizable reconstruction. Results show that the reconstructed object is unrecognizable even when the portion of the correct phase keys used during decryption is close to 75%. The system is verified against blind decryptions by evaluating the SNR and MSE. Validation of the proposed method and sensitivities of the associated parameters are quantitatively analyzed and illustrated. PMID:23471012

Double Shock Experiments on PBX Explosive JOB-9003

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Zhang, Xu

2017-06-01

One-dimensional plate impact experiments have been performed to study the double shock to detonation transition and Hugoniot state in the HMX-based explosive JOB-9003. The flyer was a combination with sapphire and Kel-F which could pass two different pressure waves into PBX Explosive JOB-9003 sample after impact. The particle velocities at interface and different depths in the PBX JOB-9003 sample were measured with Al-based electromagnetic particle velocity gauge technique, thus obtaining particle velocity - time diagram. According to the diagram, the corresponding Hugoniot state can be determined based on the particle velocity and shock wave velocity in the sample. Comparing with the single shock experiments, PBX Explosive JOB-9003 shows desensitization features due to the pre-pressed shock wave, the shock to detonation transition distance is longer than those single shock experiments.

Information hiding based on double random-phase encoding and public-key cryptography.

PubMed

Sheng, Yuan; Xin, Zhou; Alam, Mohammed S; Xi, Lu; Xiao-Feng, Li

2009-03-02

A novel information hiding method based on double random-phase encoding (DRPE) and Rivest-Shamir-Adleman (RSA) public-key cryptosystem is proposed. In the proposed technique, the inherent diffusion property of DRPE is cleverly utilized to make up the diffusion insufficiency of RSA public-key cryptography, while the RSA cryptosystem is utilized for simultaneous transmission of the cipher text and the two phase-masks, which is not possible under the DRPE technique. This technique combines the complementary advantages of the DPRE and RSA encryption techniques and brings security and convenience for efficient information transmission. Extensive numerical simulation results are presented to verify the performance of the proposed technique.

Clinical Outcomes of Modified Mason-Allen Single-Row Repair for Bursal-Sided Partial-Thickness Rotator Cuff Tears: Comparison With the Double-Row Suture-Bridge Technique.

PubMed

Shin, Sang-Jin; Kook, Seung-Hwan; Rao, Nandan; Seo, Myeong-Jae

2015-08-01

Various repair techniques have been reported for the operative treatment of bursal-sided partial-thickness rotator cuff tears. Recently, arthroscopic single-row repair using a modified Mason-Allen technique has been introduced. The arthroscopic, modified Mason-Allen single-row technique with preservation of the articular-sided tendon provides satisfactory clinical outcomes and similar results to the double-row suture-bridge technique after conversion of a partial-thickness tear to a full-thickness tear. Cohort study; Level of evidence, 3. A retrospective study was conducted on 84 consecutive patients with symptomatic, bursal-sided partial-thickness rotator cuff tears involving more than 50% thickness of the tendon. A total of 47 patients were treated by the modified Mason-Allen single-row repair technique, preserving the articular-sided tendon, and 37 patients were treated by the double-row suture-bridge repair technique after conversion to a full-thickness tear. The clinical and functional outcomes were evaluated using the American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons (ASES) and Constant scores and a visual analog scale (VAS) for pain and satisfaction of patients. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) was used to analyze the integrity of tendons at 6-month follow-up. Patients were followed up for a mean of 32.5 months. In the 47 patients treated with the modified Mason-Allen suture technique, the VAS score decreased from a preoperative mean of 5.3 ± 0.3 to 0.9 ± 0.5 at the time of final follow-up. There was a statistically significant increase in the mean ASES score (from 45.4 ± 2.9 to 88.6 ± 4.5) and mean Constant score (from 66.9 ± 2.6 to 88.1 ± 2.4) (P < .001). Four of 47 patients (8.5%) demonstrated retears at 6-month postoperative MRI. There was no statistical difference in terms of functional outcomes and the retear rate compared with those of patients with the suture-bridge repair technique (3 patients, 8.1%). However, the mean number of suture anchors used in the patients with modified Mason-Allen suture repair (1.2 ± 0.4) was significantly fewer than that in the patients with suture-bridge repair (3.2 ± 0.4) (P < .01). The modified Mason-Allen single-row repair technique that preserved the articular-sided tendon provided satisfactory clinical outcomes in patients with symptomatic, bursal-sided partial-thickness rotator cuff tears. Despite a fewer number of suture anchors, the shoulder functional outcomes and retear rate in patients after modified Mason-Allen repair were comparable with those of patients who underwent double-row suture-bridge repair. Therefore, the modified Mason-Allen single-row repair technique using a triple-loaded suture anchor can be considered as an effective treatment in patients with bursal-sided partial-thickness rotator cuff tears. © 2015 The Author(s).

Improving rapeseed production practices in the southeastern United States

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Thomas, D.L.; Breve, M.A.; Raymer, P.L.

1990-04-01

Oilseed rape or rapeseed is a crop which offers a potential for double-cropping in the southeastern United States. This final project report describes the results from a three year study aimed at evaluating the effect of different planting and harvesting practices on establishment and yield of three rape cultivars, and the double cropping potential of rapeseed in the southeastern United States. The project was conducted on two yield sites in Tifton, Georgia during 1986--87, 1987--88 and 1988--89. The general objective of this research is to improve the seed and biomass yield of winter rapeseed in the southeastern United States bymore » developing appropriate agronomic practices for the region. The primary constraint is to grow rapeseed within the allowable period for double cropping with an economically desirable crop, such as peanut or soybean. Planting and harvesting are the most critical steps in this process. Therefore, the specific objectives of this research were: evaluate and improve the emergence of rapeseed by developing planting techniques that enhance the soil, water and seed regimes for winter rapeseed in the southeast, and evaluate and improve the yields of harvested rapeseed by developing techniques for determining the optimum timing of harvest and efficient methods for harvesting winter rapeseed in the southeast. 6 refs., 12 figs., 9 tabs.« less

Endoscopic endonasal double flap technique for reconstruction of large anterior skull base defects: technical note.

PubMed

Dolci, Ricardo Landini Lutaif; Todeschini, Alexandre Bossi; Santos, Américo Rubens Leite Dos; Lazarini, Paulo Roberto

2018-04-19

One of the main concerns in endoscopic endonasal approaches to the skull base has been the high incidence and morbidity associated with cerebrospinal fluid leaks. The introduction and routine use of vascularized flaps allowed a marked decrease in this complication followed by a great expansion in the indications and techniques used in endoscopic endonasal approaches, extending to defects from huge tumours and previously inaccessible areas of the skull base. Describe the technique of performing endoscopic double flap multi-layered reconstruction of the anterior skull base without craniotomy. Step by step description of the endoscopic double flap technique (nasoseptal and pericranial vascularized flaps and fascia lata free graft) as used and illustrated in two patients with an olfactory groove meningioma who underwent an endoscopic approach. Both patients achieved a gross total resection: subsequent reconstruction of the anterior skull base was performed with the nasoseptal and pericranial flaps onlay and a fascia lata free graft inlay. Both patients showed an excellent recovery, no signs of cerebrospinal fluid leak, meningitis, flap necrosis, chronic meningeal or sinonasal inflammation or cerebral herniation having developed. This endoscopic double flap technique we have described is a viable, versatile and safe option for anterior skull base reconstructions, decreasing the incidence of complications in endoscopic endonasal approaches. Copyright © 2018 Associação Brasileira de Otorrinolaringologia e Cirurgia Cérvico-Facial. Published by Elsevier Editora Ltda. All rights reserved.

Transtendon, Double-Row, Transosseous-Equivalent Arthroscopic Repair of Partial-Thickness, Articular-Surface Rotator Cuff Tears

PubMed Central

Dilisio, Matthew F.; Miller, Lindsay R.; Higgins, Laurence D.

2014-01-01

Arthroscopic transtendinous techniques for the arthroscopic repair of partial-thickness, articular-surface rotator cuff tears offer the advantage of minimizing the disruption of the patient's remaining rotator cuff tendon fibers. In addition, double-row fixation of full-thickness rotator cuff tears has shown biomechanical advantages. We present a novel method combining these 2 techniques for transtendon, double-row, transosseous-equivalent arthroscopic repair of partial-thickness, articular-surface rotator cuff tears. Direct visualization of the reduction of the retracted articular tendon layer to its insertion on the greater tuberosity is the key to the procedure. Linking the medial-row anchors and using a double-row construct provide a stable repair that allows early shoulder motion to minimize the risk of postoperative stiffness. PMID:25473606

Transtendon, double-row, transosseous-equivalent arthroscopic repair of partial-thickness, articular-surface rotator cuff tears.

PubMed

Dilisio, Matthew F; Miller, Lindsay R; Higgins, Laurence D

2014-10-01

Arthroscopic transtendinous techniques for the arthroscopic repair of partial-thickness, articular-surface rotator cuff tears offer the advantage of minimizing the disruption of the patient's remaining rotator cuff tendon fibers. In addition, double-row fixation of full-thickness rotator cuff tears has shown biomechanical advantages. We present a novel method combining these 2 techniques for transtendon, double-row, transosseous-equivalent arthroscopic repair of partial-thickness, articular-surface rotator cuff tears. Direct visualization of the reduction of the retracted articular tendon layer to its insertion on the greater tuberosity is the key to the procedure. Linking the medial-row anchors and using a double-row construct provide a stable repair that allows early shoulder motion to minimize the risk of postoperative stiffness.

Intratarsal fixation at the same level as the skin incision to reduce asymmetric double eyelids: evaluation of symmetry using photogrammetry.

PubMed

Han, Kihwan; Yeo, Hyeonjung; Choi, Tae Hyun; Son, Daegu; Kim, Jun Hyung

2010-03-01

One of the most common complications of double eyelid operations is asymmetry. To reduce asymmetry, we fixed the dermis to the tarsal plate at the same level as the skin incision, and objectively evaluated the symmetry of the height using photogrammetry.Of 30 patients who had double eyelid operations by the intratarsal fixation technique, 15 patients completed a minimum follow-up of 6 months. After the skin incision and removal of the orbicularis oculi muscle and the orbital fat, the pretarsal fat pad was excised to expose the superior portion of the tarsal plate. The 3 fixation points were marked on the tarsal plate at the same level with the skin incision using a spreading caliper. The dermis was fixed to the marked points of the tarsal plate and the skin was closed.The height of the double eyelid was measured by clinical photography at 4 points when the eyes were opened and at 3 points when the eyes were closed. The height proportional index at each point was obtained by dividing the height of the left double eyelid by that of the right double eyelid. We compared each height proportional index with "1" to evaluate the symmetry of both double eyelids using a paired t test.The follow-up period was an average of 9.0 months. The mean height proportional indices were 0.97 (a), 0.96 (b), 0.98 (c), 1.08 (d), 0.97 (e), 1.02 (f), and 1.13 (g). According to a paired t test, the height of the left double eyelid was not different from that of the right double eyelid.Intratarsal fixation, along with other previously known methods, decreases asymmetric double eyelids.

Attenuated Total Reflectance Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy for determination of long chain free fatty acid concentration in oily wastewater using the double wavenumber extrapolation technique

USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database

Long Chain Free Fatty Acids (LCFFAs) from the hydrolysis of fat, oil and grease (FOG) are major components in the formation of insoluble saponified solids known as FOG deposits that accumulate in sewer pipes and lead to sanitary sewer overflows (SSOs). A Double Wavenumber Extrapolative Technique (DW...

In situ NMR and electrochemical quartz crystal microbalance techniques reveal the structure of the electrical double layer in supercapacitors

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Griffin, John M.; Forse, Alexander C.; Tsai, Wan-Yu; Taberna, Pierre-Louis; Simon, Patrice; Grey, Clare P.

2015-08-01

Supercapacitors store charge through the electrosorption of ions on microporous electrodes. Despite major efforts to understand this phenomenon, a molecular-level picture of the electrical double layer in working devices is still lacking as few techniques can selectively observe the ionic species at the electrode/electrolyte interface. Here, we use in situ NMR to directly quantify the populations of anionic and cationic species within a working microporous carbon supercapacitor electrode. Our results show that charge storage mechanisms are different for positively and negatively polarized electrodes for the electrolyte tetraethylphosphonium tetrafluoroborate in acetonitrile; for positive polarization charging proceeds by exchange of the cations for anions, whereas for negative polarization, cation adsorption dominates. In situ electrochemical quartz crystal microbalance measurements support the NMR results and indicate that adsorbed ions are only partially solvated. These results provide new molecular-level insight, with the methodology offering exciting possibilities for the study of pore/ion size, desolvation and other effects on charge storage in supercapacitors.

High-precision double-frequency interferometric measurement of the cornea shape

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Molebny, Vasyl V.; Pallikaris, Ioannis G.; Naoumidis, Leonidas P.; Smirnov, Eugene M.; Ilchenko, Leonid M.; Goncharov, Vadym O.

1996-11-01

To measure the shape of the cornea and its declinations from the necessary values before and after PRK operation, s well as the shape of other spherical objects like artificial pupil, a technique was used of double-frequency dual-beam interferometry. The technique is based on determination of the optical path difference between two neighboring laser beams, reflected from the cornea or other surface under investigation. Knowing the distance between the beams on the investigated shape. The shape itself is reconstructed by along-line integration. To adjust the wavefront orientation of the laser beam to the spherical shape of the cornea or artificial pupil in the course of scanning, additional lens is involved. Signal-to-noise ratio is ameliorated excluding losses in the acousto-optic deflectors. Polarization selection is realized for choosing the signal needed for measurement. 2D image presentation is accompanied by convenient PC accessories, permitting precise cross-section measurements along selected directions. Sensitivity of the order of 10-2 micrometers is achieved.

Modulation of Polarization for Phase Extraction in Holographic Interferometry with Two References

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Rodriguez-Zurita, G.; Vázquez-Castillo, J.-F.; Toto-Arellano, N.-I.; Meneses-Fabian, C.; Jiménez-Montero, L.-E.

2010-04-01

Heterodyne holographic interferometry allows high accuracy for phase-difference extraction between two wave fronts, especially when they are previously recorded in the same recording medium. In part, this is because the wave fronts can be affected by the recording process in a very similar way. The double reconstruction of a double-exposure hologram with two independent references results in a two-beam holographic interferometer with an arm conveying a wave modulated in frequency when using heterodyne techniques. The heterodyne frequency has been usually introduced with a plane mirror attached to a piezo-electric stack driven with a suitable variable power supply. For holographic interferometry, however, less attention has been devoted to alternative phase retrieval variants as, for example, phase-shifting with modulation of polarization or Fourier methods. In this work, we propose and demonstrate the basic capabilities of modulation of polarization performing as a phase-shifting technique for holographic interferometry with two references in a phase-stepping scheme. Experimental results are provided.

High precision calcium isotope analysis using 42Ca-48Ca double-spike TIMS technique

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Feng, L.; Zhou, L.; Gao, S.; Tong, S. Y.; Zhou, M. L.

2014-12-01

Double spike techniques are widely used for determining calcium isotopic compositions of natural samples. The most important factor controlling precision of the double spike technique is the choice of appropriate spike isotope pair, the composition of double spikes and the ratio of spike to sample（CSp/CN）. We propose an optimal 42Ca-48Ca double spike protocol which yields the best internal precision for calcium isotopic composition determinations among all kinds of spike pairs and various spike compositions and ratios of spike to sample, as predicted by linear error propagation method. It is suggested to use spike composition of 42Ca/(42Ca+48Ca) = 0.44 mol/mol and CSp/(CN+ CSp)= 0.12mol/mol because it takes both advantages of the largest mass dispersion between 42Ca and 48Ca (14%) and lowest spike cost. Spiked samples were purified by pass through homemade micro-column filled with Ca special resin. K, Ti and other interference elements were completely separated, while 100% calcium was recovered with negligible blank. Data collection includes integration time, idle time, focus and peakcenter frequency, which were all carefully designed for the highest internal precision and lowest analysis time. All beams were automatically measured in a sequence by Triton TIMS so as to eliminate difference of analytical conditions between samples and standards, and also to increase the analytical throughputs. The typical internal precision of 100 duty cycles for one beam is 0.012‒0.015 ‰ (2δSEM), which agrees well with the predicted internal precision of 0.0124 ‰ (2δSEM). Our methods improve internal precisions by a factor of 2‒10 compared to previous methods of determination of calcium isotopic compositions by double spike TIMS. We analyzed NIST SRM 915a, NIST SRM 915b and Pacific Seawater as well as interspersed geological samples during two months. The obtained average δ44/40Ca (all relative to NIST SRM 915a) is 0.02 ± 0.02 ‰ (n=28), 0.72±0.04 ‰ (n=10) and 1.93±0.03 ‰ (n=21) for NIST SRM 915a, NIST SRM 915b and Pacific Seawater, respectively. The long-term reproducibility is 0.10‰ (2 δSD), which is comparable to the best external precision of 0.04 ‰ (2 δSD) of previous methods, but our sample throughputs are doubled with significant reduction in amount of spike used for single samples.

Specificity of coliphages in evaluating marker efficacy: a new insight for water quality indicators.

PubMed

Mookerjee, Subham; Batabyal, Prasenjit; Halder, Madhumanti; Palit, Anup

2014-11-01

Conventional procedures for qualitative assessment of coliphage are time consuming multiple step approach for achieving results. A modified and rapid technique has been introduced for determination of coliphage contamination among potable water sources during water borne outbreaks. During December 2013, 40 water samples from different potable water sources, were received for water quality analyses, from a jaundice affected Municipality of West Bengal, India. Altogether, 30% water samples were contaminated with coliform (1-20 cfu/ml) and 5% with E. coli (2-5 cfu/ml). Among post-outbreak samples, preponderance of coliform has decreased (1-4 cfu/ml) with total absence of E. coli. While standard technique has detected 55% outbreak samples with coliphage contamination, modified technique revealed that 80%, double than that of bacteriological identification rate, were contaminated with coliphages (4-20 pfu/10 ml). However, post-outbreak samples were detected with 1-5 pfu/10 ml coliphages among 20% samples. Coliphage detection rate through modified technique was nearly double (50%) than that of standard technique (27.5%). In few samples (with coliform load of 10-100 cfu/ml), while modified technique could detect coliphages among six samples (10-20 pfu/10 ml), standard protocol failed to detect coliphage in any of them. An easy, rapid and accurate modified technique has thereby been implemented for coliphage assessment from water samples. Coliform free water does not always signify pathogen free potable water and it is demonstrated that coliphage is a more reliable 'biomarker' to ascertain contamination level in potable water. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Optimizing pressurized contact area in rotator cuff repair: the diamondback repair.

PubMed

Burkhart, Stephen S; Denard, Patrick J; Obopilwe, Elifho; Mazzocca, Augustus D

2012-02-01

The purpose of this study was to compare tendon-bone footprint contact area over time under physiologic loads for 4 different rotator cuff repair techniques: single row (SR), triangle double row (DR), chain-link double row (CL), and diamondback double row (DBK). A supraspinatus tear was created in 28 human cadavers. Tears were fixed with 1 of 4 constructs: SR, DR, CL, or DBK. Immediate post-repair measurements of pressurized contact area were taken in neutral rotation and 0° of abduction. After a static tensile load, pressurized contact area was observed over a 160-minute period after repair. Cyclic loading was then performed. The DBK repair had the highest pressurized contact area initially, as well as the highest pressurized contact area and lowest percentage decrease in pressurized contact area after 160 minutes of testing. The DBK repair had significantly larger initial pressurized contact than CL (P = .003) and SR (P = .004) but not DR (P = .06). The DBK technique was the only technique that produced a pressurized contact area that exceeded the native footprint both at initial repair (P = .01) and after 160 minutes of testing (P = .01). DBK had a significantly larger mean pressurized contact area than all the repairs after 160 minutes of testing (P = .01). DBK had a significantly larger post-cyclic loading pressurized contact area than CL (P = .01) and SR (P = .004) but not DR (P = .07). This study showed that a diamondback repair (a modification of the transosseous repair) can significantly increase the rotator cuff pressurized contact area in comparison with other standard rotator cuff repair constructs when there is sufficient tendon mobility to perform a double-row repair without excessive tension on the repair site. The persistent pressurized contact area of a DBK repair may be desirable to enhance healing potential when there is sufficient tendon mobility to perform a double-row repair, particularly for large or massive rotator cuff tears where it is important to optimize footprint area and contact to encourage biologic healing. Copyright © 2012 Arthroscopy Association of North America. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Enlargement and sculpturing of a small and deformed glans.

PubMed

Perovic, Savra; Radojicic, Zoran I; Djordjevic, Miroslav Lj; Vukadinovic, Vojkan V

2003-10-01

We present 2 techniques of enhancement and sculpturing of a small and/or deformed glans. The small glans in primary or re-do hypospadias repair was enhanced by longitudinal double-faced island flaps incorporated onto the ventral side of the glans between the glans wings. The deformed glans, of small or normal size (with normal urethra or well functioning neourethra), was enlarged and sculptured by injection of hydrogel. Between May 1997 and March 2002, 27 patients underwent glans enhancement and sculpturing. Small deformed glans occurred after failed hypospadias repair in 10 patients, penile trauma in 3, hemangioma sclerozation in 2, primary hypospadias in 8 and normally developed penile body in 4. A double-faced island flap was performed in 14 patients, glans was enhanced by hydrogel injection in 9 and both procedures were performed in 4. Mean followup was 34 months for the double-faced flap technique 17 months for hydrogel injection. Satisfactory enlargement and esthetic appearance were achieved in 13 of the 14 patients who underwent the double-faced flap technique and 1 required surgical correction. Of the 9 patients who underwent either single or multistage hydrogel injection 8 had good results and 1 required partial removal of hydrogel after hypercorrection. The combination of these 2 techniques provided satisfactory results in all 4 cases. Enlargement and sculpturing of a small deformed glans are challenging and difficult. A double-faced island flap and/or injection of hydrogel resolves this problem satisfactorily.

Resonance line transfer calculations by doubling thin layers. I - Comparison with other techniques. II - The use of the R-parallel redistribution function. [planetary atmospheres

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Yelle, Roger V.; Wallace, Lloyd

1989-01-01

A versatile and efficient technique for the solution of the resonance line scattering problem with frequency redistribution in planetary atmospheres is introduced. Similar to the doubling approach commonly used in monochromatic scattering problems, the technique has been extended to include the frequency dependence of the radiation field. Methods for solving problems with external or internal sources and coupled spectral lines are presented, along with comparison of some sample calculations with results from Monte Carlo and Feautrier techniques. The doubling technique has also been applied to the solution of resonance line scattering problems where the R-parallel redistribution function is appropriate, both neglecting and including polarization as developed by Yelle and Wallace (1989). With the constraint that the atmosphere is illuminated from the zenith, the only difficulty of consequence is that of performing precise frequency integrations over the line profiles. With that problem solved, it is no longer necessary to use the Monte Carlo method to solve this class of problem.

Double-injection, deep-impurity switch development

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Selim, F. A.; Whitson, D. W.

1983-01-01

The overall objective of this program is the development of device design and process techniques for the fabrication of a double-injection, deep-impurity (DI)(2) silicon switch that operates in the 1-10 kV range with conduction current of 10 and 1A, respectively. Other major specifications include a holding voltage of 0 to 5 volts at 1 A anode current, 10 microsecond switching time, and power dissipation of 50 W at 75 C. This report describes work that shows how the results obtained at the University of Cincinnati under NASA Grant NSG-3022 have been applied to larger area and higher voltage devices. The investigations include theoretical, analytical, and experimental studies of device design and processing. Methods to introduce deep levels, such as Au diffusion and electron irradiation, have been carried out to "pin down' the Fermi level and control device-switching characteristics. Different anode, cathode, and gate configurations are presented. Techniques to control the surface electric field of planar structures used for (DI)(2) switches are examined. Various sections of this report describe the device design, wafer-processing techniques, and various measurements which include ac and dc characteristics, 4-point probe, and spreading resistance.

Arthroscopic anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction using the double press- fit technique: an alternative to interference screw fixation.

PubMed

Halder, Andreas M; Ludwig, Silke; Neumann, Wolfram

2002-01-01

Patellar tendon autograft fixation in arthroscopic anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction is commonly accomplished using interference screws. However, improper insertion of the screws may reduce primary stability, injure the posterior femoral cortex, or displace hardware into the joint. Even if placed properly, metallic screws interfere with postoperative magnetic resonance imaging. In case of revision surgery, removing screws may be difficult and leaves bone defects. Retrospective study. An arthroscopic technique was developed that achieves patellar tendon autograft fixation by press-fit without any supplemental internal fixation. Forty patients were examined clinically and by KT-1000 arthrometer 28.7 months (range, 22 to 40 months) postoperatively. The mean difference in side-to-side laxity was 1.3 mm (SD 2.2) and the results according to the IKDC score were as follows: 7 A, 28 B, 5 C, and 0 D. The double press-fit technique we present avoids all complications related to the use of interference screws and creates an ideal environment for osseous integration of the bone-patellar tendon-bone autograft. Concurrently, it achieves a stable fixation of the autograft and allows early functional rehabilitation. However, fixation strength depends on bone quality and the arthroscopic procedure is demanding.

Three-dimensional image authentication scheme using sparse phase information in double random phase encoded integral imaging.

PubMed

Yi, Faliu; Jeoung, Yousun; Moon, Inkyu

2017-05-20

In recent years, many studies have focused on authentication of two-dimensional (2D) images using double random phase encryption techniques. However, there has been little research on three-dimensional (3D) imaging systems, such as integral imaging, for 3D image authentication. We propose a 3D image authentication scheme based on a double random phase integral imaging method. All of the 2D elemental images captured through integral imaging are encrypted with a double random phase encoding algorithm and only partial phase information is reserved. All the amplitude and other miscellaneous phase information in the encrypted elemental images is discarded. Nevertheless, we demonstrate that 3D images from integral imaging can be authenticated at different depths using a nonlinear correlation method. The proposed 3D image authentication algorithm can provide enhanced information security because the decrypted 2D elemental images from the sparse phase cannot be easily observed by the naked eye. Additionally, using sparse phase images without any amplitude information can greatly reduce data storage costs and aid in image compression and data transmission.

Estimating acreage by double sampling using LANDSAT data

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Pont, F.; Horwitz, H.; Kauth, R. (Principal Investigator)

1982-01-01

Double sampling techniques employing LANDSAT data for estimating the acreage of corn and soybeans was investigated and evaluated. The evaluation was based on estimated costs and correlations between two existing procedures having differing cost/variance characteristics, and included consideration of their individual merits when coupled with a fictional 'perfect' procedure of zero bias and variance. Two features of the analysis are: (1) the simultaneous estimation of two or more crops; and (2) the imposition of linear cost constraints among two or more types of resource. A reasonably realistic operational scenario was postulated. The costs were estimated from current experience with the measurement procedures involved, and the correlations were estimated from a set of 39 LACIE-type sample segments located in the U.S. Corn Belt. For a fixed variance of the estimate, double sampling with the two existing LANDSAT measurement procedures can result in a 25% or 50% cost reduction. Double sampling which included the fictional perfect procedure results in a more cost effective combination when it is used with the lower cost/higher variance representative of the existing procedures.

Data compression for satellite images

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Chen, P. H.; Wintz, P. A.

1976-01-01

An efficient data compression system is presented for satellite pictures and two grey level pictures derived from satellite pictures. The compression techniques take advantages of the correlation between adjacent picture elements. Several source coding methods are investigated. Double delta coding is presented and shown to be the most efficient. Both predictive differential quantizing technique and double delta coding can be significantly improved by applying a background skipping technique. An extension code is constructed. This code requires very little storage space and operates efficiently. Simulation results are presented for various coding schemes and source codes.

Whole lung lavage with intermittent double lung ventilation. A modified technique for managing pulmonary alveolar proteinosis.

PubMed

Ahmed, Raees; Iqbal, Mobeen; Kashef, Sayed H; Almomatten, Mohammed I

2005-01-01

Whole lung lavage is still the most effective treatment for pulmonary alveolar proteinosis. We report a 21-year-old male diagnosed with pulmonary alveolar proteinosis by open lung biopsy and who underwent whole lung lavage with a modified technique. He showed significant improvement in clinical and functional parameters. The technique of intermittent double lung ventilation during lavage procedure keeps the oxygen saturation in acceptable limits in patients at risk for severe hypoxemia and allows the procedure to be completed in a single setting.

Combined arthroscopically assisted coraco- and acromioclavicular stabilization of acute high-grade acromioclavicular joint separations.

PubMed

Hann, Carmen; Kraus, Natascha; Minkus, Marvin; Maziak, Nina; Scheibel, Markus

2018-01-01

Due to high rate of persisting dynamic posterior translation (DPT) following isolated coracoclavicular double-button technique for reconstruction of the acromioclavicular (AC) joint reported in the literature, an additional acromioclavicular cerclage was added to the procedure. The aim of this study was to evaluate the clinical and radiological results of patients with high-grade AC-joint instability treated with a double TightRope technique with an additional percutaneous acromioclavicular cerclage. Fifty-nine patients (6 f/53 m; median age 38.3 (range 21.5-63.4 years) who sustained an acute high-grade AC-joint dislocation (Rockwood type V) were treated using the above-mentioned technique. At the final follow-up, the constant score (CS), the subjective shoulder value (SSV), the Taft score (TF) and the acromioclavicular joint instability score (ACJI) as well as bilateral anteroposterior stress views with 10 kg of axial load and bilateral modified Alexander views were obtained. At a median follow-up of 26.4 (range 20.3-61.0) months, 34 patients scored a median of 90 (33-100) points in the CS, 90 (25-100) % in the SSV, 11 (4-12) points in the TF and 87 (43-100) points in the ACJI. The coracoclavicular (CC) distance was 12.1 (6.5-19.8) mm and the CC difference 2.0 (0.0-11.0) mm. Two patients (5.8%) showed a complete DPT of the AC joint, and fourteen patients (41.1%) displayed a partial DPT. The overall revision rate was 11.7%. Two patients presented implant irritation, one patient a recurrent instability, and one patient suffered from a local infection. The arthroscopically assisted and image-intensifier-controlled double TightRope technique with an additional percutaneous acromioclavicular cerclage leads to good and excellent clinical results after a follow-up of 2 years. The incidence of persisting dynamic horizontal translation is lower compared to isolated coracoclavicular stabilization. Thus, we recommend using the double TightRope implant with an additional acromioclavicular cerclage. IV.

A novel drainage technique during micropercutaneous nephrolithotomy in pediatric patients: double angiocath.

PubMed

Penbegul, Necmettin; Utangac, Mehmet Mazhar; Daggulli, Mansur; Dede, Onur; Bozkurt, Yasar; Bodakci, Mehmet Nuri; Atar, Murat

2016-06-01

Micropercutaneous nephrolithotomy (microperc) is a recently introduced percutaneous nephrolithotomy (PNL) technique that has the smallest tract size. The absence of an amplatz sheath during the microperc technique is a fundamental difference that distinguishes it from all other types of PNL (standard, mini, ultramini). Increasing of the intrarenal pelvic pressure (IPP) was demonstrated by the authors in adult patients but this problem may be even more serious in pediatric patients. Previously, the authors defined the use of a 14 gauge angiocath needle and sheath (microsheath) during microperc surgery for pediatric patient to reduce the IPP. In this novel technique, a second angiocath is used to access the renal collecting system to drain fluid during surgery. This technique is more effective in reducing IPP during microperc, especially in pediatric patients. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

A novel attack method about double-random-phase-encoding-based image hiding method

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Xu, Hongsheng; Xiao, Zhijun; Zhu, Xianchen

2018-03-01

By using optical image processing techniques, a novel text encryption and hiding method applied by double-random phase-encoding technique is proposed in the paper. The first step is that the secret message is transformed into a 2-dimension array. The higher bits of the elements in the array are used to fill with the bit stream of the secret text, while the lower bits are stored specific values. Then, the transformed array is encoded by double random phase encoding technique. Last, the encoded array is embedded on a public host image to obtain the image embedded with hidden text. The performance of the proposed technique is tested via analytical modeling and test data stream. Experimental results show that the secret text can be recovered either accurately or almost accurately, while maintaining the quality of the host image embedded with hidden data by properly selecting the method of transforming the secret text into an array and the superimposition coefficient.

Detection of DNA double-strand breaks and chromosome translocations using ligation-mediated PCR and inverse PCR.

PubMed

Villalobos, Michael J; Betti, Christopher J; Vaughan, Andrew T M

2006-01-01

Current techniques for examining the global creation and repair of DNA double-strand breaks are restricted in their sensitivity, and such techniques mask any site-dependent variations in breakage and repair rate or fidelity. We present here a system for analyzing the fate of documented DNA breaks, using the MLL gene as an example, through application of ligation-mediated PCR. Here, a simple asymmetric double-stranded DNA adapter molecule is ligated to experimentally induced DNA breaks and subjected to seminested PCR using adapter and gene-specific primers. The rate of appearance and loss of specific PCR products allows detection of both the break and its repair. Using the additional technique of inverse PCR, the presence of misrepaired products (translocations) can be detected at the same site, providing information on the fidelity of the ligation reaction in intact cells. Such techniques may be adapted for the analysis of DNA breaks introduced into any identifiable genomic location.

Could the novel ‘double-hole’ technique be an alternative for the inflow occlusion method?

PubMed Central

Bozok, Sahin; Gokhan, Ilhan; Izmir,, Kazdal; Berkan, Ozpak; Ismail, Yurekli; Mert, Kestelli; Serdar, Bayrak

2016-01-01

Summary Background Inflow occlusion on beating heart and cardiopulmonary bypass techniques have been proposed for the removal of foreign material, such as stents, catheters and mass lesions, from cardiac chambers. However, both techniques are not devoid of disadvantages and complications. In this article, we define an alternative, novel ‘double-hole’ technique, which is based on opening the right atrium without cardiopulmonary bypass . Methods Bovine hearts were obtained from a local supermarket. Two purse-string sutures were placed in the right atrium using 2-0 braided, non-absorbable polyester suture material, one close to the auricle, and the other close to the interatrial septum. The guidewire of a haemodialysis catheter was inserted through the superior vena cava into the right atrium and passed all the way through the right ventricle. Results We suggest that the double-hole technique may be useful, especially in revision cases with adhesions. Further research should be performed to document the efficacy and safety of this method. Conclusion We are aware that further extensive research is necessary to investigate the utility of this novel technique in contemporary cardiovascular surgery. We believe the doublehole technique has the potential to become a safe, practical and effective measure in the future. PMID:27078129

Clinical Comparison of Full and Partial Double Pedicle Flaps with Connective Tissue Grafts for Treatment of Gingival Recession

PubMed Central

Ranjbari, Ardeshir; Gholami, Gholam Ali; Amid, Reza; Kadkhodazadeh, Mahdi; Youssefi, Navid; Mehdizadeh, Amir Reza; Aghaloo, Maryam

2016-01-01

Statement of the Problem Gingival recession has been considered as the most challenging issue in the field of periodontal plastic surgery. Purpose The purpose of this study was to evaluate the clinical efficacy of root coverage procedures by using partial thickness double pedicle graft and compare it with full thickness double pedicle graft. Materials and Method Eight patients, aged 15 to 58 years including 6 females and 2 males with 20 paired (mirror image) defects with class I and II gingival recession were randomly assigned into two groups. Clinical parameters such as recession depth, recession width, clinical attachment level, probing depth, and width of keratinized tissue were measured at the baseline and 6 months post-surgery. A mucosal double papillary flap was elevated and the respective root was thoroughly planed. The connective tissue graft was harvested from the palate, and then adapted over the root. The pedicle flap was secured over the connective tissue graft and sutured. The surgical technique was similar in the control group except for the prepared double pedicle graft which was full thickness. Results The mean root coverage was 88.14% (2.83 mm) in the test group and 85.7% (2.75 mm) in the control group. No statistical differences were found in the mean reduction of vertical recession, width of recession, or probing depth between the test and control groups. In both procedures, the width of keratinized tissue increased after three months and the difference between the two groups was not statistically significant in this respect. Conclusion Connective tissue with partial and full thickness double pedicle grafts can be successfully used for treatment of marginal gingival recession. PMID:27602394

Comparison between single-row and double-row rotator cuff repair: a biomechanical study.

PubMed

Milano, Giuseppe; Grasso, Andrea; Zarelli, Donatella; Deriu, Laura; Cillo, Mario; Fabbriciani, Carlo

2008-01-01

The aim of this study was to compare the mechanical behavior under cyclic loading test of single-row and double-row rotator cuff repair with suture anchors in an ex-vivo animal model. For the present study, 50 fresh porcine shoulders were used. On each shoulder, a crescent-shaped full-thickness tear of the infraspinatus was performed. Width of the tendon tear was 2 cm. The lesion was repaired using metal suture anchors. Shoulders were divided in four groups, according the type of repair: single-row tension-free repair (Group 1); single-row tension repair (Group 2); double-row tension-free repair (Group 3); double-row tension repair (Group 4); and a control group. Specimens were subjected to a cyclic loading test. Number of cycles at 5 mm of elongation and at failure, and total elongation were calculated. Single-row tension repair showed significantly poorest results for all the variables considered, when compared with the other groups. Regarding the mean number of cycles at 5 mm of elongation and at failure, there was a nonsignificant difference between Groups 3 and 4, and both of them were significantly greater than Group 1. For mean total elongation, the difference between Groups 1, 3, and 4 was not significant, but all of them were significantly lower than the control group. A single-row repair is particularly weak when performed under tension. Double-row repair is significantly more resistant to cyclic displacement than single-row repair in both tension-free and tension repair. Double-row repair technique can be primarily considered for large, unstable rotator cuff tears to improve mechanical strength of primary fixation of tendons to bone.

The Role of Power Fluctuations in the Preference of Diagonal vs. Double Poling Sub-Technique at Different Incline-Speed Combinations in Elite Cross-Country Skiers

PubMed Central

Dahl, Christine; Sandbakk, Øyvind; Danielsen, Jørgen; Ettema, Gertjan

2017-01-01

In classical cross-country skiing, diagonal stride (DIA) is the major uphill sub-technique, while double poling (DP) is used on relatively flat terrain. Although, the dependence of incline and speed on the preference of either sub-technique seems clearly established, the mechanisms behind these preferences are not clear. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to compare kinetics and energy consumption in DP and DIA at the same submaximal workload in cross-country skiing under two different incline-speed combinations. We compared kinetics and physiological responses in DP and DIA at the same submaximal workload (≈200 W) under two different incline-speed conditions, (5%—12.5 km h−1 vs. 12%—6.5 km h−1) where DP and DIA were expected to be preferred, respectively. Fifteen elite male cross-country skiers performed four separate 6.5-min roller skiing sessions on a treadmill at these two conditions using DP and DIA during which physiological variables, rate of perceived exertion (RPE) and kinetics, including power fluctuations, were recorded. At 12% incline, DIA resulted in lower physiological response (e.g., heart rate) and RPE, and higher gross efficiency than DP, whereas at 5% incline these variables favored DP (P < 0.05). The skiers' preference for sub-technique (13 preferred DIA at 12% incline; all 15 preferred DP at 5% incline) was in accordance with these results. Fluctuation in instantaneous power was lowest in the preferred sub-technique at each condition (P < 0.05). Preference for DP at 5% incline (high speed) is most likely because the speed is too high for effective ski thrust in DIA, which is reflected in high power fluctuations. The mechanism for preference of DIA at 12% incline is not indicated directly by the current data set showing only small differences in power fluctuations between DIA and DP. Apart from the low speed allowing ski thrust, we suggest that restricted ability to utilize the body's mechanical energy as well as the use of arms in DP play an important role. PMID:28270769

The Role of Power Fluctuations in the Preference of Diagonal vs. Double Poling Sub-Technique at Different Incline-Speed Combinations in Elite Cross-Country Skiers.

PubMed

Dahl, Christine; Sandbakk, Øyvind; Danielsen, Jørgen; Ettema, Gertjan

2017-01-01

In classical cross-country skiing, diagonal stride (DIA) is the major uphill sub-technique, while double poling (DP) is used on relatively flat terrain. Although, the dependence of incline and speed on the preference of either sub-technique seems clearly established, the mechanisms behind these preferences are not clear. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to compare kinetics and energy consumption in DP and DIA at the same submaximal workload in cross-country skiing under two different incline-speed combinations. We compared kinetics and physiological responses in DP and DIA at the same submaximal workload (≈200 W) under two different incline-speed conditions, (5%-12.5 km h -1 vs. 12%-6.5 km h -1 ) where DP and DIA were expected to be preferred, respectively. Fifteen elite male cross-country skiers performed four separate 6.5-min roller skiing sessions on a treadmill at these two conditions using DP and DIA during which physiological variables, rate of perceived exertion ( RPE ) and kinetics, including power fluctuations, were recorded. At 12% incline, DIA resulted in lower physiological response (e.g., heart rate) and RPE , and higher gross efficiency than DP, whereas at 5% incline these variables favored DP ( P < 0.05). The skiers' preference for sub-technique (13 preferred DIA at 12% incline; all 15 preferred DP at 5% incline) was in accordance with these results. Fluctuation in instantaneous power was lowest in the preferred sub-technique at each condition ( P < 0.05). Preference for DP at 5% incline (high speed) is most likely because the speed is too high for effective ski thrust in DIA, which is reflected in high power fluctuations. The mechanism for preference of DIA at 12% incline is not indicated directly by the current data set showing only small differences in power fluctuations between DIA and DP. Apart from the low speed allowing ski thrust, we suggest that restricted ability to utilize the body's mechanical energy as well as the use of arms in DP play an important role.

Geometric prepatterning-based tuning of the period doubling onset strain during thin-film wrinkling

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Saha, Sourabh K.

Wrinkling of thin films is an easy-to-implement and low-cost technique to fabricate stretch-tunable periodic micro and nanoscale structures. However, the tunability of such structures is often limited by the emergence of an undesirable period-doubled mode at high strains. Predictively tuning the onset strain for period doubling via existing techniques requires one to have extensive knowledge about the nonlinear pattern formation behavior. Herein, a geometric prepatterning-based technique is introduced that can be implemented even with limited system knowledge to predictively delay period doubling. The technique comprises prepatterning the film/base bilayer with a sinusoidal pattern that has the same period as themore » natural period of the system. This technique has been verified via physical and computational experiments on the polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS)/glass bilayer system. It is observed that the onset strain can be increased from the typical value of 20% for flat films to greater than 30% with a modest prepattern aspect ratio (2·amplitude/period) of 0.15. In addition, finite element simulations reveal that (i) the onset strain increases with increasing prepattern amplitude and (ii) the delaying effect can be captured entirely by the prepattern geometry. Therefore, one can implement this technique even with limited system knowledge, such as material properties or film thickness, by simply replicating pre-existing wrinkled patterns to generate prepatterned bilayers. Furthermore, geometric prepatterning is a practical scheme to increase the operating range of stretch-tunable wrinkle-based devices by at least 50%.« less

Geometric prepatterning-based tuning of the period doubling onset strain during thin-film wrinkling

DOE PAGES

Saha, Sourabh K.

2017-04-05

Wrinkling of thin films is an easy-to-implement and low-cost technique to fabricate stretch-tunable periodic micro and nanoscale structures. However, the tunability of such structures is often limited by the emergence of an undesirable period-doubled mode at high strains. Predictively tuning the onset strain for period doubling via existing techniques requires one to have extensive knowledge about the nonlinear pattern formation behavior. Herein, a geometric prepatterning-based technique is introduced that can be implemented even with limited system knowledge to predictively delay period doubling. The technique comprises prepatterning the film/base bilayer with a sinusoidal pattern that has the same period as themore » natural period of the system. This technique has been verified via physical and computational experiments on the polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS)/glass bilayer system. It is observed that the onset strain can be increased from the typical value of 20% for flat films to greater than 30% with a modest prepattern aspect ratio (2·amplitude/period) of 0.15. In addition, finite element simulations reveal that (i) the onset strain increases with increasing prepattern amplitude and (ii) the delaying effect can be captured entirely by the prepattern geometry. Therefore, one can implement this technique even with limited system knowledge, such as material properties or film thickness, by simply replicating pre-existing wrinkled patterns to generate prepatterned bilayers. Furthermore, geometric prepatterning is a practical scheme to increase the operating range of stretch-tunable wrinkle-based devices by at least 50%.« less

Strength of cerclage fixation systems: a biomechanical study.

PubMed

Incavo, S J; Difazio, F; Wilder, D

1990-11-01

This study examined the load to failure ratio and stiffness of eight different cerclage techniques commonly used in the clinical management of fractures. For a single-loop cerclage, titanium cable was the strongest, while stainless steel wire secured with a commercial tightener was the weakest (P < 0.05). When a single-loop configuration is necessary (i.e. trochanteric attachment) a cable system is superior to cerclage wiring. A double-wrap of either cable or wire was considerably stronger than any single-wrap cerclage technique and stronger than two cerclage wires (P < 0.05). Copyright © 1990. Published by Elsevier Ltd.

Methods for obtaining and determination of squalene from natural sources.

PubMed

Popa, Ovidiu; Băbeanu, Narcisa Elena; Popa, Ioana; Niță, Sultana; Dinu-Pârvu, Cristina Elena

2015-01-01

Squalene is a natural dehydrotriterpenic hydrocarbon (C30H50) with six double bonds, known as an intermediate in the biosynthesis of phytosterol or cholesterol in plants or animals. We have briefly reviewed the natural sources for squalene and focused on the main methods and techniques to obtain and to determine it. Some of its applications in different fields of human activity are also mentioned.

G-Channel Restoration for RWB CFA with Double-Exposed W Channel

PubMed Central

Park, Chulhee; Song, Ki Sun; Kang, Moon Gi

2017-01-01

In this paper, we propose a green (G)-channel restoration for a red–white–blue (RWB) color filter array (CFA) image sensor using the dual sampling technique. By using white (W) pixels instead of G pixels, the RWB CFA provides high-sensitivity imaging and an improved signal-to-noise ratio compared to the Bayer CFA. However, owing to this high sensitivity, the W pixel values become rapidly over-saturated before the red–blue (RB) pixel values reach the appropriate levels. Because the missing G color information included in the W channel cannot be restored with a saturated W, multiple captures with dual sampling are necessary to solve this early W-pixel saturation problem. Each W pixel has a different exposure time when compared to those of the R and B pixels, because the W pixels are double-exposed. Therefore, a RWB-to-RGB color conversion method is required in order to restore the G color information, using a double-exposed W channel. The proposed G-channel restoration algorithm restores G color information from the W channel by considering the energy difference caused by the different exposure times. Using the proposed method, the RGB full-color image can be obtained while maintaining the high-sensitivity characteristic of the W pixels. PMID:28165425

G-Channel Restoration for RWB CFA with Double-Exposed W Channel.

PubMed

Park, Chulhee; Song, Ki Sun; Kang, Moon Gi

2017-02-05

In this paper, we propose a green (G)-channel restoration for a red-white-blue (RWB) color filter array (CFA) image sensor using the dual sampling technique. By using white (W) pixels instead of G pixels, the RWB CFA provides high-sensitivity imaging and an improved signal-to-noise ratio compared to the Bayer CFA. However, owing to this high sensitivity, the W pixel values become rapidly over-saturated before the red-blue (RB) pixel values reach the appropriate levels. Because the missing G color information included in the W channel cannot be restored with a saturated W, multiple captures with dual sampling are necessary to solve this early W-pixel saturation problem. Each W pixel has a different exposure time when compared to those of the R and B pixels, because the W pixels are double-exposed. Therefore, a RWB-to-RGB color conversion method is required in order to restore the G color information, using a double-exposed W channel. The proposed G-channel restoration algorithm restores G color information from the W channel by considering the energy difference caused by the different exposure times. Using the proposed method, the RGB full-color image can be obtained while maintaining the high-sensitivity characteristic of the W pixels.

Occurrence and Nature of Double Alleles in Variable-Number Tandem-Repeat Patterns of More than 8,000 Mycobacterium tuberculosis Complex Isolates in The Netherlands

PubMed Central

Kamst, Miranda; van Hunen, Rianne; de Zwaan, Carolina Catherina; Mulder, Arnout; Supply, Philip; Anthony, Richard; van der Hoek, Wim; van Soolingen, Dick

2017-01-01

ABSTRACT Since 2004, variable-number tandem-repeat (VNTR) typing of Mycobacterium tuberculosis complex isolates has been applied on a structural basis in The Netherlands to study the epidemiology of tuberculosis (TB). Although this technique is faster and technically less demanding than the previously used restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP) typing, reproducibility remains a concern. In the period from 2004 to 2015, 8,532 isolates were subjected to VNTR typing in The Netherlands, with 186 (2.2%) of these exhibiting double alleles at one locus. Double alleles were most common in loci 4052 and 2163b. The variables significantly associated with double alleles were urban living (odds ratio [OR], 1.503; 95% confidence interval [CI], 1.084 to 2.084; P = 0.014) and pulmonary TB (OR, 1.703; 95% CI, 1.216 to 2.386; P = 0.002). Single-colony cultures of double-allele strains were produced and revealed single-allele profiles; a maximum of five single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) was observed between the single- and double-allele isolates from the same patient when whole-genome sequencing (WGS) was applied. This indicates the presence of two bacterial populations with slightly different VNTR profiles in the parental population, related to genetic drift. This observation is confirmed by the fact that secondary cases from TB source cases with double-allele isolates sometimes display only one of the two alleles present in the source case. Double alleles occur at a frequency of 2.2% in VNTR patterns in The Netherlands. They are caused by biological variation rather than by technical aberrations and can be transmitted either as single- or double-allele variants. PMID:29142049

Proposed Cavity for Reduced Slip-Stacking Loss

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Eldred, J.; Zwaska, R.

This paper employs a novel dynamical mechanism to improve the performance of slip-stacking. Slip-stacking in an accumulation technique used at Fermilab since 2004 which nearly double the proton intensity. During slip-stacking, the Recycler or the Main Injector stores two particles beams that spatially overlap but have different momenta. The two particle beams are longitudinally focused by two 53 MHz 100 kV RF cavities with a small frequency difference between them. We propose an additional 106 MHz 20 kV RF cavity, with a frequency at the double the average of the upper and lower main RF frequencies. In simulation, we findmore » the proposed RF cavity significantly enhances the stable bucket area and reduces slip-stacking losses under reasonable injection scenarios. We quantify and map the stability of the parameter space for any accelerator implementing slip-stacking with the addition of a harmonic RF cavity.« less

Efficiency of different methods of extra-cavity second harmonic generation of continuous wave single-frequency radiation.

PubMed

Khripunov, Sergey; Kobtsev, Sergey; Radnatarov, Daba

2016-01-20

This work presents for the first time to the best of our knowledge a comparative efficiency analysis among various techniques of extra-cavity second harmonic generation (SHG) of continuous-wave single-frequency radiation in nonperiodically poled nonlinear crystals within a broad range of power levels. Efficiency of nonlinear radiation transformation at powers from 1 W to 10 kW was studied in three different configurations: with an external power-enhancement cavity and without the cavity in the case of single and double radiation pass through a nonlinear crystal. It is demonstrated that at power levels exceeding 1 kW, the efficiencies of methods with and without external power-enhancement cavities become comparable, whereas at even higher powers, SHG by a single or double pass through a nonlinear crystal becomes preferable because of the relatively high efficiency of nonlinear transformation and fairly simple implementation.

The double peaks and symmetric path phenomena in the catalytic activity of Pd/Al2O3-TiO2 catalysts with different TiO2 contents

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Zhang, Shen; Guo, Yuyu; Li, Xingying; Wu, Xu; Li, Zhe

2018-06-01

Physicochemical properties of Pd/Al2O3-TiO2 catalysts with different amounts of TiO2 contents were investigated by XRD, nitrogen adsorption-desorption, FTIR, NH3-TPD, H2-TPR and XPS techniques. Catalysts of different compositions were tested in the ethanol oxidation reaction to study the effects of TiO2 contents. Double peaks and symmetric path phenomena were observed at certain temperatures with the increase in TiO2 contents. The symmetric peak phenomena and the diverse activity fluctuations have been ascribed to the controlling factors such as temperature and compositions. With the increase in TiO2 content, the surface area, adsorbed oxygen contents and surface acid quantity decreased gradually. The large surface area and adsorbed oxygen contents were conducive to the performance, while increased acid amounts were not beneficial for ethanol oxidation. At 150 and 175 °C, Pd/AT(X1

Long-Term Outcome of Laparoscopic Totally Extraperitoneal Repair of Bilateral Inguinal Hernias with a Large Single Mesh.

PubMed

Issa, Nidal; Ohana, Gil; Bachar, Gil Nissim; Powsner, Eldad

2016-02-01

A totally extraperitoneal (TEP) approach is currently the technique of choice for the laparoscopic repair of bilateral inguinal hernias in our institution. Most other surgeons use two meshes for the TEP repair, one for each side. We prefer a large single mesh when possible since it allows for easier correct placement of the mesh in one stage. We compared our long-term results of both techniques in terms of late complications and recurrence rates. This study retrospectively evaluated the medical records of 108 patients who underwent bilateral laparoscopic TEP repair in our institution between January 2002 and December 2003. Excluded were patients who had a conversion to a transabdominal preperitoneal or open approach. A total of 73 (67 %) patients fulfilled study entrance criteria and were enrolled: 39 had undergone single mesh repair and 34 had undergone double mesh repair. There were no significant group differences in demographics, operating time, postoperative morbidity, or hospital stay. Likewise, after a median follow-up of 102 months (range 94–115 months), there were no significant group differences between the single and double mesh groups in persistent pain (5.8 vs 2.5 %, respectively; p = 0.476) and recurrence (7.6 vs 8.8 %, respectively; p = 0.55). The use of a large single mesh is an effective and safe alternative technique for TEP repair of bilateral inguinal hernias, and is technically easy to perform.

Simulation of double beta decay in the ''SeXe'' TPC

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Mauger, F.

2007-04-01

In 2004, the NEMO collaboration has started some preliminary studies for a next-generation double beta decay experiment: SuperNEMO. The possibility to use a large gaseous TPC has been investigated using simulation and extrapolation of former experiments. In this talk, I report on the reasons why such techniques have not been selected in 2004 and led the NEMO collaboration to reuse the techniques implemented within the NEMO3 detector.

Evaluation of new Deflux administration techniques: intraureteric HIT and Double HIT for the endoscopic correction of vesicoureteral reflux.

PubMed

Kirsch, Andrew J; Arlen, Angela M

2014-09-01

Vesicoureteral reflux (VUR) is one of the most common urologic diagnoses affecting children, and optimal treatment requires an individualized approach that considers potential risks. Management options include observation with or without continuous antibiotic prophylaxis and surgical correction via endoscopic, open or laparoscopic/robotic approaches. Endoscopic correction of VUR is an outpatient procedure associated with decreased morbidity compared with ureteral reimplantation. The concept of ureteral hydrodistention and intraluminal submucosal injection (Hydrodistention Implantation Technique [HIT]) has led to improved success rates in eliminating VUR compared with the subureteral transurethral injection technique. Further modifications now include use of proximal and distal intraluminal injections (Double HIT) that result in coaptation of both the ureteral tunnel and orifice. Endoscopic injection of dextranomer/hyaluronic acid copolymer, via the HIT and Double HIT, has emerged as a highly successful, minimally invasive alternative to open surgical correction, with minimal associated morbidity.

Key management of the double random-phase-encoding method using public-key encryption

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Saini, Nirmala; Sinha, Aloka

2010-03-01

Public-key encryption has been used to encode the key of the encryption process. In the proposed technique, an input image has been encrypted by using the double random-phase-encoding method using extended fractional Fourier transform. The key of the encryption process have been encoded by using the Rivest-Shamir-Adelman (RSA) public-key encryption algorithm. The encoded key has then been transmitted to the receiver side along with the encrypted image. In the decryption process, first the encoded key has been decrypted using the secret key and then the encrypted image has been decrypted by using the retrieved key parameters. The proposed technique has advantage over double random-phase-encoding method because the problem associated with the transmission of the key has been eliminated by using public-key encryption. Computer simulation has been carried out to validate the proposed technique.

Analytic double product integrals for all-frequency relighting.

PubMed

Wang, Rui; Pan, Minghao; Chen, Weifeng; Ren, Zhong; Zhou, Kun; Hua, Wei; Bao, Hujun

2013-07-01

This paper presents a new technique for real-time relighting of static scenes with all-frequency shadows from complex lighting and highly specular reflections from spatially varying BRDFs. The key idea is to depict the boundaries of visible regions using piecewise linear functions, and convert the shading computation into double product integrals—the integral of the product of lighting and BRDF on visible regions. By representing lighting and BRDF with spherical Gaussians and approximating their product using Legendre polynomials locally in visible regions, we show that such double product integrals can be evaluated in an analytic form. Given the precomputed visibility, our technique computes the visibility boundaries on the fly at each shading point, and performs the analytic integral to evaluate the shading color. The result is a real-time all-frequency relighting technique for static scenes with dynamic, spatially varying BRDFs, which can generate more accurate shadows than the state-of-the-art real-time PRT methods.

Outcomes of the modified Brostrom procedure using suture anchors for chronic lateral ankle instability--a prospective, randomized comparison between single and double suture anchors.

PubMed

Cho, Byung-Ki; Kim, Yong-Min; Kim, Dong-Soo; Choi, Eui-Sung; Shon, Hyun-Chul; Park, Kyoung-Jin

2013-01-01

The present prospective, randomized study was conducted to compare the clinical outcomes of the modified Brostrom procedure using single and double suture anchors for chronic lateral ankle instability. A total of 50 patients were followed up for more than 2 years after undergoing the modified Brostrom procedure. Of the 50 procedures, 25 each were performed using single and double suture anchors by 1 surgeon. The Karlsson scale had improved significantly to 89.8 points and 90.6 points in the single and double anchor groups, respectively. Using the Sefton grading system, 23 cases (92%) in the single anchor group and 22 (88%) in the double anchor group achieved satisfactory results. The talar tilt angle and anterior talar translation on stress radiographs using the Telos device had improved significantly to an average of 5.7° and 4.6 mm in the single anchor group and 4.5° and 4.3 mm in the double anchor group, respectively. The double anchor technique was superior with respect to the postoperative talar tilt. The single and double suture anchor techniques produced similar clinical and functional outcomes, with the exception of talar tilt as a reference of mechanical stability. The modified Brostrom procedure using both single and double suture anchors appears to be an effective treatment method for chronic lateral ankle instability. Copyright © 2013 American College of Foot and Ankle Surgeons. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

The Recovery of Optical Quality after Laser Vision Correction

PubMed Central

Jung, Hyeong-Gi

2013-01-01

Purpose To evaluate the optical quality after laser in situ keratomileusis (LASIK) or serial photorefractive keratectomy (PRK) using a double-pass system and to follow the recovery of optical quality after laser vision correction. Methods This study measured the visual acuity, manifest refraction and optical quality before and one day, one week, one month, and three months after laser vision correction. Optical quality parameters including the modulation transfer function, Strehl ratio and intraocular scattering were evaluated with a double-pass system. Results This study included 51 eyes that underwent LASIK and 57 that underwent PRK. The optical quality three months post-surgery did not differ significantly between these laser vision correction techniques. Furthermore, the preoperative and postoperative optical quality did not differ significantly in either group. Optical quality recovered within one week after LASIK but took between one and three months to recover after PRK. The optical quality of patients in the PRK group seemed to recover slightly more slowly than their uncorrected distance visual acuity. Conclusions Optical quality recovers to the preoperative level after laser vision correction, so laser vision correction is efficacious for correcting myopia. The double-pass system is a useful tool for clinical assessment of optical quality. PMID:23908570

Measures and Relative Motions of Some Mostly F. G. W. Struve Doubles

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Wiley, E. O.

2012-04-01

Measures of 59 pairs of double stars with long observational histories using "lucky imaging" techniques are reported. Relative motions of 59 pairs are investigated using histories of observation, scatter plots of relative motion, ordinary least-squares (OLS) and total proper motion analyses performed in "R," an open source programming language. A scatter plot of the coefficient of determinations derived from the OLS y|epoch and OLS x|epoch clearly separates common proper motion pairs from optical pairs and what are termed "long-period binary candidates." Differences in proper motion separate optical pairs from long-term binary candidates. An Appendix is provided that details how to use known rectilinear pairs as calibration pairs for the program REDUC.

Algorithm for planning a double-jaw orthognathic surgery using a computer-aided surgical simulation (CASS) protocol. Part 1: planning sequence

PubMed Central

Xia, J. J.; Gateno, J.; Teichgraeber, J. F.; Yuan, P.; Chen, K.-C.; Li, J.; Zhang, X.; Tang, Z.; Alfi, D. M.

2015-01-01

The success of craniomaxillofacial (CMF) surgery depends not only on the surgical techniques, but also on an accurate surgical plan. The adoption of computer-aided surgical simulation (CASS) has created a paradigm shift in surgical planning. However, planning an orthognathic operation using CASS differs fundamentally from planning using traditional methods. With this in mind, the Surgical Planning Laboratory of Houston Methodist Research Institute has developed a CASS protocol designed specifically for orthognathic surgery. The purpose of this article is to present an algorithm using virtual tools for planning a double-jaw orthognathic operation. This paper will serve as an operation manual for surgeons wanting to incorporate CASS into their clinical practice. PMID:26573562

Multi-dimensional optical and laser-based diagnostics of low-temperature ionized plasma discharges

DOE PAGES

Barnat, Edward V.

2011-09-15

In this paper, a review of work centered on the utilization of multi-dimensional optical diagnostics to study phenomena arising in radiofrequency plasma discharges is given. The diagnostics range from passive techniques such as optical emission to more active techniques utilizing nanosecond lasers capable of both high temporal and spatial resolution. In this review, emphasis is placed on observations that would have been more difficult, if not impossible, to make without the use of such diagnostic techniques. Examples include the sheath structure around an electrode consisting of two different metals, double layers that arise in magnetized hydrogen discharges, or a largemore » region of depleted argon 1s 4 levels around a biased probe in an rf discharge.« less

Thoracic Endovascular Aortic Repair With Single/Double Chimney Technique for Aortic Arch Pathologies.

PubMed

Wang, Tun; Shu, Chang; Li, Ming; Li, Quan-Ming; Li, Xin; Qiu, Jian; Fang, Kun; Dardik, Alan; Yang, Chen-Zi

2017-06-01

To summarize a single-center experience using the single/double chimney technique in association with thoracic endovascular aortic repairs (TEVAR) for aortic arch pathologies. From November 2007 to March 2016, 122 patients (mean age 50.4±12.7 years, range 29-80; 92 men) with aortic arch pathologies underwent TEVAR combined with single (n=101) or double (n=21) chimney grafts to reconstruct the supra-aortic branches: 21 innominate arteries, 114 left common carotid arteries, and 8 left subclavian arteries (LSA). Pathologies included type B aortic dissection (n=47), aortic arch dissection (n=49), retrograde type A aortic dissection (n=8), thoracic aortic aneurysm (n=7), penetrating aortic arch ulcer (n=9), and post-TEVAR type I endoleak (n=2). Follow-up examinations included computed tomography at 0.5, 3, 6, and 12 months and yearly thereafter. The aortic stent-grafts were deployed in zone 0 (n=21), zone 1 (n=93), and zone 2 (n=8). One (0.8%) of the 122 patients died at 4 days due to a perforated peptic ulcer. Type Ia endoleaks were found intraoperatively in 13 (10.7%) patients, including 3 with the double chimney technique. Type II endoleaks occurred in 6 (4.9%) patients; 3 were treated with duct occluders in the LSA. Postoperative chimney graft migration occurred in 1 (0.8%) patient with double chimneys; additional stent-grafts were deployed in both chimneys. Median follow-up was 32.3 months, during which 1 (0.8%) patient died after a stroke at 3 months. Chimney stent-graft patency was observed in the remaining 120 patients. Two (1.7%) secondary TEVARs were performed for distal aortic dissection. Nine asymptomatic type Ia endoleaks and 1 type II endoleak persisted in follow-up; a type II endoleak in 1 patient with Marfan syndrome sealed in 52 months. TEVAR with the chimney technique provides a safe, minimally invasive alternative with good chimney graft patency and low postoperative mortality during midterm follow-up. The double chimney technique should be used judiciously owing to its potential complications.

High Resolution Hypocenter Relocation for Events in Central Java, Indonesia using Double-Difference Technique

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Sahara, D. P.; Widiyantoro, S.; Nugraha, A. D.; Sule, R.; Luehr, B. G.

2010-12-01

Seismic and volcanic activities in Central Java are highly related to the subduction of the Indo-Australian plate. In the MERapi AMphibious Experiments (MERAMEX), a network consisting of 169 seismographic stations was installed onshore and offshore in central Java and recorded 282 events during the operation. In this study, we present the results of relative hypocenters relocation by using Double Difference (DD) method to image the subduction beneath the volcanic chain in central Java. The DD method is an iterative procedure using Least Square optimization to determine high-resolution hypocenter locations over large distances. This relocation method uses absolute travel-time measurements and/or cross-correlation of P- and S-wave differential travel-time measurements. The preliminary results of our study showed that the algorithm could collapse the diffused event locations obtained from previous study into a sharp image of seismicity structure and reduce the residual travel time errors significantly (7 - 60%). As a result, narrow regions of a double seismic zone which correlated with the subducting slab can be determined more accurately. The dip angle of the slab increases gradually from almost horizontal beneath offshore to very steep (65-80 degrees) beneath the northern part of central Java. The aseismic gap at depths of 140 km - 185 km is also depicted clearly. The next step of the ongoing research is to provide detailed quantitative constraints on the structures of the mantle wedge and crust beneath central Java and to show the ascending paths of fluids and partially molten materials below the volcanic arc by applying Double-Difference Tomography method (TomoDD).

Performance analysis of an integrated GPS/inertial attitude determination system. M.S. Thesis - MIT

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Sullivan, Wendy I.

1994-01-01

The performance of an integrated GPS/inertial attitude determination system is investigated using a linear covariance analysis. The principles of GPS interferometry are reviewed, and the major error sources of both interferometers and gyroscopes are discussed and modeled. A new figure of merit, attitude dilution of precision (ADOP), is defined for two possible GPS attitude determination methods, namely single difference and double difference interferometry. Based on this figure of merit, a satellite selection scheme is proposed. The performance of the integrated GPS/inertial attitude determination system is determined using a linear covariance analysis. Based on this analysis, it is concluded that the baseline errors (i.e., knowledge of the GPS interferometer baseline relative to the vehicle coordinate system) are the limiting factor in system performance. By reducing baseline errors, it should be possible to use lower quality gyroscopes without significantly reducing performance. For the cases considered, single difference interferometry is only marginally better than double difference interferometry. Finally, the performance of the system is found to be relatively insensitive to the satellite selection technique.

Methods for Obtaining and Determination of Squalene from Natural Sources

PubMed Central

Popa, Ovidiu; Băbeanu, Narcisa Elena; Niță, Sultana; Dinu-Pârvu, Cristina Elena

2015-01-01

Squalene is a natural dehydrotriterpenic hydrocarbon (C30H50) with six double bonds, known as an intermediate in the biosynthesis of phytosterol or cholesterol in plants or animals. We have briefly reviewed the natural sources for squalene and focused on the main methods and techniques to obtain and to determine it. Some of its applications in different fields of human activity are also mentioned. PMID:25695064

Analysis of ecstasy in oral fluid by ion mobility spectrometry and infrared spectroscopy after liquid-liquid extraction.

PubMed

Armenta, Sergio; Garrigues, Salvador; de la Guardia, Miguel; Brassier, Judit; Alcalà, Manel; Blanco, Marcelo

2015-03-06

We developed and evaluated two different strategies for determining abuse drugs based on (i) the analysis of saliva by ion mobility spectrometry (IMS) after thermal desorption and (ii) the joint use of IMS and infrared (IR) spectroscopy after liquid-liquid microextraction (LLME) to enable the sensitivity-enhanced detection and double confirmation of ecstasy (MDMA) abuse. Both strategies proved effective for the intended purpose. Analysing saliva by IMS after thermal desorption, which provides a limit of detection (LOD) of 160μgL(-1), requires adding 0.2M acetic acid to the sample and using the truncated negative second derivative of the ion mobility spectrum. The joint use of IMS and IR spectroscopy after LLME provides an LOD of 11μgL(-1) with the former technique and 800μgL(-1) with the latter, in addition to a limit of confirmation (LOC) of 1.5mgL(-1). Using IMS after thermal desorption simplifies the operational procedure, and using it jointly with IR spectroscopy after LLME allows double confirmation of MDMA abuse with two techniques based on different principles (viz., IMS drift times and IR spectra). Also, it affords on-site analyses, albeit at a lower throughput. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Comparative study of DNA encapsulation into PLGA microparticles using modified double emulsion methods and spray drying techniques.

PubMed

Oster, C G; Kissel, T

2005-05-01

Recently, several research groups have shown the potential of microencapsulated DNA as adjuvant for DNA immunization and in tissue engineering approaches. Among techniques generally used for microencapsulation of hydrophilic drug substances into hydrophobic polymers, modified WOW double emulsion method and spray drying of water-in-oil dispersions take a prominent position. The key parameters for optimized microspheres are particle size, encapsulation efficiency, continuous DNA release and stabilization of DNA against enzymatic and mechanical degradation. This study investigates the possibility to encapsulate DNA avoiding shear forces which readily degrade DNA during this microencapsulation. DNA microparticles were prepared with polyethylenimine (PEI) as a complexation agent for DNA. Polycations are capable of stabilizing DNA against enzymatic, as well as mechanical degradation. Further, complexation was hypothesized to facilitate the encapsulation by reducing the size of the macromolecule. This study additionally evaluated the possibility of encapsulating lyophilized DNA and lyophilized DNA/PEI complexes. For this purpose, the spray drying and double emulsion techniques were compared. The size of the microparticles was characterized by laser diffractometry and the particles were visualized by scanning electron microscopy (SEM). DNA encapsulation efficiencies were investigated photometrically after complete hydrolysis of the particles. Finally, the DNA release characteristics from the particles were studied. Particles with a size of <10 microm which represent the threshold for phagocytic uptake could be prepared with these techniques. The encapsulation efficiency ranged from 100-35% for low theoretical DNA loadings. DNA complexation with PEI 25?kDa prior to the encapsulation process reduced the initial burst release of DNA for all techniques used. Spray-dried particles without PEI exhibited high burst releases, whereas double emulsion techniques showed continuous release rates.

Particle Identification in Nuclear Emulsion by Measuring Multiple Coulomb Scattering

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Than Tint, Khin; Nakazawa, Kazuma; Yoshida, Junya; Kyaw Soe, Myint; Mishina, Akihiro; Kinbara, Shinji; Itoh, Hiroki; Endo, Yoko; Kobayashi, Hidetaka; E07 Collaboration

2014-09-01

We are developing particle identification techniques for single charged particles such as Xi, proton, K and π by measuring multiple Coulomb scattering in nuclear emulsion. Nuclear emulsion is the best three dimensional detector for double strangeness (S = -2) nuclear system. We expect to accumulate about 10000 Xi-minus stop events which produce double lambda hypernucleus in J-PARC E07 emulsion counter hybrid experiment. The purpose of this particle identification (PID) in nuclear emulsion is to purify Xi-minus stop events which gives information about production probability of double hypernucleus and branching ratio of decay mode. Amount of scattering parameterized as angular distribution and second difference is inversely proportional to the momentum of particle. We produced several thousands of various charged particle tracks in nuclear emulsion stack via Geant4 simulation. In this talk, PID with some measuring methods for multiple scattering will be discussed by comparing with simulation data and real Xi-minus stop events in KEK-E373 experiment.

Antigravity ESD - double-balloon-assisted underwater with traction hybrid technique.

PubMed

Sharma, Sam K; Hiratsuka, Takahiro; Hara, Hisashi; Milsom, Jeffrey W

2018-06-01

 Complex colorectal polyps or those positioned in difficult anatomic locations are an endoscopic therapeutic challenge. Underwater endoscopic submucosal dissection (UESD) is a potential technical solution to facilitate efficient polyp removal. In addition, endoscopic tissue retraction has been confined to limited methods of varying efficacy and complexity. The aim of this study was to evaluate the efficiency of a unique UESD technique for removing complex polyps using double-balloon-assisted retraction (R).  Using fresh ex-vivo porcine rectum, 4-cm polyps were created using electrosurgery and positioned at "6 o'clock" within an established ESD model. Six resections were performed in each group. Underwater techniques were facilitated using a novel double-balloon platform (Dilumen, Lumendi, Westport, Connecticut, United States).  UESD-R had a significantly shorter total procedural time than cap-assisted ESD and UESD alone (24 vs. 58 vs. 56 mins). UESD-R produced a dissection time on average of 5 minutes, attributed to the retraction provided. There was also a subjective significant reduction in electrosurgical smoke with the underwater techniques contributing to improved visualization.  Here we report the first ex-vivo experience of a unique double-balloon endoscopic platform optimized for UESD with tissue traction capability. UESD-R removed complex lesions in significantly shorter time than conventional means. The combined benefits of UESD and retraction appeared to be additive when tackling complex polyps and should be studied further.

Embolization of direct carotid cavernous fistulas with the novel double-balloon technique

PubMed Central

Niu, Yin; Li, Lin; Tang, Jun; Zhu, Gang

2015-01-01

Multiple endovascular management of direct carotid cavernous fistula (CCF) has been widely accepted as a treatment option. Embolization of the fistula with detachable balloons or thrombogenic coil-based occlusion has been the main choice to treat direct CCF, with good safety and efficacy. This study investigated the safety and efficacy of embolization of direct CCF with the novel double-balloon technique. A retrospective review of a prospective database on cerebral vascular disease was performed. We identified a total of five patients presenting with high-flow direct CCF. All patients were managed with transarterial embolization with the novel double-balloon technique. Three of the five patients were treated with two detachable balloons, and a completely occluded fistula with preservation of the internal carotid artery was achieved. Of the remaining two patients treated with more detachable balloons, one patient achieved a perfect outcome and the other one suffered from recurrent fistula due to balloon migration 3 weeks after embolization. During a follow-up period of 12–18 months, no symptoms reoccurred in any patient. Thus, the double-balloon treatment may be a promising method for CCF complete occlusion. This novel technique may bring more benefits in the following two cases: 1). A single inflated detachable balloon fails to completely occlude the CCF, which causing the next balloon can not pass into the fistula. 2). A giant CCF needs more balloons for fistula embolization. PMID:26586136

Gait models and mechanical energy in three cross-country skiing techniques.

PubMed

Pellegrini, Barbara; Zoppirolli, Chiara; Bortolan, Lorenzo; Zamparo, Paola; Schena, Federico

2014-11-01

Fluctuations in mechanical energy of the body center of mass (COM) have been widely analyzed when investigating different gaits in human and animal locomotion. We applied this approach to estimate the mechanical work in cross-country skiing and to identify the fundamental mechanisms of this particular form of locomotion. We acquired movements of body segments, skis, poles and plantar pressures for eight skiers while they roller skied on a treadmill at 14 km h(-1) and a 2 deg slope using three different techniques (diagonal stride, DS; double poling, DP; double poling with kick, DK). The work associated with kinetic energy (KE) changes of COM was not different between techniques; the work against gravity associated with potential energy (PE) changes was higher for DP than for DK and was lowest for DS. Mechanical work against the external environment was 0.87 J m(-1) kg(-1) for DS, 0.70 J m(-1) kg(-1) for DP and 0.79 J m(-1) kg(-1) for DK. The work done to overcome frictional forces, which is negligible in walking and running, was 17.8%, 32.3% and 24.8% of external mechanical work for DS, DP and DK, respectively. The pendulum-like recovery (R%) between PE and KE was ~45%, ~26% and ~9% for DP, DK and DS, respectively, but energy losses by friction are not accounted for in this computation. The pattern of fluctuations of PE and KE indicates that DS can be described as a 'grounded running', where aerial phases are substituted by ski gliding phases, DP can be described as a pendular gait, whereas DK is a combination of both. © 2014. Published by The Company of Biologists Ltd.

A low-disturbance capture technique for ground-nesting Double-crested Cormorants (Phalacrocorax auritus)

USGS Publications Warehouse

Courtot, Karen; Roby, Daniel D.; Kerr, Lauren H.; Lyons, Donald E.; Adkins, Jessica Y.

2016-01-01

Capturing breeding adults of colonially nesting species can entail risks of nest failure and even colony abandonment, especially in species that react strongly to human disturbance. A low-disturbance technique for capturing specific adult Double-crested Cormorants (Phalacrocorax auritus) at a ground-nesting colony was developed to reduce these risks and is described here. Nesting habitat enhancement was used to attract Doublecrested Cormorants to nest adjacent to above-ground tunnels constructed so that researchers could capture birds by hand. Using this technique, Double-crested Cormorants (n = 87) were captured during the incubation and chick-rearing stages of the nesting cycle. Unlike alternative capture techniques, this approach allowed targeting of specific individuals for capture and recapture, minimized local disturbance, and eliminated colony-wide disturbances. The tunnel-based system presented here could be adapted to capture adults or to access the nest contents of other ground-nesting colonial species that are inclined to nest in areas of enhanced nesting habitat and adapt to anthropogenic structures in their nesting area. This system would be particularly beneficial for other wary and easily disturbed species.

Combustion mechanism of double-base propellant containing nitrogen heterocyclic nitroamines (II): The temperature distribution of the flame and its chemical structure

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Yan, Qi-Long; Song, Zhen-Wei; Shi, Xiao-Bing; Yang, Zhi-Yuan; Zhang, Xiao-Hong

2009-03-01

In order to evaluate the actual pros and cons in the use of new nitroamines for solid rocket applications, the combustion properties of double-base propellants containing nitrogen heterocyclic nitroamines such as RDX, TNAD, HMX and DNP are investigated by means of high-speed photography technique, Non-contact wavelet-based measurement of flame temperature distribution. The chemical reactions in different combustion zone which control the burning characteristics of the double-base propellant containing nitrogen heterocyclic nitroamines were systematically investigated and descriptions of the detailed thermal decomposition mechanisms from solid phase to liquid phase or to gas phase are also included. It was indicated that the thermodynamic phase transition consisting of both evaporation and condensation of NC+NG, HMX, TNAD, RDX and DNP, are considered to provide a complete description of the mass transfer process in the combustion of these double-base propellants, and the combustion mechanisms of them are mainly involved with the oxidation mechanism of the NO 2, formaldehyde (CH 2O) and hydrogen cyanide (HCN). The entire oxidation reaction rate might be dependent on the pressure of the combustion chamber and temperature of the gas phase.

A fast double shutter for CCD-based metrology

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Geisler, R.

2017-02-01

Image based metrology such as Particle Image Velocimetry (PIV) depends on the comparison of two images of an object taken in fast succession. Cameras for these applications provide the so-called `double shutter' mode: One frame is captured with a short exposure time and in direct succession a second frame with a long exposure time can be recorded. The difference in the exposure times is typically no problem since illumination is provided by a pulsed light source such as a laser and the measurements are performed in a darkened environment to prevent ambient light from accumulating in the long second exposure time. However, measurements of self-luminous processes (e.g. plasma, combustion ...) as well as experiments in ambient light are difficult to perform and require special equipment (external shutters, highspeed image sensors, multi-sensor systems ...). Unfortunately, all these methods incorporate different drawbacks such as reduced resolution, degraded image quality, decreased light sensitivity or increased susceptibility to decalibration. In the solution presented here, off-the-shelf CCD sensors are used with a special timing to combine neighbouring pixels in a binning-like way. As a result, two frames of short exposure time can be captured in fast succession. They are stored in the on-chip vertical register in a line-interleaved pattern, read out in the common way and separated again by software. The two resultant frames are completely congruent; they expose no insensitive lines or line shifts and thus enable sub-pixel accurate measurements. A third frame can be captured at the full resolution analogue to the double shutter technique. Image based measurement techniques such as PIV can benefit from this mode when applied in bright environments. The third frame is useful e.g. for acceleration measurements or for particle tracking applications.

Shoulder abduction diminishes self-reinforcement in transosseous-equivalent rotator cuff repair in both knotted and knotless techniques.

PubMed

Smith, Geoffrey C S; Lam, Patrick H

2018-06-20

The self-reinforcement mechanism after double row suturebridge rotator cuff repair generates increasing compressive forces at the tendon footprint with increasing tendon load. Passive range of motion is usually allowed after rotator cuff repair. The mechanism of self-reinforcement could be adversely affected by shoulder abduction. Rotator cuff tears were created ex vivo in nine pairs of ovine shoulders. Two different repair techniques were used. One group was repaired using a double row 'suturebridge' construct with tied horizontal medial row mattress sutures (Knotted repair group). The other group was repaired identically except that medial row knots were not tied (Knotless repair group). Footprint compression was measured at varying amounts of abduction and under tendon loads of 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50 and 60N. The rate of increase of contact pressure (degree of self-reinforcement) was calculated for each abduction angle. Abduction diminishes footprint contact pressure in both knotted and knotless double row suturebridge constructs. Progressive abduction from 0 to 40 abduction in the knotless group and 0-30 in the knotted group results in a decrease in self-reinforcement. Abduction beyond this does not cause a further decrease in self-reinforcement. There was no difference in the rate of increase of footprint contact pressure at each angle of abduction when comparing the knotted and knotless groups. In the post-operative period, high tendon load combined with minimal abduction would be expected to generate the greatest amount of footprint compression which may improve tendon healing. Therefore, to maximize footprint compression the use of abduction pillows should be avoided while early isometric strengthening should be used.

Precision measurements of the RSA method using a phantom model of hip prosthesis.

PubMed

Mäkinen, Tatu J; Koort, Jyri K; Mattila, Kimmo T; Aro, Hannu T

2004-04-01

Radiostereometric analysis (RSA) has become one of the recommended techniques for pre-market evaluation of new joint implant designs. In this study we evaluated the effect of repositioning of X-ray tubes and phantom model on the precision of the RSA method. In precision measurements, we utilized mean error of rigid body fitting (ME) values as an internal control for examinations. ME value characterizes relative motion among the markers within each rigid body and is conventionally used to detect loosening of a bone marker. Three experiments, each consisting of 10 double examinations, were performed. In the first experiment, the X-ray tubes and the phantom model were not repositioned between one double examination. In experiments two and three, the X-ray tubes were repositioned between one double examination. In addition, the position of the phantom model was changed in experiment three. Results showed that significant differences could be found in 2 of 12 comparisons when evaluating the translation and rotation of the prosthetic components. Repositioning procedures increased ME values mimicking deformation of rigid body segments. Thus, ME value seemed to be a more sensitive parameter than migration values in this study design. These results confirmed the importance of standardized radiographic technique and accurate patient positioning for RSA measurements. Standardization and calibration procedures should be performed with phantom models in order to avoid unnecessary radiation dose of the patients. The present model gives the means to establish and to follow the intra-laboratory precision of the RSA method. The model is easily applicable in any research unit and allows the comparison of the precision values in different laboratories of multi-center trials.

[Analysis on the long-term effects of modified double endobutton technique in the treatment of Tossy type III acromioclavicular joint dislocations].

PubMed

Yan, Rui-Jian; Lu, Jian-Wei; Zhang, Chun

2014-01-01

To investigate the long-term clinical effects of modified double Endobutton technique for the treatment of acromioclavicular joint dislocations of Tossy type III. A retrospective study was done in 42 patients with acromioclavicular joint dislocations of Tossy type III treated with modified double Endobutton technique from December 2008 to December 2010. There were 24 males and 18 females, ranging in age from 21 to 56 years old (averaged, 32.5 years old). All the patients were treated with open reduction, coracoclavicular ligament reconstruction using double Endobutton technique, and repair of acromioclavicular ligament. The Karlsson system was used to evaluate therapeutic effects. The distance from coracoid to clavicle was measured to evaluate reduction loss. All the patients were followed up, and the duration ranged from 2.0 to 3.2 years (averaged,2.4 years). According to Karlsson system, 32 patients got an A degree and 10 patients got a B degree at three months post-operatively; 26 patients got an A degree and 16 patients got a B degree at the latest follow-up; 6 patients got an A degree at 3 months after operation lowered to B degree at the latest follow-up. The coracoid-clavicle distance increased from (26.91 +/- 0.91) mm at 3 months after operation to (27.41 +/- 1.10) mm at the latest follow-up. Te patients treated with over-reduction during operation or with heavy physical labour work after operation had obvious widened coracoid-clavicle distance. Bone absorption was found around the plate in most cases, mainly in the clavicular side. Treatment for acromioclavicular joint dislocations of Tossy type III with modified double Endobutton technique has satisfactory early clinical results. But with time passing, loss of reduction and bone absorption around the plate could be observed, and clinical outcomes of some cases downgrade during the long-term follow-up.

[Tentorial Dural Arteriovenous Fistula Successfully Treated with Transvenous Embolization Using a Double Catheterization Technique through Venous Drainage:A Case Report].

PubMed

Yamakawa, Akira; Fujita, Atsushi; Tanaka, Hirotomo; Ikeda, Mitsuru; Morikawa, Masashi; Kohmura, Eiji

2017-07-01

Tentorial dural arteriovenous fistulas(dAVFs)are a rare clinical entity accounting for less than 10% of all intracranial dAVFs. Because these lesions are characterized by high hemorrhagic risk, aggressive treatment should be considered. Although the number of reported cases treated with endovascular transarterial embolization(TAE)using glue has been increasing, little is known about the transvenous approach. Here, we report the case of a patient with a tentorial dAVF who was successfully treated with transvenous embolization(TVE)through venous drainage using a double catheterization technique. A 68-year-old male patient who had a history of left putaminal hemorrhage treated with a craniotomy was diagnosed with a tentorial dAVF on a magnetic resonance angiogram. Because the patient refused another craniotomy for surgical interruption of the dAVF, an endovascular approach was considered. We first attempted to perform TAE with glue, but catheterization into the tortuous meningohypophyseal trunk failed. We then performed a TVE of the venous drainage near the shunt with detachable coils and achieved complete obliteration of the fistula. During coil embolization of the venous drainage, insertion of small coils near the shunt was supported by another anchor coil that was delivered using a double catheterization technique. The method of TVE through venous drainage using a double catheterization technique, which involved placing coils in the fragile drainage vein, was safe and effective in a case of tentorial dAVF. This technique should be considered as another option for the management of complex tentorial dAVFs.

Circadian rhythms in bed rest: Monitoring core body temperature via heat-flux approach is superior to skin surface temperature.

PubMed

Mendt, Stefan; Maggioni, Martina Anna; Nordine, Michael; Steinach, Mathias; Opatz, Oliver; Belavý, Daniel; Felsenberg, Dieter; Koch, Jochim; Shang, Peng; Gunga, Hanns-Christian; Stahn, Alexander

2017-01-01

Continuous recordings of core body temperature (CBT) are a well-established approach in describing circadian rhythms. Given the discomfort of invasive CBT measurement techniques, the use of skin temperature recordings has been proposed as a surrogate. More recently, we proposed a heat-flux approach (the so-called Double Sensor) for monitoring CBT. Studies investigating the reliability of the heat-flux approach over a 24-hour period, as well as comparisons with skin temperature recordings, are however lacking. The first aim of the study was therefore to compare rectal, skin, and heat-flux temperature recordings for monitoring circadian rhythm. In addition, to assess the optimal placement of sensor probes, we also investigated the effect of different anatomical measurement sites, i.e. sensor probes positioned at the forehead vs. the sternum. Data were collected as part of the Berlin BedRest study (BBR2-2) under controlled, standardized, and thermoneutral conditions. 24-hours temperature data of seven healthy males were collected after 50 days of -6° head-down tilt bed-rest. Mean Pearson correlation coefficients indicated a high association between rectal and forehead temperature recordings (r > 0.80 for skin and Double Sensor). In contrast, only a poor to moderate relationship was observed for sensors positioned at the sternum (r = -0.02 and r = 0.52 for skin and Double Sensor, respectively). Cross-correlation analyses further confirmed the feasibility of the forehead as a preferred monitoring site. The phase difference between forehead Double Sensor and rectal recordings was not statistically different from zero (p = 0.313), and was significantly smaller than the phase difference between forehead skin and rectal temperatures (p = 0.016). These findings were substantiated by cosinor analyses, revealing significant differences for mesor, amplitude, and acrophase between rectal and forehead skin temperature recordings, but not between forehead Double Sensor and rectal temperature measurements. Finally, Bland-Altman analysis indicated narrower limits of agreement for rhythm parameters between rectal and Double Sensor measurements compared to between rectal and skin recordings, irrespective of the measurement site (i.e. forehead, sternum). Based on these data we conclude that (1) Double Sensor recordings are significantly superior to skin temperature measurements for non-invasively assessing the circadian rhythm of rectal temperature, and (2) temperature rhythms from the sternum are less reliable than from the forehead. We suggest that forehead Double Sensor recordings may provide a surrogate for rectal temperature in circadian rhythm research, where constant routine protocols are applied. Future studies will be needed to assess the sensor's ecological validity outside the laboratory under changing environmental and physiological conditions.

A comparison study of Co and Cu doped MgO diluted magnetic thin films

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Sarıtaş, S.; ćakıcı, T.; Muǧlu, G. Merhan; Kundakcı, M.; Yıldırım, M.

2017-02-01

Transition metal-doped MgO diluted magnetic thin films are appropriate candidates for spintronic applications and designing magnetic devices and sensors. Therefore, MgO:Co and MgO:Cu films were deposited on glass substrates by Chemical Spray Pyrolysis (CSP) method different thin film deposition parameters. Deposited different transition metal doped MgO thin films were compared in terms of optic and structural properties. Comparison optic analysis of the films was investigated spectral absorption and transmittance measurements by UV-Vis double beam spectrophotometer technique. Comparison structural analysis of the thin films was examined by using XRD, Raman Analysis, SEM, EDX and AFM techniques. The transition metal-doped; MgO:Co and MgO:Cu thin films maybe have potential applications in spintronics and magnetic data storage.

The effect of double-row fixation on initial repair strength in rotator cuff repair: a biomechanical study.

PubMed

Meier, Steven W; Meier, Jeffrey D

2006-11-01

The purpose of this study was to compare the initial mechanical strength of 3 rotator cuff repair techniques. A total of 30 fresh-frozen cadaveric shoulders were prepared, and full-thickness supraspinatus tears were created. Specimens were randomized and placed into 3 groups: (1) transosseous suture technique (group I: TOS, n = 10, 6F/4M), (2) single-row suture anchor fixation (group II: SRSA, n = 10, 6F/4M), and (3) double-row suture anchor fixation (group III: DRSA, n = 10, 6F/4M). Each specimen underwent cyclic load testing from 5 N to 180 N at a rate of 33 mm/sec. The test was stopped when complete failure (repair site gap of 10 mm) or a total of 5,000 cycles was attained. Group I (TOS) failed at an average of 75.3 +/- 22.49 cycles, and group II (SRSA) at an average of 798.3 +/- 73.28 cycles; group III (DRSA) had no failures because all samples were stopped when 5,000 cycles had been completed. Fixation strength of the DRSA technique proved to be significantly greater than that of SRSA (P < .001), and both suture anchor groups were significantly stronger than the TOS group (P < .001). Suture anchor repairs were significantly stronger than transosseous repairs. Furthermore, double-row suture anchor fixation was significantly stronger than was single-row repair. Therefore, double-row fixation may be superior to other techniques in that it provides a substantially stronger repair that could lead to improved biologic healing. A high incidence of incomplete healing occurs in rotator cuff repair. Use of double-row fixation may help the clinician to address some deficiencies in current methods by increasing the strength of the repair, potentially leading to improved healing rates.

Biomechanical properties of double- and single-row suture anchor repair for surgical treatment of insertional Achilles tendinopathy.

PubMed

Beitzel, Knut; Mazzocca, Augustus D; Obopilwe, Elifho; Boyle, James W; McWilliam, James; Rincon, Lina; Dhar, Yasmin; Arciero, Robert A; Amendola, Annunziato

2013-07-01

Because of intratendinous ossifications, retrocalcaneal bursitis, or intratendinous necrosis commonly found in insertional tendinosis, it is often necessary to detach the tendon partially or entirely from its tendon-to-bone junction. Double-row repair for insertional Achilles tendinopathy will generate an increased contact area and demonstrate higher biomechanical stability. Controlled laboratory study. Eighteen cadaver Achilles tendons were split longitudinally and detached, exposing the calcaneus; an ostectomy was performed and the tendon was reattached to the calcaneus in 1 of 2 ways: 2 suture anchors (single row) or a 4-anchor (double row) construct. Footprint area measurements over time, displacement after cyclic loading (2000 cycles), and final load to failure were measured. The double-row refixation technique was statistically superior to the single-row technique in footprint area measurement initially and 5 minutes after repair (P = .009 and P = .01, respectively) but not after 24 hours (P = .713). The double-row construct demonstrated significantly improved measures for peak load (433.9 ± 84.3 N vs 212.0 ± 49.7 N; P = .042), load at yield (354.7 ± 106.2 N vs 198.7 ± 39.5 N; P = .01), and slope (51.8 ± 9.9 N/mm vs 66.7 ± 16.2 N/mm; P = .021). Cyclic loading did not demonstrate significant differences between the 2 constructs. Double-row construct for reinsertion of a completely detached Achilles tendon using proximal and distal rows resulted in significantly larger contact area initially and 5 minutes after repair and led to significantly higher peak load to failure on destructive testing. In treatment for insertional Achilles tendinosis, the tendon often has to be detached and anatomically reattached to its insertion at the calcaneus. To our knowledge there is a lack of biomechanical studies supporting either a number or a pattern of suture anchor fixation. Because the stresses going across the insertion site of the Achilles tendon are significant during rehabilitation and weightbearing activities, it is imperative to have a strong construct that allows satisfactory healing during the early postoperative process.

Quadriceps tendon rupture: a biomechanical comparison of transosseous equivalent double-row suture anchor versus transosseous tunnel repair.

PubMed

Hart, Nathan D; Wallace, Matthew K; Scovell, J Field; Krupp, Ryan J; Cook, Chad; Wyland, Douglas J

2012-09-01

Quadriceps rupture off the patella is traditionally repaired by a transosseous tunnel technique, although a single-row suture anchor repair has recently been described. This study biomechanically tested a new transosseous equivalent (TE) double-row suture anchor technique compared with the transosseous repair for quadriceps repair. After simulated quadriceps-patella avulsion in 10 matched cadaveric knees, repairs were completed by either a three tunnel transosseous (TT = 5) or a TE suture anchor (TE = 5) technique. Double-row repairs were done using two 5.5 Bio-Corkscrew FT (fully threaded) (Arthrex, Inc., Naples, FL, USA) and two 3.5 Bio-PushLock anchors (Arthrex, Inc., Naples, FL, USA) with all 10 repairs done with #2 FiberWire suture (Arthrex, Inc., Naples, FL). Cyclic testing from 50 to 250 N for 250 cycles and pull to failure load (1 mm/s) were undertaken. Gap formation and ultimate tensile load (N) were recorded and stiffness data (N/mm) were calculated. Statistical analysis was performed using a Mann-Whitney U test and survival characteristics examined with Kaplan-Meier test. No significant difference was found between the TE and TT groups in stiffness (TE = 134 +/- 15 N/mm, TT = 132 +/- 26 N/mm, p = 0.28). The TE group had significantly less ultimate tensile load (N) compared with the TT group (TE = 447 +/- 86 N, TT = 591 +/- 84 N, p = 0.04), with all failures occurring at the suture eyelets. Although both quadriceps repairs were sufficiently strong, the transosseous repairs were stronger than the TE suture anchor repairs. The repair stiffness and gap formation were similar between the groups.

Influence of knee flexion angle and transverse drill angle on creation of femoral tunnels in double-bundle anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction using the transportal technique: Three-dimensional computed tomography simulation analysis.

PubMed

Choi, Chong Hyuk; Kim, Sung-Jae; Chun, Yong-Min; Kim, Sung-Hwan; Lee, Su-Keon; Eom, Nam-Kyu; Jung, Min

2018-01-01

The purpose of this study was to find appropriate flexion angle and transverse drill angle for optimal femoral tunnels of anteromedial (AM) bundle and posterolateral (PL) bundle in double-bundle ACL reconstruction using transportal technique. Thirty three-dimensional knee models were reconstructed. Knee flexion angles were altered from 100° to 130° at intervals of 10°. Maximum transverse drill angle (MTA), MTA minus 10° and 20° were set up. Twelve different tunnels were determined by four flexion angles and three transverse drill angles for each bundle. Tunnel length, wall breakage, inter-tunnel communication and graft-bending angle were assessed. Mean tunnel length of AM bundle was >30mm at 120° and 130° of flexion in all transverse drill angles. Mean tunnel length of PL bundle was >30mm during every condition. There were ≥1 cases of wall breakage except at 120° and 130° of flexion with MTA for AM bundle. There was no case of wall breakage for PL bundle. Considering inter-tunnel gap of >2mm without communication and obtuse graft-bending angle, 120° of flexion and MTA could be recommended as optimal condition for femoral tunnels of AM and PL bundles. Flexion angle and transverse drill angle had combined effect on femoral tunnel in double-bundle ACL reconstruction using transportal technique. Achieving flexion angle of 120° and transverse drill angle close to the medial femoral condyle could be recommended as optimal condition for femoral tunnels of AM and PL bundles to avoid insufficient tunnel length, wall breakage, inter-tunnel communication and acute graft-bending angle. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Zone plate lenses for X-ray microscopy

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Vladimirsky, Y.; Kern, D. P.; Chang, T. H. P.; Attwood, D. T.; Iskander, N.; Rothman, S.; McQuaide, K.; Kirz, J.; Ade, H.; McNulty, I.; Rarback, H.; Shu, D.

1988-04-01

Fresnel zone plate lenses with feature sizes as small as 50 nm have been constructed and used in the Stony Brook/NSLS scanning X-ray microscope with 3.1 nm radiation from Brookhaven's X-17 mini-undulator. The zone plates were fabricated at IBM using electron beam writing techniques, moiré pattern techniques to monitor ellipticity, and a double development/double plating technique to provide additional thickness in the central region. A spatial resolution down to 75 nm was measured in the microscope. Using these zone plates, biological images were obtained of unaltered subcellular components. The images highlight protein concentration in unsectioned, unfixed, and unstained enzymatic granules in an aqueous environment.

Stimulated emission and spontaneous loss pump-probe microscopy for background removal

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Das, Subir; Ho, Bo-Wei; Kao, Fu-Jen

2018-02-01

In this work, we have established a double modulation lock-in detection technique using two semiconductor laser diodes in stimulated emission based pump-probe microscopy. By modulating the pump and probe beams at two different frequencies, f1 and f2, the signal is then recovered with the sum frequency, (f1+ f2), so as to minimize the leak-through noise due to the spontaneous emission caused by the pump beam. In this way, the DC background that is often attributed to the stimulated emission is effectively removed. Our technique has implemented in ATTO647N fluorescent dye which is applicable for many biological applications.

The use of Electronic Speckle Pattern Interferometry (ESPI) in the crack propagation analysis of epoxy resins

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Herbert, D. P.; Al-Hassani, A. H. M.; Richardson, M. O. W.

The ESPI (electronic speckle pattern interferometry) technique at high magnification levels is demonstrated to be of considerable value in interpreting the fracture behaviour of epoxy resins. The fracture toughness of powder coating system at different thicknesses has been measured using a TDCB (tapered double cantilever beam) technique and the deformation zone at the tip of the moving crack monitored. Initial indications are that a mechanistic changeover occurs at a critical bond (coating) thickness and that this is synonymous with the occurence of a fracture toughness maximum, which in turn is associated with a deformation zone of specific diameter.

Neutrinoless double beta decay with 82SeF6 and direct ion imaging

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Nygren, D. R.; Jones, B. J. P.; López-March, N.; Mei, Y.; Psihas, F.; Renner, J.

2018-03-01

We present a new neutrinoless double beta decay concept: the high pressure selenium hexafluoride gas time projection chamber. A promising new detection technique is outlined which combines techniques pioneered in high pressure xenon gas, such as topological discrimination, with the high Q-value afforded by the double beta decay isotope 82Se. The lack of free electrons in SeF6 mandates the use of an ion TPC. The microphysics of ion production and drift, which have many nuances, are explored. Background estimates are presented, suggesting that such a detector may achieve background indices of better than 1 count per ton per year in the region of interest at the 100 kg scale, and still better at the ton-scale.

Standardizing the double-observer survey method for estimating mountain ungulate prey of the endangered snow leopard.

PubMed

Suryawanshi, Kulbhushansingh R; Bhatnagar, Yash Veer; Mishra, Charudutt

2012-07-01

Mountain ungulates around the world have been threatened by illegal hunting, habitat modification, increased livestock grazing, disease and development. Mountain ungulates play an important functional role in grasslands as primary consumers and as prey for wild carnivores, and monitoring of their populations is important for conservation purposes. However, most of the several currently available methods of estimating wild ungulate abundance are either difficult to implement or too expensive for mountainous terrain. A rigorous method of sampling ungulate abundance in mountainous areas that can allow for some measure of sampling error is therefore much needed. To this end, we used a combination of field data and computer simulations to test the critical assumptions associated with double-observer technique based on capture-recapture theory. The technique was modified and adapted to estimate the populations of bharal (Pseudois nayaur) and ibex (Capra sibirica) at five different sites. Conducting the two double-observer surveys simultaneously led to underestimation of the population by 15%. We therefore recommend separating the surveys in space or time. The overall detection probability for the two observers was 0.74 and 0.79. Our surveys estimated mountain ungulate populations (± 95% confidence interval) of 735 (± 44), 580 (± 46), 509 (± 53), 184 (± 40) and 30 (± 14) individuals at the five sites, respectively. A detection probability of 0.75 was found to be sufficient to detect a change of 20% in populations of >420 individuals. Based on these results, we believe that this method is sufficiently precise for scientific and conservation purposes and therefore recommend the use of the double-observer approach (with the two surveys separated in time or space) for the estimation and monitoring of mountain ungulate populations.

Application of the A.C. Admittance Technique to Double Layer Studies on Polycrystalline Gold Electrodes

DTIC Science & Technology

1992-02-24

AVAiLABILITY STATEMENT 12b. DISTRIBUTION CODE Unclassified 1 . %Bsr’RACT , 3’ um . Crl) A detailed examination of the dependence of the a.c. admittance...NUMBER OF PAGES double layer at gold/solution interface, a.c. admittance techniques, constant phase element model 1 . PRCE CODE 17. SECURITY...Chemistry University of California Davis, CA 95616 U.S.A. tOn leave from the Instituto de Fisica e Quimica de Sao Carlos, USP, Sao Carlos, SP 13560

Anatomic Double Bundle single tunnel Foreign Material Free ACL-Reconstruction – a technical note

PubMed Central

Felmet, Gernot

2011-01-01

Summary The anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) consists of two bundles, the anteromedial (AM) and posterolateral bundle (PM). Double bundle reconstructions appear to give better rotational stability. The usual technique is to make two tunnels in the femur and two in the tibia. This is difficult and in small knees may not even be possible. We have developed a foreign material free press fit fixation for double bundle ACL reconstruction using a single femoral tunnel (R). This is based on the ALL PRESS FIT ACL reconstruction. It is suitable for the most common medium and, otherwise difficult, small sizes of knees. Method: Using diamond edged wet grinding hollow reamers, bone cylinders in different diameters are harvested from the implantation tunnels of the tibia and femur and used for the press fit fixation. Using the press fit technique the graft is first fixed in tibia. It is then similarly fixed under tension in the femoral side with the knee in 120 degree flexion. This is called Bottom To Top Fixation (BTT). On extending the knee the graft tension is self adapting. Depending on the size of the individual knee, the diameter of the femoral bone plug is varied from 8 to 13 mm to achieve an anatomic spread with a double bundle-like insertion. The tibia tunnel can be applied with two 7 or 8 mm diameter tunnels overlapping to a semi oval tunnel between 10 to 13 mm. Results: Since May 2003 we have carried out ACL-reconstructions with Hamstring grafts without foreign material using the ALL PRESS FIT technique. Initially, an 8 mm press fit fixation was used proximally with good results. Since April 2008, the range of diameters was increased up to 13 mm. The results of the Lachman tests have been good to excellent. Results of the Pivot shift test suggested more stability with femoral broader diameters of 9,5 to 13 mm. Conclusions: The foreign material free fixation of ham-string in the ALL PRESS FIT Bottom To Top Fixation is a successful method for ACL Reconstruction. The Diamond Instruments and tubed guiding devices are precise, reliable and easy to manage. On this basis a double bundle reconstruction is achieved using a single tunnel. A broad anatomic femoral insertion with autogenous bone plugs inserted near the cortex seems to improve rotational stability. PMID:23738263

Phase-locked bifrequency Raman lasing in a double-Λ system

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Alaeian, Hadiseh; Shahriar, M. S.

2018-05-01

We show that it is possible to realize simultaneous Raman lasing at two different frequencies using a double-Λ system pumped by a bifrequency field. The bifrequency Raman lasers are phase-locked to one another and the beat-frequency matches the energy difference between the two metastable ground states. Akin to a conventional Raman laser, the bifrequency Raman lasers are expected to be subluminal. As such, these are expected to be highly stable against perturbations in cavity length and have quantum noise limited linewidths that are far below that of a conventional laser. Because of these properties, the bifrequency Raman lasers may find important applications in precision metrology, including atomic interferometry and magnetometry. The phase-locked Raman laser pair also represent a manifestation of lasing without inversion, albeit in a configuration that produces a pair of nondegenerate lasers simultaneously. This feature may enable lasing without inversion in frequency regimes not accessible using previous techniques of lasing without inversion. To elucidate the behavior of this laser pair, we develop an analytical model that describes the stimulated Raman interaction in a double-Λ system using an effective two-level transition. The approximation is valid as long as the excited states adiabatically follow the ground states, as verified by numerical simulations. The effective model is used to identify the optimal operating conditions for the bifrequency Raman lasing process. This model may also prove useful in other potential applications of the double-Λ system, including generation of squeezed light and spatial solitons.

Uniform magnetic fields and double-wrapped coil systems: improved techniques for the design of bioelectromagnetic experiments.

PubMed

Kirschvink, J L

1992-01-01

A common mistake in biomagnetic experimentation is the assumption that Helmholtz coils provide uniform magnetic fields; this is true only for a limited volume at their center. Substantial improvements on this design have been made during the past 140 years with systems of three, four, and five coils. Numerical comparisons of the field uniformity generated by these designs are made here, along with a table of construction details and recommendations for their use in experiments in which large volumes of uniform intensity magnetic exposures are needed. Double-wrapping, or systems of bifilar windings, can also help control for the non-magnetic effects of the electric coils used in many experiments. In this design, each coil is wrapped in parallel with two separate, adjacent strands of copper wire, rather than the single strand used normally. If currents are flowing in antiparallel directions, the magnetic fields generated by each strand will cancel and yield virtually no external magnetic field, whereas parallel currents will yield an external field. Both cases will produce similar non-magnetic effects of ohmic heating, and simple measures can reduce the small vibration and electric field differences. Control experiments can then be designed such that the only major difference between treated and untreated groups is the presence or absence of the magnetic field. Double-wrapped coils also facilitate the use of truly double-blind protocol, as the same apparatus can be used either for experimental or control groups.

A comparative study of electrical probe techniques for plasma diagnostics

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Szuszczewicz, E. P.

1972-01-01

Techniques for using electrical probes for plasma diagnostics are reviewed. Specific consideration is given to the simple Langmuir probe, the symmetric double probe of Johnson and Malter, the variable-area probe of Fetz and Oeschsner, and a floating probe technique. The advantages and disadvantages of each technique are discussed.

Resonant tunneling structures based on epitaxial graphene on SiC

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Nguyen, V. Hung; Bournel, A.; Dollfus, P.

2011-12-01

Recently some experiments have suggested that graphene epitaxially grown on SiC can exhibit an energy bandgap of 260 meV, which enhances the potential of this material for electronic applications. On this basis, we propose to use spatial doping to generate graphene-on-SiC double-barrier structures. The non-equilibrium Green's function technique for solving the massive Dirac model is applied to highlight typical transport phenomena such as the electron confinement and the resonant tunneling effects. The I-V characteristics of graphene resonant tunneling diodes were then investigated and the effect of different device parameters was discussed. It is finally shown that this kind of double-barrier junction provides an efficient way to confine the charge carriers in graphene and to design graphene resonant tunneling structures.

The scaling of relativistic double-year widths - Poisson-Vlasov solutions and particle-in-cell simulations

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Sulkanen, Martin E.; Borovsky, Joseph E.

1992-01-01

The study of relativistic plasma double layers is described through the solution of the one-dimensional, unmagnetized, steady-state Poisson-Vlasov equations and by means of one-dimensional, unmagnetized, particle-in-cell simulations. The thickness vs potential-drop scaling law is extended to relativistic potential drops and relativistic plasma temperatures. The transition in the scaling law for 'strong' double layers suggested by analytical two-beam models by Carlqvist (1982) is confirmed, and causality problems of standard double-layer simulation techniques applied to relativistic plasma systems are discussed.

A special MJO event with a double Kelvin wave structure

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Zhu, Lili; Li, Tim

2017-04-01

The second Madden-Julian Oscillation (MJO) event during the field campaign of the Dynamics of the MJO/Cooperative Indian Ocean Experiment on Intraseasonal Variability in the Year 2011 (DYNAMO/CINDY2011) exhibi ted an unusual double rainband structure. Using a wavenumber-frequency spectral filtering method, we unveil that this double rainband structure arises primarily from the Kelvin wave component. The zonal phase speed of the double rainbands is about 7.9 degree per day in the equatorial Indian Ocean, being in the range of convectively coupled Kelvin wave phase speeds. The convection and circulation anomalies associated with the Kelvin wave component are characterized by two anomalous convective cells, with low-level westerly (easterly) and high (low) pressure anomalies to the west (east) of the convective centers, and opposite wind and pressure anomalies in the upper troposphere. Such a zonal wind-pressure phase relationship is consistent with the equatorial free-wave dynamics. While the free-atmospheric circulation was dominated by the first baroclinic mode vertical structure, moisture and vertical motion in the boundary layer led the convection. The convection and circulation structures derived based on the conventional MJO filter show a different characteristic. For example, the phase speed is slower (about 5.9 degree per day), and there were no double convective branches. This suggests that MJO generally involves multi-scales and it is incomplete to extract its signals by using the conventional filtering technique.

Double Wall Framing Technique An Example of High Performance, Sustainable Building Envelope Technology

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Kosny, Dr. Jan; Asiz, Andi; Shrestha, Som S

2015-01-01

Double wall technologies utilizing wood framing have been well-known and used in North American buildings for decades. Most of double wall designs use only natural materials such as wood products, gypsum, and cellulose fiber insulation, being one of few building envelope technologies achieving high thermal performance without use of plastic foams or fiberglass. Today, after several material and structural design modifications, these technologies are considered as highly thermally efficient, sustainable option for new constructions and sometimes, for retrofit projects. Following earlier analysis performed for U.S. Department of Energy by Fraunhofer CSE, this paper discusses different ways to build double wallsmore » and to optimize their thermal performance to minimize the space conditioning energy consumption. Description of structural configuration alternatives and thermal performance analysis are presented as well. Laboratory tests to evaluate thermal properties of used insulation and whole wall system thermal performance are also discussed in this paper. Finally, the thermal loads generated in field conditions by double walls are discussed utilizing results from a joined project performed by Zero Energy Building Research Alliance and Oak Ridge National Laboratory (ORNL), which made possible evaluation of the market viability of low-energy homes built in the Tennessee Valley. Experimental data recorded in two of the test houses built during this field study is presented in this work.« less

The "Double" Tessier 7 Cleft: An Unusual Presentation of a Transverse Facial Cleft.

PubMed

Raveendran, Janani A; Chao, Jerry W; Rogers, Gary F; Boyajian, Michael J

2018-07-01

Congenital macrostomia, or Tessier number 7 cleft, is a rare craniofacial anomaly. We present a unique patient with bilateral macrostomia that consisted of a "double" transverse cleft on the left side and a single transverse cleft on the right side. A staged reconstructive approach was used to repair the "double" left-sided clefts. This staged technique produced a satisfactory aesthetic and functional outcome.

Performance Assessment of Two GPS Receivers on Space Shuttle

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Schroeder, Christine A.; Schutz, Bob E.

1996-01-01

Space Shuttle STS-69 was launched on September 7, 1995, carrying the Wake Shield Facility (WSF-02) among its payloads. The mission included two GPS receivers: a Collins 3M receiver onboard the Endeavour and an Osborne flight TurboRogue, known as the TurboStar, onboard the WSF-02. Two of the WSF-02 GPS Experiment objectives were to: (1) assess the ability to use GPS in a relative satellite positioning mode using the receivers on Endeavour and WSF-02; and (2) assess the performance of the receivers to support high precision orbit determination at the 400 km altitude. Three ground tests of the receivers were conducted in order to characterize the respective receivers. The analysis of the tests utilized the Double Differencing technique. A similar test in orbit was conducted during STS-69 while the WSF-02 was held by the Endeavour robot arm for a one hour period. In these tests, biases were observed in the double difference pseudorange measurements, implying that biases up to 140 m exist which do not cancel in double differencing. These biases appear to exist in the Collins receiver, but their effect can be mitigated by including measurement bias parameters to accommodate them in an estimation process. An additional test was conducted in which the orbit of the combined Endeavour/WSF-02 was determined independently with each receiver. These one hour arcs were based on forming double differences with 13 TurboRogue receivers in the global IGS network and estimating pseudorange biases for the Collins. Various analyses suggest the TurboStar overall orbit accuracy is about one to two meters for this period, based on double differenced phase residuals of 34 cm. These residuals indicate the level of unmodeled forces on Endeavour produced by gravitational and nongravitational effects. The rms differences between the two independently determined orbits are better than 10 meters, thereby demonstrating the accuracy of the Collins-determined orbit at this level as well as the accuracy of the relative positioning using these two receivers.

A new polarimetric active radar calibrator and calibration technique

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Tang, Jianguo; Xu, Xiaojian

2015-10-01

Polarimetric active radar calibrator (PARC) is one of the most important calibrators with high radar cross section (RCS) for polarimetry measurement. In this paper, a new double-antenna polarimetric active radar calibrator (DPARC) is proposed, which consists of two rotatable antennas with wideband electromagnetic polarization filters (EMPF) to achieve lower cross-polarization for transmission and reception. With two antennas which are rotatable around the radar line of sight (LOS), the DPARC provides a variety of standard polarimetric scattering matrices (PSM) through the rotation combination of receiving and transmitting polarization, which are useful for polarimatric calibration in different applications. In addition, a technique based on Fourier analysis is proposed for calibration processing. Numerical simulation results are presented to demonstrate the superior performance of the proposed DPARC and processing technique.

PMJ 2007 panel discussion overview: double exposure and double patterning for 32-nm half-pitch design node

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Nagaoka, Yoshinori; Watanabe, Hidehiro

2007-10-01

As part of the technical program in Photomask Japan 2007, we held a panel discussion to discuss challenges and solutions for the double exposure and double patterning lithography technique for 32nm half-pitch design node. 4 panelists, Rik Jonckheere of IMEC, Belgium), Tsann-Binn Chiou of ASML Taiwan Ltd., Taiwan), Judy Huckabay of Cadence Design Systems Inc. (USA) and Yoshimitsu Okuda of Toppan Printing Co., Ltd., Japan) were invited to represent each key technical area. We also took a survey from the PMJ attendees prior to the panel discussion, to vote which key technical area they think the challenge exists for the 32nm half-pitch DE/DP lithography. The result of the survey was also presented during the panel discussion. One would intuitively think that by using a DE/DP technique you're relaxing the design rule by 2x, thus for 32nm node it's essentially the 65nm process- you're just repeating it 2 times. Well, not exactly, as identified by the panelists and the participants in the discussion. We recognized the difficulties in the LSI fabrication process steps, the lithography tool overlay, photomask CD and registration, and the issue of data splitting conflict. These difficulties are big challenge for both LSI and photomask manufactures; however, we have confirmed some solutions are already examined by the theoretical and experimental works of the people in research. Despite these difficulties, we are convinced that the immersion lithography with double exposure and double patterning techniques is one of the most promising candidates of the lithography for 32nm half pitch design node.

Double-labelling immunohistochemistry for MGMT and a “cocktail” of non-tumourous elements is a reliable, quick and easy technique for inferring methylation status in glioblastomas and other primary brain tumours

PubMed Central

2013-01-01

Background Our aim was to develop a new protocol for MGMT immunohistochemistry with good agreement between observers and good correlation with molecular genetic tests of tumour methylation. We examined 40 primary brain tumours (30 glioblastomas and 10 oligodendroglial tumours) with our new technique, namely double-labelling immunohistochemistry for MGMT and a "cocktail" of non-tumour antigens (CD34, CD45 and CD68). We compared the results with single-labelling immunohistochemistry for MGMT and methylation-specific multiplex ligation-dependent probe amplification (MS-MLPA, a recognised molecular genetic technique which we applied as the gold-standard for the methylation status). Results Double-labelling immunohistochemistry for MGMT produced a visual separation of tumourous and non-tumourous elements on the same histological slide, making it quick and easy to determine whether tumour cell nuclei were MGMT-positive or MGMT-negative (and thereby infer the methylation status of the tumour). We found good agreement between observers (kappa 0.76) and within observer (kappa 0.84). Furthermore, double-labelling showed good specificity (80%), sensitivity (73.33%), positive predictive value (PPV, 83.33%) and negative predictive value (NPV, 68.75%) compared to MS-MLPA. Double-labelling was quicker and easier to assess than single-labelling and it outperformed quantitative computerised image analysis of MGMT single-labelling in terms of sensitivity, specificity, PPV and NPV. Conclusions Double-labelling immunohistochemistry for MGMT and a cocktail of non-tumourous elements provides a "one look" method for determining whether tumour cell nuclei are MGMT-positive or MGMT-negative. This can be used to infer the methylation status of the tumour. There is good observer agreement and good specificity, sensitivity, PPV and NPV compared to a molecular gold-standard. PMID:24252243

Double-labelling immunohistochemistry for MGMT and a "cocktail" of non-tumourous elements is a reliable, quick and easy technique for inferring methylation status in glioblastomas and other primary brain tumours.

PubMed

Burke, Elinor; Grobler, Mariana; Elderfield, Kay; Bond, Frances; Crocker, Matthew; Taylor, Rohan; Bridges, Leslie R

2013-06-10

Our aim was to develop a new protocol for MGMT immunohistochemistry with good agreement between observers and good correlation with molecular genetic tests of tumour methylation. We examined 40 primary brain tumours (30 glioblastomas and 10 oligodendroglial tumours) with our new technique, namely double-labelling immunohistochemistry for MGMT and a "cocktail" of non-tumour antigens (CD34, CD45 and CD68). We compared the results with single-labelling immunohistochemistry for MGMT and methylation-specific multiplex ligation-dependent probe amplification (MS-MLPA, a recognised molecular genetic technique which we applied as the gold-standard for the methylation status). Double-labelling immunohistochemistry for MGMT produced a visual separation of tumourous and non-tumourous elements on the same histological slide, making it quick and easy to determine whether tumour cell nuclei were MGMT-positive or MGMT-negative (and thereby infer the methylation status of the tumour). We found good agreement between observers (kappa 0.76) and within observer (kappa 0.84). Furthermore, double-labelling showed good specificity (80%), sensitivity (73.33%), positive predictive value (PPV, 83.33%) and negative predictive value (NPV, 68.75%) compared to MS-MLPA. Double-labelling was quicker and easier to assess than single-labelling and it outperformed quantitative computerised image analysis of MGMT single-labelling in terms of sensitivity, specificity, PPV and NPV. Double-labelling immunohistochemistry for MGMT and a cocktail of non-tumourous elements provides a "one look" method for determining whether tumour cell nuclei are MGMT-positive or MGMT-negative. This can be used to infer the methylation status of the tumour. There is good observer agreement and good specificity, sensitivity, PPV and NPV compared to a molecular gold-standard.

Measuring the glass transition temperature of EPDM roofing materials: Comparison of DMA, TMA, and DSC techniques

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Paroli, R.M.; Penn, J.

1994-09-01

Two ethylene-propylene-diene monomer (EPDM) roofing membranes were aged at 100 C for 7 and 28 days. The T{sub g} of these membranes was then determined by dynamic mechanical analysis (DMA), thermomechanical analysis (TMA), and differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) and the results compared. It was found that: (1) T{sub g} data can be obtained easily using the DMA and TMA techniques. The DSC method requires greater care due to the broad step change in the baseline which is associated with heavily plasticized materials. (2) The closest correspondence between techniques was for TMA and DSC (half-height). The latter, within experimental error, yieldedmore » the same glass transition temperature before and after heat-aging. (3) The peak maxima associated with tan{delta} and E{double_prime} measurements should be cited with T{sub g} values as significant differences can exist. (4) The T{sub g}(E{double_prime}) values were closer to the T{sub g}(TMA) and T{sub g}(DSC) data than were the T{sub g}(tan{delta}) values. Data obtained at 1 Hz (or possibly less) should be used when making comparisons based on various techniques. An assessment of T{sub g} values indicated that EPDM 112 roofing membrane is more stable than the EPDM 111 membrane. The T{sub g} for EPDM 112 did not change significantly with heat-aging for 28 days at 130 C.« less

SU-E-J-53: Dosimetric Evaluation at Volumetric Modulated Arc Therapy for Treatment of Prostate Cancer Using Single Or Double Arcs

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Silva, D; Salmon, H; Pavan, G

2014-06-01

Purpose: Evaluate and compare retrospective prostate treatment plan using Volumetric Modulated Arc Therapy (RapidArc™ - Varian) technique with single or double arcs at COI Group. Methods: Ten patients with present prostate and seminal vesicle neoplasia were replanned as a target treatment volume and a prescribed dose of 78 Gy. A baseline planning, using single arc, was developed for each case reaching for the best result on PTV, in order to minimize the dose on organs at risk (OAR). Maintaining the same optimization objectives used on baseline plan, two copies for optimizing single and double arcs, have been developed. The plansmore » were performed with 10 MV photon beam energy on Eclipse software, version 11.0, making use of Trilogy linear accelerator with Millenium HD120 multileaf collimator. Comparisons on PTV have been performed, such as: maximum, minimum and mean dose, gradient dose, as well as the quantity of monitor units, treatment time and homogeneity and conformity index. OARs constrains dose have been evaluated, comparing both optimizations. Results: Regarding PTV coverage, the difference of the minimum, maximum and mean dose were 1.28%, 0.7% and 0.2% respectively higher for single arc. When analyzed the index of homogeneity found a difference of 0.99% higher when compared with double arcs. However homogeneity index was 0.97% lower on average by using single arc. The doses on the OARs, in both cases, were in compliance to the recommended limits RTOG 0415. With the use of single arc, the quantity of monitor units was 10,1% lower, as well as the Beam-On time, 41,78%, when comparing double arcs, respectively. Conclusion: Concerning the optimization of patients with present prostate and seminal vesicle neoplasia, the use of single arc reaches similar objectives, when compared to double arcs, in order to decrease the treatment time and the quantity of monitor units.« less

Biomechanical comparison of double-row versus transtendon single-row suture anchor technique for repair of the grade III partial articular-sided rotator cuff tears.

PubMed

Zhang, Chun-Gang; Zhao, De-Wei; Wang, Wei-Ming; Ren, Ming-Fa; Li, Rui-Xin; Yang, Sheng; Liu, Yu-Peng

2010-11-01

For partial-thickness tears of the rotator cuff, double-row fixation and transtendon single-row fixation restore insertion site anatomy, with excellent results. We compared the biomechanical properties of double-row and transtendon single-row suture anchor techniques for repair of grade III partial articular-sided rotator cuff tears. In 10 matched pairs of fresh-frozen sheep shoulders, the infraspinatus tendon from 1 shoulder was repaired with a double-row suture anchor technique. This comprised placement of 2 medial anchors with horizontal mattress sutures at an angle of ≤ 45° into the medial margin of the infraspinatus footprint, just lateral to the articular surface, and 2 lateral anchors with horizontal mattress sutures. Standardized, 50% partial, articular-sided infraspinatus lesions were created in the contralateral shoulder. The infraspinatus tendon from the contralateral shoulder was repaired using two anchors with transtendon single-row mattress sutures. Each specimen underwent cyclic loading from 10 to 100 N for 50 cycles, followed by tensile testing to failure. Gap formation and strain over the footprint area were measured using a motion capture system; stiffness and failure load were determined from testing data. Gap formation for the transtendon single-row repair was significantly smaller (P < 0.05) when compared with the double-row repair for the first cycle ((1.74 ± 0.38) mm vs. (2.86 ± 0.46) mm, respectively) and the last cycle ((3.77 ± 0.45) mm vs. (5.89 ± 0.61) mm, respectively). The strain over the footprint area for the transtendon single-row repair was significantly smaller (P < 0.05) when compared with the double-row repair. Also, it had a higher mean ultimate tensile load and stiffness. For grade III partial articular-sided rotator cuff tears, transtendon single-row fixation exhibited superior biomechanical properties when compared with double-row fixation.

Gate tunable parallel double quantum dots in InAs double-nanowire devices

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Baba, S.; Matsuo, S.; Kamata, H.; Deacon, R. S.; Oiwa, A.; Li, K.; Jeppesen, S.; Samuelson, L.; Xu, H. Q.; Tarucha, S.

2017-12-01

We report fabrication and characterization of InAs nanowire devices with two closely placed parallel nanowires. The fabrication process we develop includes selective deposition of the nanowires with micron scale alignment onto predefined finger bottom gates using a polymer transfer technique. By tuning the double nanowire with the finger bottom gates, we observed the formation of parallel double quantum dots with one quantum dot in each nanowire bound by the normal metal contact edges. We report the gate tunability of the charge states in individual dots as well as the inter-dot electrostatic coupling. In addition, we fabricate a device with separate normal metal contacts and a common superconducting contact to the two parallel wires and confirm the dot formation in each wire from comparison of the transport properties and a superconducting proximity gap feature for the respective wires. With the fabrication techniques established in this study, devices can be realized for more advanced experiments on Cooper-pair splitting, generation of Parafermions, and so on.

Double synchronized switch harvesting (DSSH): a new energy harvesting scheme for efficient energy extraction.

PubMed

Lallart, Mickaël; Garbuio, Lauric; Petit, Lionel; Richard, Claude; Guyomar, Daniel

2008-10-01

This paper presents a new technique for optimized energy harvesting using piezoelectric microgenerators called double synchronized switch harvesting (DSSH). This technique consists of a nonlinear treatment of the output voltage of the piezoelectric element. It also integrates an intermediate switching stage that ensures an optimal harvested power whatever the load connected to the microgenerator. Theoretical developments are presented considering either constant vibration magnitude, constant driving force, or independent extraction. Then experimental measurements are carried out to validate the theoretical predictions. This technique exhibits a constant output power for a wide range of load connected to the microgenerator. In addition, the extracted power obtained using such a technique allows a gain up to 500% in terms of maximal power output compared with the standard energy harvesting method. It is also shown that such a technique allows a fine-tuning of the trade-off between vibration damping and energy harvesting.

Submicron polycaprolactone particles as a carrier for imaging contrast agent for in vitro applications.

PubMed

Iqbal, Muhammad; Robin, Sophie; Humbert, Philippe; Viennet, Céline; Agusti, Geraldine; Fessi, Hatem; Elaissari, Abdelhamid

2015-12-01

Fluorescent materials have recently attracted considerable attention due to their unique properties and high performance as imaging agent in biomedical fields. Different imaging agents have been encapsulated in order to restrict its delivery to a specific area. In this study, a fluorescent contrast agent was encapsulated for in vitro application by polycaprolactone (PCL) polymer. The encapsulation was performed using modified double emulsion solvent evaporation technique with sonication. Fluorescent nanoparticles (20 nm) were incorporated in the inner aqueous phase of double emulsion. A number of samples were fabricated using different concentrations of fluorescent contrast agent. The contrast agent-containing submicron particle was characterized by a zetasizer for average particle size, SEM and TEM for morphology observations and fluorescence spectrophotometer for encapsulation efficiency. Moreover, contrast agent distribution in the PCL matrix was determined by confocal microscopy. The incorporation of contrast agent in different concentrations did not affect the physicochemical properties of PCL particles and the average size of encapsulated particles was found to be in the submicron range. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Biomechanical Comparison: Single-Bundle versus Double-Bundle Posterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction Techniques.

PubMed

Milles, Jeffrey L; Nuelle, Clayton W; Pfeiffer, Ferris; Stannard, James P; Smith, Patrick; Kfuri, Mauricio; Cook, James L

2017-05-01

Controversy exists regarding double-bundle (DB) versus single-bundle (SB) posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) reconstruction, with differences in multiple variables affecting biomechanical and clinical results. Our objective was to compare immediate postimplantation biomechanics of SB versus DB reconstructions to determine the relative importance of restoring both PCL bundles versus total graft volume. Twenty knees were randomly assigned to five techniques ( n  = 4 knees/technique), performed by three surgeons experienced in their technique(s), three SB techniques ( n  = 12; all-inside arthroscopic inlay, all-inside suspensory fixation, and arthroscopic-assisted open onlay), and two DB techniques ( n  = 8; arthroscopic-assisted open inlay and all-inside suspensory fixation). Each knee was tested in three conditions: PCL-intact, PCL-deficient, and post-PCL reconstruction. Testing consisted of a posterior-directed force at four knee flexion angles, 10, 30, 60, and 90 degrees, to measure load to 5 mm of posterior displacement, maximum displacement (at 100 N load), and stiffness. Data for each knee were normalized, combined into two groups (SB and DB), and then compared using one-way analysis of variance. Graft volumes were calculated and analyzed to determine if differences significantly influenced the biomechanical results. Intact knees were stiffer than both groups at most angles ( p  < 0.02; p  < 0.05). DB was stiffer than SB at all angles except 30 degrees ( p  < 0.05). Intact knees had less laxity than SB ( p  < 0.03) and DB ( p  < 0.05) at 60 and 90 degrees. DB had less laxity than SB at all angles except 60 degrees ( p  < 0.05). Intact knees required more load than SB at 30, 60, and 90 degrees ( p  < 0.01) and more than DB at 60 and 90 degrees ( p  < 0.05). DB required more load than SB at 30, 60, and 90 degrees ( p  < 0.01). Graft volumes did not have strong correlations ( r  = 0.13-0.37) to any measurements. Neither group of PCL reconstruction techniques was able to replicate native PCL biomechanics. DB reconstructions were biomechanically superior to SB reconstructions; they may be preferred for clinical use when immediate post-reconstruction graft strength and stability are critical. These results were not strongly influenced by graft size differences, further supporting the PCL codominance theory. Thieme Medical Publishers 333 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10001, USA.

Mechanical Strength of the Side-to-Side Versus Pulvertaft Weave Tendon Repair

PubMed Central

Brown, Stephen H. M.; Hentzen, Eric R.; Kwan, Alan; Ward, Samuel R.; Fridén, Jan; Lieber, Richard L.

2010-01-01

Purpose The side-to-side (SS) tendon suture technique was designed to function as a repair that permits immediate post-operative activation and mobilization of a transferred muscle. This study was designed to test the strength and stiffness of the SS technique against a variation of the Pulvertaft (PT) repair technique. Methods Flexor digitorum superficialis (FDS) and flexor digitorum profundus (FDP) tendons were harvested from four fresh cadavers and used as a model system. Seven SS and six PT repairs were performed using the FDS as the donor and the FDP as the recipient tendon. For SS repairs, the FDS was woven through one incision in the FDP, and was joined with four cross-stitch running sutures down both sides, and one double-loop suture at each tendon free end; for PT repairs, FDS was woven through three incisions in FDP, joined with a double-loop suture at both ends of the overlap, and four evenly spaced mattress sutures between the ends. Tendon repairs were placed in a tensile testing machine, pre-conditioned and tested to failure. Results There were no statistically significant differences in cross-sectional area (p=0.99) or initial length (p=0.93) between SS and PT repairs. Therefore, all comparisons between methods were made using measures of loads and deformations, rather than stresses and strains.. All failures occurred in the repair region, rather than at the clamps. However, failure mechanisms were different between the two techniques—PT repairs failed by the suture knots either slipping or pulling through the tendon material, followed by the FDS tendon pulling through the FDP tendon; SS repairs failed by shearing of fibers within the FDS. Load at first failure (p < 0.01), ultimate load (p < 0.001), and repair stiffness (p < 0.05) were all significantly different between SS and PT techniques; in all cases the mean value for SS was higher than for PT. Discussion The SS repair, using a cross-stitch suture technique, was significantly stronger and stiffer compared to the PT repair using a mattress suture technique. This suggests that using SS repairs could enable patients to load the repair soon after surgery. Ultimately, this should reduce the risk of developing adhesions and result in improved functional outcome and fewer complications in the acute post-operative period. Future work will address the specific mechanisms (for example, suture-throw technique, tendon-weave technique) that underlie the improved strength and stiffness of the SS repair. PMID:20223604

Efficient Text Encryption and Hiding with Double-Random Phase-Encoding

PubMed Central

Sang, Jun; Ling, Shenggui; Alam, Mohammad S.

2012-01-01

In this paper, a double-random phase-encoding technique-based text encryption and hiding method is proposed. First, the secret text is transformed into a 2-dimensional array and the higher bits of the elements in the transformed array are used to store the bit stream of the secret text, while the lower bits are filled with specific values. Then, the transformed array is encoded with double-random phase-encoding technique. Finally, the encoded array is superimposed on an expanded host image to obtain the image embedded with hidden data. The performance of the proposed technique, including the hiding capacity, the recovery accuracy of the secret text, and the quality of the image embedded with hidden data, is tested via analytical modeling and test data stream. Experimental results show that the secret text can be recovered either accurately or almost accurately, while maintaining the quality of the host image embedded with hidden data by properly selecting the method of transforming the secret text into an array and the superimposition coefficient. By using optical information processing techniques, the proposed method has been found to significantly improve the security of text information transmission, while ensuring hiding capacity at a prescribed level. PMID:23202003

Detection of DNA double-strand breaks and chromosome translocations using ligation-mediated PCR and inverse PCR.

PubMed

Singh, Sheetal; Shih, Shyh-Jen; Vaughan, Andrew T M

2014-01-01

Current techniques for examining the global creation and repair of DNA double-strand breaks are restricted in their sensitivity, and such techniques mask any site-dependent variations in breakage and repair rate or fidelity. We present here a system for analyzing the fate of documented DNA breaks, using the MLL gene as an example, through application of ligation-mediated PCR. Here, a simple asymmetric double-stranded DNA adapter molecule is ligated to experimentally induced DNA breaks and subjected to seminested PCR using adapter- and gene-specific primers. The rate of appearance and loss of specific PCR products allows detection of both the break and its repair. Using the additional technique of inverse PCR, the presence of misrepaired products (translocations) can be detected at the same site, providing information on the fidelity of the ligation reaction in intact cells. Such techniques may be adapted for the analysis of DNA breaks and rearrangements introduced into any identifiable genomic location. We have also applied parallel sequencing for the high-throughput analysis of inverse PCR products to facilitate the unbiased recording of all rearrangements located at a specific genomic location.

Synthesizing Aluminum alloys by double mechanical alloying

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Froyen, L.; Delaey, L.; Niu, X. P.; Le Brun, P.; Peytour, C.

1995-03-01

A new synthesis technique, namely double mechanical alloying (dMA), has been developed to fabricate aluminum alloys containing the finely distributed intermetallic compounds and inert dispersoids Al4C3 and Al2O3 The technique consists mainly of three steps: a primary milling stage of elemental powders (MAI) followed by a heat treatment to promote the formation of intermetallic phases, a secondary milling stage (MA2) to refine the microstructure, and consolidation of the produced powders. The results of mechanical and tribological properties of the resulting materials indicate that the dMA is a promising technique for the fabrication of aluminum alloys for applications requiring wear resistance and high-temperature performance.

Calcium Isotope Analysis with "Peak Cut" Method on Column Chemistry

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Zhu, H.; Zhang, Z.; Liu, F.; Li, X.

2017-12-01

To eliminate isobaric interferences from elemental and molecular isobars (e.g., 40K+, 48Ti+, 88Sr2+, 24Mg16O+, 27Al16O+) on Ca isotopes during mass determination, samples should be purified through ion-exchange column chemistry before analysis. However, large Ca isotopic fractionation has been observed during column chemistry (Russell and Papanastassiou, 1978; Zhu et al., 2016). Therefore, full recovery during column chemistry is greatly needed, otherwise uncertainties would be caused by poor recovery (Zhu et al., 2016). Generally, matrix effects could be enhanced by full recovery, as other elements might overlap with Ca cut during column chemistry. Matrix effects and full recovery are difficult to balance and both need to be considered for high-precision analysis of stable Ca isotopes. Here, we investigate the influence of poor recovery on δ44/40Ca using TIMS with the double spike technique. The δ44/40Ca values of IAPSO seawater, ML3B-G and BHVO-2 in different Ca subcats (e.g., 0-20, 20-40, 40-60, 60-80, 80-100%) with 20% Ca recovery on column chemistry display limited variation after correction by the 42Ca-43Ca double spike technique with the exponential law. Notably, δ44/40Ca of each Ca subcut is quite consistent with δ44/40Ca of Ca cut with full recovery within error. Our results indicate that the 42Ca-43Ca double spike technique can simultaneously correct both of the Ca isotopic fractionation that occurred during column chemistry and thermal ionization mass spectrometry (TIMS) determination properly, because both of the isotopic fractionation occurred during analysis follow the exponential law well. Therefore, we propose the "peak cut" method on Ca column chemistry for samples with complex matrix effects. Briefly, for samples with low Ca contents, we can add the double spike before column chemistry, and only collect the middle of the Ca eluate and abandon the both sides of Ca eluate that might overlap with other elements (e.g., K, Sr). This method would eliminate matrix effects and improve efficiency for the column chemistry.

Analysis of a novel stochastic SIRS epidemic model with two different saturated incidence rates

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Chang, Zhengbo; Meng, Xinzhu; Lu, Xiao

2017-04-01

This paper presents a stochastic SIRS epidemic model with two different nonlinear incidence rates and double epidemic asymmetrical hypothesis, and we devote to develop a mathematical method to obtain the threshold of the stochastic epidemic model. We firstly investigate the boundness and extinction of the stochastic system. Furthermore, we use Ito's formula, the comparison theorem and some new inequalities techniques of stochastic differential systems to discuss persistence in mean of two diseases on three cases. The results indicate that stochastic fluctuations can suppress the disease outbreak. Finally, numerical simulations about different noise disturbance coefficients are carried out to illustrate the obtained theoretical results.

Effect of Induced Charge Electroosmosis on the Dielectrophoretic Motion of Particles

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Swaminathan, T.; Hu, Howard

2006-11-01

Most suspensions involve the formation of ionic double layers next to the surface of particles due to the induced-charge on the surface. These double layers affect the motion of the particle even under AC electric fields. They modify the net dipole moment of the particle and at the same time produce slip velocities on the surfaces of these particles. A method to numerically evaluate the effect of the double layer on the dielectrophoretic motion of particles has been previously developed to study these two effects. The technique involves a matched asymptotic expansion of the electric field near the particle surface, where the double layer is formed, and is written as a jump-boundary-condition for the electric potential when the thickness of the double layer is small compared to the size of the particle. The developed jump-boundary-condition is then used to calculate an effective zeta potential on the particle surface. Unlike classical electroosmosis, this zeta potential is no longer constant on every part of the surface and is dependent on the applied electric field. The effect of the induced-charge electroosmotic slip velocity on the dielectrophoretic motion of particles has been observed using this technique.

Patch enlargement of the aortic and mitral valve rings with aortic and mitral double valve replacement. Experimental study.

PubMed

Manouguian, S; Abu-Aishah, N; Neitzel, J

1979-09-01

The experimental results of patch enlargement of the aortic and mitral valve rings with aortic and mitral double valve replacement are reported. The operative technique of this new surgical method is described and the indications are discussed.

Limb symmetry during double-leg squats and single-leg squats on land and in water in adults with long-standing unilateral anterior knee pain; a cross sectional study.

PubMed

Severin, Anna C; Burkett, Brendan J; McKean, Mark R; Wiegand, Aaron N; Sayers, Mark G L

2017-01-01

The presence of pain during movement typically results in changes in technique. However, the physical properties of water, such as flotation, means that water-based exercise may not only reduce compensatory movement patterns but also allow pain sufferers to complete exercises that they are unable to perform on land. The purpose of this study was to assess bilateral kinematics during double-leg squats and single-leg squats on land and in water in individuals with unilateral anterior knee pain. A secondary aim was to quantify bilateral asymmetry in both environments in affected and unaffected individuals using a symmetry index. Twenty individuals with unilateral knee pain and twenty healthy, matched controls performed body weight double- and single-leg squats in both environments while inertial sensors (100 Hz) recorded trunk and lower body kinematics. Repeated-measures statistics tested for environmental effects on movement depths and peak angles within the anterior knee pain group. Differences in their inter-limb symmetry in each environments was compared to the control group using analysis of variance tests. Water immersion allowed for greater movement depths during both exercises (double-leg squat: +7 cm, p  = 0.032, single-leg squat: +9 cm, p  = 0.002) for the knee pain group. The double-leg squat was symmetrical on land but water immersion revealed asymmetries in the lower body frontal plane movements. The single-leg squat revealed decreased hip flexion and frontal plane shank motions on the affected limb in both environments. Water immersion also affected the degree of lower limb asymmetry in both groups, with differences also showing between groups. Individuals with anterior knee pain achieved increased squat depth during both exercises whilst in water. Kinematic differences between the affected and unaffected limbs were often increased in water. Individuals with unilateral anterior knee pain appear to utilise different kinematics in the affected and unaffected limb in both environments.

Cryptographic salting for security enhancement of double random phase encryption schemes

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Velez Zea, Alejandro; Fredy Barrera, John; Torroba, Roberto

2017-10-01

Security in optical encryption techniques is a subject of great importance, especially in light of recent reports of successful attacks. We propose a new procedure to reinforce the ciphertexts generated in double random phase encrypting experimental setups. This ciphertext is protected by multiplexing with a ‘salt’ ciphertext coded with the same setup. We present an experimental implementation of the ‘salting’ technique. Thereafter, we analyze the resistance of the ‘salted’ ciphertext under some of the commonly known attacks reported in the literature, demonstrating the validity of our proposal.

Elastic modulus measurements of LDEF glasses and glass-ceramics using a speckle technique

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Wiedlocher, D. E.; Kinser, D. L.

1992-01-01

Elastic moduli of five glass types and the glass-ceramic Zerodur, exposed to a near-earth orbit environment on the Long Duration Exposure Facility (LDEF), were compared to that of unexposed samples. A double exposure speckle photography technique utilizing 633 nm laser light was used in the production of the speckle pattern. Subsequent illumination of a double exposed negative using the same wavelength radiation produces Young's fringes from which the in-plane displacements are measured. Stresses imposed by compressive loading produced measurable strains in the glasses and glass-ceramic.

IoT security with one-time pad secure algorithm based on the double memory technique

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Wiśniewski, Remigiusz; Grobelny, Michał; Grobelna, Iwona; Bazydło, Grzegorz

2017-11-01

Secure encryption of data in Internet of Things is especially important as many information is exchanged every day and the number of attack vectors on IoT elements still increases. In the paper a novel symmetric encryption method is proposed. The idea bases on the one-time pad technique. The proposed solution applies double memory concept to secure transmitted data. The presented algorithm is considered as a part of communication protocol and it has been initially validated against known security issues.

Recurrent clot anuria following laparoscopic pyeloplasty in a solitary functioning kidney: managing with double guide wire technique

PubMed Central

Kumar, Santosh; Singh, Shivanshu; Parmar, Kalpesh Mahesh; Garg, Nitin

2014-01-01

Clot anuria in a solitary functioning kidney is an emergency situation. Haematuria with clot anuria in an early postoperative period represents a challenge, as treatment options are limited. Manipulation of the anastomotic site may lead to anastomotic disruption and urinoma while use of thrombolytic therapy poses the danger of increasing haematuria. We report a case of anuria due to clot retention in the upper tract following laparoscopic dismembered pyeloplasty in a solitary functioning kidney, managed successfully with double guide wire technique. PMID:25540210

Volume and contact surface area analysis of bony tunnels in single and double bundle anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction using autograft tendons: in vivo three-dimensional imaging analysis.

PubMed

Yang, Jae-Hyuk; Chang, Minho; Kwak, Dai-Soon; Wang, Joon Ho

2014-09-01

Regarding reconstruction surgery of the anterior cruciate ligament (ACL), there is still a debate whether to perform a single bundle (SB) or double bundle (DB) reconstruction. The purpose of this study was to analyze and compare the volume and surface area of femoral and tibial tunnels during transtibial SB versus transportal DB ACL reconstruction. A consecutive series of 26 patients who underwent trantibial SB ACL reconstruction and 27 patients with transportal DB ACL reconstruction using hamstring autograft from January 2010 to October 2010 were included in this study. Three-dimensional computed tomography (3D-CT) was taken within one week after operation. The CT bone images were segmented with use of Mimics software v14.0. The obtained digital images were then imported in the commercial package Geomagic Studio v10.0 and SketchUp Pro v8.0 for processing. The femoral and tibial tunnel lengths, diameters, volumes and surface areas were evaluated. A comparison between the two groups was performed using the independent-samples t-test. A p-value less than the significance value of 5% (p < 0.05) was considered statistically significant. Regarding femur tunnels, a significant difference was not found between the tunnel volume for SB technique (1,496.51 ± 396.72 mm(3)) and the total tunnel volume for DB technique (1,593.81 ± 469.42 mm(3); p = 0.366). However, the total surface area for femoral tunnels was larger in DB technique (919.65 ± 201.79 mm(2)) compared to SB technique (810.02 ± 117.98 mm(2); p = 0.004). For tibia tunnels, there was a significant difference between tunnel volume for the SB technique (2,070.43 ± 565.07 mm(3)) and the total tunnel volume for the DB technique (2,681.93 ± 668.09 mm(3); p ≤ 0.001). The tibial tunnel surface area for the SB technique (958.84 ± 147.50 mm(2)) was smaller than the total tunnel surface area for the DB technique (1,493.31 ± 220.79 mm(2); p ≤ 0.001). Although the total femoral tunnel volume was similar between two techniques, the total surface area was larger in the DB technique. For the tibia, both total tunnel volume and the surface area were larger in DB technique.

Power enhancement of burst-mode UV pulses using a doubly-resonant optical cavity

DOE PAGES

Rahkman, Abdurahim; Notcutt, Mark; Liu, Yun

2015-11-24

We report a doubly-resonant enhancement cavity (DREC) that can realize a simultaneous enhancement of two incoming laser beams at different wavelengths and different temporal structures. The double-resonance condition is theoretically analyzed and different DREC locking methods are experimentally investigated. Simultaneous locking of a Fabry-Perot cavity to both an infrared (IR, 1064 nm) and its frequency tripled ultraviolet (UV, 355 nm) pulses has been demonstrated by controlling the frequency difference between the two beams with a fiber optic frequency shifter. The DREC technique opens a new paradigm in the applications of optical cavities to power enhancement of burst-mode lasers with arbitrarymore » macropulse width and repetition rate.« less

Double-Immunodiffusion Assay for Detecting Specific Antibodies (Ouchterlony).

PubMed

Hornbeck, Peter

2017-02-02

The method first described by Ouchterlony in 1948 is a classic and simple technique that permits evaluation and comparison of antibodies in animal or human sera directed against protein or complex carbohydrate antigens. It is a low-tech procedure that may provide information on the relative quantity of antibody activity and the nature of the antigenic epitopes in different preparations. © 2017 by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Copyright © 2017 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.

Detecting cm-scale hot spot over 24-km-long single-mode fiber by using differential pulse pair BOTDA based on double-peak spectrum.

PubMed

Diakaridia, Sanogo; Pan, Yue; Xu, Pengbai; Zhou, Dengwang; Wang, Benzhang; Teng, Lei; Lu, Zhiwei; Ba, Dexin; Dong, Yongkang

2017-07-24

In distributed Brillouin optical fiber sensor when the length of the perturbation to be detected is much smaller than the spatial resolution that is defined by the pulse width, the measured Brillouin gain spectrum (BGS) experiences two or multiple peaks. In this work, we propose and demonstrate a technique using differential pulse pair Brillouin optical time-domain analysis (DPP-BOTDA) based on double-peak BGS to enhance small-scale events detection capability, where two types of single mode fiber (main fiber and secondary fiber) with 116 MHz Brillouin frequency shift (BFS) difference have been used. We have realized detection of a 5-cm hot spot at the far end of 24-km single mode fiber by employing a 50-cm spatial resolution DPP-BOTDA with only 1GS/s sampling rate (corresponding to 10 cm/point). The BFS at the far end of 24-km sensing fiber has been measured with 0.54 MHz standard deviation which corresponds to a 0.5°C temperature accuracy. This technique is simple and cost effective because it is implemented using the similar experimental setup of the standard BOTDA, however, it should be noted that the consecutive small-scale events have to be separated by a minimum length corresponding to the spatial resolution defined by the pulse width difference.

Onset and maximum values of electromyographic amplitude during prone hip extension after neurodynamic technique in patients with lumbosciatic pain: A pilot study.

PubMed

Horment-Lara, Giselle; Cruz-Montecinos, Carlos; Núñez-Cortés, Rodrigo; Letelier-Horta, Pablo; Henriquez-Fuentes, Luis

2016-04-01

The mechanisms underlying the effects of neurodynamic techniques are still unknown. Therefore, the aim of this study was to provide a starting point for future research on explaining why neurodynamic techniques affect muscular activities in patients with sciatic pain. A double-blind trial was conducted in 12 patients with lumbosciatica. Surface electromyography activity was assessed for different muscles during prone hip extension. Pre- and post-intervention values for muscle activity onset and maximal amplitude signals were determined. There was a significant reduction in the surface electromyography activity of maximal amplitude in the erector spinae and contralateral erector spinae (p < 0.05). Additionally, gluteus maximus (p < 0.05) activity onset was delayed post-intervention. Self-neurodynamic sliding techniques modify muscular activity and onset during prone hip extension, possibly reducing unnecessary adaptations for protecting injured components. Future work will analyze the effects of self-neurodynamic sliding techniques during other physical tasks. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

Dynamical features and electric field strengths of double layers driven by currents. [in auroras

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Singh, N.; Thiemann, H.; Schunk, R. W.

1985-01-01

In recent years, a number of papers have been concerned with 'ion-acoustic' double layers. In the present investigation, results from numerical simulations are presented to show that the shapes and forms of current-driven double layers evolve dynamically with the fluctuations in the current through the plasma. It is shown that double layers with a potential dip can form even without the excitation of ion-acoustic modes. Double layers in two-and one-half-dimensional simulations are discussed, taking into account the simulation technique, the spatial and temporal features of plasma, and the dynamical behavior of the parallel potential distribution. Attention is also given to double layers in one-dimensional simulations, and electrical field strengths predicted by two-and one-half-dimensional simulations.

Very large scale characterization of graphene mechanical devices using a colorimetry technique.

PubMed

Cartamil-Bueno, Santiago Jose; Centeno, Alba; Zurutuza, Amaia; Steeneken, Peter Gerard; van der Zant, Herre Sjoerd Jan; Houri, Samer

2017-06-08

We use a scalable optical technique to characterize more than 21 000 circular nanomechanical devices made of suspended single- and double-layer graphene on cavities with different diameters (D) and depths (g). To maximize the contrast between suspended and broken membranes we used a model for selecting the optimal color filter. The method enables parallel and automatized image processing for yield statistics. We find the survival probability to be correlated with a structural mechanics scaling parameter given by D 4 /g 3 . Moreover, we extract a median adhesion energy of Γ = 0.9 J m -2 between the membrane and the native SiO 2 at the bottom of the cavities.

Pulse shape discrimination for background rejection in germanium gamma-ray detectors

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Feffer, P. T.; Smith, D. M.; Campbell, R. D.; Primbsch, J. H.; Lin, R. P.

1989-01-01

A pulse-shape discrimination (PSD) technique is developed to reject the beta-decay background resulting from activation of Ge gamma-ray detectors by cosmic-ray secondaries. These beta decays are a major source of background at 0.2-2 MeV energies in well shielded Ge detector systems. The technique exploits the difference between the detected current pulse shapes of single- and multiple-site energy depositions within the detector: beta decays are primarily single-site events, while photons at these energies typically Compton scatter before being photoelectrically absorbed to produce multiple-site events. Depending upon the amount of background due to sources other than beta decay, PSD can more than double the detector sensitivity.

High-cycle fatigue characterization of titanium 5Al-2.5Sn alloy

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Mahfuz, H.; Xin, Yu T.; Jeelani, S.

1993-01-01

High-cycle fatigue behavior of titanium 5Al 2.5Sn alloy at room temperature has been studied. S-N curve characterization is performed at different stress ratios ranging from 0 to 0.9 on a subsized fatigue specimen. Both two-stress and three-stress level tests are conducted at different stress ratios to study the cumulative fatigue damage. Life prediction techniques of linear damage rule, double linear damage rule and damage curve approaches are applied, and results are compared with the experimental data. The agreement between prediction and experiment is found to be excellent.

Selective identification of specialized pro-resolving lipid mediators from their biosynthetic double di-oxygenation isomers.

PubMed

Hansen, Trond V; Dalli, Jesmond; Serhan, Charles N

The n-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids are substrates for lipoxygenases and cyclooxygenases. During inflammatory processes, these enzymes form several distinct families of oxygenated polyunsaturated fatty acids coined specialized pro-resolving lipid mediators. Structural elucidation of these natural products using LC-MS/MS based metabololipidomics with the pico- to nanogram amounts of biosynthetic material available have been performed. The specialized pro-resolving lipid mediators display stereospecific and potent anti-inflammatory and pro-resolving actions. Most often the different families among these mediators are chemically characterized by two or three chiral, secondary alcohols, separated by either an E,E,Z -triene or an E,Z,E,E -tetraenemoiety. The lipoxygenases also form other oxygenated polyunsaturated natural products, coined double di-oxygenation products, that are constitutional isomers of the protectin and maresin families of specialized pro-resolving lipid mediators. Very often these products exhibit similar chromatographic properties and mass spectrometrical fragment ions as the pro-resolving mediators. In addition, the double di-oxygenation products are sometimes formed in larger amounts than the specialized pro-resolving lipid mediators. Thus, it is not always possible to distinguish between the specialized pro-resolving mediators and their double di-oxygenation isomers in biological systems, using LC/MS-based techniques. Herein, a convenient and easy-to-use protocol to meet this challenge is presented.

Paradox and Double Binds in Adventure-Based Education.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Bacon, Stephen Barcia

Paradox and therapeutic double bind techniques are used to overcome resistance in students with a history of success avoidance. Predictions of failure, restraining comments, and the use of paradox in the midst of an activity are defended theoretically by presenting historical roots and a rationale of effectiveness. A skill-building approach…

Synthesis and Analysis of Copper Hydroxy Double Salts

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Brigandi, Laura M.; Leber, Phyllis A.; Yoder, Claude H.

2005-01-01

A project involving the synthesis of several naturally occurring copper double salts using simple aqueous conditions is reported. The ions present in the compound are analyzed using colorimetric, gravimetric, and gas-analysis techniques appropriate for the first-year laboratory and from the percent composition, the empirical formula of each…

The effects of 595- and 1,064-nm lasers on rooster comb blood vessels using dual-wavelength and multipulse techniques.

PubMed

Li, Guang; Sun, Jianfang; Shao, Xuebao; Sang, Honggui; Zhou, Zhanchao

2011-10-01

After laser irradiation, hemoglobin can transform into methemoglobin and coagulum, which have high absorptivity of near-infrared light. Sequential irradiation with 595 nm and 1,064 nm may be more effective than single wavelength to decrease residual vessel number in rooster combs. Six protocols (single pulse with 595 nm, double pulse with 595 nm, single pulse with 1,064 nm, double pulse with 1,064 nm, sequential irradiation with 595 nm and 1,064 nm (multiplex), and a blank control group) were used to compare the effects of sequential and single-wavelength irradiation on reducing residual vessel number, as well as the epidermal side effects, in the rooster comb. Different treatment techniques were applied to the same comb, at the same time. The treated areas of the epidermis and the residual vessels were observed using an optical microscope. All five techniques were effective in decreasing the number of residual vessels in the comb, and the side effects on the epidermis were similar for all. Considering the selectivity of the 595-nm laser and the rich melanin in the human epidermis, the dual-wavelength laser has a distinct advantage in treating vascular lesions. The authors have indicated no significant interest with commercial supporters. © 2011 by the American Society for Dermatologic Surgery, Inc.

In vitro non-viral murine pro-neurotrophin 3 gene transfer into rat bone marrow stromal cells.

PubMed

Darabi, Shahram; Tiraihi, Taki; Delshad, AliReza; Sadeghizadeh, Majid; Khalil, Wisam; Taheri, Taher

2017-04-15

Neurotrophin 3 (NT-3) is an important factor for promoting prenatal neural development, as well as regeneration, axogenesis and plasticity in postnatal life. Therapy with NT-3 was reported to improve the condition of patients suffering from degenerative diseases and traumatic injuries, however, the disadvantage of NT-3 protein delivery is its short half-life, thus our alternative approach is the use of NT-3 gene therapy. In this study, the bone marrow stromal cells (BMSCs) were isolated from adult rats, cultured for 4 passages and transfected with either pEGFP-N1 or a constructed vector containing murine proNT-3 (pSecTag2/HygroB-murine proNT-3) using Lipofectamine 2000 followed by Hygromycin B (200mg/kg). The transfection efficiency of the transiently transfected BMSCs was evaluated using the green fluorescence protein containing vector (pEGFP-N1). A quantitative evaluation of the NT-3 expression of mRNA using real time qRT-PCR shows that there was double fold increase in NT-3 gene expression compared with non-transfected BMSCs, also, the culture supernatant yielded double fold increase in NT-3 using ELISA technique, the data were supported by immunoblotting technique. This suggests that the use of this transfection technique can be useful for gene therapy in different neurological disorders with neurodegenerative or traumatic origins. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Encapsulation of Lactobacillus kefiri in alginate microbeads using a double novel aerosol technique.

PubMed

Demitri, Christian; Lamanna, Leonardo; De Benedetto, Egidio; Damiano, Fabrizio; Cappello, Maria Stella; Siculella, Luisa; Sannino, Alessandro

2017-08-01

Alginate micro beads containing Lactobacillus kefiri (the principal bacteria present in the kefir probiotic drink) were produced by a novel technique based on dual aerosols spaying of alginate based solution and CaCl 2 as cross linking agent. Carboxymethylcellulose (CMC) has been also added to the alginate in order to change the physic-chemical properties (viscosity and permeability) of the microbeads. Calcium alginate and CMC are biopolymers that can be used for developing oral drug-delivery systems. These biopolymers have been reported to show a pH-dependent swelling behaviour. Calcium alginate and CMC have also been known to possess an excellent mucoadhesive property. The loaded microbeads have been characterized in terms of morphology, chemical composition and stability in different conditions mimicking the gastric environment. In this study, we demonstrate the feasibility of a continuous fabrication of alginate microbeads in a range of 50-70μm size, encapsulating L. kefiri as active ingredient. The technique involves the use of a double aerosols of alginate based solution and CaCl 2 as crosslinking agent. Moreover, the encapsulation process was proved to be effective and not detrimental to bacteria viability. At the same time, it was verified the protective efficacy of the microcapsules against the gastric environment using both SGF pH1.2 (fasted state) and pH2.2 (feed state). Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Rapid prototyping of a double-layer polyurethane-collagen conduit for peripheral nerve regeneration.

PubMed

Cui, Tongkui; Yan, Yongnian; Zhang, Renji; Liu, Li; Xu, Wei; Wang, Xiaohong

2009-03-01

A new technique for preparing double-layer polyurethane (PU)-collagen nerve conduits for peripheral nerve repair via a double-nozzle, low-temperature, deposition manufacturing (DLDM) system has been developed. The DLDM system is based on a digital prototyping approach, and uses a combination of thermally induced phase separation and freeze-drying. With this system, two kinds of biomaterials with different properties can be combined to produce scaffold structures with good biocompatibility in the inner layer and with the desired mechanical strength protruded by the outer. The forming precision is high, the wall thickness can be controlled, and a tight connection between the two layers can be achieved. The effects of changing the processing parameters and the material temperature on the structure of the scaffolds have been investigated. Additionally, the effect of material concentration on the mechanical strength and hydrophilic properties of the scaffolds has also been studied. Ideal peripheral nerve repair conduits, comprising an outer microporous layer of PU and internal oriented filaments of collagen, have been manufactured through optimizing the processing parameters and the biomaterial concentrations.

High resolution atomic force microscopy of double-stranded RNA.

PubMed

Ares, Pablo; Fuentes-Perez, Maria Eugenia; Herrero-Galán, Elías; Valpuesta, José M; Gil, Adriana; Gomez-Herrero, Julio; Moreno-Herrero, Fernando

2016-06-09

Double-stranded (ds) RNA mediates the suppression of specific gene expression, it is the genetic material of a number of viruses, and a key activator of the innate immune response against viral infections. The ever increasing list of roles played by dsRNA in the cell and its potential biotechnological applications over the last decade has raised an interest for the characterization of its mechanical properties and structure, and that includes approaches using Atomic Force Microscopy (AFM) and other single-molecule techniques. Recent reports have resolved the structure of dsDNA with AFM at unprecedented resolution. However, an equivalent study with dsRNA is still lacking. Here, we have visualized the double helix of dsRNA under near-physiological conditions and at sufficient resolution to resolve the A-form sub-helical pitch periodicity. We have employed different high-sensitive force-detection methods and obtained images with similar spatial resolution. Therefore, we show here that the limiting factors for high-resolution AFM imaging of soft materials in liquid medium are, rather than the imaging mode, the force between the tip and the sample and the sharpness of the tip apex.

Operation of the CAPRICE electron cyclotron resonance ion source applying frequency tuning and double frequency heating.

PubMed

Maimone, F; Tinschert, K; Celona, L; Lang, R; Mäder, J; Rossbach, J; Spädtke, P

2012-02-01

The properties of the electromagnetic waves heating the electrons of the ECR ion sources (ECRIS) plasma affect the features of the extracted ion beams such as the emittance, the shape, and the current, in particular for higher charge states. The electron heating methods such as the frequency tuning effect and the double frequency heating are widely used for enhancing the performances of ECRIS or even for the routine operation during the beam production. In order to better investigate these effects the CAPRICE ECRIS has been operated using these techniques. The ion beam properties for highly charged ions have been measured with beam diagnostic tools. The reason of the observed variations of this performance can be related to the different electromagnetic field patterns, which are changing inside the plasma chamber when the frequency is varying.

Strain-induced changes of the electronic properties of B -site ordered double-perovskite Sr2CoIrO6 thin films

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Esser, S.; Chang, C. F.; Kuo, C.-Y.; Merten, S.; Roddatis, V.; Ha, T. D.; Jesche, A.; Moshnyaga, V.; Lin, H.-J.; Tanaka, A.; Chen, C. T.; Tjeng, L. H.; Gegenwart, P.

2018-05-01

B -site ordered thin films of double perovskite Sr2CoIrO6 were epitaxially grown by a metalorganic aerosol deposition technique on various substrates, actuating different strain states. X-ray diffraction, transmission electron microscopy, and polarized far-field Raman spectroscopy confirm the strained epitaxial growth on all used substrates. Polarization-dependent Co L2 ,3 x-ray absorption spectroscopy reveals a change of the magnetic easy axis of the antiferromagnetically ordered (high-spin) Co3 + sublattice within the strain series. By reversing the applied strain direction from tensile to compressive, the easy axis changes abruptly from in-plane to out-of-plane orientation. The low-temperature magnetoresistance changes its sign respectively and is described by a combination of weak antilocalization and anisotropic magnetoresistance effects.

Photonics-based microwave frequency measurement using a double-sideband suppressed-carrier modulation and an InP integrated ring-assisted Mach-Zehnder interferometer filter.

PubMed

Fandiño, Javier S; Muñoz, Pascual

2013-11-01

A photonic system capable of estimating the unknown frequency of a CW microwave tone is presented. The core of the system is a complementary optical filter monolithically integrated in InP, consisting of a ring-assisted Mach-Zehnder interferometer with a second-order elliptic response. By simultaneously measuring the different optical powers produced by a double-sideband suppressed-carrier modulation at the outputs of the photonic integrated circuit, an amplitude comparison function that depends on the input tone frequency is obtained. Using this technique, a frequency measurement range of 10 GHz (5-15 GHz) with a root mean square value of frequency error lower than 200 MHz is experimentally demonstrated. Moreover, simulations showing the impact of a residual optical carrier on system performance are also provided.

Algorithm for planning a double-jaw orthognathic surgery using a computer-aided surgical simulation (CASS) protocol. Part 1: planning sequence.

PubMed

Xia, J J; Gateno, J; Teichgraeber, J F; Yuan, P; Chen, K-C; Li, J; Zhang, X; Tang, Z; Alfi, D M

2015-12-01

The success of craniomaxillofacial (CMF) surgery depends not only on the surgical techniques, but also on an accurate surgical plan. The adoption of computer-aided surgical simulation (CASS) has created a paradigm shift in surgical planning. However, planning an orthognathic operation using CASS differs fundamentally from planning using traditional methods. With this in mind, the Surgical Planning Laboratory of Houston Methodist Research Institute has developed a CASS protocol designed specifically for orthognathic surgery. The purpose of this article is to present an algorithm using virtual tools for planning a double-jaw orthognathic operation. This paper will serve as an operation manual for surgeons wanting to incorporate CASS into their clinical practice. Copyright © 2015 International Association of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeons. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

Effect of Injector Geometry on Atomization of a Liquid-Liquid Double Swirl Coaxial Injector Using Non-invasive Laser, Optical and X-ray Techniques

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Radke, C. R.; Meyer, T. R.

2014-01-01

The spray characteristics of a liquid-liquid double swirl coaxial injector were studied using non-invasive optical, laser, and X-ray diagnostics. A parametric study of injector exit geometry demonstrated that spray breakup time, breakup type and sheet stability could be controlled with exit geometry. Phase Doppler interferometry was used to characterize droplet statistics and non-dimensional droplet parameters over a range of inlet conditions and for various fluids allowing for a study on the role of specific fluid properties in atomization. Further, X-ray radiography allowed for investigation of sheet thickness and breakup length to be quantified for different recess exit diameters and inlet pressures. Finally, computed tomography scans revealed that the spray cone was distinctively non-uniform and comprised of several pockets of increased mass flux.

Effect of Injector Geometry on Atomization of a Liquid-Liquid Double Swirl Coaxial Injector using Non-Invasive Laser, Optical and X-ray Techniques

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Radke, C. R.; Meyer, T. R.

2014-01-01

The spray characteristics of a Liquid-Liquid Double Swirl Coaxial Injector were studied using noninvasive Optical, Laser, and X-ray diagnostics. A parametric study of injector exit geometry demonstrated that spray breakup time, breakup type and sheet stability could be controlled with exit geometry. Phase Doppler Particle Analysis characterized droplet statistics and non-dimensional droplet parameters over a range of inlet conditions and for various fluids allowing for a study on the role of specific fluid properties in atomization. Further, x-ray radiographs allowed for investigations of sheet thickness and breakup length to be quantified for different recess exits and inlet pressures. Finally Computed Tomography scans revealed that the spray cone was distinctively non-uniform and comprised of several pockets of increased mass flux.

A grid-doubling finite-element technique for calculating dynamic three-dimensional spontaneous rupture on an earthquake fault

USGS Publications Warehouse

Barall, Michael

2009-01-01

We present a new finite-element technique for calculating dynamic 3-D spontaneous rupture on an earthquake fault, which can reduce the required computational resources by a factor of six or more, without loss of accuracy. The grid-doubling technique employs small cells in a thin layer surrounding the fault. The remainder of the modelling volume is filled with larger cells, typically two or four times as large as the small cells. In the resulting non-conforming mesh, an interpolation method is used to join the thin layer of smaller cells to the volume of larger cells. Grid-doubling is effective because spontaneous rupture calculations typically require higher spatial resolution on and near the fault than elsewhere in the model volume. The technique can be applied to non-planar faults by morphing, or smoothly distorting, the entire mesh to produce the desired 3-D fault geometry. Using our FaultMod finite-element software, we have tested grid-doubling with both slip-weakening and rate-and-state friction laws, by running the SCEC/USGS 3-D dynamic rupture benchmark problems. We have also applied it to a model of the Hayward fault, Northern California, which uses realistic fault geometry and rock properties. FaultMod implements fault slip using common nodes, which represent motion common to both sides of the fault, and differential nodes, which represent motion of one side of the fault relative to the other side. We describe how to modify the traction-at-split-nodes method to work with common and differential nodes, using an implicit time stepping algorithm.

Anther Culture in Eggplant (Solanum melongena L.).

PubMed

Rotino, Giuseppe Leonardo

2016-01-01

The technique of in vitro anther culture is the most favorite to incite the production of plants from microspore through direct embryogenesis or regeneration from callus. Anther culture has been employed since 1980s in eggplant to obtain double-haploid plants from microspore derived embryos. From that time it has been refined and widely applied both at commercial level for a fast generation double-haploid parental lines of F1 hybrids, as well as for experimental studies as the complete homozygosis of the microspore-derived plants make more simply the genetic analysis. In this chapter, a step-by-step procedure is reported, taking into consideration all the aspects of the technique, including the growth condition of the anther donor plant, the in vitro regeneration of the androgenetic plantlets, their ploidy analysis, and the colchicine treatment to double the chromosome number of the haploids.

Doppler Lidar Measurements of Tropospheric Wind Profiles Using the Aerosol Double Edge Technique

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Gentry, Bruce M.; Li, Steven X.; Mathur, Savyasachee; Korb, C. Laurence; Chen, Huailin

2000-01-01

The development of a ground based direct detection Doppler lidar based on the recently described aerosol double edge technique is reported. A pulsed, injection seeded Nd:YAG laser operating at 1064 nm is used to make range resolved measurements of atmospheric winds in the free troposphere. The wind measurements are determined by measuring the Doppler shift of the laser signal backscattered from atmospheric aerosols. The lidar instrument and double edge method are described and initial tropospheric wind profile measurements are presented. Wind profiles are reported for both day and night operation. The measurements extend to altitudes as high as 14 km and are compared to rawinsonde wind profile data from Dulles airport in Virginia. Vertical resolution of the lidar measurements is 330 m and the rms precision of the measurements is a low as 0.6 m/s.

On the use of the double floating probe method to infer the difference between the electron and the heavy particles temperatures in an atmospheric pressure, vortex-stabilized nitrogen plasma jet

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Prevosto, L.; Kelly, H.; Mancinelli, B. R.

2014-05-01

Sweeping double probe measurements in an atmospheric pressure direct current vortex-stabilized plasma jet are reported (plasma conditions: 100 A discharge current, N2 gas flow rate of 25 Nl/min, thoriated tungsten rod-type cathode, copper anode with 5 mm inner diameter). The interpretation of the double probe characteristic was based on a generalization of the standard double floating probe formulae for non-uniform plasmas coupled to a non-equilibrium plasma composition model. Perturbations caused by the current to the probe together with collisional and thermal processes inside the probe perturbed region were taken into account. Radial values of the average electron and heavy particle temperatures as well as the electron density were obtained. The calculation of the temperature values did not require any specific assumption about a temperature relationship between different particle species. An electron temperature of 10 900 ± 900 K, a heavy particle temperature of 9300 ± 900 K, and an electron density of about 3.5 × 1022 m-3 were found at the jet centre at 3.5 mm downstream from the torch exit. Large deviations from kinetic equilibrium were found toward the outer border of the plasma jet. These results showed good agreement with those previously reported by the authors by using a single probe technique. The calculations have shown that this method is particularly useful for studying spraying-type plasma torches operated at power levels of about 15 kW.

On the use of the double floating probe method to infer the difference between the electron and the heavy particles temperatures in an atmospheric pressure, vortex-stabilized nitrogen plasma jet.

PubMed

Prevosto, L; Kelly, H; Mancinelli, B R

2014-05-01

Sweeping double probe measurements in an atmospheric pressure direct current vortex-stabilized plasma jet are reported (plasma conditions: 100 A discharge current, N2 gas flow rate of 25 Nl/min, thoriated tungsten rod-type cathode, copper anode with 5 mm inner diameter). The interpretation of the double probe characteristic was based on a generalization of the standard double floating probe formulae for non-uniform plasmas coupled to a non-equilibrium plasma composition model. Perturbations caused by the current to the probe together with collisional and thermal processes inside the probe perturbed region were taken into account. Radial values of the average electron and heavy particle temperatures as well as the electron density were obtained. The calculation of the temperature values did not require any specific assumption about a temperature relationship between different particle species. An electron temperature of 10,900 ± 900 K, a heavy particle temperature of 9300 ± 900 K, and an electron density of about 3.5 × 10(22) m(-3) were found at the jet centre at 3.5 mm downstream from the torch exit. Large deviations from kinetic equilibrium were found toward the outer border of the plasma jet. These results showed good agreement with those previously reported by the authors by using a single probe technique. The calculations have shown that this method is particularly useful for studying spraying-type plasma torches operated at power levels of about 15 kW.

Biomechanical performance of different cable and wire cerclage configurations.

PubMed

Lenz, Mark; Perren, Stephan Marcel; Richards, Robert Geoff; Mückley, Thomas; Hofmann, Gunther Olaf; Gueorguiev, Boyko; Windolf, Markus

2013-01-01

Cerclage technology is regaining interest due to the increasing number of periprosthetic fractures. Different wiring techniques have been formerly proposed and have hibernated over years. Hereby, they are compared to current cerclage technology. Seven groups (n = 6) of different cable cerclage (Ø1.7 mm, crimp closure) configurations (one single cerclage looped once around the shells, one single cerclage looped twice, two cerclages each looped once) and solid wire cerclages (Ø1.5 mm, twist closure) (same configurations as cable cerclages, and two braided wires, twisted around each other looped once) fixed two cortical half shells of human femoral shaft mounted on a testing jig. Sinusoidal cyclic loading with constantly increasing force (0.1 N/cycle) was applied starting at 50 N peak load. Cerclage pretension (P), load leading to onset of plastic deformation (D) and load at total failure (T) were identified. Statistical differences between the groups were detected by univariate ANOVA. Double looped cables (P442N ± 129; D1334N ± 319; T2734N ± 330) performed significantly better (p < 0.05) than single looped cables (P292N ± 56; D646N ± 108; T1622N ± 171) and were comparable to two single cables (P392N ± 154; D1191N ± 334; T2675N ± 361). Double looped wires (P335N ± 49; D752N ± 119; T1359N ± 80) were significantly better (p < 0.05) than single looped wires (P181N ± 16; D343N ± 33; T606N ± 109) and performed similarly to single looped cables. Braided wires (P119N ± 26; D225N ± 55; T919N ± 197) exhibited early loss of pretension and plastic deformation. Double looped cerclages provided a better fixation stability compared to a single looped cerclage. Double looped wires were comparable to a single looped cable. The use of braided wires could not be recommended mechanically.

The development of the experimental setup for measuring the cell membrane electrical potential by Sucrose-Gap Technique

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Yuzhakov, AD; Nosarev, AV; Aleinik, AN

2017-11-01

This article describes the development of the experimental setup for measuring the cell membrane electrical potential by Double -Sucrose-Gap Technique. The double-gap isolation method allows the simultaneous measurement of electrical activity and tension output from contracting segments of muscle fibers. This technique has been widely used as a convenient tool for recording of the membrane activities from myelinated or unmyelinated nerves and muscle preparations. This device can be an effective way to provide undergraduate biomedical engineering students with invaluable experiences in neurophysiology. The installation design and its main characteristics are described. The advantages of the described device are the simplicity of the experiment, relatively low cost, the possibility of long-term experiment.

Fast decoding techniques for extended single-and-double-error-correcting Reed Solomon codes

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Costello, D. J., Jr.; Deng, H.; Lin, S.

1984-01-01

A problem in designing semiconductor memories is to provide some measure of error control without requiring excessive coding overhead or decoding time. For example, some 256K-bit dynamic random access memories are organized as 32K x 8 bit-bytes. Byte-oriented codes such as Reed Solomon (RS) codes provide efficient low overhead error control for such memories. However, the standard iterative algorithm for decoding RS codes is too slow for these applications. Some special high speed decoding techniques for extended single and double error correcting RS codes. These techniques are designed to find the error locations and the error values directly from the syndrome without having to form the error locator polynomial and solve for its roots.

Biomechanical Comparison of Five Posterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction Techniques.

PubMed

Nuelle, Clayton W; Milles, Jeffrey L; Pfeiffer, Ferris M; Stannard, James P; Smith, Patrick A; Kfuri, Mauricio; Cook, James L

2017-07-01

No surgical technique recreates native posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) biomechanics. We compared the biomechanics of five different PCL reconstruction techniques versus the native PCL. Cadaveric knees ( n  = 20) were randomly assigned to one of five reconstruction techniques: Single bundle all-inside arthroscopic inlay, single bundle all-inside suspensory fixation, single bundle arthroscopic-assisted open onlay (SB-ONL), double bundle arthroscopic-assisted open inlay (DB-INL), and double bundle all-inside suspensory fixation (DB-SUSP). Each specimen was potted and connected to a servo-hydraulic load frame for testing in three conditions: PCL intact, PCL deficient, and PCL reconstructed. Testing consisted of a posterior force up to 100 N at a rate of 1 N/s at four knee flexion angles: 10, 30, 60, and 90 degrees. Three material properties were measured under each condition: load to 5 mm displacement, maximal displacement, and stiffness. Data were normalized to the native PCL, compared across techniques, compared with all PCL-intact knees and to all PCL-deficient knees using one-way analysis of variance. For load to 5 mm displacement, intact knees required significantly ( p  < 0.03) more load at 30 degrees of flexion than all reconstructions except the DB-SUSP. At 60 degrees of flexion, intact required significantly ( p  < 0.01) more load than all others except the SB-ONL. At 90 degrees, intact, SB-ONL, DB-INL, and DB-SUSP required significantly more load ( p  < 0.05). Maximal displacement testing showed the intact to have significantly ( p  < 0.02) less laxity than all others except the DB-INL and DB-SUSP at 60 degrees. At 90 degrees the intact showed significantly ( p  < 0.01) less laxity than all others except the DB-SUSP. The intact was significantly stiffer than all others at 30 degrees ( p  < 0.03) and 60 degrees ( p  < 0.01). Finally, the intact was significantly ( p  < 0.05) stiffer than all others except the DB-SUSP at 90 degrees. No technique matched the exact properties of the native PCL, but the double bundle reconstructions more closely recreated the native biomechanics immediately after implantation, with the DB-SUSP coming closest to the native ligament. This study contributes new data for consideration in PCL reconstruction technique choice. Thieme Medical Publishers 333 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10001, USA.

Double Barreled Wet Colostomy: Initial Experience and Literature Review

PubMed Central

Salgado-Cruz, Luis; Espin-Basany, Eloy; Vallribera-Valls, Francesc; Sanchez-Garcia, Jose; Jimenez-Gomez, Luis Miguel; Marti-Gallostra, Marc; Garza-Maldonado, Ana

2014-01-01

Background. Pelvic exenteration and multivisceral resection in colorectal have been described as a curative and palliative intervention. Urinary tract reconstruction in a pelvic exenteration is achieved in most cases with an ileal conduit of Bricker, although different urinary reservoirs have been described. Methods. A retrospective and observational study of six patients who underwent a pelvic exenteration and urinary tract reconstruction with a double barreled wet colostomy (DBWC) was done, describing the preoperative diagnosis, the indication for the pelvic exenteration, the complications associated with the procedure, and the followup in a period of 5 years. A literature review of the case series reported of the technique was performed. Results. Six patients had a urinary tract reconstruction with the DBWC technique, 5 male patients and one female patient. Age range was from 20 to 77 years, with a medium age 53.6 years. The most frequent complication presented was a pelvic abscess in 3 patients (42.85%); all complications could be resolved with a conservative treatment. Conclusion. In the group of our patients with pelvic exenteration and urinary tract reconstruction with a DBWC, it is a safe procedure and well tolerated by the patients, and most of the complications can be resolved with conservative treatment. PMID:25574498

Polyaniline-coated freestanding porous carbon nanofibers as efficient hybrid electrodes for supercapacitors

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Tran, Chau; Singhal, Richa; Lawrence, Daniel; Kalra, Vibha

2015-10-01

Three-dimensional, free-standing, hybrid supercapacitor electrodes combining polyaniline (PANI) and porous carbon nanofibers (P-CNFs) were fabricated with the aim to integrate the benefits of both electric double layer capacitors (high power, cyclability) and pseudocapacitors (high energy density). A systematic investigation of three different electropolymerization techniques, namely, potentiodynamic, potentiostatic, and galvanostatic, for electrodeposition of PANI on freestanding carbon nanofiber mats was conducted. It was found that the galvanostatic method, where the current density is kept constant and can be easily controlled facilitates conformal and uniform coating of PANI on three-dimensional carbon nanofiber substrates. The electrochemical tests indicated that the PANI-coated P-CNFs exhibit excellent specific capacitance of 366 F g-1 (vs. 140 F g-1 for uncoated porous carbon nanofibers), 140 F cm-3 volumetric capacitance, and up to 2.3 F cm-2 areal capacitance at 100 mV s-1 scan rate. Such excellent performance is attributed to a thin and conformal coating of PANI achieved using the galvanostatic electrodeposition technique, which not only provides pseudocapacitance with high rate capability, but also retains the double-layer capacitance of the underlying P-CNFs.

New insights on the Dronino iron meteorite by double-pulse micro-Laser-Induced Breakdown Spectroscopy

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Tempesta, Gioacchino; Senesi, Giorgio S.; Manzari, Paola; Agrosì, Giovanna

2018-06-01

Two fragments of an iron meteorite shower named Dronino were characterized by a novel technique, i.e. Double-Pulse micro-Laser Induced Breakdown Spectroscopy (DP-μLIBS) combined with optical microscope. This technique allowed to perform a fast and detailed analysis of the chemical composition of the fragments and permitted to determine their composition, the alteration state differences and the cooling rate of the meteorite. Qualitative analysis indicated the presence of Fe, Ni and Co in both fragments, whereas the elements Al, Ca, Mg, Si and, for the first time Li, were detected only in one fragment and were related to its post-falling alteration and contamination by weathering processes. Quantitative analysis data obtained using the calibration-free (CF) - LIBS method showed a good agreement with those obtained by traditional methods generally applied to meteorite analysis, i.e. Electron Dispersion Spectroscopy - Scanning Electron Microscopy (EDS-SEM), also performed in this study, and Electron Probe Microanalysis (EMPA) (literature data). The local and coupled variability of Ni and Co (increase of Ni and decrease of Co) determined for the unaltered portions exhibiting plessite texture, suggested the occurrence of solid state diffusion processes under a slow cooling rate for the Dronino meteorite.

Assessment of transmitral flow after mitral valve edge-to-edge repair using High-speed particle image velocimetry

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Jeyhani, Morteza; Shahriari, Shahrokh; Labrosse, Michel; Kadem, Lyes

2013-11-01

Approximately 500,000 people in North America suffer from mitral valve regurgitation (MR). MR is a disorder of the heart in which the mitral valve (MV) leaflets do not close securely during systole. Edge-to-edge repair (EtER) technique can be used to surgically treat MR. This technique produces a double-orifice configuration for the MV. Under these un-physiological conditions, flow downstream of the MV forms a double jet structure that may disturb the intraventricular hemodynamics. Abnormal flow patterns following EtER are mainly characterized by high-shear stress and stagnation zones in the left ventricle (LV), which increase the potential of blood component damage. In this study, a custom-made prosthetic bicuspid MV was used to analyze the LV flow patterns after EtER by means of digital particle image velocimetry (PIV). Although the repair of a MV using EtER technique is an effective approach, this study confirms that EtER leads to changes in the LV flow field, including the generation of a double mitral jet flow and high shear stress regions.

Revision anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction by double-bundle technique using multi-strand semitendinosus tendon.

PubMed

Muneta, Takeshi; Hara, Kenji; Ju, Young-Jin; Mochizuki, Tomoyuki; Morito, Toshiyuki; Yagishita, Kazuyoshi; Sekiya, Ichiro

2010-06-01

The purpose of the study was to compare the outcome of revision anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstruction by the double-bundle (DB) technique using multi-strand semitendinosus tendon with that of primary reconstruction by use of the same technique. The study included 21 patients who underwent revision ACL reconstruction (mean follow-up, 40 months) with the semitendinosus tendon DB technique between 1995 and 2006 and 86 unilateral primary DB ACL reconstructions (mean follow-up, 33 months) between 2000 and 2004. The outcome of both groups was compared based on differences between operated and unoperated limbs and modified International Knee Documentation Committee grades. Both the overall and sports-related subjective scores were evaluated between the 2 groups. The KT measurements (MEDmetric, San Diego, CA) averaged 1.7 mm (SD, 1.8 mm) in the revision group and 1.5 mm (SD, 1.6 mm) in the primary group. There was no significant difference in KT measurements between the 2 groups. The Lachman test was negative in 83% of revision cases and 87% of primary cases; the anterior drawer test was negative in 83% and 91%, respectively, and the pivot-shift test was negative in 78% and 90%, respectively. There was a tendency for a positive pivot-shift test in the revision group being higher. The Lysholm score and subjective recovery score were significantly lower in the revision group. The semitendinosus tendon DB revision procedure provided range of motion and anterior stability comparable to those after primary DB surgery and a comparable return to athletic activities. However, the patients tended to have positive pivot-shift test results. The revision cases were also inferior in terms of the general evaluation of recovery of knee condition. The outcome scores were lower overall in the revision group. Level IV, therapeutic case series. Copyright (c) 2010 Arthroscopy Association of North America. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Synthesis and adsorption properties of flower-like layered double hydroxide by a facile one-pot reaction with an eggshell membrane as assistant

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Li, Songnan; Zhang, Jiawei; Jamil, Saba; Cai, Qinghai; Zang, Shuying

In this paper, flower-like layered double hydroxides were synthesized with eggshell membrane assistant. The as-prepared samples were characterized by a series of techniques including X-ray diffraction (XRD), Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy, Scanning electron microscopy (SEM), Transmission electron microscopy (TEM), Thermal gravity-differential thermal analysis and Nitrogen sorption/desorption. The resulting layered double hydroxides were composed of nanoplates with edge-to-face particle interactions. The specific surface area and total pore volume of the as-prepared flower-like layered double hydroxides were 160m2/g and 0.65m3/g, respectively. The adsorption capacity of flower-like layered double hydroxides to Congo Red was 258mg/g, which was higher than that of layered double hydroxides synthesized by the traditional method.

The Role of Neutral Atmospheric Dynamics in Cusp Density and Ionospheric Patch Formation

DTIC Science & Technology

2012-10-01

J . Moen, K. Oksavik, C. P. Nielsen, I. W. McCrea, T . R. Pedersen, and P. Gallop, Direct observations of injection events of subauroral plasma into...reconnection events at high end (3km/s) of spectrum of typical plasma flow jet events. The doubling is attributed not t o any difference in the model, but...world (at Poker Flat in Alaska, and Mawson in Antarctica), both belonging to Dr Mark Conde at the University of Alaska, who pioneered the technique (e.g

A tale of two Bethe ansätze

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Lima-Santos, Antonio; Nepomechie, Rafael I.; Pimenta, Rodrigo A.

2018-04-01

We revisit the construction of the eigenvectors of the single and double-row transfer matrices associated with the Zamolodchikov–Fateev model, within the algebraic Bethe ansatz method. The left and right eigenvectors are constructed using two different methods: the fusion technique and Tarasov’s construction. A simple explicit relation between the eigenvectors from the two Bethe ansätze is obtained. As a consequence, we obtain the Slavnov formula for the scalar product between on-shell and off-shell Tarasov–Bethe vectors.

Precision Tests of a Quantum Hall Effect Device DC Equivalent Circuit Using Double-Series and Triple-Series Connections

PubMed Central

Jeffery, A.; Elmquist, R. E.; Cage, M. E.

1995-01-01

Precision tests verify the dc equivalent circuit used by Ricketts and Kemeny to describe a quantum Hall effect device in terms of electrical circuit elements. The tests employ the use of cryogenic current comparators and the double-series and triple-series connection techniques of Delahaye. Verification of the dc equivalent circuit in double-series and triple-series connections is a necessary step in developing the ac quantum Hall effect as an intrinsic standard of resistance. PMID:29151768

Double-Pulsed 2-Micrometer Lidar Validation for Atmospheric CO2 Measurements

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Singh, Upendra N.; Refaat, Tamer F.; Yu, Jirong; Petros, Mulugeta; Remus, Ruben

2015-01-01

A double-pulsed, 2-micron Integrated Path Differential Absorption (IPDA) lidar instrument for atmospheric carbon dioxide (CO2) measurements is successfully developed at NASA Langley Research Center (LaRC). Based on direct detection technique, the instrument can be operated on ground or onboard a small aircraft. Key features of this compact, rugged and reliable IPDA lidar includes high transmitted laser energy, wavelength tuning, switching and locking, and sensitive detection. As a proof of concept, the IPDA ground and airborne CO2 measurement and validation will be presented. IPDA lidar CO2 measurements ground validation were conducted at NASA LaRC using hard targets and a calibrated in-situ sensor. Airborne validation, conducted onboard the NASA B-200 aircraft, included CO2 plum detection from power stations incinerators, comparison to in-flight CO2 in-situ sensor and comparison to air sampling at different altitude conducted by NOAA at the same site. Airborne measurements, spanning for 20 hours, were obtained from different target conditions. Ground targets included soil, vegetation, sand, snow and ocean. In addition, cloud slicing was examined over the ocean. These flight validations were conducted at different altitudes, up to 7 km, with different wavelength controlled weighing functions. CO2 measurement results agree with modeling conducted through the different sensors, as will be discussed.

SU-F-BRD-08: A Novel Technique to Derive a Clinically-Acceptable Beam Model for Proton Pencil-Beam Scanning in a Commercial Treatment Planning System

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Scholey, J. E.; Lin, L.; Ainsley, C. G.

2015-06-15

Purpose: To evaluate the accuracy and limitations of a commercially-available treatment planning system’s (TPS’s) dose calculation algorithm for proton pencil-beam scanning (PBS) and present a novel technique to efficiently derive a clinically-acceptable beam model. Methods: In-air fluence profiles of PBS spots were modeled in the TPS alternately as single-(SG) and double-Gaussian (DG) functions, based on fits to commissioning data. Uniform-fluence, single-energy-layer square fields of various sizes and energies were calculated with both beam models and delivered to water. Dose was measured at several depths. Motivated by observed discrepancies in measured-versus-calculated dose comparisons, a third model was constructed based on double-Gaussianmore » parameters contrived through a novel technique developed to minimize these differences (DGC). Eleven cuboid-dose-distribution-shaped fields with varying range/modulation and field size were subsequently generated in the TPS, using each of the three beam models described, and delivered to water. Dose was measured at the middle of each spread-out Bragg peak. Results: For energies <160 MeV, the DG model fit square-field measurements to <2% at all depths, while the SG model could disagree by >6%. For energies >160 MeV, both SG and DG models fit square-field measurements to <1% at <4 cm depth, but could exceed 6% deeper. By comparison, disagreement with the DGC model was always <3%. For the cuboid plans, calculation-versus-measured percent dose differences exceeded 7% for the SG model, being larger for smaller fields. The DG model showed <3% disagreement for all field sizes in shorter-range beams, although >5% differences for smaller fields persisted in longer-range beams. In contrast, the DGC model predicted measurements to <2% for all beams. Conclusion: Neither the TPS’s SG nor DG models, employed as intended, are ideally suited for routine clinical use. However, via a novel technique to be presented, its DG model can be tuned judiciously to yield acceptable results.« less

Self-assembly of concentric quantum double rings.

PubMed

Mano, Takaaki; Kuroda, Takashi; Sanguinetti, Stefano; Ochiai, Tetsuyuki; Tateno, Takahiro; Kim, Jongsu; Noda, Takeshi; Kawabe, Mitsuo; Sakoda, Kazuaki; Kido, Giyuu; Koguchi, Nobuyuki

2005-03-01

We demonstrate the self-assembled formation of concentric quantum double rings with high uniformity and excellent rotational symmetry using the droplet epitaxy technique. Varying the growth process conditions can control each ring's size. Photoluminescence spectra emitted from an individual quantum ring complex show peculiar quantized levels that are specified by the carriers' orbital trajectories.

Load response and gap formation in a single-row cruciate suture rotator cuff repair.

PubMed

Huntington, Lachlan; Richardson, Martin; Sobol, Tony; Caldow, Jonathon; Ackland, David C

2017-06-01

Double-row rotator cuff tendon repair techniques may provide superior contact area and strength compared with single-row repairs, but are associated with higher material expenses and prolonged operating time. The purpose of this study was to evaluate gap formation, ultimate tensile strength and stiffness of a single-row cruciate suture rotator cuff repair construct, and to compare these results with those of the Mason-Allen and SutureBridge repair constructs. Infraspinatus tendons from 24 spring lamb shoulders were harvested and allocated to cruciate suture, Mason-Allen and SutureBridge repair groups. Specimens were loaded cyclically between 10 and 62 N for 200 cycles, and gap formation simultaneously measured using a high-speed digital camera. Specimens were then loaded in uniaxial tension to failure, and construct stiffness and repair strength were evaluated. Gap formation in the cruciate suture repair was significantly lower than that of the Mason-Allen repair (mean difference = 0.6 mm, P = 0.009) and no different from that of the SutureBridge repair (P > 0.05). Both the cruciate suture repair (mean difference = 15.7 N/mm, P = 0.002) and SutureBridge repair (mean difference = 15.8 N/mm, P = 0.034) were significantly stiffer than that of the Mason-Allen repair; however, no significant differences in ultimate tensile strength between repair groups were discerned (P > 0.05). The cruciate suture repair construct, which may represent a simple and cost-effective alternative to double-row and double-row equivalent rotator cuff repairs, has comparable biomechanical strength and integrity with that of the SutureBridge repair, and may result in improved construct longevity and tendon healing compared with the Mason-Allen repair. © 2017 Royal Australasian College of Surgeons.

Posterior Double Vertebral Column Resections Combined with Satellite Rod Technique to Correct Severe Congenital Angular Kyphosis.

PubMed

Sun, Xu; Zhu, Ze-Zhang; Chen, Xi; Liu, Zhen; Wang, Bin; Qiu, Yong

2016-08-01

This paper presents a highly challenging technique involving posterior double vertebral column resections (VCRs) and satellite rods placement. This was a young adult case with severe angular thoracolumbar kyphosis of 101 degrees, secondary to anterior segmentation failure from T11 to L1 . There were hemivertebrae at T11 and T12 , and a wedged vertebra at L1 . He received double VCRs at T12 and T11 and instrumented fusion from T6 to L4 via a posterior only approach. Autologous grafts and a cage were placed between the bony surfaces of the osteotomy gap. Once closure of osteotomy was achieved, bilateral permanent CoCr rods were placed with addition of satellite rods. Postoperative X-ray demonstrated marked correction of kyphosis. On the 10(th) days after surgery, the patient was able to walk without assistance. In conclusion, double VCRs are effective to correct severe angular kyphosis, and addition of satellite rods may be imperative to enhance instrumentation strength and thus prevent correction loss. © 2016 Chinese Orthopaedic Association and John Wiley & Sons Australia, Ltd.

Transition region response of the symmetric double probe and its application in the lower ionosphere

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Szuszczewicz, E. P.

1972-01-01

The technique is discussed of the symmetric double-probe which readily lends itself to the in situ measurement of plasma temperature in the ionospheric D-region because it can lead to meaningful results under relatively high collision frequencies where the Langmuir probe has been observed to fail. It is shown that the modification to the original collision-free double-probe theory of Johnson and Malter for the determination of electron temperature is never greater than + or - 12%, with a value of (8 + or - 2)% nominally applicable in the case of D-region diagnostics. This technique was successfully operated on a Nike-Cajun payload flown at mid-day from White Sands, New Mexico to an apogee of 78.5 km. The associated electronics and deployed double-probe configuration are presented, and a current-voltage characteristic collected in the ascent stage at 73.7 km is briefly discussed. The values of electron temperature indicated by the sampled data are approximately 30% higher than those predicted by theory for the anticipated state of thermal equilibrium with the ambient neutrals.

Identification of the soluble HVP-associated antigen of the lymphoblastoid cell line established from lymphomatous baboon (Papio hamadryas).

PubMed

Voevodin, A F; Lapin, B A; Agrba, V Z; Timanovskaya, V V

1978-01-01

A new technique (indirect double immunodiffusion) for detection of EBV-associated soluble antigen and corresponding antibodies has been developed. This technique includes three steps: 1) simple double immunodiffusion with extracts of Raji cells (or other EBV-genome positive cells) and human sera containing antibodies against EBV-associated soluble antigen; 2) extensive washing and treatment with anti-human globulin; 3) extensive washing and treatment with tannic acid. Using this test it was shown that the soluble antigen indistinguishable from EBV-associated soluble antigen was present in KMPG-1 cells producing HVP.

Limited transfer of long-term motion perceptual learning with double training.

PubMed

Liang, Ju; Zhou, Yifeng; Fahle, Manfred; Liu, Zili

2015-01-01

A significant recent development in visual perceptual learning research is the double training technique. With this technique, Xiao, Zhang, Wang, Klein, Levi, and Yu (2008) have found complete transfer in tasks that had previously been shown to be stimulus specific. The significance of this finding is that this technique has since been successful in all tasks tested, including motion direction discrimination. Here, we investigated whether or not this technique could generalize to longer-term learning, using the method of constant stimuli. Our task was learning to discriminate motion directions of random dots. The second leg of training was contrast discrimination along a new average direction of the same moving dots. We found that, although exposure of moving dots along a new direction facilitated motion direction discrimination, this partial transfer was far from complete. We conclude that, although perceptual learning is transferrable under certain conditions, stimulus specificity also remains an inherent characteristic of motion perceptual learning.

The double stapling technique for low anterior resection. Results, modifications, and observations.

PubMed Central

Griffen, F D; Knight, C D; Whitaker, J M; Knight, C D

1990-01-01

Since the introduction of the end-to-end anastomosis (EEA) stapler for rectal reconstruction, we have used a modification of the conventional technique in which the lower rectal segment is closed with the linear stapler (TA-55) and the anastomosis is performed using the EEA instrument across the linear staple line (double stapling technique). Our experience with this procedure includes stapled colorectal anastomoses in 75 patients and is the basis for the report. This review presents the details and advantages of the technique and the results. Complications include two patients with anastomotic leak (2.7%), and two with stenosis that required treatment (2.7%). Protective colostomy was not done in this series. There were no deaths. Our experience and that of others suggests that this modification of the EEA technique can allow a lower anastomosis in some patients, and that it can be done with greater safety and facility. Images Fig. 1. Fig. 2. Fig. 3. Fig. 4. Fig. 5. Fig. 6. PMID:2357137

Radiation profiles through the atmosphere measured by an auto controlled glider aircraft

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kräuchi, Andreas; Philipona, Rolf

2014-05-01

In 2011 radiation measurements through the atmosphere were made with a balloon borne short- and longwave net radiometer. These measurements were very promising and therefore new and improved sensors from Kipp&Zonen were used to equip a glider aircraft together with the standard Swiss radiosonde from Meteolabor AG. The glider serves as returning platform for the expensive and well calibrated radiation sensors. Double balloon technique is used to prevent pendulum motion during the ascent and to keep the radiation instruments as horizontal as possible. The built-in autopilot allows to return the gliderradiosonde to the launch site or to land it on predefined open space, which makes recovery much easier. The new return gliderradiosonde technique as well as new measurement possibilities will be shown. First measurements show radiation profiles through the atmosphere during different cloud conditions. Radiation profiles during different daytimes show the temporal resolution of vertical radiation profiles trough the atmosphere.

First measurements of electron temperature in the D region with a symmetric double probe

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Szuszczewicz, E. P.

1973-01-01

Measurement of the altitude profile of electron temperature in the ionospheric D region with the aid of a symmetric double probe flown on a Nike-Cajun payload launched on Oct. 13, 1971. The procedure for determining the electron temperature from the parameters of the double probe's current-voltage characteristic under conditions of nonnegligible ion-atom collision frequencies is described. It is shown that in its first lower ionospheric application the technique of the symmetric double probe has yielded the lowest values of electron temperature yet measured and has provided the very first direct measurement of electron temperature in the D region.

Treatment outcomes and patient-reported quality of life after orthognathic surgery with computer-assisted 2- or 3-dimensional planning: A randomized double-blind active-controlled clinical trial.

PubMed

Bengtsson, Martin; Wall, Gert; Larsson, Pernilla; Becktor, Jonas P; Rasmusson, Lars

2018-06-01

Thorough treatment planning is essential for a good clinical outcome in orthognathic treatment. The planning is often digital. Both 2-dimensional (2D) and 3-dimensional (3D) software options are available. The aim of this randomized 2-arm parallel double-blinded active-controlled clinical trial was to compare the outcomes of computer-based 2D and 3D planning techniques according to patient-reported health related quality of life. The hypothesis was that a 3D technique would give a better treatment outcome compared with a 2D technique. Orthognathic treatment for 62 subjects, aged 18 to 28 years, with severe Class III malocclusion was planned with both 2D and 3D techniques. After treatment planning but before surgery, the patients were randomly allocated via blind collection of 1 enveloped card for each subject in a 1:1 ratio to the test (3D) or the control (2D) group. Thus, the intervention was according to which planning technique was used. The primary outcome was patient-reported outcome measures. The secondary outcome was relationship between patient-reported outcome measures and cephalometric accuracy. Questionnaires on the patient's health-related quality of life (HRQoL) were distributed preoperatively and 12 months after surgical treatment. The questionnaires were coded, meaning blinding throughout the analysis. Differences between groups were tested with the Fisher permutation test. The HRQoL was also compared with measurements of cephalometric accuracy for the 2 groups. Three subjects were lost to clinical follow-up, leaving 57 included. Of these, 55 subjects completed the questionnaires, 28 in the 2D and 27 in the 3D groups. No statistically significant difference regarding HRQoL was found between the studied planning techniques: the Oral Health Impact Profile total showed -3.69 (95% confidence interval, -19.68 to 12.30). Consistent results on HRQoL and cephalometric accuracy showed a difference between pretreatment and posttreatment that increased in both groups but to a higher level in the 3D group. A difference between pretreatment and posttreatment HRQoL was shown for both groups, indicating increased quality of life after treatment. This supports recent findings comparing 3D and 2D planning techniques. No serious harm was observed during the study. Improvements of HRQoL were shown after treatment independent of which planning technique, 2D or 3D, was used. No statistically significant difference was found between the planning techniques. This trial was not registered. The protocol was not published before trial commencement. This project was supported by personal grants to Martin Bengtsson from the Scandinavian Association of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeons (25000 SEK), the Southern Region of the Swedish Dental Association (50000 SEK), and the Swedish Association of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeons (25000 SEK). The sponsors had no influence on the study design, analysis of the data, or the writing of the article. Copyright © 2018 American Association of Orthodontists. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

SU-E-T-29: A Dosimetric Study of Volumetric Modulated Arc Therapy with Simultaneous Integrated Boost for Rectal Cancer

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Sun, T; Lin, X; Yin, Y

Purpose: To compare the dosimetric differences among fixed field intensity-modulated radiotherapy (IMRT) and double-arc volumetricmodulated arc therapy (VMAT) plans with simultaneous integrated boost in rectal cancer. Methods: Ten patients with rectal cancer previously treated with IMRT were included in this analysis. For each patient, two treatment techniques were designed for each patient: the fixed 7 fields IMRT and double-arc VMAT with RapidArc technique. The treatment plan was designed to deliver in one process with simultaneous integrated boost (SIB). The prescribed doses to the planning target volume of the subclinical disease (PTV1) and the gross disease (PTV2) were 45 Gy andmore » 55 Gy in 25 fractions, respectively. The dose distribution in the target, the dose to the organs at risk, total MU and the delivery time in two techniques were compared to explore the dosimetric differences. Results: For the target dose and homogeneity in PTV1 and PTV2, no statistically differences were observed in the two plans. VMAT plans showed a better conformity in PTV1. VMAT plans reduced the mean dose to bladder, small bowel, femur heads and iliac wings. For iliac wings, VMAT plans resulted in a statistically significant reduction in irradiated volume of 15 Gy, 20 Gy, 30 Gy but increased the 10 Gy irradiated volume. VMAT plans reduced the small bowel irradiated volume of 20 Gy and 30 Gy. Compared with IMRT plans, VMAT plans showed a significant reduction of monitor units by nearly 30% and reduced treatment time by an average of 70% Conclusion: Compared to IMRT plans, VMAT plans showed the similar target dose and reduced the dose of the organs at risk, especially for small bowel and iliac wings. For rectal cancer, VMAT with simultaneous integrated boost can be carried out with high quality and efficiency.« less

Heavy ion induced DNA-DSB in yeast and mammalian cells

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Loebrich, M.; Ikpeme, S.; Kiefer, J.

1994-01-01

Molecular changes at the DNA are assumed to be the main cause for radiation effects in a number of organisms. During the course of the last decades techniques have been developed for measuring DNA double-strand breaks (dsb), generally assumed to be the most critical DNA lesions. The outcome of all those different approaches portrays a collection of data useful for a theoretical description of radiation action mechanisms. However, in the case of heavy ion induced DNA dsb the picture is not quite clear yet and further projects and strategies have to be developed. The biological systems studied in our group are yeast and mammalian cells. While in the case of yeast cells technical and methodical reasons highlight these organisms mammalian cells reach greater importance when dsb repair studies are performed. In both types of organisms the technique of pulsed-field gel electrophoresis (PFGE) is applied, although with different modifications and evaluation procedures mainly due to the different genome sizes.

Double Kissing Crush Versus Provisional Stenting for Left Main Distal Bifurcation Lesions: DKCRUSH-V Randomized Trial.

PubMed

Chen, Shao-Liang; Zhang, Jue-Jie; Han, Yaling; Kan, Jing; Chen, Lianglong; Qiu, Chunguang; Jiang, Tiemin; Tao, Ling; Zeng, Hesong; Li, Li; Xia, Yong; Gao, Chuanyu; Santoso, Teguh; Paiboon, Chootopol; Wang, Yan; Kwan, Tak W; Ye, Fei; Tian, Nailiang; Liu, Zhizhong; Lin, Song; Lu, Chengzhi; Wen, Shangyu; Hong, Lang; Zhang, Qi; Sheiban, Imad; Xu, Yawei; Wang, Lefeng; Rab, Tanveer S; Li, Zhanquan; Cheng, Guanchang; Cui, Lianqun; Leon, Martin B; Stone, Gregg W

2017-11-28

Provisional stenting (PS) is the most common technique used to treat distal left main (LM) bifurcation lesions in patients with unprotected LM coronary artery disease undergoing percutaneous coronary intervention. The double kissing (DK) crush planned 2-stent technique has been shown to improve clinical outcomes in non-LM bifurcations compared with PS, and in LM bifurcations compared with culotte stenting, but has never been compared with PS in LM bifurcation lesions. The authors sought to determine whether a planned DK crush 2-stent technique is superior to PS for patients with true distal LM bifurcation lesions. The authors randomized 482 patients from 26 centers in 5 countries with true distal LM bifurcation lesions (Medina 1,1,1 or 0,1,1) to PS (n = 242) or DK crush stenting (n = 240). The primary endpoint was the 1-year composite rate of target lesion failure (TLF): cardiac death, target vessel myocardial infarction, or clinically driven target lesion revascularization. Routine 13-month angiographic follow-up was scheduled after ascertainment of the primary endpoint. TLF within 1 year occurred in 26 patients (10.7%) assigned to PS, and in 12 patients (5.0%) assigned to DK crush (hazard ratio: 0.42; 95% confidence interval: 0.21 to 0.85; p = 0.02). Compared with PS, DK crush also resulted in lower rates of target vessel myocardial infarction I (2.9% vs. 0.4%; p = 0.03) and definite or probable stent thrombosis (3.3% vs. 0.4%; p = 0.02). Clinically driven target lesion revascularization (7.9% vs. 3.8%; p = 0.06) and angiographic restenosis within the LM complex (14.6% vs. 7.1%; p = 0.10) also tended to be less frequent with DK crush compared with PS. There was no significant difference in cardiac death between the groups. In the present multicenter randomized trial, percutaneous coronary intervention of true distal LM bifurcation lesions using a planned DK crush 2-stent strategy resulted in a lower rate of TLF at 1 year than a PS strategy. (Double Kissing and Double Crush Versus Provisional T Stenting Technique for the Treatment of Unprotected Distal Left Main True Bifurcation Lesions: A Randomized, International, Multi-Center Clinical Trial [DKCRUSH-V]; ChiCTR-TRC-11001213). Copyright © 2017 American College of Cardiology Foundation. All rights reserved.

Polydimethylsiloxane pressure sensors for force analysis in tension band wiring of the olecranon.

PubMed

Zens, Martin; Goldschmidtboeing, Frank; Wagner, Ferdinand; Reising, Kilian; Südkamp, Norbert P; Woias, Peter

2016-11-14

Several different surgical techniques are used in the treatment of olecranon fractures. Tension band wiring is one of the most preferred options by surgeons worldwide. The concept of this technique is to transform a tensile force into a compression force that adjoins two surfaces of a fractured bone. Currently, little is known about the resulting compression force within a fracture. Sensor devices are needed that directly transduce the compression force into a measurement quality. This allows the comparison of different surgical techniques. Ideally the sensor devices ought to be placed in the gap between the fractured segments. The design, development and characterization of miniaturized pressure sensors fabricated entirely from polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) for a placement within a fracture is presented. The pressure sensors presented in this work are tested, calibrated and used in an experimental in vitro study. The pressure sensors are highly sensitive with an accuracy of approximately 3 kPa. A flexible fabrication process for various possible applications is described. The first in vitro study shows that using a single-twist or double-twist technique in tension band wiring of the olecranon has no significant effect on the resulting compression forces. The in vitro study shows the feasibility of the proposed measurement technique and the results of a first exemplary study.

Near-field microscopy and fluorescence spectroscopy: application to chromosomes labelled with different fluorophores.

PubMed

Mahieu-Williame, L; Falgayrettes, P; Nativel, L; Gall-Borrut, P; Costa, L; Salehzada, T; Bisbal, C

2010-04-01

We have coupled a spectrophotometer with a scanning near-field optical microscope to obtain, with a single scan, simultaneously scanning near-field optical microscope fluorescence images at different wavelengths as well as topography and transmission images. Extraction of the fluorescence spectra enabled us to decompose the different wavelengths of the fluorescence signals which normally overlap. We thus obtained images of the different fluorescence emissions of acridine orange bound to single or double stranded nucleic acids in human metaphase chromosomes before and after DNAse I or RNAse A treatment. The analysis of these images allowed us to visualize some specific chromatin areas where RNA is associated with DNA showing that such a technique could be used to identify multiple components within a cell.

The effectiveness of cut-proof glove liners: cut and puncture resistance, dexterity, and sensibility.

PubMed

Salkin, J A; Stuchin, S A; Kummer, F J; Reininger, R

1995-11-01

Five types of commercial glove liners (within double latex gloves) were compared to single and double latex gloves for cut and puncture resistance and for relative manual dexterity and degree of sensibility. An apparatus was constructed to test glove-pseudofinger constructs in either a cutting or puncture mode. Cutting forces, cutting speed, and type of blade (serrated or scalpel blade) were varied and the time to cut-through measured by an electrical conductivity circuit. Penetration forces were similarly determined with a scalpel blade and a suture needle using a spring scale loading apparatus. Dexterity was measured with an object placement task among a group of orthopedic surgeons. Sensibility was assessed with Semmes-Weinstein monofilaments, two-point discrimination, and vibrametry using standard techniques and rating scales. A subjective evaluation was performed at the end of testing. Time to cut-through for the liners ranged from 2 to 30 seconds for a rapid oscillating scalpel and 4 to 40 seconds for a rapid oscillating serrated knife under minimal loads. When a 1 kg load was added, times to cut-through ranged from 0.4 to 1.0 second. In most cases, the liners were superior to double latex. On average, 100% more force was required to penetrate the liners with a scalpel and 50% more force was required to penetrate the liners with a suture needle compared to double latex. Object placement task times were not significantly liners compared to double latex gloves. Semmes-Weinstein monofilaments, two-point discrimination, and vibrametry showed no difference in sensibility among the various liners and double latex gloves. Subjects felt that the liners were minimally to moderately impairing. An acclimation period may be required for their effective use.

Oscillators: Old and new perspectives

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Bhattacharjee, Jayanta K.; Roy, Jyotirmoy

We consider some of the well known oscillators in literature which are known to exhibit interesting effects of nonlinearity. We review the Lindstedt-Poincare technique for dealing with with the nonlinear effects and then go on to introduce the relevance of the renormalization group for the oscillator following the pioneering work of Chen et al. It is pointed out that the traditional Lindstedt-Poincare and the renormalization group techniques have operational connections. We use this to find an unexpected mode softening in the double pendulum. This mode softening prompted us to look for chaos in the double pendulum at low energies-energies thatmore » are just sufficient to allow the outer pendulum to rotate (the double pendulum is known to be chaotic at high energies-energies that are greater than that needed to make both pendulums to rotate). The emergence of the chaos is strongly dependent on initial conditions.« less

A Pixel Correlation Technique for Smaller Telescopes to Measure Doubles

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Wiley, E. O.

2013-04-01

Pixel correlation uses the same reduction techniques as speckle imaging but relies on autocorrelation among captured pixel hits rather than true speckles. A video camera operating at speeds (8-66 milliseconds) similar to lucky imaging to capture 400-1,000 video frames. The AVI files are converted to bitmap images and analyzed using the interferometric algorithms in REDUC using all frames. This results in a series of corellograms from which theta and rho can be measured. Results using a 20 cm (8") Dall-Kirkham working at f22.5 are presented for doubles with separations between 1" to 5.7" under average seeing conditions. I conclude that this form of visualizing and analyzing visual double stars is a viable alternative to lucky imaging that can be employed by telescopes that are too small in aperture to capture a sufficient number of speckles for true speckle interferometry.

An in vitro evaluation of various irrigation techniques for the removal of double antibiotic paste from root canal surfaces

PubMed Central

GOKTURK, Hakan; OZKOCAK, Ismail; BUYUKGEBİZ, Fevzi; DEMİR, Osman

2016-01-01

ABSTRACT Objective The aim of this study was to investigate the effectiveness of conventional syringe irrigations, passive ultrasonic irrigation (PUI), Vibringe, CanalBrush, XP-endo Finisher, and laser-activated irrigation (LAI) systems in removing double antibiotic paste (DAP) from root canals. Material and Methods One hundred five extracted single-rooted teeth were instrumented. The roots were split longitudinally. Three standard grooves were created and covered with DAP. The roots were distributed into seven groups: Group 1, beveled needle irrigation; Group 2, double side-vented needle irrigation; Group 3, CanalBrush; Group 4, XP-endo Finisher; Group 5, Vibringe; Group 6, PUI; Group 7, LAI. The amount of remaining DAP was scored under a stereomicroscope. Results Group 4, Group 6, and Group 7 removed significantly more DAP than the other protocols in the coronal region. Group 7 was more efficient in the middle region; however, no significant difference was found between Group 7 and Group 6. No differences were found between groups in the apical region either, except for the comparisons between groups 7 and 2, and groups 2 and 3. Conclusions None of the investigated protocols were able to completely remove the DAP from the grooves. The Vibringe and XP-endo Finisher systems showed results similar to those of conventional needle irrigation. PMID:28076461

Biomechanical evaluation of arthroscopic rotator cuff repairs: double-row compared with single-row fixation.

PubMed

Ma, C Benjamin; Comerford, Lyn; Wilson, Joseph; Puttlitz, Christian M

2006-02-01

Recent studies have shown that arthroscopic rotator cuff repairs can have higher rates of failure than do open repairs. Current methods of rotator cuff repair have been limited to single-row fixation of simple and horizontal stitches, which is very different from open repairs. The objective of this study was to compare the initial cyclic loading and load-to-failure properties of double-row fixation with those of three commonly used single-row techniques. Ten paired human supraspinatus tendons were split in half, yielding four tendons per cadaver. The bone mineral content at the greater tuberosity was assessed. Four stitch configurations (two-simple, massive cuff, arthroscopic Mason-Allen, and double-row fixation) were randomized and tested on each set of tendons. Specimens were cyclically loaded between 5 and 100 N at 0.25 Hz for fifty cycles and then loaded to failure under displacement control at 1 mm/sec. Conditioning elongation, peak-to-peak elongation, ultimate tensile load, and stiffness were measured with use of a three-dimensional tracking system and compared, and the failure type (suture or anchor pull-out) was recorded. No significant differences were found among the stitches with respect to conditioning elongation. The mean peak-to-peak elongation (and standard error of the mean) was significantly lower for the massive cuff (1.1 +/- 0.1 mm) and double-row stitches (1.1 +/- 0.1 mm) than for the arthroscopic Mason-Allen stitch (1.5 +/- 0.2 mm) (p < 0.05). The ultimate tensile load was significantly higher for double-row fixation (287 +/- 24 N) than for all of the single-row fixations (p < 0.05). Additionally, the massive cuff stitch (250 +/- 21 N) was found to have a significantly higher ultimate tensile load than the two-simple (191 +/- 18 N) and arthroscopic Mason-Allen (212 +/- 21 N) stitches (p < 0.05). No significant differences in stiffness were found among the stitches. Failure mechanisms were similar for all stitches. Rotator cuff repairs in the anterior half of the greater tuberosity had a significantly lower peak-to-peak elongation and higher ultimate tensile strength than did repairs on the posterior half. In this in vitro cadaver study, double-row fixation had a significantly higher ultimate tensile load than the three types of single-row fixation stitches. Of the single-row fixations, the massive cuff stitch had cyclic and load-to-failure characteristics similar to the double-row fixation. Anterior repairs of the supraspinatus tendon had significantly stronger biomechanical behavior than posterior repairs.

Single anterior portal: A better option for arthroscopic treatment of traumatic anterior shoulder instability?

PubMed

Çiçek, Hakan; Tuhanioğlu, Ümit; Oğur, Hasan Ulaş; Seyfettinoğlu, Fırat; Çiloğlu, Osman; Beyzadeoğlu, Tahsin

2017-07-01

The aim of this study was to compare single and double anterior portal techniques in the arthroscopic treatment of traumatic anterior shoulder instability. A total of 91 cases who underwent arthroscopic Bankart repair for anterior shoulder instability were reviewed. The patients were divided into 2 groups as Group 1 (47 male and 2 female; mean age: 25.8 ± 6.8) for arthroscopic single anterior portal approach and Group 2 (41 male and 1 female; mean age: 25.4 ± 6.6) for the classical anterior double portal approach. The groups were compared for clinical scores, range of motion, analgesia requirement, complications, duration of surgery, cost and learning curve according to a short questionnaire completed by the relevant healthcare professionals. No statistically significant difference was found between the 2 groups in terms of pre-operative and post-operative Constant and Rowe Shoulder Scores, range of motion and complications (p > 0.05). In Group 2 patients, the requirement for post-operative analgesics was significantly higher (p < 0.001), whereas the duration of surgery was statistically significantly shorter in Group 1 (p < 0.001). In the assessment of the questionnaire, it was seen that a single portal anterior approach was preferred at a higher ratio (p = 0.035). The cost analysis revealed that the cost was 5.7% less for patients with a single portal. In the arthroscopic treatment of traumatic anterior shoulder instability accompanied by a Bankart lesion, the anterior single portal technique is as successful in terms of clinical results as the conventional double portal approach. The single portal technique has advantages such as less postoperative pain, a shorter surgical learning curve and lower costs. Level III, Therapeutic study. Copyright © 2017 Turkish Association of Orthopaedics and Traumatology. Production and hosting by Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Modified closed-loop double-endobutton technique for repair of rockwood type III acromioclavicular dislocation

PubMed Central

Zhang, Lei; Zhou, Xin; Qi, Ji; Zeng, Yan; Zhang, Shaoqun; Liu, Gang; Ping, Ruiyue; Li, Yikai; Fu, Shijie

2018-01-01

Acromioclavicular dislocation (ACD) is a common injury. According to the Rockwood classification, ACD is classified into six types (type I–VI); however, for type III injuries, it remains controversial whether or not operative treatment should be applied. Numerous studies have advocated early surgical treatment to ensure early rehabilitation activities. Thus, the present study aimed to investigate a modified closed-loop double-endobutton technique (MCDT), that may be used to repair Rockwood type III ACD. In the current study, 61 patients with Rockwood type III ACD were enrolled during a period of 5 years at the Affiliated Traditional Chinese Medicine Hospital of Southwest Medical University. Patients were divided into three groups according to the surgical method used, the MCDT group (n=20), the common closed-loop double-endobutton technique (CCDT) group (n=21), and the clavicular hook plate fixation (CHPF) group (n=20). Preoperative and intraoperative information were recorded. Furthermore, the functional scores of injured shoulder were evaluated prior to surgery and following surgery with a 1-year follow-up. Among the three groups, postoperative functional scores were significantly more improved compared with those prior to surgery (P<0.05), and no significant difference was observed regarding the coracoclavicular interval with the 1-year follow-up (P>0.05). Postoperative functional scores in the MCDT and CCDT groups were significantly more improved compared those in the CHPF group (P<0.05). In addition, the duration of surgery in the MCDT group was significantly shorter compared with that in the CCDT group (P<0.05). Furthermore, compared with the CHPF group, the incision length was significantly shorter with reduced hemorrhage in the MCDT group (P<0.05). In conclusion, the results of the current study suggest that MCDT is more simple, convenient and efficient compared with CCDT, and is worth popularizing. PMID:29399102

Forming electrical interconnections through semiconductor wafers

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Anthony, T. R.

1981-01-01

An information processing system based on CMOS/SOS technology is being developed by NASA to process digital image data collected by satellites. An array of holes is laser drilled in a semiconductor wafer, and a conductor is formed in the holes to fabricate electrical interconnections through the wafers. Six techniques are used to form conductors in the silicon-on-sapphire (SOS) wafers, including capillary wetting, wedge extrusion, wire intersection, electroless plating, electroforming, double-sided sputtering and through-hole electroplating. The respective strengths and weaknesses of these techniques are discussed and compared, with double-sided sputtering and the through-hole plating method achieving best results. In addition, hollow conductors provided by the technique are available for solder refill, providing a natural way of forming an electrically connected stack of SOS wafers.

On the simultaneous inversion of micro-perforated panels' parameters: Application to single and double air-cavity backed systems.

PubMed

Tayong, Rostand B; Manyo Manyo, Jacques A; Siryabe, Emmanuel; Ntamack, Guy E

2018-04-01

This study deals with the deduction of parameters of Micro-Perforated Panel (MPP) systems from impedance tube data. It is shown that there is an ambiguity problem that exists between the MPP thickness and its open area ratio. This problem makes it difficult to invert the reflection coefficient data fitting and therefore to deduct the MPP parameters. A technique is proposed to reduce this ambiguity by using an equation that links the hole diameter to the open area ratio. Reflection coefficient data obtained for two specimens with different characteristics is employed for searching the MPP parameters using a simulated annealing algorithm. The results obtained demonstrate the effectiveness of this technique.

Meteor tracking via local pattern clustering in spatio-temporal domain

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kukal, Jaromír.; Klimt, Martin; Švihlík, Jan; Fliegel, Karel

2016-09-01

Reliable meteor detection is one of the crucial disciplines in astronomy. A variety of imaging systems is used for meteor path reconstruction. The traditional approach is based on analysis of 2D image sequences obtained from a double station video observation system. Precise localization of meteor path is difficult due to atmospheric turbulence and other factors causing spatio-temporal fluctuations of the image background. The proposed technique performs non-linear preprocessing of image intensity using Box-Cox transform as recommended in our previous work. Both symmetric and asymmetric spatio-temporal differences are designed to be robust in the statistical sense. Resulting local patterns are processed by data whitening technique and obtained vectors are classified via cluster analysis and Self-Organized Map (SOM).

Selective Dirac voltage engineering of individual graphene field-effect transistors for digital inverter and frequency multiplier integrations

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Sul, Onejae; Kim, Kyumin; Jung, Yungwoo; Choi, Eunsuk; Lee, Seung-Beck

2017-09-01

The ambipolar band structure of graphene presents unique opportunities for novel electronic device applications. A cycle of gate voltage sweep in a conventional graphene transistor produces a frequency-doubled output current. To increase the frequency further, we used various graphene doping control techniques to produce Dirac voltage engineered graphene channels. The various surface treatments and substrate conditions produced differently doped graphene channels that were integrated on a single substrate and multiple Dirac voltages were observed by applying a single gate voltage sweep. We applied the Dirac voltage engineering techniques to graphene field-effect transistors on a single chip for the fabrication of a frequency multiplier and a logic inverter demonstrating analog and digital circuit application possibilities.

Selective Dirac voltage engineering of individual graphene field-effect transistors for digital inverter and frequency multiplier integrations.

PubMed

Sul, Onejae; Kim, Kyumin; Jung, Yungwoo; Choi, Eunsuk; Lee, Seung-Beck

2017-09-15

The ambipolar band structure of graphene presents unique opportunities for novel electronic device applications. A cycle of gate voltage sweep in a conventional graphene transistor produces a frequency-doubled output current. To increase the frequency further, we used various graphene doping control techniques to produce Dirac voltage engineered graphene channels. The various surface treatments and substrate conditions produced differently doped graphene channels that were integrated on a single substrate and multiple Dirac voltages were observed by applying a single gate voltage sweep. We applied the Dirac voltage engineering techniques to graphene field-effect transistors on a single chip for the fabrication of a frequency multiplier and a logic inverter demonstrating analog and digital circuit application possibilities.

Controlled weather balloon ascents and descents for atmospheric research and climate monitoring

PubMed Central

Kräuchi, Andreas; Philipona, Rolf; Romanens, Gonzague; Hurst, Dale F.; Hall, Emrys G.; Jordan, Allen F.

2017-01-01

In situ upper-air measurements are often made with instruments attached to weather balloons launched at the surface and lifted into the stratosphere. Present-day balloon-borne sensors allow near-continuous measurements from the Earth’s surface to about 35 km (3–5 hPa), where the balloons burst and their instrument payloads descend with parachutes. It has been demonstrated that ascending weather balloons can perturb the air measured by very sensitive humidity and temperature sensors trailing behind them, particularly in the upper troposphere and lower stratosphere (UTLS). The use of controlled balloon descent for such measurements has therefore been investigated and is described here. We distinguish between the single balloon technique that uses a simple automatic valve system to release helium from the balloon at a preset ambient pressure, and the double balloon technique that uses a carrier balloon to lift the payload and a parachute balloon to control the descent of instruments after the carrier balloon is released at preset altitude. The automatic valve technique has been used for several decades for water vapor soundings with frost point hygrometers, whereas the double balloon technique has recently been re-established and deployed to measure radiation and temperature profiles through the atmosphere. Double balloon soundings also strongly reduce pendulum motion of the payload, stabilizing radiation instruments during ascent. We present the flight characteristics of these two ballooning techniques and compare the quality of temperature and humidity measurements made during ascent and descent. PMID:29263765

Button fixation technique for Achilles tendon reinsertion: a biomechanical study.

PubMed

Awogni, David; Chauvette, Guillaume; Lemieux, Marie-Line; Balg, Frédéric; Langelier, Ève; Allard, Jean-Pascal

2014-01-01

Chronic insertional tendinopathy of the Achilles tendon is a frequent and disabling pathologic entity. Operative treatment is indicated for patients for whom nonoperative management has failed. The treatment can consist of the complete detachment of the tendon insertion and extensive debridement. We biomechanically tested a new operative technique that uses buttons for fixation of the Achilles tendon insertion on the posterior calcaneal tuberosity and compared it with 2 standard bone anchor techniques. A total of 40 fresh-frozen cadaver specimens were used to compare 3 fixation techniques for reinserting the Achilles tendon: single row anchors, double row anchors, and buttons. The ultimate loads and failure mechanisms were recorded. The button assembly (median load 764 N, range 713 to 888) yielded a median fixation strength equal to 202% (range 137% to 251%) of that obtained with the double row anchors (median load 412 N, range 301 to 571) and 255% (range 213% to 317%) of that obtained with the single row anchors (median load 338 N, range 241 to 433N). The most common failure mechanisms were suture breakage with the buttons (55%) and pull out of the implant with the double row (70%) and single row (85%) anchors. The results of the present biomechanical cadaver study have shown that Achilles tendon reinsertion fixation using the button technique provides superior pull out strength than the bone anchors tested. Copyright © 2014 American College of Foot and Ankle Surgeons. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Controlled weather balloon ascents and descents for atmospheric research and climate monitoring.

PubMed

Kräuchi, Andreas; Philipona, Rolf; Romanens, Gonzague; Hurst, Dale F; Hall, Emrys G; Jordan, Allen F

2016-01-01

In situ upper-air measurements are often made with instruments attached to weather balloons launched at the surface and lifted into the stratosphere. Present-day balloon-borne sensors allow near-continuous measurements from the Earth's surface to about 35 km (3-5 hPa), where the balloons burst and their instrument payloads descend with parachutes. It has been demonstrated that ascending weather balloons can perturb the air measured by very sensitive humidity and temperature sensors trailing behind them, particularly in the upper troposphere and lower stratosphere (UTLS). The use of controlled balloon descent for such measurements has therefore been investigated and is described here. We distinguish between the single balloon technique that uses a simple automatic valve system to release helium from the balloon at a preset ambient pressure, and the double balloon technique that uses a carrier balloon to lift the payload and a parachute balloon to control the descent of instruments after the carrier balloon is released at preset altitude. The automatic valve technique has been used for several decades for water vapor soundings with frost point hygrometers, whereas the double balloon technique has recently been re-established and deployed to measure radiation and temperature profiles through the atmosphere. Double balloon soundings also strongly reduce pendulum motion of the payload, stabilizing radiation instruments during ascent. We present the flight characteristics of these two ballooning techniques and compare the quality of temperature and humidity measurements made during ascent and descent.

[Usefulness of systematic chromoendoscopy with a double dye staining technique for the detection of dysplasia in patients with premalignant gastric lesions].

PubMed

Yep-Gamarra, Víctor; Díaz-Vélez, Cristian; Araujo, Isis; Ginès, Àngels; Fernández-Esparrach, Gloria

2016-02-01

Premalignant gastric lesions have an increased risk to develop gastric cancer. To evaluate the usefulness of systematic endoscopy that includes chromoendoscopy with a double dye staining technique for the detection of dysplasia in patients with premalignant gastric lesions. This longitudinal, prospective study was performed in patients with gastric atrophy, intestinal metaplasia or dysplasia who were referred for endoscopy less than 6 months after the initial diagnosis. The second endoscopy was performed in three phases: phase 1, exhaustive and systematic review of the mucosa with photographic documentation and biopsies of suspicious areas; phase 2, chromoendoscopy with a double dye staining technique using acetic acid 1.2% and indigo carmine 0.5%; phase 3, topographic mapping and random biopsies. A total of 50 patients were included. Nine (18%) had atrophic gastritis, 38 (76%) had intestinal metaplasia, and 3 (6%) had low-grade dysplasia. Systematic endoscopy with chromoendoscopy using a double dye staining technique detected more patients with dysplasia (9 versus 3, p<.05), and a larger number of biopsies with the diagnosis of dysplasia were obtained. This occurred for visible (6 vs. 0, p<.05) and non-visible lesions (6 vs. 3, p=NS). In one patient, initial low-grade dysplasia was not detected again in the systematic endoscopy, giving a global endoscopic performance for the detection of lesions of 92%. Patients with premalignant gastric lesions have synchronous lesions with greater histological severity, which are detected when systematic endoscopy is conducted with indigo carmine dye added to acetic acid. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier España, S.L.U. and AEEH y AEG. All rights reserved.

Enhanced Thermoelectric Properties of Double-Filled CoSb3 via High-Pressure Regulating.

PubMed

Wang, Libin; Deng, Le; Qin, Jieming; Jia, Xiaopeng

2018-05-24

It has been discussed for a long time that synthetic pressure can effectively optimize thermoelectric properties. The beneficial effect of synthesis pressures on thermoelectric properties has been discussed for a long time. In this paper, it is theoretically and experimentally demonstrated that appropriate synthesis pressures can increase the figure of merit (ZT) through optimizing thermal transport and electronic transport properties. Indium and barium atoms double-filled CoSb 3 samples were prepared use high-pressure and high-temperature technique for half an hour. X-ray diffraction and some structure analysis were used to reveal the relationship between microstructures and thermoelectric properties. In 0.15 Ba 0.35 Co 4 Sb 12 samples were synthesized by different pressures; sample synthesized by 3 GPa has the best electrical transport properties, and sample synthesized by 2.5 GPa has the lowest thermal conductivity. The maximum ZT value of sample synthesized by 3.0 GPa reached 1.18.

High resolution neutron Larmor diffraction using superconducting magnetic Wollaston prisms

DOE PAGES

Li, Fankang; Feng, Hao; Thaler, Alexander N.; ...

2017-04-13

The neutron Larmor diffraction technique has been implemented using superconducting magnetic Wollaston prisms in both single-arm and double-arm configurations. Successful measurements of the coefficient of thermal expansion of a single-crystal copper sample demonstrates that the method works as expected. Our experiment involves a new method of tuning by varying the magnetic field configurations in the device and the tuning results agree well with previous measurements. The difference between single-arm and double-arm configurations has been investigated experimentally. Here, we conclude that this measurement benchmarks the applications of magnetic Wollaston prisms in Larmor diffraction and shows in principle that the setup canmore » be used for inelastic phonon line-width measurements. The achievable resolution for Larmor diffraction is comparable to that using Neutron Resonance Spin Echo (NRSE) coils. Furthermore, the use of superconducting materials in the prisms allows high neutron polarization and transmission efficiency to be achieved.« less

The width-tapered double cantilever beam for interlaminar fracture testing

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Bascom, W. D.; Jensen, R. M.; Bullman, G. W.; Hunston, D. L.

1984-01-01

The width-tapered double-cantilever-beam (WTDCB) specimen configuration used to determine the Mode-I interlaminar fracture energy (IFE) of composites has special advantages for routine development work and for quality-assurance purposes. These advantages come primarily from the simplicity of testing and the fact that the specimen is designed for constant change in compliance with crack length, so that the computation of Mode-I IFE is independent of crack length. In this paper, a simplified technique for fabrication and testing WTDCB specimens is described. Also presented are the effects of fiber orientation and specimen dimensions, a comparison of data obtained using the WTDCB specimens and other specimen geometries, and comparison of data obtained at different laboratories. It is concluded that the WTDCB gives interlaminar Mode-I IFE essentially equal to other type specimens, and that it can be used for rapid screening in resin-development work and for quality assurance of composite materials.

In vivo measurement of human skin absorption of topically applied substances by a photoacoustic technique.

PubMed

Gutiérrez-Juárez, G; Vargas-Luna, M; Córdova, T; Varela, J B; Bernal-Alvarado, J J; Sosa, M

2002-08-01

A photoacoustic technique is used for studying topically applied substance absorption in human skin. The proposed method utilizes a double-chamber PA cell. The absorption determination was obtained through the measurement of the thermal effusivity of the binary system substance-skin. The theoretical model assumes that the effective thermal effusivity of the binary system corresponds to that of a two-phase system. Experimental applications of the method employed different substances of topical application in different parts of the body of a volunteer. The method is demonstrated to be an easily used non-invasive technique for dermatology research. The relative concentrations as a function of time of substances such as ketoconazol and sunscreen were determined by fitting a sigmoidal function to the data, while an exponential function corresponds to the best fit for the set of data for nitrofurazona, vaseline and vaporub. The time constants associated with the rates of absorption, were found to vary in the range between 10 and 58 min, depending on the substance and the part of the body.

Zymogram profiling of superoxide dismutase and catalase activities allows Saccharomyces and non-Saccharomyces species differentiation and correlates to their fermentation performance.

PubMed

Gamero-Sandemetrio, Esther; Gómez-Pastor, Rocío; Matallana, Emilia

2013-05-01

Aerobic organisms have devised several enzymatic and non-enzymatic antioxidant defenses to deal with reactive oxygen species (ROS) produced by cellular metabolism. To combat such stress, cells induce ROS scavenging enzymes such as catalase, peroxidase, superoxide dismutase (SOD) and glutathione reductase. In the present research, we have used a double staining technique of SOD and catalase enzymes in the same polyacrylamide gel to analyze the different antioxidant enzymatic activities and protein isoforms present in Saccharomyces and non-Saccharomyces yeast species. Moreover, we used a technique to differentially detect Sod1p and Sod2p on gel by immersion in NaCN, which specifically inhibits the Sod1p isoform. We observed unique SOD and catalase zymogram profiles for all the analyzed yeasts and we propose this technique as a new approach for Saccharomyces and non-Saccharomyces yeast strains differentiation. In addition, we observed functional correlations between SOD and catalase enzyme activities, accumulation of essential metabolites, such as glutathione and trehalose, and the fermentative performance of different yeasts strains with industrial relevance.

Tailoring properties of lossy-mode resonance optical fiber sensors with atomic layer deposition technique

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kosiel, Kamil; Koba, Marcin; Masiewicz, Marcin; Śmietana, Mateusz

2018-06-01

The paper shows application of atomic layer deposition (ALD) technique as a tool for tailoring sensorial properties of lossy-mode-resonance (LMR)-based optical fiber sensors. Hafnium dioxide (HfO2), zirconium dioxide (ZrO2), and tantalum oxide (TaxOy), as high-refractive-index dielectrics that are particularly convenient for LMR-sensor fabrication, were deposited by low-temperature (100 °C) ALD ensuring safe conditions for thermally vulnerable fibers. Applicability of HfO2 and ZrO2 overlays, deposited with ALD-related atomic level thickness accuracy for fabrication of LMR-sensors with controlled sensorial properties was presented. Additionally, for the first time according to our best knowledge, the double-layer overlay composed of two different materials - silicon nitride (SixNy) and TaxOy - is presented for the LMR fiber sensors. The thin films of such overlay were deposited by two different techniques - PECVD (the SixNy) and ALD (the TaxOy). Such approach ensures fast overlay fabrication and at the same time facility for resonant wavelength tuning, yielding devices with satisfactory sensorial properties.

Internal or External Stenting of the Ureterovesical Anastomosis in Renal Transplantation.

PubMed

Fockens, M Matthijs; Alberts, Victor P; Bemelman, Frederike J; Laguna Pes, M Pilar; Idu, Mirza M

2016-01-01

Stenting of the ureterovesical anastomosis reduces the incidence of urological complications (UCs) after renal transplantation, but there are multiple stenting techniques, and there is no consensus regarding which technique is preferred. The aim of this study was to compare an internal versus an external stenting technique on the incidence of UCs. This is a retrospective analysis of 419 deceased donor renal transplantations performed between January 2008 and December 2013. Until 2011, 183 patients received an external stent through the ureterovesical anastomosis placed by suprapubic bladder puncture (SP stent). From 2011, 236 recipients received an internal double-J (JJ) stent. The rate of UC was 3.8% in JJ stents, compared to 9.3% in SP stents (p = 0.021). No difference in surgical ureter revision rate was observed between the groups (2.1 vs. 5.5%; p = 0.068). Urinary tract infection (UTI) rate and graft function were comparable between both groups. Internal JJ stenting significantly decreased the incidence of UC compared to an external SP stent. There was no difference in surgical ureter revision rate, UTI or graft function. © 2015 S. Karger AG, Basel.

Numerical simulation of tunneling through arbitrary potential barriers applied on MIM and MIIM rectenna diodes

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Abdolkader, Tarek M.; Shaker, Ahmed; Alahmadi, A. N. M.

2018-07-01

With the continuous miniaturization of electronic devices, quantum-mechanical effects such as tunneling become more effective in many device applications. In this paper, a numerical simulation tool is developed under a MATLAB environment to calculate the tunneling probability and current through an arbitrary potential barrier comparing three different numerical techniques: the finite difference method, transfer matrix method, and transmission line method. For benchmarking, the tool is applied to many case studies such as the rectangular single barrier, rectangular double barrier, and continuous bell-shaped potential barrier, each compared to analytical solutions and giving the dependence of the error on the number of mesh points. In addition, a thorough study of the J ‑ V characteristics of MIM and MIIM diodes, used as rectifiers for rectenna solar cells, is presented and simulations are compared to experimental results showing satisfactory agreement. On the undergraduate level, the tool provides a deeper insight for students to compare numerical techniques used to solve various tunneling problems and helps students to choose a suitable technique for a certain application.

Modified neural networks for rapid recovery of tokamak plasma parameters for real time control

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Sengupta, A.; Ranjan, P.

2002-07-01

Two modified neural network techniques are used for the identification of the equilibrium plasma parameters of the Superconducting Steady State Tokamak I from external magnetic measurements. This is expected to ultimately assist in a real time plasma control. As different from the conventional network structure where a single network with the optimum number of processing elements calculates the outputs, a multinetwork system connected in parallel does the calculations here in one of the methods. This network is called the double neural network. The accuracy of the recovered parameters is clearly more than the conventional network. The other type of neural network used here is based on the statistical function parametrization combined with a neural network. The principal component transformation removes linear dependences from the measurements and a dimensional reduction process reduces the dimensionality of the input space. This reduced and transformed input set, rather than the entire set, is fed into the neural network input. This is known as the principal component transformation-based neural network. The accuracy of the recovered parameters in the latter type of modified network is found to be a further improvement over the accuracy of the double neural network. This result differs from that obtained in an earlier work where the double neural network showed better performance. The conventional network and the function parametrization methods have also been used for comparison. The conventional network has been used for an optimization of the set of magnetic diagnostics. The effective set of sensors, as assessed by this network, are compared with the principal component based network. Fault tolerance of the neural networks has been tested. The double neural network showed the maximum resistance to faults in the diagnostics, while the principal component based network performed poorly. Finally the processing times of the methods have been compared. The double network and the principal component network involve the minimum computation time, although the conventional network also performs well enough to be used in real time.

Ventral cervical fusion at multiple levels using free vascularized double-islanded fibula - a technical report and review of the relevant literature.

PubMed

Krishnan, Kartik G; Müller, Adolf

2002-04-01

Reconstruction of the cervical spine using free vascularized bone flaps has been described in the literature. The reports involve either one level or, when multiple levels, they describe en bloc resection and reconstruction. Stabilization of different levels with a preserved intermediate segment with a single vascularized flap has not been described. We report on the case of a 55-year-old man, who had been operated several times using conventional techniques for cervical myelopathy and instability, who presented to us with severe neck pain. Diagnostic procedures showed pseudarthrosis of C3/4 and stress-overload of the C3/4 and C5/6 segments. The C4/5 fusion was adequately rigid, but avascular. We performed anterior cervical fusion at the C3/4 and C5/6 levels with a vascularized fibula flap modified as a double island. The rigidly fused C4/5 block was preserved and vascularized with the periosteum bridging the two fibular islands. The method and technique are described in detail. Fusion was adequate. Donor site morbidity was minimal and temporary. The patient is symptom free to date (25 months). The suggested method provides the possibility of vertebral fusion at different levels using a single vascularized flap. The indications for this procedure are (1) repeated failure of conventional methods, (2) established poor bone healing and bone non-union with avascular grafts and (3) a well-fused or preserved intermediate segment. The relevant literature is reviewed.

I.v. and intraarterial hybrid digital subtraction angiography: clinical evaluation.

PubMed

Foley, W D; Beres, J; Smith, D F; Bell, R M; Milde, M W; Lipchik, E O

1986-09-01

Temporal/energy (hybrid) subtraction is a technique for removing soft-tissue motion artifact from digital subtraction angiograms. The diagnostic utility of hybrid subtraction for i.v. and intraarterial angiography was assessed in the first 9 months of operation of a dedicated production system. In i.v. carotid arteriography (N = 127), hybrid subtraction (H) provided a double-profile projection of the carotid bifurcation in an additional 14% of studies, compared with temporal subtraction (T) alone (H79:T48, p less than 0.001). However, a change in estimated percent stenosis or additional diagnostic information occurred in only 2% of studies. In i.v. abdominal arteriography (N = 23), hybrid subtraction, compared with temporal subtraction, provided a diagnostic examination in an additional 14% of studies (H20:T17); however, this difference is not statistically significant. An additional three i.v. abdominal angiograms were nondiagnostic. In intraarterial abdominal (N = 98) and pelvic (N = 60) angiography, hybrid subtraction provided a diagnostic examination in an additional 5% of studies (abdomen H94:T90, pelvis H58:T56); this difference was not statistically significant. An additional 5% of all intraarterial abdominal and pelvic digital subtraction angiographic studies were considered nondiagnostic. Hybrid subtraction provides a double-profile view of the carotid bifurcation in a significant number of patients. However, apart from some potential for improved i.v. abdominal arteriography, hybrid subtraction does not result in significant improvement in comparison to conventional temporal-subtraction techniques.

Effect of acid dopants in biodegradable gel polymer electrolyte and the performance in an electrochemical double layer capacitor

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Sudhakar, Y. N.; Selvakumar, M.; Krishna Bhat, D.

2015-09-01

Proton-conducting biodegradable gellan gum gel polymer electrolytes (GPEs) have been prepared using three different dopants, namely ortho-phosphoric (o-H3PO4), sulfuric (H2SO4) and hydrochloric acids (HCl). The GPEs were cross-linked using borax. The polymeric gels were characterized by spectroscopic, thermal, ionic conductivities and dielectric measurements. Proton conductivity was in the range of 5.1 × 10-3 to 3.7 × 10-4 s cm-1 and activation energies were between 0.14 meV and 0.19 meV, at different temperatures. Among the doped acids, the H3PO4 doped GPE exhibited thermal stability at varying temperature. Electrochemical double layer capacitors (EDLCs) were fabricated using activated carbon as electrode material and GPEs. The EDLCs were tested using cyclic voltammetry, ac impedance spectroscopic and galvanostatic charge-discharge techniques. The maximum specific capacitance value was 146 F g-1 at a scan rate of 2 mV s-1. Quite stable values were obtained at a constant current density up to 1000 cycles.

Dispersion of bamboo type multi-wall carbon nanotubes in calf-thymus double stranded DNA.

PubMed

Primo, Emiliano N; Cañete-Rosales, Paulina; Bollo, Soledad; Rubianes, María D; Rivas, Gustavo A

2013-08-01

We report for the first time the use of double stranded calf-thymus DNA (dsDNA) to successfully disperse bamboo-like multi-walled carbon nanotubes (bCNT). The dispersion and the modified electrodes were studied by different spectroscopic, microscopic and electrochemical techniques. The drastic treatment for dispersing the bCNT (45min sonication in a 50% (v/v) ethanol:water solution), produces a partial denaturation and a decrease in the length of dsDNA that facilitates the dispersion of CNT and makes possible an efficient electron transfer of guanine residues to the electrode. A critical analysis of the influence of different experimental conditions on the efficiency of the dispersion and on the performance of glassy carbon electrodes (GCE) modified with bCNT-dsDNA dispersion is also reported. The electron transfer of redox probes and guanine residues was more efficient at GCE modified with bCNT dispersed in dsDNA than at GCE modified with hollow CNT (hCNT) dispersed in dsDNA, demonstrating the importance of the presence of bCNT. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Quantitative and qualitative studies of silica in different rice samples grown in north of Iran using UV-vis, XRD and IR spectroscopy techniques.

PubMed

Samadi-Maybodi, Abdolraouf; Atashbozorg, Ebrahim

2006-11-15

Silicon is an essential trace element and is found in vegetables, fruits, cereals, water, pasta and rice (Oryza sativa). In this work, the silica content of different types of rice grains were measured. Here, we used the heteropoly blue photometric method with a double beam UV-vis spectrophotometer to determine the amount of silicon in rice samples (n=7) that were collected in the north of Iran. The samples were digested with wet-ashing method by microwave-assisted heating and then treated with ammonium molybdate to produce a yellow color compound in acidic solution (ca. pH 1.2) and then reduced to give a heteropoly compound with a blue color. Analyses were performed using standard addition method and absorbance values were measured with double beam UV-vis spectrophotometer at lambda(max)=815nm. Results indicated that the silica content was 307-451mg/kg for the samples. X-ray diffraction patterns and infra-red spectra were obtained from rice samples without any sample treatment.

[Complications of double j catheters and their endourological management].

PubMed

Pérez-Fentes, D

2016-10-01

The insertion of a double J catheter (DJ) has widespread, becoming a usual procedure and standard of care in urology. Despite its relative simplicity it is not free from intraoperative risks or problems during the weeks after the implant. Conversely, despite great advances in design of these catheters the ideal material has not been discovered yet, one that is perfectly biocompatible with urine and avoids completely the advent of complications. The range of problems associated with DJs is variable: from mild self-limited dysuria or hematuria to more complex situations with higher risk, such as catheter migration, complete calcification, breakage, obstruction and renal unit loss. The treatment of theses complications must combine maximal efficacy for their resolution with the least possible surgical aggression. Accordingly, the different options of endourological approach become very important and they are the cornerstone for the treatment of the complications associated with ureteral catheters. The objective of this review is to present the main complications derived from the insertion of a DJ, their diagnosis, prevention and treatment, focusing mainly in the different endourological techniques.

Performance Testing of a Magnetically Suspended Double Gimbal Control Moment Gyro Based on the Single Axis Air Bearing Table

PubMed Central

Cui, Peiling; Zhang, Huijuan; Yan, Ning; Fang, Jiancheng

2012-01-01

Integrating the advantage of magnetic bearings with a double gimble control moment gyroscope (DGCMG), a magnetically suspended DGCMG (MSDGCMG) is an ideal actuator in high-precision, long life, and rapid maneuver attitude control systems. The work presented here mainly focuses on performance testing of a MSDGCMG independently developed by Beihang University, based on the single axis air bearing table. In this paper, taking into sufficient consideration to the moving-gimbal effects and the response bandwidth limit of the gimbal, a special MSDGCMG steering law is proposed subject to the limits of gimbal angle rate and angle acceleration. Finally, multiple experiments are carried out, with different MSDGCMG angular momenta as well as different desired attitude angles. The experimental results indicate that the MSDGCMG has a good gimbal angle rate and output torque tracking capabilities, and that the attitude stability with MSDGCMG as actuator is superior to 10−3°/s. The MSDGCMG performance testing in this paper, carried out under moving-base condition, will offer a technique base for the future research and application of MSDGCMGs. PMID:23012536

Influence of the initial rupture size and tendon subregion on three-dimensional biomechanical properties of single-row and double-row rotator cuff reconstructions.

PubMed

Lorbach, O; Pape, D; Raber, F; Busch, L C; Kohn, D; Kieb, M

2012-11-01

Influence of the initial rotator cuff tear size and of different subregions of the SSP tendon on the cyclic loading behavior of a modified single-row reconstruction compared to a suture-bridging double-row repair. Artificial tears (25 and 35 mm) were created in the rotator cuff of 24 human cadaver shoulders. The reconstructions were performed as a single-row repair (SR) using a modified suture configuration or a suture-bridge double-row repair (DR). Radiostereometric analysis was used under cyclic loading (50 cycles, 10–180 N, 10–250 N) to calculate cyclic displacement in three different planes (anteroposterior (x), craniocaudal (y) and mediolateral (z) level). Cyclic displacement was recorded, and differences in cyclic displacement of the anterior compared to the posterior subregions of the tendon were calculated. In small-to-medium tears (25 mm) and medium-to-large tears (35 mm), significant lower cyclic displacement was seen for the SR-reconstruction compared to the DR-repair at 180 N (p ≤ 0.0001; p = 0.001) and 250 N (p = 0.001; p = 0.007) in the x-level. These results were confirmed in the y-level at 180 N (p = 0.001; p = 0.0022) and 250 N (p = 0.005; p = 0.0018). Comparison of the initial tear sizes demonstrated significant differences in cyclic displacement for the DR technique in the x-level at 180 N (p = 0.002) and 250 N (p = 0.004). Comparison of the anterior versus the posterior subregion of the tendon revealed significant lower gap formation in the posterior compared to the anterior subregions in the x-level for both tested rotator cuff repairs (p ≤ 0.05). The tested single-row repair using a modified suture configuration achieved superior results in three-dimensional measurements of cyclic displacement compared to the tested double-row suture-bridge repair. The results were dependent on the initial rupture size of the rotator cuff tear. Furthermore, significant differences were found between tendon subregions of the rotator cuff with significantly higher gap formation for the anterior compared to the posterior subregions.

Exercise economy in skiing and running

PubMed Central

Losnegard, Thomas; Schäfer, Daniela; Hallén, Jostein

2014-01-01

Substantial inter-individual variations in exercise economy exist even in highly trained endurance athletes. The variation is believed to be determined partly by intrinsic factors. Therefore, in the present study, we compared exercise economy in V2-skating, double poling, and uphill running. Ten highly trained male cross-country skiers (23 ± 3 years, 180 ± 6 cm, 75 ± 8 kg, VO2peak running: 76.3 ± 5.6 mL·kg−1·min−1) participated in the study. Exercise economy and VO2peak during treadmill running, ski skating (V2 technique) and double poling were compared based on correlation analysis. There was a very large correlation in exercise economy between V2-skating and double poling (r = 0.81) and large correlations between V2-skating and running (r = 0.53) and double poling and running (r = 0.58). There were trivial to moderate correlations between exercise economy and the intrinsic factors VO2peak (r = 0.00–0.23), cycle rate (r = 0.03–0.46), body mass (r = −0.09–0.46) and body height (r = 0.11–0.36). In conclusion, the inter-individual variation in exercise economy could be explained only moderately by differences in VO2peak, body mass and body height. Apparently other intrinsic factors contribute to the variation in exercise economy between highly trained subjects. PMID:24478718

Airborne 2-Micron Double-Pulsed Integrated Path Differential Absorption Lidar for Column CO2 Measurement

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Singh, Upendra N.; Yu, Jirong; Petros, Mulugeta; Refaat, Tamer F.; Remus, Ruben G.; Fay, James J.; Reithmaier, Karl

2014-01-01

Double-pulse 2-micron lasers have been demonstrated with energy as high as 600 millijouls and up to 10 Hz repetition rate. The two laser pulses are separated by 200 microseconds and can be tuned and locked separately. Applying double-pulse laser in DIAL system enhances the CO2 measurement capability by increasing the overlap of the sampled volume between the on-line and off-line. To avoid detection complicity, integrated path differential absorption (IPDA) lidar provides higher signal-to-noise ratio measurement compared to conventional range-resolved DIAL. Rather than weak atmospheric scattering returns, IPDA rely on the much stronger hard target returns that is best suited for airborne platforms. In addition, the IPDA technique measures the total integrated column content from the instrument to the hard target but with weighting that can be tuned by the transmitter. Therefore, the transmitter could be tuned to weight the column measurement to the surface for optimum CO2 interaction studies or up to the free troposphere for optimum transport studies. Currently, NASA LaRC is developing and integrating a double-Pulsed 2-micron direct detection IPDA lidar for CO2 column measurement from an airborne platform. The presentation will describe the development of the 2-micron IPDA lidar system and present the airborne measurement of column CO2 and will compare to in-situ measurement for various ground target of different reflectivity.

Surgical Techniques for the Reconstruction of Medial Collateral Ligament and Posteromedial Corner Injuries of the Knee: A Systematic Review.

PubMed

DeLong, Jeffrey M; Waterman, Brian R

2015-11-01

To systematically review reconstruction techniques of the medial collateral ligament (MCL) and associated medial structures of the knee (e.g., posterior oblique ligament). A systematic review of Medline/PubMed Database (1966 to November 2013), reference list scanning and citation searches of included articles, and manual searches of high-impact journals (2000 to July 2013) and conference proceedings (2009 to July 2013) were performed to identify publications describing MCL reconstruction techniques of the knee. Exclusion criteria included (1) MCL primary repair techniques or advancement procedures, (2) lack of clear description of MCL reconstruction technique, (3) animal models, (4) nonrelevant study design, (5) and foreign language articles without available translation. After review of 4,600 references, 25 publications with 359 of 388 patients (92.5%) were isolated for analysis, including 18 single-bundle MCL and 10 double-bundle reconstruction techniques. Only 2 techniques were classified as anatomic reconstructions, and clinical and objective outcomes (n = 28; 100% <3 mm side-to-side difference [SSD]) were superior to those with nonanatomic reconstruction (n = 182; 79.1% <3 mm SSD) and tendon transfer techniques (n = 114; 52.6% <3 mm SSD). This systematic review demonstrated that numerous medial reconstruction techniques have been used in the treatment of isolated and combined medial knee injuries in the existent literature. Many variations exist among reconstruction techniques and may differ by graft choices, method of fixation, number of bundles, tensioning protocol, and degree of anatomic restoration of medial and posteromedial corner knee restraints. Further studies are required to better ascertain the comparative clinical outcomes with anatomic, non-anatomic, and tendon transfer techniques for medial knee reconstruction. Level IV, systematic review of level IV studies and surgical techniques. Published by Elsevier Inc.

Pulse Double-Resonance EPR Techniques for the Study of Metallobiomolecules.

PubMed

Cox, Nicholas; Nalepa, Anna; Pandelia, Maria-Eirini; Lubitz, Wolfgang; Savitsky, Anton

2015-01-01

Electron paramagnetic resonance (EPR) spectroscopy exploits an intrinsic property of matter, namely the electron spin and its related magnetic moment. This can be oriented in a magnetic field and thus, in the classical limit, acts like a little bar magnet. Its moment will align either parallel or antiparallel to the field, giving rise to different energies (termed Zeeman splitting). Transitions between these two quantized states can be driven by incident microwave frequency radiation, analogous to NMR experiments, where radiofrequency radiation is used. However, the electron Zeeman interaction alone provides only limited information. Instead, much of the usefulness of EPR is derived from the fact that the electron spin also interacts with its local magnetic environment and thus can be used to probe structure via detection of nearby spins, e.g., NMR-active magnetic nuclei and/or other electron spin(s). The latter is exploited in spin labeling techniques, an exciting new area in the development of noncrystallographic protein structure determination. Although these interactions are often smaller than the linewidth of the EPR experiment, sophisticated pulse EPR methods allow their detection. A number of such techniques are well established today and can be broadly described as double-resonance methods, in which the electron spin is used as a reporter. Below we give a brief description of pulse EPR methods, particularly their implementation at higher magnetic fields, and how to best exploit them for studying metallobiomolecules. © 2015 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Different applications of isosbestic points, normalized spectra and dual wavelength as powerful tools for resolution of multicomponent mixtures with severely overlapping spectra.

PubMed

Mohamed, Ekram H; Lotfy, Hayam M; Hegazy, Maha A; Mowaka, Shereen

2017-05-25

Analysis of complex mixture containing three or more components represented a challenge for analysts. New smart spectrophotometric methods have been recently evolved with no limitation. A study of different novel and smart spectrophotometric techniques for resolution of severely overlapping spectra were presented in this work utilizing isosbestic points present in different absorption spectra, normalized spectra as a divisor and dual wavelengths. A quaternary mixture of drotaverine (DRO), caffeine (CAF), paracetamol (PCT) and para-aminophenol (PAP) was taken as an example for application of the proposed techniques without any separation steps. The adopted techniques adopted of successive and progressive steps manipulating zero /or ratio /or derivative spectra. The proposed techniques includes eight novel and simple methods namely direct spectrophotometry after applying derivative transformation (DT) via multiplying by a decoding spectrum, spectrum subtraction (SS), advanced absorbance subtraction (AAS), advanced amplitude modulation (AAM), simultaneous derivative ratio (S 1 DD), advanced ratio difference (ARD), induced ratio difference (IRD) and finally double divisor-ratio difference-dual wavelength (DD-RD-DW) methods. The proposed methods were assessed by analyzing synthetic mixtures of the studied drugs. They were also successfully applied to commercial pharmaceutical formulations without interference from other dosage form additives. The methods were validated according to the ICH guidelines, accuracy, precision, repeatability, were found to be within the acceptable limits. The proposed procedures are accurate, simple and reproducible and yet economic. They are also sensitive and selective and could be used for routine analysis of complex most of the binary, ternary and quaternary mixtures and even more complex mixtures.

A mobility based vibroacoustic energy transmission simulation into an enclosure through a double-wall panel.

PubMed

Sahu, Atanu; Bhattacharya, Partha; Niyogi, Arup Guha; Rose, Michael

2017-06-01

Double-wall panels are known for their superior sound insulation properties over single wall panels as a sound barrier. The sound transmission phenomenon through a double-wall structure is a complex process involving vibroacoustic interaction between structural panels, the air-cushion in between, and the secondary acoustic domain. It is in this context a versatile and a fully coupled technique based on the finite-element-boundary element model is developed that enables estimation of sound transfer through a double-wall panel into an adjacent enclosure while satisfying the displacement compatibility across the interface. The contribution of individual components in the transmitted energy is identified through numerical simulations.

Femtosecond-assisted keratopigmentation double tunnel technique in the management of a case of Urrets-Zavalia syndrome.

PubMed

Alio, Jorge L; Rodriguez, Alejandra E; Toffaha, Bader T; El Aswad, A

2012-09-01

To describe the successful use of a double intrastromal tunnel femtosecond-assisted keratopigmentation technique to manage a case of unilateral Urrets-Zavalia syndrome. A 33-year-old man was referred with a history of trauma in his right eye due to a labor-related accident. Because of myopic anisometropia, he had been previously implanted with an angle-supported phakic intraocular lens. The patient presented iris atrophy and a fixed dilated pupil. He complained of severe and incapacitating photophobia, glare, and decreased vision. To obtain a complete iris replica, the surgery involved creation of double keratopigmented intrastromal tunnels using femtosecond laser and micronized mineral pigments. The deepest layer was stained black first and then the superficial layer was stained with a contoured greenish blue-gray color, which matched the contralateral eye. In the immediate postoperative period, the patient reported a complete elimination of photophobia associated with the corrected distance visual acuity improvement. A very adequate cosmetic outcome was also achieved. Stability was observed during the 12-month follow-up. A femtosecond-assisted keratopigmentation technique using 2 pigmented intrastromal tunnels to achieve an intracorneal pigmented replica of the iris was effective in improving the patient's severe visual function disability and cosmetic appearance. To the best of our knowledge, this is the first report of severe visual function disability caused by atrophic iris and a fixed dilated pupil treated with double intrastromal layers of keratopigmentation by means of femtosecond-created tunnels.

Harmonic mode-locking using the double interval technique in quantum dot lasers.

PubMed

Li, Yan; Chiragh, Furqan L; Xin, Yong-Chun; Lin, Chang-Yi; Kim, Junghoon; Christodoulou, Christos G; Lester, Luke F

2010-07-05

Passive harmonic mode-locking in a quantum dot laser is realized using the double interval technique, which uses two separate absorbers to stimulate a specific higher-order repetition rate compared to the fundamental. Operating alone these absorbers would otherwise reinforce lower harmonic frequencies, but by operating together they produce the harmonic corresponding to their least common multiple. Mode-locking at a nominal 60 GHz repetition rate, which is the 10(th) harmonic of the fundamental frequency of the device, is achieved unambiguously despite the constraint of a uniformly-segmented, multi-section device layout. The diversity of repetition rates available with this method is also discussed.

Prediction of apatite lattice constants from their constituent elemental radii and artificial intelligence methods.

PubMed

Wu, P; Zeng, Y Z; Wang, C M

2004-03-01

Lattice constants (LCs) of all possible 96 apatite compounds, A(5)(BO(4))(3)C, constituted by A[double bond]Ba(2+), Ca(2+), Cd(2+), Pb(2+), Sr(2+), Mn(2+); B[double bond]As(5+), Cr(5+), P(5+), V(5+); and C[double bond]F(1-), Cl(1-), Br(1-), OH(1-), are predicted from their elemental ionic radii, using pattern recognition (PR) and artificial neural networks (ANN) techniques. In particular, by a PR study it is demonstrated that ionic radii predominantly govern the LCs of apatites. Furthermore, by using ANN techniques, prediction models of LCs a and c are developed, which reproduce well the measured LCs (R(2)=0.98). All the literature reported on 30 pure and 22 mixed apatite compounds are collected and used in the present work. LCs of all possible 66 new apatites (assuming they exist) are estimated by the developed ANN models. These proposed new apatites may be of interest to biomedical research especially in the design of new apatite biomaterials for bone remodeling. Similarly these techniques may also be applied in the study of interface growth behaviors involving other biomaterials.

Biomechanical characteristics of single-row repair in comparison to double-row repair with consideration of the suture configuration and suture material.

PubMed

Baums, M H; Buchhorn, G H; Spahn, G; Poppendieck, B; Schultz, W; Klinger, H-M

2008-11-01

The aim of the study was to evaluate the time zero mechanical properties of single- versus double-row configuration for rotator cuff repair in an animal model with consideration of the stitch technique and suture material. Thirty-two fresh-frozen sheep shoulders were randomly assigned to four repair groups: suture anchor single-row repair coupled with (1) braided, nonabsorbable polyester suture sized USP No. 2 (SRAE) or (2) braided polyblend polyethylene suture sized No. 2 (SRAH). The double-row repair was coupled with (3) USP No. 2 (DRAE) or (4) braided polyblend polyethylene suture No. 2 (DRAH). Arthroscopic Mason-Allen stitches were used (single-row) and combined with medial horizontal mattress stitches (double-row). Shoulders were cyclically loaded from 10 to 180 N. Displacement to gap formation of 5- and 10-mm at the repair site, cycles to failure, and the mode of failure were determined. The ultimate tensile strength was verified in specimens that resisted to 3,000 cycles. DRAE and DRAH had a lower frequency of 5- (P = 0.135) and 10-mm gap formation (P = 0.135). All DRAE and DRAH resisted 3,000 cycles while only three SRAE and one SRAH resisted 3,000 cycles (P < 0.001). The ultimate tensile strength in double-row specimens was significantly higher than in others (P < 0.001). There was no significant variation in using different suture material (P > 0.05). Double-row suture anchor repair with arthroscopic Mason-Allen/medial mattress stitches provides initial strength superior to single-row repair with arthroscopic Mason-Allen stitches under isometric cyclic loading as well as under ultimate loading conditions. Our results support the concept of double-row fixation with arthroscopic Mason-Allen/medial mattress stitches in rotator cuff tears with improvement of initial fixation strength and ultimate tensile load. Use of new polyblend polyethylene suture material seems not to increase the initial biomechanical aspects of the repair construct.

Visualization of macrophage recruitment in head and neck carcinoma model using fluorine-19 magnetic resonance imaging.

PubMed

Khurana, Aman; Chapelin, Fanny; Xu, Hongyan; Acevedo, Joseph R; Molinolo, Alfred; Nguyen, Quyen; Ahrens, Eric T

2018-04-01

To evaluate the role of infiltrating macrophages in murine models of single and double mutation head and neck tumors using a novel fluorine-19 ( 19 F) MRI technology. Tumor cell lines single-hit/SCC4 or double-hit/Cal27, with mutations of TP53 and TP53 & FHIT, respectively, were injected bilaterally into the flanks of (n = 10) female mice. With tumors established, perfluorocarbon nanoemulsion was injected intravenously, which labels in situ predominantly monocytes and macrophages. Longitudinal spin density-weighted 19 F MRI data enabled quantification of the macrophage burden in tumor and surrounding tissue. The average number of 19 F atoms within the tumors was twice as high in the Cal27 group compared with SCC4 (3.9 × 10 19 and 2.0 × 10 19 19 F/tumor, respectively; P = 0.0034) two days after contrast injection, signifying increased tumor-associated macrophages in double-hit tumors. The difference was still significant 10 days after injection. Histology stains correlated with in vivo results, exhibiting numerous perfluorocarbon-labeled macrophages in double-hit tumors and to a lesser extent in single-hit tumors. This study helps to establish 19 F MRI as a method for quantifying immune cells in the tumor microenvironment, allowing distinction between double and single-hit head and neck tumors. This technique would be extremely valuable in the clinic for pretreatment planning, prognostics, and post-treatment surveillance. Magn Reson Med 79:1972-1980, 2018. © 2017 International Society for Magnetic Resonance in Medicine. © 2017 International Society for Magnetic Resonance in Medicine.

Maintenance Energy Requirements of Double-Muscled Belgian Blue Beef Cows

PubMed Central

Fiems, Leo O.; De Boever, Johan L.; Vanacker, José M.; De Campeneere, Sam

2015-01-01

Simple Summary Double-muscled Belgian Blue animals are extremely lean, characterized by a deviant muscle fiber type with more fast-glycolytic fibers, compared to non-double-muscled animals. This fiber type may result in lower maintenance energy requirements. On the other hand, lean meat animals mostly have a higher rate of protein turnover, which requires more energy for maintenance. Therefore, maintenance requirements of Belgian Blue cows were investigated based on a zero body weight gain. This technique showed that maintenance energy requirements of double-muscled Belgian Blue beef cows were close to the mean requirements of cows of other beef genotypes. Abstract Sixty non-pregnant, non-lactating double-muscled Belgian Blue (DMBB) cows were used to estimate the energy required to maintain body weight (BW). They were fed one of three energy levels for 112 or 140 days, corresponding to approximately 100%, 80% or 70% of their total energy requirements. The relationship between daily energy intake and BW and daily BW change was developed using regression analysis. Maintenance energy requirements were estimated from the regression equation by setting BW gain to zero. Metabolizable and net energy for maintenance amounted to 0.569 ± 0.001 and 0.332 ± 0.001 MJ per kg BW0.75/d, respectively. Maintenance energy requirements were not dependent on energy level (p > 0.10). Parity affected maintenance energy requirements (p < 0.001), although the small numerical differences between parities may hardly be nutritionally relevant. Maintenance energy requirements of DMBB beef cows were close to the mean energy requirements of other beef genotypes reported in the literature. PMID:26479139

Maintenance of longitudinal foot arch after different mid/hind-foot arthrodesis procedures in a cadaveric model.

PubMed

Chen, Yanxi; Zhang, Kun; Qiang, Minfei; Hao, Yini

2014-02-01

Currently, the optimal treatment of flatfoot remains inconclusive. Our objectives were to understand the effect of different arthrodeses on maintenance of foot arch and provide experimental basis for rational selection in treatment of flatfoot. Sixteen fresh-frozen cadaver feet amputated above the ankle along with a section of leg were studied from ten males and six females. We used standard clinical techniques and hardware for making the arthrodeses. Plantar pressure in the medial and lateral longitudinal arch distribution was measured with a plantar pressure mapping system under different loading conditions. Values of plantar pressure reaction, mean and maximum dynamic peak pressure between all group pairs were statistically significant (P<0.05). The plantar pressure reaction appeared at the load of 960 N in the medial arch of the unoperated foot, compared with 1080 N after subtalar arthrodesis, 1200 N after talonavicular arthrodesis, 1080 N after calcaneocuboid arthrodesis, 1320 N after double arthrodesis, and 1560 N after triple arthrodesis. The plantar pressure reaction appeared at the load of 360 N in the lateral arch of the unoperated foot, compared with 600 N after subtalar arthrodesis, 600 N after talonavicular arthrodesis, 840 N after calcaneocuboid arthrodesis, 960 N after double arthrodesis, and 1440 N after triple arthrodesis. The triple arthrodesis provided the highest support to both arches; the double arthrodesis appeared to be similar to talonavicular arthrodesis in supporting the medial arch and similar to calcaneocuboid arthrodesis in supporting the lateral arch; subtalar arthrodesis was less effective in supporting both arches. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

Restoration of horizontal stability in complete acromioclavicular joint separations: surgical technique and preliminary results.

PubMed

Li, Haoqing; Wang, Chuanshun; Wang, Jiandong; Wu, Kai; Hang, Donghua

2013-11-13

Our purpose was to investigate the clinical efficacy of arthroscope-assisted acromioclavicular ligament reconstruction in combination with double endobutton coracoclavicular ligament reconstruction for the treatment of complete acromioclavicular joint dislocation. During the period from February 2010 to October 2012, ten patients with Rockwood types IV and V acromioclavicular joint dislocation were hospitalized and nine were treated with acromioclavicular ligament reconstruction combined with double endobutton of coracoclavicular ligament reconstruction. The improvement in shoulder functions was assessed using a Constant score and visual analog scale (VAS) system. The mean follow-up period was 33.6 ± 5.4 months. The mean Constant scores improved from 25.2 ± 6.6 preoperatively to 92.4 ± 6.5 postoperatively, while the mean VAS score decreased from 5.9 ± 1.4 to 1.2 ± 0.9; significant differences were observed. The final follow-up revealed that excellent outcomes were achieved in eight patients and good outcome in two patients. Arthroscope-assisted acromioclavicular ligament reconstruction in combination with double endobutton of coracoclavicular ligament reconstruction is an effective approach for treatment of acute complete acromioclavicular joint dislocation.

Restoration of horizontal stability in complete acromioclavicular joint separations: surgical technique and preliminary results

PubMed Central

2013-01-01

Background Our purpose was to investigate the clinical efficacy of arthroscope-assisted acromioclavicular ligament reconstruction in combination with double endobutton coracoclavicular ligament reconstruction for the treatment of complete acromioclavicular joint dislocation. Methods During the period from February 2010 to October 2012, ten patients with Rockwood types IV and V acromioclavicular joint dislocation were hospitalized and nine were treated with acromioclavicular ligament reconstruction combined with double endobutton of coracoclavicular ligament reconstruction. The improvement in shoulder functions was assessed using a Constant score and visual analog scale (VAS) system. Results The mean follow-up period was 33.6 ± 5.4 months. The mean Constant scores improved from 25.2 ± 6.6 preoperatively to 92.4 ± 6.5 postoperatively, while the mean VAS score decreased from 5.9 ± 1.4 to 1.2 ± 0.9; significant differences were observed. The final follow-up revealed that excellent outcomes were achieved in eight patients and good outcome in two patients. Conclusion Arthroscope-assisted acromioclavicular ligament reconstruction in combination with double endobutton of coracoclavicular ligament reconstruction is an effective approach for treatment of acute complete acromioclavicular joint dislocation. PMID:24225119

Sounding rocket research Aries/Firewheel, series 22, issue 15

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Mozer, F. S.

1981-01-01

Rocket experiments in ionospheric particle and field research flow in seven programs during the last decade are summarized. Experimental techniques were developed and are discussed including the double-probe field technique. The auroral zone, polar cap, and equatorial spread F were studied.

Targeting the kinesin Eg5 to monitor siRNA transfection in mammalian cells.

PubMed

Weil, D; Garçon, L; Harper, M; Duménil, D; Dautry, F; Kress, M

2002-12-01

RNA interference, the inhibition of gene expression by double-stranded RNA, provides a powerful tool for functional studies once the sequence of a gene is known. In most mammalian cells, only short molecules can be used because long ones induce the interferon pathway. With the identification of a proper target sequence, the penetration of the oligonucleotides constitutes the most serious limitation in the application of this technique. Here we show that a small interfering RNA (siRNA) targeting the mRNA of the kinesin Eg5 induces a rapid mitotic arrest and provides a convenient assay for the optimization of siRNA transfection. Thus, dose responses can be established for different transfection techniques, highlighting the great differences in response to transfection techniques of various cell types. We report that the calcium phosphate precipitation technique can be an efficient and cost-effective alternative to Oligofectamine in some adherent cells, while electroporation can be efficient for some cells growing in suspension such as hematopoietic cells and some adherent cells. Significantly, the optimal parameters for the electroporation of siRNA differ from those for plasmids, allowing the use of milder conditions that induce less cell toxicity. In summary, a single siRNA leading to an easily assayed phenotype can be used to monitor the transfection of siRNA into any type of proliferating cells of both human and murine origin.

Comparative cost assessment of the Kato-Katz and FLOTAC techniques for soil-transmitted helminth diagnosis in epidemiological surveys

PubMed Central

2010-01-01

Background The Kato-Katz technique is widely used for the diagnosis of soil-transmitted helminthiasis in epidemiological surveys and is believed to be an inexpensive method. The FLOTAC technique shows a higher sensitivity for the diagnosis of light-intensity soil-transmitted helminth infections but is reported to be more complex and expensive. We assessed the costs related to the collection, processing and microscopic examination of stool samples using the Kato-Katz and FLOTAC techniques in an epidemiological survey carried out in Zanzibar, Tanzania. Methods We measured the time for the collection of a single stool specimen in the field, transfer to a laboratory, preparation and microscopic examination using standard protocols for the Kato-Katz and FLOTAC techniques. Salaries of health workers, life expectancy and asset costs of materials, and infrastructure costs were determined. The average cost for a single or duplicate Kato-Katz thick smears and the FLOTAC dual or double technique were calculated. Results The average time needed to collect a stool specimen and perform a single or duplicate Kato-Katz thick smears or the FLOTAC dual or double technique was 20 min and 34 sec (20:34 min), 27:21 min, 28:14 min and 36:44 min, respectively. The total costs for a single and duplicate Kato-Katz thick smears were US$ 1.73 and US$ 2.06, respectively, and for the FLOTAC double and dual technique US$ 2.35 and US$ 2.83, respectively. Salaries impacted most on the total costs of either method. Conclusions The time and cost for soil-transmitted helminth diagnosis using either the Kato-Katz or FLOTAC method in epidemiological surveys are considerable. Our results can help to guide healthcare decision makers and scientists in budget planning and funding for epidemiological surveys, anthelminthic drug efficacy trials and monitoring of control interventions. PMID:20707931

Double Star Measurements at the Internationale Amateur Sternwarte (IAS) in Namibia in 2009

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Anton, Rainer

2012-01-01

This paper is a continuation of earlier work published in JDSO in 2010. Using a 40-cm-Cassegrain telescope in Namibia and a fast CCD camera, 87 double and multiple systems were recorded and analyzed with the technique of "lucky imaging". Measurements are compared with literature data. Some noteworthy systems are discussed in more detail.

A highly efficient bead extraction technique with low bead number for digital microfluidic immunoassay

PubMed Central

Tsai, Po-Yen; Lee, I-Chin; Hsu, Hsin-Yun; Huang, Hong-Yuan; Fan, Shih-Kang; Liu, Cheng-Hsien

2016-01-01

Here, we describe a technique to manipulate a low number of beads to achieve high washing efficiency with zero bead loss in the washing process of a digital microfluidic (DMF) immunoassay. Previously, two magnetic bead extraction methods were reported in the DMF platform: (1) single-side electrowetting method and (2) double-side electrowetting method. The first approach could provide high washing efficiency, but it required a large number of beads. The second approach could reduce the required number of beads, but it was inefficient where multiple washes were required. More importantly, bead loss during the washing process was unavoidable in both methods. Here, an improved double-side electrowetting method is proposed for bead extraction by utilizing a series of unequal electrodes. It is shown that, with proper electrode size ratio, only one wash step is required to achieve 98% washing rate without any bead loss at bead number less than 100 in a droplet. It allows using only about 25 magnetic beads in DMF immunoassay to increase the number of captured analytes on each bead effectively. In our human soluble tumor necrosis factor receptor I (sTNF-RI) model immunoassay, the experimental results show that, comparing to our previous results without using the proposed bead extraction technique, the immunoassay with low bead number significantly enhances the fluorescence signal to provide a better limit of detection (3.14 pg/ml) with smaller reagent volumes (200 nl) and shorter analysis time (<1 h). This improved bead extraction technique not only can be used in the DMF immunoassay but also has great potential to be used in any other bead-based DMF systems for different applications. PMID:26858807

Organic double layer element driven by triboelectric nanogenerator: Study of carrier behavior by non-contact optical method

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Chen, Xiangyu; Taguchi, Dai; Manaka, Takaaki; Iwamoto, Mitsumasa

2016-02-01

By using optical electric-field-induced second-harmonic generation (EFISHG) technique, we studied carrier behavior caused by contact electrification (CE) in an organic double-layer element. This double-layer sample was half suspended in the open air, where one electrode (anode or cathode) was connected with a Cu foil for electrification while the other electrode was floated. Results showed two distinct carrier behaviors, depending on the (anode or cathode) connections to the Cu foil, and these carrier behaviors were analyzed based on the Maxwell-Wagner model. The double-layer sample works as a simple solar cell device. The photovoltaic effect and CE process have been proved to be two paralleled effects without strong interaction with each other, while photoconductivity changing in the sample can enhance the relaxation of CE induced charges. By probing the carrier behavior in this half-suspended device, the EFISHG technique has been demonstrated to be an effective non-contact method for clarifying the CE effect on related energy harvesting devices and electronics devices. Meanwhile, the related physical analysis in this letter is also useful for elucidating the fundamental characteristic of hybrid energy system based on solar cell and triboelectric nanogenerator.

Repair of Inaccessible Ventral Dural Defect in Thoracic Spine: Double Layered Duraplasty

PubMed Central

Lee, Dong-Hyun; Park, Jeong-Ill; Park, Ki-Su; Cho, Dae-Chul; Sung, Joo-Kyung

2016-01-01

We propose a double layered (intradural and epidural patch) duraplasty that utilizes Lyoplant and Duraseal. We examined a 47-year-old woman after decompression for thoracic ossification of posterior longitudinal ligament was performed in another hospital. On postoperative day 7, she complained of weakness in both legs. Postoperative magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) showed cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) collection with cord compression. In the operative field, we found 2 large dural defects on the ventral dura mater. We performed a conventional fat graft with fibrin glue. However, the patient exhibited neurologic deterioration, and a postoperative MRI again showed CSF collection. We performed dorsal midline durotomy and inserted a intradural and epidural Lyoplant patch. She immediately experienced diminishing back pain postoperatively. Her visual analog scale and motor power improved markedly. Postoperative MRIs performed at 2 and 16 months showed no spinal cord compression or CSF leakage to the epidural space. We describe a new technique for double layered duraplasty. Although we do not recommend this technique for all dural repairs, double-layered duraplasty may be useful for repairing large inaccessible dural tears in cases of persistent CSF leakage refractory to conventional management. PMID:27437022

Medial-row failure after arthroscopic double-row rotator cuff repair.

PubMed

Yamakado, Kotaro; Katsuo, Shin-ichi; Mizuno, Katsunori; Arakawa, Hitoshi; Hayashi, Seigaku

2010-03-01

We report 4 cases of medial-row failure after double-row arthroscopic rotator cuff repair (ARCR) without arthroscopic subacromial decompression (ASAD), in which there was pullout of mattress sutures of the medial row and knots were caught between the cuff and the greater tuberosity. Between October 2006 and January 2008, 49 patients underwent double-row ARCR. During this period, ASAD was not performed with ARCR. Revision arthroscopy was performed in 8 patients because of ongoing symptoms after the index operation. In 4 of 8 patients the medial rotator cuff failed; the tendon appeared to be avulsed at the medial row, and there were exposed knots on the bony surface of the rotator cuff footprint. It appeared that the knots were caught between the cuff and the greater tuberosity. Three retear cuffs were revised with the arthroscopic transtendon technique, and one was revised with a single-row technique after completing the tear. ASAD was performed in all patients. Three of the four patients showed improvement of symptoms and returned to their preinjury occupation. Impingement of pullout knots may be a source of pain after double-row rotator cuff repair. Copyright 2010 Arthroscopy Association of North America. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Fluoroscopic Placement of Double-Pigtail Ureteral Stents

PubMed Central

Chen, Gregory L.

2001-01-01

Purpose: Double-pigtail ureteral stent is placed cystoscopically after ureteroscopy. We describe a technique for fluoroscopic placement of ureteral stents and demonstrate its use in a non-randomized prospective study. Materials and methods: Double-pigtail stents were placed either fluoroscopically or cystoscopically in 121 consecutive patients. In the fluoroscopic method, the stent was placed over a guide wire using a stent pusher without the use of cystoscopy. Conversely, stents were placed through the working channel of the cystoscope under vision. The procedure, stent length, width, type, method, ureteral dilation, and use of a retrieval string were noted. Results: A wide range of stent sizes were used. The success with fluoroscopic placement of double-pigtail ureteral stents was 100% (89 of 89 cases). No stents migrated or required replacement. Stents were placed after ureteroscopic laser lithotripsy (53/89) and ureteroscopic tumor treatment (22/89). Cystoscopic visualization was used in 32 additional procedures requiring precise control (15 ureteral strictures and nine retrograde endopyelotomy). Conclusions: The fluoroscopic placement of ureteral stents is a safe and simple technique with a very high success rate. We have used cystoscopic placement only after incisional procedures such as retrograde endopyelotomy, stricture or ureterotomy. PMID:18493562

Trans-nipple double Z-plasty for benign periareolar disease with inverted nipple.

PubMed

Lee, Jeeyeon; Lee, Seokwon; Bae, Youngtae

2013-04-01

Various surgical procedures have been reported for correction of inverted nipples. The authors herein report a new procedure, "the trans-nipple double Z-plasty," for correction of inverted nipples combined with periareolar disease requiring excision. From July 2010 to June 2012, 11 unilateral inverted nipples with other benign periareolar diseases were treated with this technique. A midline incision and 5-mm Z-incisions were designed on the nipple-areola complex toward the direction of the combined breast disease. After removal of combined benign disease through the trans-nipple double Z-plasty incision, the defect was filled with surrounding breast tissue, and the inverted nipple was corrected. One case of partial necrosis improved with conservative treatment. No recurrence was reported during the follow-up period. Five patients each assessed the cosmetic result as excellent and good. The trans-nipple double Z-plasty is an easy and useful technique for simultaneous management of periareolar disease with an inverted nipple. This journal requires that authors assign a level of evidence to each article. For a full description of these Evidence-Based Medicine ratings, please refer to the Table of Contents or the online Instructions to Authors www.springer.com/00266 .

Improving the Ability of Image Sensors to Detect Faint Stars and Moving Objects Using Image Deconvolution Techniques

PubMed Central

Fors, Octavi; Núñez, Jorge; Otazu, Xavier; Prades, Albert; Cardinal, Robert D.

2010-01-01

In this paper we show how the techniques of image deconvolution can increase the ability of image sensors as, for example, CCD imagers, to detect faint stars or faint orbital objects (small satellites and space debris). In the case of faint stars, we show that this benefit is equivalent to double the quantum efficiency of the used image sensor or to increase the effective telescope aperture by more than 30% without decreasing the astrometric precision or introducing artificial bias. In the case of orbital objects, the deconvolution technique can double the signal-to-noise ratio of the image, which helps to discover and control dangerous objects as space debris or lost satellites. The benefits obtained using CCD detectors can be extrapolated to any kind of image sensors. PMID:22294896

Improving the ability of image sensors to detect faint stars and moving objects using image deconvolution techniques.

PubMed

Fors, Octavi; Núñez, Jorge; Otazu, Xavier; Prades, Albert; Cardinal, Robert D

2010-01-01

In this paper we show how the techniques of image deconvolution can increase the ability of image sensors as, for example, CCD imagers, to detect faint stars or faint orbital objects (small satellites and space debris). In the case of faint stars, we show that this benefit is equivalent to double the quantum efficiency of the used image sensor or to increase the effective telescope aperture by more than 30% without decreasing the astrometric precision or introducing artificial bias. In the case of orbital objects, the deconvolution technique can double the signal-to-noise ratio of the image, which helps to discover and control dangerous objects as space debris or lost satellites. The benefits obtained using CCD detectors can be extrapolated to any kind of image sensors.

Phase and group refractive indices of air calculation by fitting of phase difference measured using a combination of laser and low-coherence interferometry

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Pikálek, Tomáš; Šarbort, Martin; Číp, Ondřej; Pham, Minh Tuan; Lešundák, Adam; Pravdová, Lenka; Buchta, Zdeněk.

2017-06-01

The air refractive index is an important parameter in interferometric length measurements, since it substantially affects the measurement accuracy. We present a refractive index of air measurement method based on monitoring the phase difference between the ambient air and vacuum inside a permanently evacuated double-spaced cell. The cell is placed in one arm of the Michelson interferometer equipped with two light sources—red LED and HeNe laser, while the low-coherence and laser interference signals are measured separately. Both phase and group refractive indices of air can be calculated from the measured signals. The method was experimentally verified by comparing the obtained refractive index values with two different techniques.

Brazilian Road Traffic Fatalities: A Spatial and Environmental Analysis

PubMed Central

de Andrade, Luciano; Vissoci, João Ricardo Nickenig; Rodrigues, Clarissa Garcia; Finato, Karen; Carvalho, Elias; Pietrobon, Ricardo; de Souza, Eniuce Menezes; Nihei, Oscar Kenji; Lynch, Catherine; de Barros Carvalho, Maria Dalva

2014-01-01

Background Road traffic injuries (RTI) are a major public health epidemic killing thousands of people daily. Low and middle-income countries, such as Brazil, have the highest annual rates of road traffic fatalities. In order to improve road safety, this study mapped road traffic fatalities on a Brazilian highway to determine the main environmental factors affecting road traffic fatalities. Methods and Findings Four techniques were utilized to identify and analyze RTI hotspots. We used spatial analysis by points by applying kernel density estimator, and wavelet analysis to identify the main hot regions. Additionally, built environment analysis, and principal component analysis were conducted to verify patterns contributing to crash occurrence in the hotspots. Between 2007 and 2009, 379 crashes were notified, with 466 fatalities on BR277. Higher incidence of crashes occurred on sections of highway with double lanes (ratio 2∶1). The hotspot analysis demonstrated that both the eastern and western regions had higher incidences of crashes when compared to the central region. Through the built environment analysis, we have identified five different patterns, demonstrating that specific environmental characteristics are associated with different types of fatal crashes. Patterns 2 and 4 are constituted mainly by predominantly urban characteristics and have frequent fatal pedestrian crashes. Patterns 1, 3 and 5 display mainly rural characteristics and have higher prevalence of vehicular collisions. In the built environment analysis, the variables length of road in urban area, limited lighting, double lanes roadways, and less auxiliary lanes were associated with a higher incidence of fatal crashes. Conclusions By combining different techniques of analyses, we have identified numerous hotspots and environmental characteristics, which governmental or regulatory agencies could make use to plan strategies to reduce RTI and support life-saving policies. PMID:24498051

Operative correction of abdominal rectus diastasis (ARD) reduces pain and improves abdominal wall muscle strength: A randomized, prospective trial comparing retromuscular mesh repair to double-row, self-retaining sutures.

PubMed

Emanuelsson, Peter; Gunnarsson, Ulf; Dahlstrand, Ursula; Strigård, Karin; Stark, Birgit

2016-11-01

The primary aim of this prospective, randomized, clinical, 2-armed trial was to evaluate the risk for recurrence using 2 different operative techniques for repair of abdominal rectus diastasis. Secondary aims were comparison of pain, abdominal muscle strength, and quality of life and to compare those outcomes to a control group receiving physical training only. Eighty-six patients were enrolled. Twenty-nine patients were allocated to retromuscular polypropylene mesh and 27 to double-row plication with Quill technology. Thirty-two patients participated in a 3-month training program. Diastasis was evaluated with computed tomography scan and clinically. Pain was assessed using the ventral hernia pain questionnaire, a quality-of-life survey, SF-36, and abdominal muscle strength using the Biodex System-4. One early recurrence occurred in the Quill group, 2 encapsulated seromas in the mesh group, and 3 in the suture group. Significant improvements in perceived pain, the ventral hernia pain questionnaire, and quality of life appeared at the 1-year follow-up with no difference between the 2 operative groups. Significant muscular improvement was obtained in all groups (Biodex System-4). Patient perceived gain in muscle strength assessed with a visual analog scale improved similarly in both operative groups. This improvement was significantly greater than that seen in the training group. Patients in the training group still experienced bodily pain at follow-up. There was no difference between the Quill technique and retromuscular mesh in the effect on abdominal wall stability, with a similar complication rate 1 year after operation. An operation improves functional ability and quality of life. Training strengthens the abdominal muscles, but patients still experience discomfort and pain. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Comparison of single-stapling and hemi-double-stapling methods for intracorporeal esophagojejunostomy using a circular stapler after totally laparoscopic total gastrectomy.

PubMed

Amisaki, Masataka; Kihara, Kyoichi; Endo, Kanenori; Suzuki, Kazunori; Nakamura, Seiichi; Sawata, Takashi; Shimizu, Tetsu

2016-07-01

Laparoscopic total gastrectomy is not widely performed because of the difficulty of esophagojejunal reconstruction. This study analyzed complication rates of two different methods for reconstruction by a circular stapler after totally laparoscopic total gastrectomy (TLTG). Between 2010 and 2014, clinical data of 19 patients who underwent TLTG for gastric adenocarcinoma were collected retrospectively. There were two methods to fix the anvil of a circular stapler into the distal esophagus: In the single-stapling technique (SST) group, Endo-PSI(II) was used for purse-suturing on the distal esophagus for reconstruction, and in the hemi-double-stapling technique (hemi-DST) group, the esophagus was cut by linear stapler with the entry hole of the anvil shaft opened after inserting the anvil tail. In both groups, surgical procedures were the same, except for the reconstruction. All TLTGs were performed securely without mortality. Intracorporeal laparoscopic esophagojejunal anastomosis was performed successfully for all the patients. In the hemi-DST group, four patients experienced anastomotic stenosis, three of whom required endoscopic balloon dilation. In contrast, no stenosis was seen in the SST group (p = 0.033). Anastomosis with SST is preferred to that with hemi-DST to minimize postoperative complications.

Abundant aftershock sequence of the 2015 Mw7.5 Hindu Kush intermediate-depth earthquake

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Li, Chenyu; Peng, Zhigang; Yao, Dongdong; Guo, Hao; Zhan, Zhongwen; Zhang, Haijiang

2018-05-01

The 2015 Mw7.5 Hindu Kush earthquake occurred at a depth of 213 km beneath the Hindu Kush region of Afghanistan. While many early aftershocks were missing from the global earthquake catalogues, this sequence was recorded continuously by eight broad-band stations within 500 km. Here we use a waveform matching technique to systematically detect earthquakes around the main shock. More than 3000 events are detected within 35 d after the main shock, as compared with 42 listed in the Advanced National Seismic System catalogue (or 196 in the International Seismological Centre catalogue). The aftershock sequence generally follows the Omori's law with a decay constant p = 0.92. We also apply the recently developed double-pair double-difference technique to relocate all detected aftershocks. Most of them are located to the west of the hypocentre of the main shock, consistent with the westward propagation of the main-shock rupture. The aftershocks outline a nearly vertical southward dipping plane, which matches well with one of the nodal planes of the main shock. We conclude that the aftershock sequence of this intermediate-depth earthquake shares many similarities with those for shallow earthquakes and infer that there are some common mechanisms responsible for shallow and intermediate-depth earthquakes.

Fabrication of large diffractive optical elements in thick film on a concave lens surface.

PubMed

Xie, Yongjun; Lu, Zhenwu; Li, Fengyou

2003-05-05

We demonstrate experimentally the technique of fabricating large diffractive optical elements (DOEs) in thick film on a concave lens surface (mirrors) with precise alignment by using the strategy of double exposure. We adopt the method of double exposure to overcome the difficulty of processing thick photoresist on a large curved substrate. A uniform thick film with arbitrary thickness on a concave lens can be obtained with this technique. We fabricate a large concentric circular grating with a 10-ìm period on a concave lens surface in film with a thickness of 2.0 ìm after development. It is believed that this technique can also be used to fabricate larger DOEs in thicker film on the concave or convex lens surface with precise alignment. There are other potential applications of this technique, such as fabrication of micro-optoelectromechanical systems (MOEMS) or microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) and fabrication of microlens arrays on a large concave lens surface or convex lens surface with precise alignment.

Patent ductus arteriosus in adults: surgical experience in Ivory-Coast.

PubMed

Yangni-Angate, H; Ayegnon, G; Meneas, C; Diby, F L; Yapobi, Y

2007-03-01

Patent ductus arteriosus surgery is well documented. Hospital Mortality has reduced to almost 0%. Yet, with adults, this surgical cure is likely to be difficult and require some technical skills A retrospective study of surgical procedures and results after surgery of patent ductus arteriosus (PDA) in adults. Since 1978 to 2000 we have reported 16 operated cases. The average age was 22.5 years. There was female predominance with a sex ratio of 2.3/1. All patent ductus arteriosus had been confirmed by two dimensional echocardiography (2D echocardiography) and cardiac catheterization. All hemodynamic types of Nadas classification were observed. Double or triple ligation supported on Teflon felt was the most frequent technique used (69%). This technique gave good results in view of the absence of hospital mortality and only 1 case of recanalisation after a long follow up of all patients from 1 - 7 years (mean 5 years). Double or triple ligation on Teflon felt according to Wright technique is a good technique.

Searching for Dual AGNs in Galaxy Mergers: Understanding Double-Peaked [O III] and Ultra Hard X-rays as Selection Method

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

McGurk, Rosalie C.; Max, Claire E.; Medling, Anne; Shields, Gregory A.

2015-01-01

When galaxies merge, gas accretes onto both central supermassive black holes. Thus, one expects to see close pairs of active galactic nuclei (AGNs), or dual AGNs, in a fraction of galaxy mergers. However, finding them remains a challenge. The presence of double-peaked [O III] or of ultra hard X-rays have been proposed as techniques to select dual AGNs efficiently. We studied a sample of double-peaked narrow [O III] emitting AGNs from SDSS DR7. By obtaining new and archival high spatial resolution images taken with the Keck 2 Laser Guide Star Adaptive Optics system and the near-infrared (IR) camera NIRC2, we showed that 30% of double-peaked [O III] emission line SDSS AGNs have two spatial components within a 3' radius. However, spatially resolved spectroscopy or X-ray observations are needed to confirm these galaxy pairs as systems containing two AGNs. We followed up these spatially-double candidate dual AGNs with integral field spectroscopy from Keck OSIRIS and Gemini GMOS and with long-slit spectroscopy from Keck NIRSPEC and Shane Kast Double Spectrograph. We find double-peaked emitters are caused sometimes by dual AGN and sometimes by outflows or narrow line kinematics. We also performed Chandra X-ray ACIS-S observations on 12 double-peaked candidate dual AGNs. Using our observations and 8 archival observations, we compare the distribution of X-ray photons to our spatially double near-IR images, measure X-ray luminosities and hardness ratios, and estimate column densities. By assessing what fraction of double-peaked emission line SDSS AGNs are true dual AGNs, we can better determine whether double-peaked [O III] is an efficient dual AGN indicator and constrain the statistics of dual AGNs. A second technique to find dual AGN is the detection of ultra hard X-rays by the Swift Burst Alert Telescope. We use CARMA observations to measure and map the CO(1-0) present in nearby ultra-hard X-ray Active Galactic Nuclei (AGNs) merging with either a quiescent companion galaxy or a companion galaxy hosting a second AGN, in order to understand the role molecular gas plays in feeding this unusual population of ultra-hard X-ray AGNs and to understand ultra-hard X-rays as a dual AGN selection method.

An Optimization of Inventory Demand Forecasting in University Healthcare Centre

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bon, A. T.; Ng, T. K.

2017-01-01

Healthcare industry becomes an important field for human beings nowadays as it concerns about one’s health. With that, forecasting demand for health services is an important step in managerial decision making for all healthcare organizations. Hence, a case study was conducted in University Health Centre to collect historical demand data of Panadol 650mg for 68 months from January 2009 until August 2014. The aim of the research is to optimize the overall inventory demand through forecasting techniques. Quantitative forecasting or time series forecasting model was used in the case study to forecast future data as a function of past data. Furthermore, the data pattern needs to be identified first before applying the forecasting techniques. Trend is the data pattern and then ten forecasting techniques are applied using Risk Simulator Software. Lastly, the best forecasting techniques will be find out with the least forecasting error. Among the ten forecasting techniques include single moving average, single exponential smoothing, double moving average, double exponential smoothing, regression, Holt-Winter’s additive, Seasonal additive, Holt-Winter’s multiplicative, seasonal multiplicative and Autoregressive Integrated Moving Average (ARIMA). According to the forecasting accuracy measurement, the best forecasting technique is regression analysis.

Deairing Techniques for Double-Ended Centrifugal Total Artificial Heart Implantation.

PubMed

Karimov, Jamshid H; Horvath, David J; Byram, Nicole; Sunagawa, Gengo; Grady, Patrick; Sinkewich, Martin; Moazami, Nader; Sale, Shiva; Golding, Leonard A R; Fukamachi, Kiyotaka

2017-06-01

The unique device architecture of the Cleveland Clinic continuous-flow total artificial heart (CFTAH) requires dedicated and specific air-removal techniques during device implantation in vivo. These procedures comprise special surgical techniques and intraoperative manipulations, as well as engineering design changes and optimizations to the device itself. The current study evaluated the optimal air-removal techniques during the Cleveland Clinic double-ended centrifugal CFTAH in vivo implants (n = 17). Techniques and pump design iterations consisted of developing a priming method for the device and the use of built-in deairing ports in the early cases (n = 5). In the remaining cases (n = 12), deairing ports were not used. Dedicated air-removal ports were not considered an essential design requirement, and such ports may represent an additional risk for pump thrombosis. Careful passive deairing was found to be an effective measure with a centrifugal pump of this design. In this report, the techniques and design changes that were made during this CFTAH development program to enable effective residual air removal and prevention of air embolism during in vivo device implantation are explained. © 2016 International Center for Artificial Organs and Transplantation and Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

A Novel Repair Method for Radial Tears of the Medial Meniscus: Biomechanical Comparison of Transtibial 2-Tunnel and Double Horizontal Mattress Suture Techniques Under Cyclic Loading.

PubMed

Bhatia, Sanjeev; Civitarese, David M; Turnbull, Travis Lee; LaPrade, Christopher M; Nitri, Marco; Wijdicks, Coen A; LaPrade, Robert F

2016-03-01

Complete radial tears of the medial meniscus have been reported to be functionally similar to a total meniscectomy. At present, there is no consensus on an ideal technique for repair of radial midbody tears of the medial meniscus. Prior attempts at repair with double horizontal mattress suture techniques have led to a reportedly high rate of incomplete healing or healing in a nonanatomic (gapped) position, which compromises the ability of the meniscus to withstand hoop stresses. A newly proposed 2-tunnel radial meniscal repair method will result in decreased gapping and increased ultimate failure loads compared with the double horizontal mattress suture repair technique under cyclic loading. Controlled laboratory study. Ten matched pairs of male human cadaveric knees (average age, 58.6 years; range, 48-66 years) were used. A complete radial medial meniscal tear was made at the junction of the posterior one-third and middle third of the meniscus. One knee underwent a horizontal mattress inside-out repair, while the contralateral knee underwent a radial meniscal repair entailing the same technique with a concurrent novel 2-tunnel repair. Specimens were potted and mounted on a universal testing machine. Each specimen was cyclically loaded 1000 times with loads between 5 and 20 N before experiencing a load to failure. Gap distances at the tear site and failure load were measured. The 2-tunnel repairs exhibited a significantly stronger ultimate failure load (median, 196 N; range, 163-212 N) than did the double horizontal mattress suture repairs (median, 106 N; range, 63-229 N) (P = .004). In addition, the 2-tunnel repairs demonstrated decreased gapping at all testing states (P < .05) with a final measured gapping of 1.7 mm and 4.1 mm after 1000 cycles for the 2-tunnel and double horizontal mattress suture repairs, respectively. The 2-tunnel repairs displayed significantly less gapping distance after cyclic loading and had significantly stronger ultimate failure loads compared with the double horizontal mattress suture repairs. Complete radial tears of the medial meniscus significantly decrease the ability of the meniscus to dissipate tibiofemoral loads, predisposing patients to early osteoarthritis. Improving the ability to repair medial meniscal radial tears in a way that withstands cyclic loads and heals in an anatomic position could significantly improve patient healing rates and result in improved preservation of the articular cartilage of the medial compartment of the knee. The 2-tunnel repair may be a more reliable and stronger repair option for midbody radial tears of the medial meniscus. Clinical studies are warranted to further evaluate these repairs. © 2015 The Author(s).

In vivo evaluation of inter-operator reproducibility of digital dental and conventional impression techniques.

PubMed

Kamimura, Emi; Tanaka, Shinpei; Takaba, Masayuki; Tachi, Keita; Baba, Kazuyoshi

2017-01-01

The aim of this study was to evaluate and compare the inter-operator reproducibility of three-dimensional (3D) images of teeth captured by a digital impression technique to a conventional impression technique in vivo. Twelve participants with complete natural dentition were included in this study. A digital impression of the mandibular molars of these participants was made by two operators with different levels of clinical experience, 3 or 16 years, using an intra-oral scanner (Lava COS, 3M ESPE). A silicone impression also was made by the same operators using the double mix impression technique (Imprint3, 3M ESPE). Stereolithography (STL) data were directly exported from the Lava COS system, while STL data of a plaster model made from silicone impression were captured by a three-dimensional (3D) laboratory scanner (D810, 3shape). The STL datasets recorded by two different operators were compared using 3D evaluation software and superimposed using the best-fit-algorithm method (least-squares method, PolyWorks, InnovMetric Software) for each impression technique. Inter-operator reproducibility as evaluated by average discrepancies of corresponding 3D data was compared between the two techniques (Wilcoxon signed-rank test). The visual inspection of superimposed datasets revealed that discrepancies between repeated digital impression were smaller than observed with silicone impression. Confirmation was forthcoming from statistical analysis revealing significantly smaller average inter-operator reproducibility using a digital impression technique (0.014± 0.02 mm) than when using a conventional impression technique (0.023 ± 0.01 mm). The results of this in vivo study suggest that inter-operator reproducibility with a digital impression technique may be better than that of a conventional impression technique and is independent of the clinical experience of the operator.

NO plume mapping by laser-radar techniques.

PubMed

Edner, H; Sunesson, A; Svanberg, S

1988-09-01

Mapping of NO plumes by using laser-radar techniques has been demonstrated with a mobile differential absorption lidar system. The system was equipped with a narrow-linewidth Nd:YAG-pumped dye laser that, with doubling and mixing, generated pulse energies of 3-5 mJ at 226 nm, with a linewidth of 1pm. This permitted range-resolved measurements of NO, with a range of about 500 m. The detection limit was estimated to 3 microg/m(3), with an integration interval of 350 m. Spectroscopic studies on the gamma(0, 0) bandhead near 226.8 nm were performed with 1-pm resolution, and the differential absorption cross section was determined to be (6.6 +/- 0.6) x 10(-22) m(2), with a wavelength difference of 12 pm.

[Trans-suture mechanical colorectal anastomosis using a double stapler in the anterior resection of the rectum. Technical note].

PubMed

Saviano, M S; Ricchi, E

1990-04-30

The spread of mechanical staplers now makes it possible to perform anastomoses in anterior resections of the rectum that are easier and safer than manual ones. Certain related problems are well known, particularly in patients with narrow pelvis and, in low anastomoses, the fashioning of the tobacco pouch on the distal rectal stump. The technique of transutural mechanical colorectal anastomosis with circular stapler after closure of the rectal stump with linear stapler is described in detail. Advantages of the technique are: anastomoses that are technically easier and safer because making of the tobacco pouch on the distal rectal stump is avoided; pollution of the operating field is reduced to the minimum; there are no problems related to differences in lumen of the colorectal stumps.

Double Electron Processes in Collisions of Partially Stripped Ions Cq+(q = 1-4) with Helium

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ding, Bao-Wei; Chen, Xi-Meng; Yu, De-Yang; Fu, Hong-Bin; Liu, Zhao-Yuan; Sun, Guang-Zhi; Liu, Yu-Wen; Lu, Yan-Xia; Xie, Jiang-Shan; Du, Juan; Gao, Zhi-Min; Chen, Lin; Cui, Ying; Shao, Jian-Xiong; He, Zi-Feng; Cai, Xiao-Hong

2007-01-01

The multi-electron processes are investigated for 17.9-120 keV/u C1+, 30-323 keV/u C2+, 120-438 keV/u C3+, 287-480 keV/u C4+ incident on a helium target. The cross-section ratios of double electron (DE) process to the total of the single electron (SE) and the double electron process (i.e. SE+DE), the direct double electron (DDI) to the direct single ionization (DSI) as well as the contributions of DDI to DE and of TI to DE are measured using coincidence techniques. The energy and charge state dependences of the measured cross-section ratios are studied and discussed.

Differential specificity of selective culture media for enumeration of pathogenic vibrios: advantages and limitations of multi-plating methods.

PubMed

Nigro, Olivia D; Steward, Grieg F

2015-04-01

Plating environmental samples on vibrio-selective chromogenic media is a commonly used technique that allows one to quickly estimate concentrations of putative vibrio pathogens or to isolate them for further study. Although this approach is convenient, its usefulness depends directly on how well the procedure selects against false positives. We tested whether a chromogenic medium, CHROMagar Vibrio (CaV), used alone (single-plating) or in combination (double-plating) with a traditional medium thiosulfate-citrate-bile-salts (TCBS), could improve the discrimination among three pathogenic vibrio species (Vibrio cholerae, Vibrio parahaemolyticus, and Vibrio vulnificus) and thereby decrease the number of false-positive colonies that must be screened by molecular methods. Assays were conducted on water samples from two estuarine environments (one subtropical, one tropical) in a variety of seasonal conditions. The results of the double-plating method were confirmed by PCR and 16S rRNA sequencing. Our data indicate that there is no significant difference in the false-positive rate between CaV and TCBS when using a single-plating technique, but determining color changes on the two media sequentially (double-plating) reduced the rate of false positive identification in most cases. The improvement achieved was about two-fold on average, but varied greatly (from 0- to 5-fold) and depended on the sampling time and location. The double-plating method was most effective for V. vulnificus in warm months, when overall V. vulnificus abundance is high (false positive rates as low as 2%, n=178). Similar results were obtained for V. cholerae (minimum false positive rate of 16%, n=146). In contrast, the false positive rate for V. parahaemolyticus was always high (minimum of 59%, n=109). Sequence analysis of false-positive isolates indicated that the majority of confounding isolates are from the Vibrionaceae family, however, members of distantly related bacterial groups were also able to grow on vibrio-selective media, even when using the double-plating method. In conclusion, the double-plating assay is a simple means to increase the efficiency of identifying pathogenic vibrios in aquatic environments and to reduce the number of molecular assays required for identity confirmation. However, the high spatial and temporal variability in the performance of the media mean that molecular approaches are still essential to obtain the most accurate vibrio abundance estimates from environmental samples. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Improved thermoelectric performance of n-type Ca and Ca-Ce filled skutterudites

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Thompson, Daniel R.; Liu, Chang; Ellison, Nicole D.

2014-12-28

Thermoelectric (TE) technology for use in automotive waste heat recovery is being advanced by General Motors with support from the US Department of Energy. Skutterudites are a very promising material for this application of TE technology due to their superior mechanical properties and good TE performance. Double-filled Yb{sub x}Ba{sub y}Co{sub 4}Sb{sub 12} with ZT values around 1.1 at 750 K are the best performing n-type skutterudites produced on a large scale using an economically viable approach of melt spinning (MS) in conjunction with spark plasma sintering (SPS). Another economical production method on the tons scale, the melt quench annealing (MQA) technique,more » has been recently claimed by Treibacher Industrie AG, further information is available [G. Rogl et al., Acta Mater. 76, 434–448 (2014)]. A possible hurdle to commercial implementation of these materials is the use of rare earths as the fillers to reduce thermal conductivity and improve the electrical transport properties. It will be shown herein that skutterudites double-filled with Ca and Ce, both of which are lower-cost fillers, display markedly different TE properties depending on whether they are produced by MQA or MS + SPS synthesis techniques. Ca and Ce double-filled skutterudites prepared by MS + SPS have TE properties that are superior to the same compositions prepared by MQA and that are comparable to the best performing Yb and Ba filled materials. Furthermore, the results of this study suggest that the unusually poor transport properties of MQA Ca-filled skutterudites can be ascribed to deleterious secondary phases, which is contrary to reports in the literature attempting to explain these irregularities via band structure features.« less

Improved thermoelectric performance of n-type Ca and Ca-Ce filled skutterudites

DOE PAGES

Thompson, Daniel R.; Liu, Chang; Ellison, Nicole D.; ...

2014-12-28

Thermoelectric (TE) technology for use in automotive waste heat recovery is being advanced by General Motors with support from the US Department of Energy. Skutterudites are a very promising material for this application of TE technology due to their superior mechanical properties and good TE performance. Double-filled Yb xBa yCo 4Sb 12 with ZT values around 1.1 at 750K are the best performing n-type skutterudites produced on a large scale using an economically viable approach of melt spinning (MS) in conjunction with spark plasma sintering (SPS). Another economical production method on the tons scale, the melt quench annealing (MQA) technique,more » has been recently claimed by Treibacher Industrie AG, further information is available [G. Rogl et al., Acta Mater. 76, 434-448 (2014)]. A possible hurdle to commercial implementation of these materials is the use of rare earths as the fillers to reduce thermal conductivity and improve the electrical transport properties. It will be shown herein that skutterudites double-filled with Ca and Ce, both of which are lower-cost fillers, display markedly different TE properties depending on whether they are produced by MQA or MS + SPS synthesis techniques. Finally, Ca and Ce double-filled skutterudites prepared by MS + SPS have TE properties that are superior to the same compositions prepared by MQA and that are comparable to the best performing Yb and Ba filled materials. Furthermore, the results of this study suggest that the unusually poor transport properties of MQA Ca-filled skutterudites can be ascribed to deleterious secondary phases, which is contrary to reports in the literature attempting to explain these irregularities via band structure features.« less

DC Electric Field Measurement by the Double Probe System Aboard Geotail and its Simulation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kasaba, Y.; Hayakawa, H.; Ishisaka, K.; Okada, T.; Matsuoka, A.; Mukai, T.; Okada, M.

2005-12-01

We summarize the characteristics of the DC electric field measurement by the double probe system, PANT and EFD-P, aboard Geotail. The accuracy and correction factors for the gain (effective length) and off-set, which depends on ambient plasma conditions, are provided. Accurate measurements of electric fields are essential for space plasma studies, for example, plasma convection, wave-particle interactions, violation of MHD approximation, etc. One typical measurement techniques is the 'Double Probe method', identical to that of a voltmeter: the potential difference between two top-hat probes [cf. Pedersen et al., 1984]. This method can measure electric fields passively and continuously in all plasma conditions. However, the accuracy of the measured electric field values is limited. The probe measurement is also subjected to the variable gain (effective length) of the probe antenna and the artificial offset of the measured values. Those depend on a) the disturbance from ambient plasma and b) the disturbance from the spacecraft and the probe itself. In this paper, we show the results of the characteristics of DC electric field measurement by the PANT probe and the EFD-P (Electric Field Detector - Probe technique) receiver aboard Geotail [Tsuruda et al., 1994], in order to evaluate the accuracy, gain, and offset controlled by ambient plasmas. We conclude that the Geotail electric field measurement by the double probe system has the accuracy 0.4 mV/m for Ex and 0.3 mV/m for Ey, after the correction of the gain and offset. In better conditions, accuracy of Ey is 0.2 mV/m. The potential accuracy would be better because those values are limited by the accuracy of the particle measurement especially in low density conditions. In practical use, the corrections by long-term variation and spacecraft potential are effective to refine the electric field data. The characteristics of long-term variation and the dependences on ambient plasma are not fully understood well, yet. Further works will be needed based on the calibrated LEP data after 1998. It will also cover the conditions rejected in this paper, i.e., low density regions, potential controlled period, electric field quasi-parallel to magnetic field, etc. The comparison with EFD-B (EFD - Beam technique) data will also be included in order to reject the ambiguity in particle observations. In addition, we are trying to establish the numerical model of the double probe system for the full-quantitative understanding of the effect of potential structure and photoelectron distributions. Those will be the basis for planned experiments, BepiColombo to Mercury, ERG to the inner magnetosphere, and the multi-spacecraft magnetospheric mission SCOPE.

Suppression of Arabidopsis genes by terminator-less transgene constructs

USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database

Transgene-mediated gene silencing is an important biotechnological and research tool. There are several RNAi-mediated techniques available for silencing genes in plants. The basis of all these techniques is to generate double stranded RNA precursors in the cell, which are recognized by the cellula...

Optical planar waveguides in photo-thermal-refractive glasses fabricated by single- or double-energy carbon ion implantation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Wang, Yue; Shen, Xiao-Liang; Zheng, Rui-Lin; Guo, Hai-Tao; Lv, Peng; Liu, Chun-Xiao

2018-01-01

Ion implantation has demonstrated to be an efficient and reliable technique for the fabrication of optical waveguides in a diversity of transparent materials. Photo-thermal-refractive glass (PTR) is considered to be durable and stable holographic recording medium. Optical planar waveguide structures in the PTR glasses were formed, for the first time to our knowledge, by the C3+-ion implantation with single-energy (6.0 MeV) and double-energy (5.5+6.0 MeV), respectively. The process of the carbon ion implantation was simulated by the stopping and range of ions in matter code. The morphologies of the waveguides were recorded by a microscope operating in transmission mode. The guided beam distributions of the waveguides were measured by the end-face coupling technique. Comparing with the single-energy implantation, the double-energy implantation improves the light confinement for the dark-mode spectrum. The guiding properties suggest that the carbon-implanted PTR glass waveguides have potential for the manufacture of photonic devices.

Measurement potential of laser speckle velocimetry

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Adrian, R. J.

1982-01-01

Laser speckle velocimetry, the measurement of fluid velocity by measuring the translation of speckle pattern or individual particles that are moving with the fluid, is described. The measurement is accomplished by illuminating the fluid with consecutive pulses of Laser Light and recording the images of the particles or the speckles on a double exposed photographic plate. The plate contains flow information throughout the image plane so that a single double exposure may provide data at hundreds or thousands of points in the illuminated region of the fluid. Conventional interrogation of the specklegram involves illuminating the plate to form Young's fringes, whose spacing is inversely proportional to the speckle separation. Subsequently the fringes are digitized and analyzed in a computer to determine their frequency and orientation, yielding the velocity magnitude and orientation. The Young's fringe technique is equivalent to performing a 2-D spatial correlation of the double exposed specklegram intensity pattern, and this observation suggests that correlation should be considered as an alternative processing method. The principle of the correlation technique is examined.

Cleft Palate Repair Using a Double Opposing Z-Plasty.

PubMed

Moores, Craig; Shah, Ajul; Steinbacher, Derek M

2016-07-01

Cleft palate is a common congenital defect with several described surgical repairs. The most successful treatment modality remains a controversy. The goals of repair focus on achievement of normal speech and optimizing velopharyngeal function while minimizing both fistula formation and facial growth restriction. In this video, the authors demonstrate use of the double opposing Z-plasty technique in the repair of a Veau II type cleft palate. The video demonstrates the marking, incisions, dissection, and repair of the cleft. It also examines the use of von Langenbeck-type relaxing incisions and demonstrates a specific approach to the repair of this particular cleft. The authors believe that the Furlow double opposing Z-plasty with the von Langenbeck relaxing incision can provide the best postoperative outcome by combining the benefits of each individual operation. The Z-plasty technique works to correct the aberrant muscle of the soft palate while increasing the length of the palate. The authors believe that this results in better velopharyngeal function.

The cost-effectiveness of single-row compared with double-row arthroscopic rotator cuff repair.

PubMed

Genuario, James W; Donegan, Ryan P; Hamman, Daniel; Bell, John-Erik; Boublik, Martin; Schlegel, Theodore; Tosteson, Anna N A

2012-08-01

Interest in double-row techniques for arthroscopic rotator cuff repair has increased over the last several years, presumably because of a combination of literature demonstrating superior biomechanical characteristics and recent improvements in instrumentation and technique. As a result of the increasing focus on value-based health-care delivery, orthopaedic surgeons must understand the cost implications of this practice. The purpose of this study was to examine the cost-effectiveness of double-row arthroscopic rotator cuff repair compared with traditional single-row repair. A decision-analytic model was constructed to assess the cost-effectiveness of double-row arthroscopic rotator cuff repair compared with single-row repair on the basis of the cost per quality-adjusted life year gained. Two cohorts of patients (one with a tear of <3 cm and the other with a tear of ≥3 cm) were evaluated. Probabilities for retear and persistent symptoms, health utilities for the particular health states, and the direct costs for rotator cuff repair were derived from the orthopaedic literature and institutional data. The incremental cost-effectiveness ratio for double-row compared with single-row arthroscopic rotator cuff repair was $571,500 for rotator cuff tears of <3 cm and $460,200 for rotator cuff tears of ≥3 cm. The rate of radiographic or symptomatic retear alone did not influence cost-effectiveness results. If the increase in the cost of double-row repair was less than $287 for small or moderate tears and less than $352 for large or massive tears compared with the cost of single-row repair, then double-row repair would represent a cost-effective surgical alternative. On the basis of currently available data, double-row rotator cuff repair is not cost-effective for any size rotator cuff tears. However, variability in the values for costs and probability of retear can have a profound effect on the results of the model and may create an environment in which double-row repair becomes the more cost-effective surgical option. The identification of the threshold values in this study may help surgeons to determine the most cost-effective treatment.

[Simultaneous double prosthesis implant more artificial urinary sphincter via transscrotal: surgical technique].

PubMed

Martínez-Salamanca, Juan Ignacio; Moncada, Ignacio; del Portillo, Luis; Sola, Ignacio; Martínez-Ballesteros, Claudio; Carballido, Joaquín

2011-04-01

Moderate-severe urinary incontinence and refractory-to-treatment erectile dysfunction after radical prostatectomy are two entities causing an important loss of quality of life to patients. The double implant of penile prosthesis and artificial urinary sphincter is a safe and effective option in these cases. This article describes preoperative considerations and the most important technical steps to do it satisfactorily.

Preparation of hierarchical structured nano-sized/porous poly(lactic acid) composite fibrous membranes for air filtration

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Wang, Zhe; Pan, Zhijuan

2015-11-01

Hierarchical structured nano-sized/porous poly(lactic acid) (PLA-N/PLA-P) composite fibrous membranes with excellent air filtration performance were prepared via an electrospinning technique. Firstly, PLA-P fibers with different morphology were fabricated by varying the relative humidity, and the nanopores on fiber surface played a key role in improving the specific surface area and filtration performance of the resultant membranes. Secondly, hierarchical structure of PLA-N/PLA-P interlaced structured membranes and PLA-N/PLA-P double-layer structured membranes with different mass ratios for further enhanced air filtration performance were also successfully prepared by combining PLA-N fibers with PLA-P fibers. Filtration tests by measuring the penetration of sodium chloride (NaCl) aerosol particles with a 260 nm mass median diameter revealed that a moderate mass ratio of PLA-P fibers and PLA-N fibers contributed to improving the filtration performance of the hierarchical structured PLA-N/PLA-P composite membrane, and the double-layer structured PLA-N/PLA-P membrane possessed a higher filtration efficiency and quality factor than that of an interlaced structured PLA-N/PLA-P membrane with the same mass ratio. The as-prepared PLA-N/PLA-P double-layer structured membrane with a mass ratio of 1/5 showed a high filtration efficiency (99.999%) and a relatively low pressure drop (93.3 Pa) at the face velocity of 5.3 cm/s.

Intersubunit distances in full-length, dimeric, bacterial phytochrome Agp1, as measured by pulsed electron-electron double resonance (PELDOR) between different spin label positions, remain unchanged upon photoconversion.

PubMed

Kacprzak, Sylwia; Njimona, Ibrahim; Renz, Anja; Feng, Juan; Reijerse, Edward; Lubitz, Wolfgang; Krauss, Norbert; Scheerer, Patrick; Nagano, Soshichiro; Lamparter, Tilman; Weber, Stefan

2017-05-05

Bacterial phytochromes are dimeric light-regulated histidine kinases that convert red light into signaling events. Light absorption by the N-terminal photosensory core module (PCM) causes the proteins to switch between two spectrally distinct forms, Pr and Pfr, thus resulting in a conformational change that modulates the C-terminal histidine kinase region. To provide further insights into structural details of photoactivation, we investigated the full-length Agp1 bacteriophytochrome from the soil bacterium Agrobacterium fabrum using a combined spectroscopic and modeling approach. We generated seven mutants suitable for spin labeling to enable application of pulsed EPR techniques. The distances between attached spin labels were measured using pulsed electron-electron double resonance spectroscopy to probe the arrangement of the subunits within the dimer. We found very good agreement of experimental and calculated distances for the histidine-kinase region when both subunits are in a parallel orientation. However, experimental distance distributions surprisingly showed only limited agreement with either parallel- or antiparallel-arranged dimer structures when spin labels were placed into the PCM region. This observation indicates that the arrangements of the PCM subunits in the full-length protein dimer in solution differ significantly from that in the PCM crystals. The pulsed electron-electron double resonance data presented here revealed either no or only minor changes of distance distributions upon Pr-to-Pfr photoconversion. © 2017 by The American Society for Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, Inc.

Trapping a 96° domain rotation in two distinct conformations by engineered disulfide bridges

PubMed Central

Schultz-Heienbrok, Robert; Maier, Timm; Sträter, Norbert

2004-01-01

Engineering disulfide bridges is a common technique to lock a protein movement in a defined conformational state. We have designed two double mutants of Escherichia coli 5′-nucleotidase to trap the enzyme in both an open (S228C, P513C) and a closed (P90C, L424C) conformation by the formation of disulfide bridges. The mutant proteins have been expressed, purified, and crystallized, to structurally characterize the designed variants. The S228C, P513C is a double mutant crystallized in two different crystal forms with three independent conformers, which differ from each other by a rotation of up to 12° of the C-terminal domain with respect to the N-terminal domain. This finding, as well as an analysis of the domain motion in the crystal, indicates that the enzyme still exhibits considerable residual domain flexibility. In the double mutant that was designed to trap the enzyme in the closed conformation, the structure analysis reveals an unexpected intermediate conformation along the 96° rotation trajectory between the open and closed enzyme forms. A comparison of the five independent conformers analyzed in this study shows that the domain movement of the variant enzymes is characterized by a sliding movement of the residues of the domain interface along the interface, which is in contrast to a classical closure motion where the residues of the domain interface move perpendicular to the interface. PMID:15215524

Nd:YAG-CO(2) double-pulse laser induced breakdown spectroscopy of organic films.

PubMed

Weidman, Matthew; Baudelet, Matthieu; Palanco, Santiago; Sigman, Michael; Dagdigian, Paul J; Richardson, Martin

2010-01-04

Laser-induced breakdown spectroscopy (LIBS) using double-pulse irradiation with Nd:YAG and CO(2) lasers was applied to the analysis of a polystyrene film on a silicon substrate. An enhanced emission signal, compared to single-pulse LIBS using a Nd:YAG laser, was observed from atomic carbon, as well as enhanced molecular emission from C(2) and CN. This double-pulse technique was further applied to 2,4,6-trinitrotoluene residues, and enhanced LIBS signals for both atomic carbon and molecular CN emission were observed; however, no molecular C(2) emission was detected.

First Measurement of the Muon Anti-Neutrino Charged Current Quasielastic Double-Differential Cross-Section

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Grange, Joseph M.

2013-01-01

This dissertation presents the first measurement of the muon antineutrino charged current quasi-elastic double-differential cross section. These data significantly extend the knowledge of neutrino and antineutrino interactions in the GeV range, a region that has recently come under scrutiny due to a number of conflicting experimental results. To maximize the precision of this measurement, three novel techniques were employed to measure the neutrino background component of the data set. Representing the first measurements of the neutrino contribution to an accelerator-based antineutrino beam in the absence of a magnetic field, the successful execution of these techniques carry implications for current andmore » future neutrino experiments.« less

Fabrication of novel silicone capsules with tunable mechanical properties by microfluidic techniques.

PubMed

Vilanova, Neus; Rodríguez-Abreu, Carlos; Fernández-Nieves, Alberto; Solans, Conxita

2013-06-12

A novel approach for the synthesis of silicone capsules using double W/O/W emulsions as templates is introduced. The low viscosity of the silicone precursors enables the use of microfluidic techniques to accurately control the size and morphology of the double emulsion droplets, which after cross-linking result in the desired monodisperse silicone capsules. Their shell thickness can be finely tuned, which in turn allows control over their permeability and mechanical properties; the latter are particularly important in a variety of practical applications where the capsules are subjected to large external forces. The potential of these capsules for controlled release is also demonstrated using a model hydrophilic substance.

Micturating cystography and "double urethral catheter technique" to define the anatomy of anorectal malformations.

PubMed

Soccorso, G; Thyagarajan, M S; Murthi, G V; Sprigg, A

2008-02-01

Ano-rectal malformations (ARM) in the male patient may be associated with a fistulous communication between the rectum and urethra. Pre-operative radiological assessment is important to delineate (a) the presence and level of the fistula, (b) the anatomy of the posterior urethra and (c) any anomalies in adjacent structures. Bladder catheterisation can be technically difficult when performing an MCUG and distal loopogram in such patients. This can be due to urethral stricture, tortuous or kinked urethra or preferential passage of catheter into a large fistula and leads to an inadequate study. We describe a "double urethral catheter technique" to enable urethral catheterisation when the fistula is large.

A Discontinuous Galerkin Method for Parabolic Problems with Modified hp-Finite Element Approximation Technique

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Kaneko, Hideaki; Bey, Kim S.; Hou, Gene J. W.

2004-01-01

A recent paper is generalized to a case where the spatial region is taken in R(sup 3). The region is assumed to be a thin body, such as a panel on the wing or fuselage of an aerospace vehicle. The traditional h- as well as hp-finite element methods are applied to the surface defined in the x - y variables, while, through the thickness, the technique of the p-element is employed. Time and spatial discretization scheme based upon an assumption of certain weak singularity of double vertical line u(sub t) double vertical line 2, is used to derive an optimal a priori error estimate for the current method.

Theoretical study of the electric dipole moment function of the ClO molecule

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Pettersson, L. G. M.; Langhoff, S. R.; Chong, D. P.

1986-01-01

The potential energy function and electric dipole moment function (EDMF) are computed for ClO X 2Pi using several different techniques to include electron correlation. The EDMF is used to compute Einstein coefficients, vibrational lifetimes, and dipole moments in higher vibrational levels. The band strength of the 1-0 fundamental transition is computed to be 12 + or - 2 per sq cm atm determined from infrared heterodyne spectroscopy. The theoretical methods used include SCF, CASSCF, multireference singles plus doubles configuration interaction (MRCI) and contracted CI, coupled pair functional (CPF), and a modified version of the CPF method. The results obtained using the different methods are critically compared.

Sulcus depth reproduction with polyvinyl siloxane impression material: effects of hydrophilicity and impression temperature.

PubMed

Takahashi, Hidekazu; Finger, Werner J; Kurokawa, Rie; Furukawa, Masae; Komatsu, Masashi

2010-03-01

To determine the sulcus penetration ability of hydrophilic and hydrophobic polyvinyl siloxane (PVS) impression materials by impression technique, temperature, and sulcus width. Hydrophilic Flexitime (FLE; Heraeus Kulzer) and its hydrophobic counterpart (EXP) without surfactant were investigated, using light (L), monophase (M), and heavy (H) consistencies. A truncated steel cone surrounded by a 2-mm-deep and 50-, 100-, or 200-microm-wide sulcus, simulating the gingival tissue with agar, served as the test model. Impressions were made with single-mix (L or M) and double-mix (LM or LH) techniques at 23 degrees C and 37 degrees C, respectively. The reproduced sulcus heights were measured with a 3D laser scanner. Data were analyzed by ANOVA and Tukey HSD (P < .05). Irrespective of sulcus widths and temperature FLE-L penetrated deepest (> 1.9 mm); FLE-M, -LM, and-LH reproductions were shorter with narrow sulci. Reproductions of 50- and 100-microm sulci with EXP-L were shallower than with FLE-L. The shortest reproduction was, however, greater than 1.6 mm. In spite of some significant differences found in sulcus-reproducing ability with hydrophilic and hydrophobic impression materials applied at different impression-making temperatures and with different techniques, the practical relevance is limited.

Environmental Exposure of Sperm Sex-Chromosomes: A Gender Selection Technique.

PubMed

Oyeyipo, Ibukun P; van der Linde, Michelle; du Plessis, Stefan S

2017-10-01

Preconceptual sex selection is still a highly debatable process whereby X- and Y-chromosome-bearing spermatozoa are isolated prior to fertilization of the oocyte. Although various separation techniques are available, none can guarantee 100% accuracy. The aim of this study was to separate X- and Y-chromosome-bearing spermatozoa using methods based on the viability difference between the X- and Y-chromosome-bearing spermatozoa. A total of 18 experimental semen samples were used, written consent was obtained from all donors and results were analysed in a blinded fashion. Spermatozoa were exposed to different pH values (5.5, 6.5, 7.5, 8.5, and 9.5), increased temperatures (37°C, 41°C, and 45°C) and ROS level (50 μM, 750 μM, and 1,000 μM). The live and dead cell separation was done through a modified swim-up technique. Changes in the sex-chromosome ratio of samples were established by double-label fluorescent in situ hybridization (FISH) before and after processing. The results indicated successful enrichment of Xchromosome-bearing spermatozoa upon incubation in acidic media, increased temperatures, and elevated H 2 O 2 . This study demonstrated the potential role for exploring the physiological differences between X-and Y-chromosome-bearing spermatozoa in the development of preconceptual gender selection.

Application of double-layered skin phantoms for optical flow imaging during laser tattoo treatments

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Lee, Byeong-il; Song, Woosub; Kim, Hyejin; Kang, Hyun Wook

2016-05-01

The feasible application of double-layered skin phantoms was evaluated to identify artificial blood flow with a Doppler optical coherence tomography (DOCT) system for laser tattoo treatments. Polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) was used to fabricate the artificial phantoms with flow channels embedded. A double-integrating sphere system with an inverse adding-doubling method quantified both the absorption and the reduced scattering coefficients for epidermis and dermis phantoms. Both OCT and caliper measurements confirmed the double-layered phantom structure (epidermis = 136 ± 17 µm vs. dermis = 3.0 ± 0.1 mm). The DOCT method demonstrated that high flow rates were associated with high image contrast, visualizing the position and the shape of the flow channel. Application of the channel-embedded skin phantoms in conjunction with DOCT can be a reliable technique to assess dynamic variations in the blood flow during and after laser tattoo treatments.

Unravelling the electrochemical double layer by direct probing of the solid/liquid interface

PubMed Central

Favaro, Marco; Jeong, Beomgyun; Ross, Philip N.; Yano, Junko; Hussain, Zahid; Liu, Zhi; Crumlin, Ethan J.

2016-01-01

The electrochemical double layer plays a critical role in electrochemical processes. Whilst there have been many theoretical models predicting structural and electrical organization of the electrochemical double layer, the experimental verification of these models has been challenging due to the limitations of available experimental techniques. The induced potential drop in the electrolyte has never been directly observed and verified experimentally, to the best of our knowledge. In this study, we report the direct probing of the potential drop as well as the potential of zero charge by means of ambient pressure X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy performed under polarization conditions. By analyzing the spectra of the solvent (water) and a spectator neutral molecule with numerical simulations of the electric field, we discern the shape of the electrochemical double layer profile. In addition, we determine how the electrochemical double layer changes as a function of both the electrolyte concentration and applied potential. PMID:27576762

Arthroscopic labral repair of the hip, using a through-labral double-stranded single-pass suture technique.

PubMed

Ye, Ken; Singh, Parminder J

2014-10-01

The normal labrum is crucial to the biomechanical function of the hip joint, not only increasing the surface area and depth of the acetabulum but also maintaining a suction seal to assist in normal synovial fluid flow from the peripheral to the central compartment. Simple loop suture repairs of the labrum may evert the labrum, thus losing the optimal seal, as well as causing abrasion of the articular cartilage. Vertical mattress suture and labral base fixation techniques aim to leave the free edge of the labrum intact and undisturbed, therefore improving the contact of the labrum to the femoral head and neck to improve the seal of the acetabulum. We aim to describe a double-stranded single-pass vertical mattress suture technique that may allow greater versatility to the surgeon in repairing thinner labrums while still achieving a free and continuous free edge.

Electron temperature differences and double layers

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Chan, C.; Hershkowitz, N.; Lonngren, K. E.

1983-01-01

Electron temperature differences across plasma double layers are studied experimentally. It is shown that the temperature differences across a double layer can be varied and are not a result of thermalization of the bump-on-tail distribution. The implications of these results for electron thermal energy transport in laser-pellet and tandem-mirror experiments are also discussed.

Study for the dispersion of double-diffraction spectrometers

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Pang, Yajun; Zhang, Yinxin; Yang, Huaidong; Huang, Zhanhua; Xu, Mingming; Jin, Guofan

2018-01-01

Double-cascade spectrometers and double-pass spectrometers can be uniformly called double-diffraction spectrometers. In current double-diffraction spectrometers design theory, the differences of the incident angles in the second diffraction are ignored. There is a significant difference between the design in theory and the actual result. In this study, based on the geometries of the double-diffraction spectrometers, we strictly derived the theoretical formulas of their dispersion. By employing the ZEMAX simulation software, verification of our theoretical model is implemented, and the simulation results show big agreement with our theoretical formulas. Based on the conclusions, a double-pass spectrometer was set up and tested, and the experiment results agree with the theoretical model and the simulation.

Detection of erythrocyte membrane proteins, sialoglycoproteins, and lipids in the same polyacrylamide gel using a double-staining technique.

PubMed Central

Dzandu, J K; Deh, M E; Barratt, D L; Wise, G E

1984-01-01

A silver/Coomassie brilliant blue R-250 staining technique that permits a color-coded differentiation of erythrocyte membrane proteins, sialoglycoproteins, and lipids in a single one-dimensional NaDodSO4/polyacrylamide gel has been described. Gels stained first with silver stain and then with Coomassie blue (CB) showed the characteristic blue staining of all conventional CB-sensitive membrane polypeptides, whereas periodic acid-Schiff reagent-sensitive sialoglycoproteins and lipids stained yellow. Several yellow Ag-stained bands corresponding to major and minor sialoglycoproteins were detected at Mr X 10(-3) of 88, 72, 65, 41, 35, 31, 28, 24, and 20. Neuraminidase treatment of intact erythrocytes caused shifts in the electrophoretic mobilities of several yellow-stained bands without affecting the CB-stained polypeptide pattern. These observations afforded evidence that the yellow-staining bands were sialoglycoproteins and lipids. The double-staining technique was used in a topological analysis of the membrane surface of the erythrocyte using protease digestion and selective solubilization. Trypsin cleaved the yellow bands at Mr 88,000 and 41,000. Membrane-associated cleavage products were noted at Mr 58,000 and 38,000. Pronase treatment of intact cells gave membrane-associated cleavage products at Mr 38,000 (yellow) and two CB-stained bands at Mr 58,000 and 60,000. These results suggested that the double-staining technique may be applicable in compositional and topological analyses of other biological membranes. Images PMID:6200882